Skip to main content

Full text of "Psyche"

See other formats


^R\  ES^^SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION^NOlinillSNI  NVINOSHiIl/\iS^S3  I d Vd  9 I- 
Z * (/i  z c/> 

V < S S 


> S > 

illSNI_NVINOSHill^S^S3  I 9V9  9 n\l  BRAR  1 ES^SMITHS0N1A^1^^NSTITUT10^ 


c ^ ^ c life  ji;  S 5 w -^^1' 

5 e -'  5' 

Z _J  z 

i\RIES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOIlfUliSNI  NVINOSHilWS  S3iyvaar 

° ■ " 2 m i /53^x.n 


CO 


m 

liliSNI  NVINOSHillMS  S3  I 9 Vd  9 H^U  B R AR  I ES^SMITHSONIAN ""iNSTITUTIOI 

z CO  z (o  2:  V, 

< y<<\vAS^;x  S „<  .cSa.-  2 

z 
o 

CO 


= CO 

F § 

5 XON^C^  5 ^ ""v  i 

ARIES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOlifUliSNI  NVINOSHJ.IWS*”s3  I a V«  a I 

CO  ^ CO  CO 


O 

iliSNl”NVINOSHillAIS  S3ldV99n“’uBRARI  ES^SMITHSONlAN”mST!TUTIOI 


m '■  >5^'  2 m 

ARIES  SMITHSONIAN~INSTITUTION  NOliniliSNI^NVlNOSHiiyMS  S3ldVd9l 
c/>  in  z in 


Wi 

^ >'  S X^NOS^  > 

illlSNI_NVIN0SHill^s'^S3  I d Vd  9 H^LI  B RAR  I Es'^SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTlOf 

2 \ ^ ~ CO  “ 


CO 


O • ^ Q 

ARIES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOlifUliSNI  “NVINOSHilWS  “S3  I a Va  8 1 

Z f“  *3P  r-  — 


CO  — (/)  CO 

ARIES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOIlfUllSNI  NVINOSHillNS  S3IHVyai 
(/>  _ 2:  T </>  z in  . 


X 
(/} 

g V.n2«n;^  g | /'  g ^ 

lillSNl  NVINOSHilWs‘^S3  I a Vd  8 H^LI  B RAR  I Es”sMITHSONIAN^INSTITUTIO^ 
~ = <0  — 


ARIES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOlifUliSNI  NVINOSHiliAIS  S3iavaai' 


^ ^ m 

nillSNI  NVINOSHII^S  S3  I dVH  8 n"u  B RAR  I ES^SMlTHS0NIAN“lNSTITUT10i 


?AR  I ES^SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOIinillSNI^NV!NOSHlli^S^S3  I B VB  8 I 

(/>  ^ c/5 


o 

nillSNl“'NVINOSHiIlMS  S3  I B VB  8 11  U B RAR  I ES^SMITHS0NIAN"^INSTITUT10I 


|VAs»^  m >5^'  ^ xjvAs»i>^  m ^ m 

? AR  I ES  SMITHS0NIAN”lNSTlTUT10N^N0linillSNl“NVIN0SHimS  S3  I HV8  8 I 

Z » CO  ^ CO 

S < A 2 S 

A 2:  -H  2 


X 
CO 

o 

__  2: 

> X^M^A5Vji>'  — '>\W  5 ' ^ X^OS»^  > 

^2  ^ Z S 2 

niliSNl  NVmOSHillMS  S3IBV^an  libraries  smithsonian  institutioi 

^ ^ C/) 


CO 


o ■■  Q 

Z ■'  ' -j  2 _ ~ 

lARIES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOIlfliliSNI  NVINOSHillAIS  S3IBV88I 


'.k 


j: 


» 


i 


PSYCHE 

A Journal  of  Entomology 


Volume  90 
1983 


Editorial  Board 

Frank  M.  Carpenter,  Editor  P.  J.  Darlington,  Jr. 
W.  L.  Brown,  Jr.  H.  W.  Levi 

E.  O.  Wilson  Alfred  F.  Newton,  Jr. 

B.  K.  HOlldobler  M.  D.  Bowers 


Published  Quarterly  by  the  Cambridge  Entomological  Club 
Editorial  Office:  Biological  Laboratories 
16  Divinity  Avenue 
Cambridge,  Massachusetts,  U.S.A. 


The  numbers  of  Psyche  issued  during  the  past  year  were  mailed  on  the  following 
dates; 

Vol.  89,  nos.  3-4,  for  1982,  April  27,  1983 
Vol.  90,  nos.  1-2,  for  1983,  August  8,  1983 
Vol.  90,  no.  3,  for  1983,  December  9,  1983 


ISSN  0033-2615 


PSYCHE 

A JOURNAL  OF  ENTOMOLOGY 

founded  in  1874  by  the  Cambridge  Entomological  Club 


Vol.  90 


1983 


No.1-2 


Studies  on  Upper  Carboniferous  insects:  I.  The  Geraridae  (Order  Protorthop- 

tera).  Laurie  Burnham I 

Testing  visual  species  recognition' in  Precis  (Lepidoptera:  Nymphalidae)  using 

a cold-shock  phenocopy.  Arthur  M.  Shapiro 59 

Defensive  adaptations  and  natural  enemies  of  a case-bearing  beetle,  Exema 
canadensis  (Coleoptera:  Chrysomelidae).  Richard  B.  Root  and  Frank  J. 

Messina 67 

Studies  on  North  American  Carboniferous  insects.  7.  The  structure  and  relation- 
ships of  £w6/c/;m.s  r/oA7/W.v/ (Palaeodictyoptera).  Frank  M.  Carpenter 81 

The  biology  of  Trichadenotecnum  alexanderae  Sommerman  (Psocoptera: 

Psocidae).  111.  Analysis  of  mating  behavior.  B.  W.  Betz 97 

Predatory  behavior  of  bombardier  beetles  by  a tabanid  fly  larva.  Steven 

Now  ick i and  Thomas  Eisner 119 

Prey  selection  by  the  neotropical  spider,  Alpaida  tuonado,  with  notes  on 

web-site  tenacity.  Todd  E.  Shelly 123 

Reproductive  behavior  of  Claeoderes  hivittata  (Coleoptera:  Brentidae). 

Leslie  K.  Johnson 135 

Polydomy  in  the  slave-making  ant,  Harpagoxenus  americanus  (Emery) 
(Hymenoptera:  Formicidae).  Maria  Guadalupe  Del  Rio  Pesado  and 

Thomas  M.  Alloway 151 

Situation  and  location-specific  factors  in  the  compatibility  in  Rhytido- 
ponera  metallica  {Uymenoplera:  Formicidae:  Ponerinae).  Caryl  P.  Haskins 

and  Edna  F.  Haskins  163 

Capture  of  bombardier  beetles  by  ant-lion  larvae.  Jeffrey  Conner  and 

Thomas  Eisner 175 

Reproductive  plasticity  in  yellowjacket  wasps:  a polygynous,  perennial 
colony  of  Vespula  maculifrons.  Kenneth  G.  Ross  and  P.  Kirk  Visscher  ....  179 


CAMBRIDGE  ENTOMOLOGICAL  CLUB 
Officers  for  1982-1983 


President  

Vice-President 

Secretary  

Treasurer 

Executive  Committee 


Frances  Chew 
Edward  Armstrong 
Margaret  Thayer 
Frank  M.  Carpenter 
John  Shetterly 
Ronald  McGinley 


EDITORIAL  BOARD  OF  PSYCHE 

F.  M,  Carpenter  (Editor),  Fisher  Professor  of  Natural  History, 
Emeritus,  Harvard  University 

W.  L.  Brown,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Entomology,  Cornell  University  and 
Associate  in  Entomology,  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 
P.  J.  Darlington,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Zoology,  Emeritus,  Harvard 
University 

B.  K.  Holldobler,  Professor  of  Biology,  Harvard  University 
H.  W.  Levi,  Alexander  Agassiz  Professor  of  Zoology,  Harvard  University 
M.  D.  Bowers,  Assistant  Professor  of  Biology,  Harvard  University 
Alfred  F.  Newton,  Jr.,  Curatorial  Associate  in  Entomology,  Harvard 
University 

E.  O.  Wilson,  Baird  Professor  of  Science,  Harvard  University 


PSYCHE  is  published  quarterly  by  the  Cambridge  Entomological  Club,  the  issues 
appearing  in  March,  June,  September  and  December.  Subscription  price,  per  year, 
payable  in  advance:  $1 1.00,  domestic  and  foreign.  Single  copies,  $3.50. 

Checks  and  remittances  should  be  addressed  to  Treasurer,  Cambridge 
Entomological  Club,  16  Divinity  Avenue,  Cambridge,  Mass.  02138. 

Orders  for  missing  numbers,  notices  of  change  of  address,  etc.,  should  be  sent  to  the 
Editorial  Office  of  Psyche,  16  Divinity  Avenue,  Cambridge,  Mass.  02138.  For  previous 
volumes,  see  notice  on  inside  back  cover. 

IMPORTANT  NOTICE  TO  CONTRIBUTORS 
Manuscripts  intended  for  publication  should  be  addressed  to  Professor  F.  M. 
Carpenter,  Biological  Laboratories,  Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass.  02138. 

Authors  are  expected  to  bear  part  of  the  printing  costs,  at  the  rate  of  $27.50  per 
printed  page.  The  actual  cost  of  preparing  cuts  for  all  illustrations  must  be  borne  by 
contributors:  the  cost  for  full  page  plates  from  line  drawings  is  ordinarily  $10.00 
each,  and  for  full  page  half-tones,  $12.00  each;  smaller  sizes  in  proportion.  There  is 
ordinarily  no  additional  charge  for  setting  tables  of  less  then  six  columns;  for  tables 
of  six  or  more  columns  the  cost  is  $25  per  page. 


Psyche,  vol.  89,  no.  3-4,  for  1982,  was  mailed  April  27,  1983 


The  Lexington  Press,  Inc.,  Lexington,  Massachusetts 


PSYCHE 


Vol.  90 


1983 


No. 1-2 


STUDIES  ON 

UPPER  CARBONIFEROUS  INSECTS: 

I.  THE  GERARIDAE  (ORDER  PROTORTHOPTERA) 

By  Laurie  Burnham 

Department  of  Entomology,  Cornell  University, 

Ithaca,  New  York  14853; 

and  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard  University, 
Cambridge,  Massachusetts  02138* 

Introduction 

Despite  the  importance  of  the  order  Protorthoptera,'  little  is 
known  about  its  evolutionary  history.  While  recent  workers  have 
emphasized  morphological  and  taxonomic  diversity  in  the  group 
(Carpenter,  1971,  1977;  Wootton,  1981),  no  one  has  undertaken 
serious  revisionary  study  at  the  family  level.  As  a consequence,  our 
understanding  of  relationships  within  the  order,  as  well  as  relation- 
ships of  the  Protorthoptera  to  other  Paleozoic  insects,  is  rudi- 
mentary at  best.  Clearly,  revisionary  studies  on  this  group  are  badly 
needed. 

We  know  that  the  Protorthoptera  first  appear  in  the  fossil  record 
at  the  base  of  the  Upper  Carboniferous  (Namurian  Stage)  and 
apparently  flourished  for  80  million  years  before  becoming  extinct 
at  the  end  of  the  Permian.  We  also  know  that  they  were  remarkably 


'It  was  one  of  the  dominant  orders  of  the  Paleozoic  (exceeding  all  other  insects 
both  in  number  of  species  and  in  number  of  individuals),  and  is  considered  by  many 
to  be  ancestral  to  the  Endopterygota  (the  group  to  which  90%  of  all  living  insects 
belong). 


■"Present  address. 

Manuscript  received  hy  the  editor  March  5,  1983. 


2 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


diverse  morphologically,  and  that  diversity  in  the  group  {sensu  lato) 
far  exceeded  that  of  any  other  Paleozoic  order  (Carpenter,  1977). 
Structural  modifications  normally  associated  with  more  recent 
insects,  including  brightly  patterned  wings,  raptorial  fore  legs,  and 
thoracic  extensions  of  various  kinds,  are  found  throughout  the 
group. 

Despite  this  fascinating  array  of  characters.  Carboniferous 
Protorthoptera  have  generated  little  interest  among  systematists. 
This  is  due,  in  part,  to  problems  common  to  all  paleoentomological 
study:  an  overall  lack  of  material  (rarely  is  a species  based  on  a large 
series  of  specimens);  preservational  quality  that  ranges  from  excel- 
lent to  very  poor;  and  a taxonomy  that  is  highly  subjective. 

In  addition,  there  are  problems  unique  to  the  Protorthoptera 
which  make  their  study  particularly  difficult.  First,  they  are  neop- 
terous,  and  as  a consequence,  are  most  frequently  found  with  their 
wings  superimposed  on  one  another.  Interpretation  of  the  venation 
under  these  circumstances  is  not  only  difficult,  but  prone  to  error. 
Second,  the  vast  majority  of  Carboniferous  Protorthoptera  are 
known  from  only  two  localities:  Commentry  in  France,  and  Mazon 
Creek  in  the  United  States,  and  were  studied  primarily  by  turn-of- 
the-century  workers.-  As  new  material  has  become  available  for 
study  in  recent  years,  the  accuracy  of  much  of  this  earlier  work  has 
been  questioned. 

Finally,  there  is  the  problem  of  variation.  Distinguishing  species- 
level  differences  from  intraspecific  variation  in  fossils  that  have  such 
a limited  array  of  characters  is  not  easily  resolved.  How,  for 
instance,  does  one  recognize  sexual  dimorphism  in  a fossil  species 
when  there  are  no  genitalia  or  secondary  sexual  characters  to  serve 
as  guidelines?  It  is  not  surprising  under  the  circumstances  that 
paleotaxonomy  rests  largely  on  subjective  reasoning.  But  this, 
unfortunately,  has  its  pitfalls. 

Previous  work  on  the  Geraridae  is  a case  in  point.  Anton  Hand- 
lirsch,  responsible  for  most  of  the  earlier  work  on  the  family,  de- 
scribed a new  species  of  gerarid  for  every  specimen  he  examined. 


-The  Permian  Protorthoptera  are  generally  much  better  known  than  their  Carbo- 
niferous relatives.  This  is  attributable  to  the  fact  that  there  are  more  than  eight  major 
Permian  deposits  (including  two  in  the  U.S.)  at  which  Protorthoptera  have  been 
found.  Furthermore,  intensive  studies  on  these  insects  have  attracted  the  attention  of 
such  well-known  recent  workers  as  Carpenter,  Kukalova,  and  Sharov. 


millions  of  years 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


3 


Fig.  I.  Geological  Time  Table  of  the  Carboniferous.  Note  the  different  ages  of 
the  Commentry  and  Mazon  Creek  localities. 


basing  his  taxonomic  decisions  on  small  differences  in  wing  vena- 
tion (Handlirsch,  1906b,  1911,  1922).  This  approach,  while  render- 
ing the  decision  making  easier,  is  nevertheless  open  to  criticism. 
Studies  on  intraspecific  variation  in  some  Permian  Protorthoptera 
have  shown,  for  instance,  that  two  fore  wings  belonging  to  the  same 
specimen  will  exhibit  noticeable  differences  in  venation  (Carpenter, 
1966).  From  these  findings  we  can  conclude  that  intraspecific  varia- 
tion in  the  Protorthoptera  was  high,  and  that  the  variation  Hand- 
lirsch saw  was  no  greater  than  that  seen  in  a single  specimen. 
Further  evidence  that  suggests  Handlirsch  was  unrealistic  in  his 
representation  of  species  diversity  comes  from  the  low  probability  of 
finding  only  one  individual  per  species  (for  all  species  collected)  in  a 
random  sample  of  living  insects.  Similarly,  we  cannot  reasonably 
expect  to  find  only  one  specimen  per  species  in  a paleontological 
sample,  particularly  when  fossilization  was  catastrophic  (and  hence 
random)  as  is  true  for  the  Mazon  Creek  biota. 

Nevertheless,  in  spite  of  these  drawbacks  to  the  study  of  fossil 
insects,  the  field  can  be  immensely  rewarding.  This  is  because  it 
provides  us  with  concrete  evidence  (in  the  form  of  fossils)  of  what 
early  insect  life  was  like.  Without  such  proof,  we  would  be  guided 


4 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


only  by  our  imagination,  and  having  this  proof  provides  a base  on 
which  insect  phylogeny  and  early  insect  evolution  can  be  recon- 
structed. 

Clearly,  revisionary  studies  on  Paleozoic  insects  are  important. 
Fortunately,  recent  revisional  work  by  Carpenter  has  greatly  in- 
creased our  knowledge  of  certain  Paleozoic  orders  (i.e.,  the  Paleodic- 
tyoptera,  Megasecoptera,  Diaphanopterodea,  Protodonata,  and 
Caloneurodea),  but  much  work  on  the  Protorthoptera  remains. 
This  revision  of  the  family  Geraridae  is,  at  least,  a beginning  and  is 
intended  to  be  the  first  in  a series  of  family-level  studies  on  Upper 
Carboniferous  Protorthoptera. 

Selection  of  the  Geraridae  as  a starting  point  was  influenced, 
ultimately,  by  two  factors:  1)  it  is  typical  of  many  of  the  families  in 
the  Protorthoptera,  having  last  been  studied  in  the  early  part  of  this 
century  (despite  the  discovery  since  then  of  new  material  assignable 
to  the  family);  and  2)  the  Geraridae  are  morphologically  most  unus- 
ual insects.  They  were  large  (up  to  75  mm  in  body  length),  and  had 
as  their  single  most  distinctive  attribute,  a prothorax  that  was  elon- 
gate, flask-shaped,  and  adorned  with  long,  numerous  spines.  These 
spines  gave  them  the  appearance  of  walking  pincushions,  and  pre- 
sumably provided  some  defense  against  vertebrate  predators. 

The  systematic  importance  of  the  family  plus  the  impact  this  work 
has  on  current  classifications  of  the  Protorthoptera  will  be  discussed 
in  subsequent  pages.  The  remaining  sections  of  this  paper  cover  (in 
the  following  order):  the  systematics  of  the  Geraridae;  paleoecologi- 
cal  differences  between  the  two  localities  at  which  gerarids  have 
been  found  (Mazon  Creek  and  Commentry);  and  the  significance  of 
this  study  relative  to  phylogenetic  relationships  within  the  Pro- 
torthoptera. 

Systematics 

Materials  and  Methods 

The  fossils  examined  for  this  study  occur  mostly  as  impressions 
(imprints  in  a sedimentary  matrix  devoid  of  organic  matter)  but 
some  occur  as  compressions  (in  these,  organic  matter  is  present,  but 
usually  coalified).  Both  types  of  fossils  were  prepared  by  degage- 
ment,^  i.e.,  an  uncovering  of  the  fossil  by  removal  of  the  overlying 
rock  matrix.  This  is  generally  done  using  a fine  pneumatic  drill  and 


From  the  French  verb  degager  meaning  to  disengage,  extricate,  or  get  clear. 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


5 


compressed  air  gun.  The  technique  is  particularly  effective  at 
revealing  regions  of  an  insect’s  body  (wing  tips,  legs,  etc.)  that  are 
found  beneath  the  bedding  plane.  Following  degagement,  specimens 
were  studied  under  a Wild  M-5  stereo  microscope  and  photo- 
graphed with  a Zeiss  4"  by  5"  format  camera. 

Drawings  were  made  of  each  fossil  by  tracing  a general  outline 
from  a photographic  enlargement.  Verification  of  detail  was  made  by 
referring  back  to  the  specimens  and  examining  them  frequently 
under  the  microscope.  The  most  complete  reconstructions  (e.g.,  fig.  2 
of  G.  danielsi)  were  possible  for  those  species  that  consist  of  a large 
series  of  specimens.  This  is  because  one  fossil  rarely  displays  all 
characters  equally  well,  and,  therefore,  the  larger  the  number  of  speci- 
mens, the  greater  the  likelihood  of  multiple  character  preservation. 

Type  specimens,  including  the  holotypes,  for  all  taxa  considered 
in  this  revisionary  study  were  borrowed  and  examined  using  the 
above  methods.  Pre-existing  taxa  were  synonymized  whenever  pos- 
sible, a decision  based  on  the  assumption  that  (for  reasons  cited 
earlier)  intraspecific  variation  in  the  Protorthoptera  is  great.  Char- 
acters of  greatest  taxonomic  importance  were  venation  and  body 
size  and  shape,  particularly  with  respect  to  the  prothorax.  In  situa- 
tions where  clearcut  characters  were  lacking,  as  is  true  for  several  of 
the  Mazon  Creek  gerarids,  I relied  solely  on  size  as  a criterion  for 
specific  assignment.  While  this  may  result  in  the  recognition  of  some 
dubious  species,  it  seems  preferable  to  relegating  certain  specimens 
to  incertae  sedis  status. 

Since  wing  venation  is  such  an  im.portant  taxonomic  tool  both  in 
paleoentomological  and  extant  systematic  study,  it  is  surprising  that 
until  recently  no  standardized  wing  terminology  has  been  adopted. 
This  is  particularly  unfortunate  for  the  Protorthoptera,  80%  of 
which  have  been  described  on  the  basis  of  wings  alone.  Inroads 
have  recently  been  made  into  this  problem  primarily  by  the  efforts 
of  Carpenter  in  the  United  States  and  Wootton  in  Great  Britain. 
Both  have  stressed  (Carpenter,  1966;  Wootton,  1979,  1981)  the 
importance  of  a standardized  venational  nomenclature  and  Woot- 
ton (1979)  has  proposed  a terminology  modified  slightly  from  the  one 
used  previously  by  Lameere  (1922)  and  Martynov  (1924,  1938). 

Wootton  proposes  that  the  following  nine  major  longitudinal 
veins  be  recognized:  Costa  (C);  Subcosta  (SC);  Radius  (R);  Radial 
Sector  (RS);  Anterior  Media  (MA);  Posterior  Media  (MP);  Ante- 
rior Cubitus  (CUA);  Posterior  Cubitus  (CUP),  and  Anals.  In  light 


6 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


of  the  historical  basis  for  the  nomenclature  (used  extensively  in  the 
paleoentomological  literature)  and  its  conservatism  (it  may  be  used 
to  homologize  the  wing  venation  of  all  insects)  I enthusiastically 
concur  with  Wootton’s  recommendations  and  will  employ  his  sys- 
tem here  and  in  future  systematic  work. 

A total  of  58  specimens  were  made  available  for  study  through  the 
loans  of  various  institutions  and  individuals.  These  are  listed  here 
with  their  abbreviations: 

Field  Museum  of  Natural  History  (FMNH),  Chicago,  Illinois, 
U.S.A.  (This  includes  specimens  collected  by  Jerry  Herdina  and 
subsequently  acquired  by  the  Field  Museum). 

Institut  de  Paleontologie,  Museum  National  d’Histoire  Naturelle 
(IP),  Paris,  France. 

Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  (MCZ),  Cambridge,  Massa- 
chusetts, U.S.A. 

United  States  National  Museum  (USNM),  Washington,  D.C., 
U.S.A. 

Yale  Peabody  Museum  (YPM),  New  Haven,  Connecticut,  U.S.A. 

Daniel  Damrow,  of  Mosinee,  Wisconsin.  Private  collection. 
(DMRW)  (Includes  specimens  previously  in  the  collection  of  Walter 
Dabasinskas). 

David  Douglass,  of  Yachats,  Oregon.  Private  collection.  (DGLS) 

Francis  and  Terri  Wolff,  of  Port  Charlotte,  Florida.  Private  col- 
lection (Wolff). 

Order  Protorthoptera  Handlirsch 

Family  Geraridae  Scudder,  1885 

[Nom.  correct.  Handlirsch,  1906a  (ex  Gerarina  Scudder,  1885)] 
Gerarina  Scudder  1885:342.  Type:  Gerarus  Scudder. 

Geraridae  Handlirsch  1906a:146,  1906b:701,  1911:312,  1920:151. 

Sthenaropodidae  Handlirsch  1906a:141,  1919:37,  1920:150;  Sharov  1968:19.  Type: 

Sthenarupoda  Brongniart.  nkw  synonymy. 

Genopterygidae  Richardson  1956:41.  Type:  Genopteryx  Scudder.  new  synonymy. 

Description 

Fore  and  hind  wings  similar  in  size  and  shape,  but  markedly 
different  in  venation. 

Fore  wing:  length  35-55  mm,  and  apparently  not  coriaceous;  cos- 
tal area  broad  in  basal  region,  SC  simple,  terminating  in  C;  R 
parallel  to  SC,  terminating  at  wing  apex;  RS  originating  from  base 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


1 


of  R near  midpoint  of  wing;  M either  anastomosing  with  RS  for  a 
short  distance  or  connecting  to  it  by  a cross-vein;  CUA  strongly 
developed,  arising  from  base  of  M;  CUP  forked,  arising  independ- 
ently from  wing  base. 

Hind  wing;  length  30-48  mm;  costal  area  not  as  broad  as  in  fore 
wing;  SC  simple,  terminating  in  C;  R parallel  to  SC,  terminating  at 
wing  apex;  RS  pectinate,  arising  from  R near  wing  base;  M forked, 
arising  near  base  of  RS;  CUA  and  CUP  simple  and  parallel  to  one 
another;  CUA  arising  from  base  of  RS  near  M,  CUP  arising  inde- 
pendently from  wing  base;  anal  area  unusually  reduced;  cross  veins 
abundant  in  both  fore  and  hind  wings. 

Body;  prothorax  elongate,  flask-shaped,  and  distinctively  spi- 
nose;  abdomen  cylindrical;  antennae  filamentous;  head  small  and 
probably  mobile;  legs  cursorial,  tarsi  five-segmented. 

Diagnosis 

In  many  ways  the  Geraridae  are  typical  Orthopteroidea,  having 
mandibulate  mouthparts,  hypognathous  heads,  and  filamentous 
antennae.  But  they  differ  from  other  orthopteroids  in  two  important 
characters:  their  well-developed  prothorax  which  is  armed  with 
spines  (the  latter  reach  a length  of  10  mm  in  G.  danielsi),  and  their 
distinctive  fore  and  hind  wing  venation.  While  gerarids  can  be  read- 
ily recognized  on  the  basis  of  the  prothorax  alone,  wing  venation  is 
generally  a better  diagnostic  character.  Particularly  distinctive  are 
the  RS-M  veins  in  the  fore  wing,  and  the  R-RS  veins  in  the  hind 
wing.  In  the  fore  wing  RS  is  reduced  and  M is  expanded  with  5 to  6 
branches.  The  apical  branch  of  M either  anastomoses  with  RS  for  a 
short  distance  or  is  connected  to  it  by  a short  cross  vein.  In  the  hind 
wing,  the  opposite  is  true:  M is  greatly  reduced  and  RS  expanded 
into  5 to  6 branches. 

It  is  worth  noting  that  the  anal  fan  in  the  hind  wing,  if  present, 
was  very  small  (see  fig.  17).  This  suggests  that  in  gerarids  the  fore 
and  hind  wings  may  have  functioned  equally  well  in  flight,  unlike  in 
extant  Orthoptera,  which  rely  primarily  on  expanded  hind  wings  for 
flight  propulsion.  The  abdomen  is  essentially  unknown  for  the  fam- 
ily, but  was  probably  shorter  than  the  wings,  a claim  based  on  the 
comparison  of  wing  length  to  legs,  thorax,  and  head.  No  cerci  are 
preserved,  but  because  the  Geraridae  are  orthopteroid,  it  may  be 
assumed  that  they  were  present. 


8 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Fig.  2.  Gerarus  clanielsi,  composite  drawing,  based  primarily  on  specimens 
FMNH  PE  5276,  31973,  32027,  32029;  and  USNM  31973. 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


9 


Remarks 

The  family  Geraridae  was  first  established  by  Scudder  (1885)  for 
several  fossil  insects  from  Mazon  Creek  noted  for  their  slender 
bodies,  which  tapered  “greatly  anteriorly”  (Scudder,  1885:344),  and 
for  the  distinctive  branching  pattern  of  RS  in  the  hind  wing. 
Scudder  placed  the  family  in  the  order  Paleodictyoptera,  section 
Neuropteroidea,  where  it  remained  until  1906  when  Handlirsch 
erected  the  order  Protorthoptera  and  transferred  the  Geraridae  to 
it.^^  Most  of  the  subsequent  work  on  the  family  was  carried  out  by 
Handlirsch  who  added  a total  of  two  new  genera  and  nine  new 
species  to  it  (Handlirsch,  1906a,  1906b,  1911,  1920). 

This  revision  is  the  first  systematic  work  carried  out  on  the  family 
since  then,  and  rectifies  many  of  the  taxonomic  errors  made  by  these 
earlier  workers.  To  a large  extent,  the  mistakes  made  by  Scudder 
and  Handlirsch  may  be  attributed  to  the  limited  availability  of 
material  at  their  disposal,  and  the  preservation  of  most  gerarids  with 
all  four  wings  lying  over  one  another.  Nevertheless,  their  errors  were 
of  grave  consequence.  To  begin  with,  neither  worker  apparently 
recognized  the  extent  to  which  intraspecific  variation  occurs  in  the 
family,  and  therefore  each  named  only  monotypic  species.  But, 
more  importantly,  owing  to  the  difficulties  of  wing  overlap,  neither 
Scudder  nor  Handlirsch  correctly  interpreted  the  wing  venation  of 
Gerarus\  both  managed  to  interpret  the  venation  of  one  wing  (the 
hind  wing)  and  then  assumed  that  fore  and  hind  wings  were  identi- 
cal, although  neither  actually  saw  the  fore  wing. 

The  advantage  of  having  more  material  at  my  disposal  made  it 
possible  for  me  to  overcome  the  problems  that  faced  these  workers. 
Certain  well-preserved  specimens  (especially  FMNH-PE  5276, 
31973,  32027;  IP  5,  23)  were  instrumental  in  demonstrating  the 
complete  venational  differences  between  fore  and  hind  wings.  A 
comparison  of  figs.  6a  and  6b  shows  how  strikingly  different  the 
fore  wing  actually  is  from  the  hind  wing.  This,  in  itself,  was  quite  a 
revelation.  But  it  was  only  later,  when  searching  through  the  litera- 
ture looking  for  venational  similarities  with  other  groups,  that  the 


■^Prior  to  this,  all  Carboniferous  insects  were  included  in  the  one  order  Paleo- 
dictyoptera in  accordance  with  Scudder’s  beliefs  that  ordinal  differentiation  had  not 
taken  place  'n  the  Insecta  as  early  as  the  Carboniferous.  We  know,  of  course,  that  this 
was  incorrect;  a total  of  1 1 orders  are  now  recognized  from  that  Period  (Carpenter, 
1977;  Wootton,  1981). 


10 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


full  significance  of  the  discovery  emerged.  It  became  immediately 
apparent,  based  on  fore  wing  characters,  that  the  type  genus  (Sthe- 
naropoda)  for  the  family  Sthenaropodidae^  is  inseparable  from 
Gerarus.  The  consequences  of  this  are  twofold:  1)  it  extends  the 
geographic  range  of  the  Geraridae  from  North  America  to  Europe, 
strongly  suggesting  that  the  family  was  once  large  and  successful; 
and  2)  the  synonymy  casts  serious  doubts  on  current  classifications 
of  Paleozoic  orthopteroids  such  as  those  proposed  by  Sharov  (1968) 
and  Rasnitsyn  (1980).  The  implications  of  this  are  addressed  in  the 
discussion  section  at  the  end  of  this  paper. 

Geological  range:  Carboniferous — Westphalian  D to  Stephan- 
ian.  Occurrence:  Mazon  Creek,  Illinois,  U.S.A.;  Commentry, 
France.  Type  genus:  Gerarus. 

Synonymies 

The  families  Genopterygidae  and  Sthenaropodidae  are  synony- 
mized  here  with  the  Geraridae,  since  1 find  no  unique  characters  by 
which  to  recognize  them  as  independent  taxa.  All  major  veins  and 
body  characters  are  in  complete  agreement  with  the  definition  of  the 
Geraridae.  Although  the  Genopterygidae  are  described  from  the 
hind  wing  alone,  and  this  synonymy  may  therefore  change  as  addi- 
tional material  is  found,  the  venational  similarities  between  Genop- 
teryx  and  Gerarus  are  striking  (see  fig.  7).  This,  in  my  mind,  is 
sufficient  reason  at  this  time  to  synonymize  these  families.  The  syn- 
onymy of  the  Sthenaropodidae  with  the  Geraridae  is  based  not  only 
on  the  venation  of  both  wings,  but  also  on  the  prothorax  (complete 
with  spines)  and  body  size.  The  two  families  are  so  similar  in  charac- 
ter that  synonymy  at  the  species  level  could  almost  be  justified  were 
it  not  for  their  separation  both  geologically  and  geographically. 


^The  Sthenaropodidae,  like  the  Geraridae,  were  the  focus  of  taxonomic  work 
largely  at  the  turn  of  the  century.  Brongniart  first  described  Sthenaropoc/a  (based  on 
S.  fischeri)  in  1885  and  placed  it  with  a series  of  other  Carboniferous  Protorthoptera 
in  the  family  Paleoacridiodea.  Eight  years  later  he  synonymized  Sthenaropoda  with 
Oedischia  (now  recognized  as  belonging  to  the  Orthoptera),  believing  their  differ- 
ences too  slight  to  warrant  generic  separation.  In  1906  Handlirsch  restored  the  genus 
Sthenaropoda  and  placed  it  in  its  own  family.  His  decision  was  later  defended  by 
both  Lameere  (1917)  and  Sharov  (1968),  who  felt  that  the  oedischiids,  by  virtue  of 
their  saltatorial  legs,  were  true  Orthoptera,  and  that  the  sthenaropodids,  which 
lacked  well-developed  jumping  legs,  were  clearly  members  of  the  Protorthoptera. 
The  ramifications  of  this  are  discussed  in  the  concluding  pages  of  this  paper. 


Fig.  3.  Handlirsch’s  reconstructions  of  two  species  of  Gerarus.  a.  C7.  danielsi\  b. 
G.  collari.s  (^lon^icullis).  (From  Handlirsch,  1920:152,153). 


12 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Genus  Gerarus 

Gerarus  Scudder  1885:344;  Handlirsch  1906a:  147,  I906b:702,  1911:  313,  1919:38. 

Type:  Gerarus  vetus  Scudder  (original  designation). 

Sihenaropuda  Brongniart  1885:59;  Handlirsch  1906a:  148,  1906b:  704,  1919:30.  Type: 
St henaropoda  fischeri  (or\g\n-d\  designation),  nkw  synony  my.'’ 

Genopteryx  Scudder  1885:327;  Handlirsch  1906a:  148,  1906b:704,  1919:30.  Type: 
Genopteryx  constricta  (original  designation).  Nt:w  synonymy.^ 

Archaeacridites  Meunier  1909a:39.  1909c:  145;  Handlirsch  1919:39.  Type:  Archaea- 
cridites  hruesi  (original  designation),  nhw  s^  non'i  my. 

Rossites  Richardson  1956:44.  Type:  Rossites  inopinus  (original  designation). 

M W SYNONYMY. 

Description 

Fore  wing:  membranous,  larger  than  hind  wing,  rounded  at 
apex;  SC  long,  weakly  turning  anteriorly  to  fuse  with  C at  point 
three-fourths  to  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  wing;  R parallel  to  SC, 
terminating  in  C slightly  anteriorad  to  wing  apex.  Fore  wings  differ 
from  hind  wings  in  the  following  veins:  in  the  fore  wing,  RS 
branches  from  R in  the  basal  third  of  the  wing,  and  bifurcates  two 
or  three  times.  M four-  or  five-branched,  either  connecting  to  RS  by 
a cross  vein  or  fusing  with  it;  CUA  coalesces  with  M for  short 
distance  at  wing  base  and  may  be  weakly  branched;  CUP  simple, 
elbowed  towards  CUA;  network  of  anal  veins  present. 

Hind  wing:  RS  has  three  to  six  distinct  pectinate  branches  and 
does  not  fuse  with  M;  M multiply  branched,  arising  from  RS;  CUA 


^Some  doubt  exists  concerning  the  date  of  publication  of  this  paper  with  respect  to 
Scudder’s  1885  article,  but  1 have  concluded  for  the  following  reasons  that  Scudder 
had  priority  of  publication:  1 ) Although  we  do  not  know  the  month  of  publication 
for  Brongniart’s  paper,  we  do  know  that  Scudder’s  was  published  early  in  April, 
1885.  Unfortunately,  attempts  to  obtain  the  exact  date  of  publication  for  Brongni- 
art’s article  from  the  Museum  d’Histoire  Naturelle  de  Rouen  and  the  Societe  des 
Amis  des  Sciences  Naturelles  de  Rouen  have  met  with  no  response.  2)  Citations  of 
these  two  papers  (e.g.,  Handlirsch,  1906a,  1922)  have  consistently  listed  Scudder’s 
paper  before  Brongniart’s.  3)  Scudder’s  1885  account  of  Gerarus  includes  a full 
description,  figures,  and  designation  of  a type  species  {G.  vetus),  whereas  Brongni- 
art’s paper  only  mentions  Sthenaropuda  and  gives  no  formal  description. 


''Gerarus  and  Genopteryx  were  named  and  described  by  Scudder  in  the  same  paper 
(1885).  In  accordance  with  the  I.C.Z.N.  procedures,  and  as  the  first  reviser,  I have 
treated  Genopteryx  as  the  junior  synonym  of  Gerarus,  the  better  known  and 
larger  genus. 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


13 


simple  or  with  one  bifurcation;  CUP  simple  and  parallel  to  CUA; 
anal  area  slightly  expanded,  but  unusually  reduced  for  the  Orthop- 
teroidea.  See  fig.  17. 

Diagnosis 

Gerarus  may  be  distinguished  from  the  other  genera  in  the 
Gerandae  {Nacekomia,  Progenenfonium,  Genentonmm  and  Gerarulus) 
by  size  (members  of  this  genus  are  large,  fore  wing  is  40  mm  to  55 
mm  in  length);  and  the  nature  of  the  RS  and  M veins  in  the  fore 
wing.  In  Gerarus  RS  branches  two  or  three  times;  in  Progenentonium, 
it  branches  at  least  four  times.  M in  Gerarus  is  four-  or  five-branched, 
and  either  coalesces  with  RS  for  a short  distance  or  is  connected  to 
it  by  a well-developed  cross  vein.  In  contrast,  M in  Naeekomia  is 
distinct  from  RS,  and  in  Genentonium,  M is  only  three-branched 
and  these  branches  are  distinctly  parallel  to  one  another.  Other 
characters  such  as  the  shape  of  the  thorax  and  number  of  prothoracic 
spines  may  ultimately  prove  important  in  distinguishing  these 
genera  from  one  another,  but  as  yet,  we  lack  the  well-preserved 
specimens  necessary  for  separating  all  four  genera  in  the  family  on 
the  basis  of  such  additional  characters. 

Remarks 

Handlirsch  (1911:313)  characterized  Gerarus  by  its  prothorax, 
described  as  “a  broad  base,  either  provided  with  tubercles  or 
smooth,  but  in  every  case,  produced  into  a long  neck-like  part  bear- 
ing the  head.”  While  he  was  correct  about  the  nature  of  the  “neck,” 
he  was  incorrect  in  his  assessment  of  the  “tubercles,”  which  were 
presumably  present  in  all  adult  gerarids  as  fully  produced  spines, 
not  tubercles.  He  was  also  slightly  inaccurate  in  describing  the  pro- 
thorax as  “a  broad  base.”  This  study  has  shown  the  width  of  the 
prothorax  to  vary  from  5 mm  to  13  mm  depending  on  the  species.  A 
better  description  for  the  genus  is  one  based  on  wing  venation. 

Geological  range:  Upper  Carboniferous — Westphalian  D to 
Stephanian.  Occurrence:  Mazon  Creek,  Illinois,  U.S.A.;  Com- 
mentry,  France.  Type  species:  Gerarus  vetus. 

Synonymies 

As  indicated  in  previous  pages,  clarification  of  the  venation  of 
both  fore  and  hind  wings  has  led  to  several  important  synonymies. 
A comparison  of  Sthenaropoda  with  Gerarus  reveals  that  the  vena- 
tional  differences  lie  largely  in  the  number  of  branches  of  M and 


14 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


this,  in  my  opinion,  does  not  justify  distinction  above  the  species 
level.  Similarly,  Archaeacridites,  lacking  distinct  venational  charac- 
ters, cannot  be  separated  from  Gerarus. 

I am  also  synonymizing  two  genera  from  the  order  Caloneurodea 
with  Gerarus:  Genopteryx  and  Rossites,  for  which  Richardson 
(1956)  erected  the  family  Genopterygidae.  Genopteryx,  originally 
described  by  Scudder  (1885),  and  placed  in  the  family  Homotheti- 
dae,  was  transferred  subsequently  to  the  Geraridae  by  Handlirsch 
(1906a).  Richardson  (1956:41)  removed  Genopteryx  from  the  Gera- 
ridae and  placed  it  in  the  order  Caloneurodea.  He  did  so  on  the 
basis  of  its  “heavy  cross  veins  and  the  close  straight  parallel  CUA 
and  CUP”  these  being  the  “two  characters  regarded  by  Carpenter 
(1943)  as  prescribing  inclusion  in  the  order  Caloneurodea.”  Richard- 
son then  states  that  "'Rossites  has  delicate  cross  veins  and  its  CUA 
deviates  from  strict  parallelism  with  CUP,  yet  the  venation  is  nearly 
identical  with  that  of  Genopteryx,''"  and  for  that  reason  placed  the 
two  genera  in  the  same  family.  While  these  genera  do  seem  to  belong 
together,  1 see  no  reason  to  include  them  in  the  Caloneurodea.  One 
result  of  the  present  study  was  the  discovery  that  CUA  and  CUP  are 
typically  parallel  in  the  hind  wing  of  the  gerarids,  and  that  place- 
ment and  number  of  the  cross  veins  is  variable.  Therefore,  with  the 
disappearance  of  the  supposed  diagnostic  venational  characters  that 
Richardson  used  to  justify  their  inclusion  in  the  Caloneurodea  and 
the  discovery  of  synapomorphies  by  which  they  may  be  linked  to 
Gerarus,  1 feel  that  there  is  every  reason  to  include  these  species  in 
the  Geraridae.  It  is  interesting  to  note,  however,  that  the  parallel 
positions  of  CUA  and  CUP,  characteristic  of  this  family,  may  ulti- 
mately indicate  a closer  relationship  with  the  Caloneurodea  than 
previously  recognized. 


Gerarus  vetus 
Figures  4 and  5 

Gerarus  vetus  Scudder  1885:344,  1890:308;  Handlirsch  1906a:  147,  1906b:702, 
1919:30. 

Description 

Fore  wing:  length  45-55  mm,  width  13  mm;  RS  two-  to 
three-branched,  fusing  with  M for  short  distance  at  point  where  M 
elbows  towards  RS;  M three-branched;  CUA  simple,  CUP  forked. 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


15 


Fig.  4.  Gerarus  veiu.s,  a.  composite  drawing  of  the  fore  wing,  based  on  DGLS  I 
and  USNM  38136.  b.  composite  drawing  of  the  hind  wing,  based  on  DGLS  I and 
USNM  38136. 


Hind  wing:  length  42-50  mm,  width  11-12  mm;  RS  at  least 
four-branched;  M forked;  CUA  and  CUP  not  known. 

Body:  prothorax  much  smaller  in  this  species  than  in  G.  danielsi. 
Width  about  5 mm  at  its  widest  point,  length  10-15  mm.  Largest 
measurable  spine  7 mm.  Unfortunately,  the  arrangement  and  number 
of  spines  in  this  species  is  uncertain,  but  nine  are  expected  in 
keeping  with  the  genus.  Head  small,  4-5  mm  in  length.  Coxae 
possibly  enlarged;  tibiae  and  femora  long  and  slender. 

Diagnosis 

This  species  is  distinguished  from  G.  danielsi  on  the  basis  of  its 
long  and  slender  appearance,  its  diminutive  prothorax  and  narrow 
wings.  Unfortunately,  the  venation  is  not  sufficiently  preserved  in 
any  of  the  specimens  assigned  to  this  species  to  be  useful  as  a diag- 
nostic character.  Although  body  length  is  intermediate  between  that 
of  G.  danielsi  and  G.  collaris,  this  species  is  clearly  more  slender 
than  the  other  species  in  the  genus.  Compare  fig.  5 with  figs.  9 and 
13. 

Geological  range:  Westphalian  D.  Occurrence:  Mazon 

Creek,  Illinois,  U.S.A. 


Fig.  5.  Gerarus  vet  us,  photograph  of  specimen  FMNH  PE  32024.  Note  the 
narrow  prothorax,  and  head,  on  which  a compound  eye  is  visible.  Length  of  wing,  52 
mm.  e - eye;  s = spine. 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


17 


Holotype:  USNM  38136.  Specimen  examined.  This  specimen 
consists  of  a prothorax,  including  spines,  and  the  hindwings  which 
overlap  one  another.  Unfortunately,  details  of  the  venation  are 
incomplete. 

New'  material 

FMNH  PE  32022.  Obverse  and  reverse  halves.  The  prothorax 
and  five  spines  are  preserved  in  this  specimen  but  unfortunately,  due 
to  overlap,  venational  details  are  obscured. 

FMNH  PE  32024.  Obverse  and  reverse  halves.  The  head  is  well 
preserved,  and  complete  with  a compound  eye,  clypeus,  one  mandi- 
ble, and  a spine  base.  Parts  of  all  three  legs  are  also  preserved.  The 
enlarged  prothoracic  femur  is  probably  an  artifact  of  preservation, 
the  result  of  lateral  compression  during  burial. 

DOES  1.  Obverse  and  reverse  halves.  This  is  a somewhat  dis- 
torted specimen  with  the  prothorax  pushed  into  the  mesothorax. 
Fore  and  hind  wings  on  the  right  side  are  slightly  splayed  apart  and 
reveal  most  of  the  venation  of  the  hind  wing. 

Wolff  301.  Obverse  and  reverse  halves.  Only  a fragmentary  spec- 
imen with  a poorly  preserved  prothorax  and  spine  bases. 

DMRW  2 (Dabasinskas  2).  Obverse  and  reverse  halves.  An 
excellent  specimen  showing  posterior  part  of  the  head,  complete 
prothorax  (although  the  spines  are  broken),  mesothorax,  meta- 
thorax, and  wings,  which  unfortunately  overlap.  Its  long  and 
slender  appearance  and  slim  prothorax  place  it  in  this  species. 

Gerarus  danielsi 
Figures  2,  3,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10  and  1 1 

Gerarus  danielsi  HandVnsch  1906a:  147,  I906b;703,  1919:30. 

Gerarus  longus  Handlirsch  1906a:147,  1906b:702,  1919:30.  new  synonymy. 

Gerarus  angusius  Handlirsch  1906a:148,  1906b:703,  1919:30.  new  synonymy. 
Gerarus  laius  Handlirsch  191 1:313,  1919:30.  new  synonymy. 

Gerarus  reductus  Handlirsch  191 1:314,  1919:30.  new  synonymy. 

Genopieryx  constricta  Scudder  1885:327;  Handlirsch  1906a:148,  1906b:704,  1919:30. 

NEW  SYNONYMY. 

Rossites  inopinus  Richardson  1956:44.  new  synonymy. 

Description 

Fore  wing:  length  53-55  mm,  width  17-19  mm;  SC  unbranched, 
parallel  to  C,  connecting  to  latter  by  multiple  cross  veins;  R simple, 
parallel  to  SC,  terminating  at  wing  apex;  RS  pectinate  with  2 to  3 


18 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


branches,  originating  from  R in  basal  third  of  the  wing;  CUP 
simple,  originating  from  very  base  of  R,  connecting  to  RS  by  a short 
cross  vein;  M four-branched,  fusing  for  approximately  9 mm  at  its 
base  with  CUA;  CUA  also  four-branched;  CUP  simple,  arising 
independently  of  CUA  at  the  wing  base.  CUP  elbows  towards  CUA, 
connecting  to  it  by  short  cross  vein.  Anal  veins  slender  and 
bifurcating.  Well-developed  reticulation  present  in  anal  area. 

Hind  wing:  length  40-48  mm,  width  14-16  mm;  SC  and  R same 
as  in  fore  wing;  RS  pectinate  with  five  branches,  arising  from  R near 
wing  base;  M arising  from  near  base  of  RS  and  deeply  cleft  with  two 
or  more  terminal  bifurcations;  CUA  and  CUP  parallel  and 
independent  at  wing  base.  Anal  area  not  well  preserved,  only 
slightly  expanded,  and  with  reticulated  venation. 

Prothorax:  distinctly  large  and  swollen  posteriorly.  There  are 
nine  prominent  spines  symmetrically  arranged  in  the  swollen  region 
(see  fig.  8).  Width  at  widest  point  10-13  mm,  length  20-22  mm; 
spines  7-10  mm  in  length.  One,  possibly  two,  vertical  spines  extend 
from  the  anterior  of  prothorax,  posterior  to  head. 

Body:  large,  ranging  from  70  mm  to  75  mm  (tip  of  wing  to 
anterior  tip  of  prothorax).  Legs  long  and  thin. 

Diagnosis 

This  species  may  be  distinguished  from  the  other  species  in  the 
genus  by  the  large  prothorax  and  well-developed  spines  (longer  in 
this  species  than  in  any  other);  and  the  overall  body  size  which  is 
distinctly  larger  than  that  of  either  G.  vetus  or  G.  collaris  from 
Mazon  Creek.  Although  venational  characters  do  vary  intraspecifi- 
cally,  it  should  be  noted  that  in  the  fore  wing  M connects  to  RS  by  a 
small  cross  vein,  and  that  the  anterior  branch  of  CUP  connects  to 
CUA  also  by  a small  cross  vein.  This  contrasts  with  the  other  species 
in  the  genus  in  which  one  finds  an  actual  anastomosis  of  these  veins. 

Geological  range:  Westphalian  D.  Occurrence:  Mazon  Creek, 
Illinois,  U.S.A. 

Holotype:  USNM  35574.  Specimen  examined.  Reverse  half 
only.^  The  bulbous  region  and  spines  of  the  prothorax  are  well 
preserved  in  this  specimen.  Only  the  costal  margins  of  the  fore  wings 
are  present,  but  venation  of  the  hind  wings  is  clear,  except  in  the 
anal  area.  All  evidence  of  the  head  and  anterior  region  of  the  pro- 
thorax has  been  lost. 


'<The  obverse  half  was  originally  in  the  Daniels  collection,  the  location  of  which  is 
not  known  (see  Carpenter,  1965,  for  further  details  on  this  collection). 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


19 


Fig.  6.  Gerarus  tlanielsi,  a.  composite  drawing  of  the  fore  wing,  based  primarily 
on  FMNH  PE  5276,  31973;  and  DMRW  1.  b.  composite  drawing  of  the  hind  wing, 
based  primarily  on  USNM  35574,  FMNH  PE  32031,  and  MCZ  222. 


sc 


Fig.  7.  Gerarus  danielsi,  originally  Genupteryx  eunsiricta.  Drawing  of  hind  wing, 
based  on  USNM  38148.  Compare  this  with  the  hind  wing  in  Fig.  6b. 


20 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Fig.  8.  Gerarus  clanielsi,  photograph  of  the  prothorax,  PE  32029.  Total  length  of 
prothorax,  not  including  spines,  21  mm,  s = spine. 


Synonymies 

Gerarus  latus  YPM  33.  Specimen  examined.  Obverse  and  reverse 
halves.  This  species  is  synonymized  here  with  G.  danielsi  by  virtue  of 
its  size  (hind  wing  as  preserved  is  45  mm  long,  but  is  short  several 
millimeters  at  its  apex)  and  the  shape  of  its  prothorax.  The  latter, 
despite  some  distortion,  clearly  has  spines  of  the  same  length  and 
pattern  as  G.  danielsi.  A single  spine  base  is  present  at  the  anterior 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


21 


Fig.  9.  Gerarus  cianielsi,  photograph  of  the  holotype,  USNM  35574.  Length  ot 
fore  wing  42  mm,  as  preserved,  fw  = fore  wing;  hw  = hind  wing;  s = spine. 


22 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


tip  of  the  prothorax.  Fore  and  hind  wings  overlap.  Only  the  costal 
area  of  the  fore  wing  is  visible,  but  most  of  the  hind  wing  venation  is 
visible  under  close  scrutiny. 

Gerarus  reductus  YPM  35.  Specimen  examined.  Obverse  and 
reverse  halves.  This  is  an  unusual  specimen  in  that  two  wings  are 
preserved  in  the  same  concretion,  but  nothing  suggests  that  they 
necessarily  belong  to  the  same  specimen — or  even  to  the  same  spe- 
cies. The  specimen  is  badly  fractured  into  four  distinct  pieces,  and 
the  two  wings  appear  to  be  in  different  bedding  planes.  Handlirsch 
(1911)  described  the  two  wings  as  fore  and  hind  wings  of  the  same 
species,  but  expressed  reservations  concerning  their  generic  assign- 
ment. I am  convinced  that  these  wings  do  not  belong  to  the  same 
specimen  but  believe  instead  that  they  are  both  hind  wings  belong- 
ing to  different  species.  The  specimen  that  Handlirsch  (191 1:315,  fig. 
20)  considered  to  be  a fore  wing  is  here  designated  the  lectotype  of 
G.  reductus  and  it  is  herein  synonymized  with  G.  danielsi.  The 
specimen  that  he  interpreted  as  the  hind  wing  of  G.  reductus 
(191 1:314,  fig.  19)  undoubtedly  is  a hind  wing,  but  not  sufficiently 
well  preserved  to  warrant  family  determination  and  it  is  placed  here 
in  Protorthoptera  incertae  sedis. 

Gerarus  longus  USNM  38822.  Specimen  examined.  Obverse  and 
reverse  halves.  Fore  and  hind  wings  overlap  but  the  venation  is  very 
similar  to  that  of  the  holotype  of  G.  danielsi:  RS  is  pectinate,  with 
five  branches,  and  M is  deeply  cleft.  Also  the  prothorax,  although 
badly  preserved,  does  have  spines,  two  of  which  are  visible  on  the 
left  side.  This,  plus  the  size  of  the  specimen  (fore  wing  measures 
approximately  55  mm,  hind  wing  44  mm)  warrants  synonymy  of  G. 
longus  with  G.  danielsi. 

Gerarus  angustus  USNM  38811.  Specimen  examined.  Obverse 
half  only.  This  is  a poor  specimen:  all  four  wings  overlap,  and  the 
fossil  has  been  weathered  so  the  venation  is  only  barely  visible. 
Nevertheless,  in  my  opinion,  the  overall  size  of  the  specimen  (fore 
wing  length  is  55-57  mm)  and  the  swollen  prothorax  justify  its 
synonymy  with  G.  danielsi.  Certainly  it  displays  no  unique  charac- 
ters by  which  it  may  be  distinguished  as  a separate  species. 

Genopteryx  constricta  USNM  38148.  Specimen  examined.  This 
species  was  originally  assigned  to  the  Geraridae  by  Scudder  (1885), 
but  later  transferred  by  Richardson  (1956)  along  with  Rossites 
inopinus  (see  below)  to  the  Caloneurodea.  Having  examined  both 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


23 


type  specimens,  I find  no  characters  by  which  to  separate  either 
genus  from  Gerarus.  Because  there  are  no  significant  differences  in 
venation  between  R.  inopinus,  G.  constricta  and  G.  danielsi  (com- 
pare fig.  6 with  fig.  7),  synonymy  at  this  point  seems  justified. 

Rossites  inopinus  FMNH  PE  3304.  Specimen  examined.  Obverse 
and  reverse  halves.  Only  the  basal  half  of  the  hind  wing  is  preserved, 
but  it  shows  CUA  and  CUP  very  clearly.  Length  of  the  wing  as 
preserved  measures  29  mm;  actual  length  is  estimated  as  40  mm. 

New  material 

FMNH  PE  5276.  Obverse  and  reverse  halves.  This  specimen  is, 
without  doubt,  the  most  spectacular  of  all  specimens  examined  for 
this  study.  Both  halves  are  excellent,  and  the  obverse  half  gives  a 
particularly  good  three-dimensional  effect  (see  fig.  11).  The  latter 
also  shows  the  entire  prothorax  and  part  of  the  head.  The  base  of 
the  vertical  spine  at  the  anterior  end  of  the  prothorax  may  be  seen  in 
the  reverse  half.  Parts  of  all  three  legs  are  visible  in  the  specimen  and 
unequivocally  demonstrate  the  gracile  nature  of  the  femora. 

FMNH  PE  31973.  Obverse  and  reverse  halves.  An  almost  perfect 
specimen  of  a single  G.  danielsi  fore  wing.  The  apex  of  the  wing  is 
missing,  but  the  anal  area  is  remarkably  well  preserved  in  this 
specimen. 

FMNH  PE  31988.  Obverse  and  reverse  halves.  This  is  a poor 
specimen:  fore  and  hind  wings  overlap,  and  are  only  partially  pres- 
ent. However,  venation  and  size  both  place  it  in  G.  danielsi. 

FMNH  PE  32023.  Obverse  and  reverse  halves.  This  is  not  a well- 
preserved  specimen,  but  venation  and  size  both  conform  to  the 
species  description. 

FMNH  PE  32027.  Obverse  half.  The  prothorax,  pterothorax,  and 
basal  areas  of  the  right  hind  wing  and  left  fore  wing  are  evident.  The 
prothorax  bears  the  characteristic  arrangement  of  nine  spines  and 
also  has  a tiny  lateral  spine  projecting  from  its  anterior  left  side. 
Although  smaller  than  the  other  specimens  in  this  species  (width  of 
fore  wing  is  12  mm)  it  is  included  in  G.  danielsi  because  it  is,  in  all 
other  respects,  identical  to  the  holotype. 

FMNH  PE  32029.  Obverse  and  reverse  halves.  This  specimen, 
which  has  an  impressive  array  of  spines  on  the  prothorax,  and  a 
vertical  spine  at  its  anterior  tip,  is  magnificent.  Hind  wings  are  pre- 
served, but  overlap. 


24 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Fig.  10.  Gerarus  danielsi,  photograph  of  FMNH  PE  5276,  obverse  half.  Length 
of  fore  wing  50  mm,  as  preserved,  s = spine;  fw  = fore  wing;  hw  = hind  wing. 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


25 


Fig.  11.  Gerarus  Janielsi,  stereophotograph  of  FMNH  PE  5276,  reverse  half. 
Total  length  = 77  mm.  Photograph  by  F.  M.  Carpenter. 


FMNH  PE  32031.  Obverse  and  reverse  halves.  This  is  an  excel- 
lent specimen  that  shows  the  venation  of  the  hind  wing,  and  an 
outline  of  the  prothorax,  complete  with  spines. 

DMRW  1 (Dabasinskas  1).  Obverse  and  reverse  halves.  This  is  a 
beautifully  preserved  specimen,  showing  almost  the  entire  fore  wing, 
and  two-thirds  of  the  hind  wing.  It  differs  from  the  holotype  in  the 
nature  of  M,  which  has  only  three  major  branches,  but  is  otherwise 
consistent  with  G.  danielsi.  Recognition  of  DMRW  1 as  a new 
species  merely  on  the  basis  of  M,  given  that  nothing  is  known  of  the 
body,  does  not  seem  warranted  at  this  time. 


26 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Wolff  491.  This  specimen  consists  of  head,  thorax,  and  the  basal 
area  of  two  wings,  but  nothing  can  be  made  of  the  venation.  The 
prothorax  is  large  and  bears  at  least  seven  spine  bases.  The  head  is 
preserved  at  a slight  angle  to  the  prothorax.  Labrum  is  visible,  as  are 
one  antenna  and  both  eyes. 

MCZ  222.  Reverse  half.  Costal  margin  of  the  fore  wings  and  most 
of  the  hind  wings  preserved.  This  insect  is  small  for  the  species  (hind 
wing  measures  45  mm  long,  14  mm  wide)  but  the  venation  is  indis- 
tinguishable from  that  of  the  holotype. 

Gerarus  collaris 
Figures  12  and  13 

Gerarus  collaris  Handlirsch  1911:314,  1919:30. 

Gerarus  longicollis  Handlirsch  1911:315,  1919:30.  new  synonymy. 

Description 

Fore  wing:  length  45-50  mm,  width  not  known.  Venation  of  fore 
wing  obscured  in  all  specimens. 

Hind  wing:  length  40-45  mm,  width  10-12  mm;  RS  apparently 
five-branched,  M deeply  forked;  CUA  and  CUP  parallel. 

Prothorax:  small,  1 1 mm  in  length  and  narrow  (approximately  6 
mm  wide).  Posterior,  or  bulbous  region,  7-8  mm  long.  Broken 
spines  are  present  on  all  G.  collaris  specimens  examined,  but  no 
more  than  six  can  be  seen  on  any  one  specimen. 

Diagnosis 

This  is  the  smallest  of  the  Gerarus  species.  Unfortunately,  the 
venation  in  all  known  specimens  is  not  clear  enough  to  serve  as  a 
species  level  character.  G.  collaris  is,  therefore,  best  recognized  by 
its  prothorax,  which  tapers  gradually  from  the  anterior  to  the  poste- 
rior end,  and  is  much  narrower  and  shorter  than  in  other  species  of 
Gerarus.  The  distinctive  nature  of  the  prothorax,  and  its  usefulness 
as  a species-specific  character,  can  be  seen  by  comparing  figs.  5,  1 1 
and  13. 

Geological  range:  Westphalian  D.  Occurrence:  Mazon  Creek, 
Illinois,  U.S.A. 

Holotype:  Gerarus  collaris  YPM  34.  Specimen  examined. 
Obverse  half.  Fore  and  hind  wings  overlap  in  this  specimen,  only  the 
costal  margin  of  the  fore  wing  is  well  preserved.  The  prothorax  is 
intact  and  several  spine  bases  are  visible,  but  the  overall  preserva- 
tion is  mediocre. 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


27 


Fig.  12.  Gerarus  col/aris,  drawing  of  hind  wing,  based  on  holotype  YPM  34. 


Synonymy 

G.  longicollis  YPM  36.  Specimen  examined.  Obverse  half.  A 
fragmentary  specimen.  Wings  are  poorly  preserved,  and  only  RS 
and  CUA/CUP  in  the  hind  wing  are  visible.  This  species  is  syn- 
onymized  here  with  G.  collaris  on  the  basis  of  its  prothorax,  which 
is  small  and  tapers  gradually  from  the  posterior  to  the  anterior  end, 
as  it  does  in  all  known  members  of  G.  collaris. 

New  Material 

USNM  38835.  Obverse  half.  Only  the  base  of  the  wings  and  the 
prothorax  are  preserved  in  this  small  specimen.  The  prothorax, 
which  bears  at  least  six  spine  bases,  is  clearly  narrow  and  elongate, 
and  is  the  reason  for  including  this  specimen  in  G.  collaris. 


Gerarus  fischeri 
Figures  14,  15,  16  and  17 

Sihenaropoda  fischeri  ^xongmdLXi  1885:59;  Handlirsch  1906a:142,  1919:38. 

Oedischia  fischeri  Brongniart  1894:559. 

Sihenaropoda  lerichei  Lameere  1917:178.  new  synonymy. 

Sihenaropoda  agnusi  Lameere  1917:178.  new  synonymy. 

Description 

Fore  wing:  length  40-50  mm,  width  14-15  mm;  SC  parallel  to  C 
turning  upward  to  fuse  with  it  at  point  that  is  two-thirds  length  of 
wing;  R parallel  to  C,  terminating  at  wing  apex;  both  SC  and  R 
connecting  to  C and  SC  respectively  by  numerous  sigmoidal  cross 
veins;  RS  diverging  from  R at  midpoint  of  wing  and  branching 
twice;  M originating  at  base  of  R,  anastomosing  with  RS  basally 
before  branching  off  and  forking  once;  CUP  forked,  originating 


28 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Fig.  13.  Gerarus  coUaris,  photograph  of  holotype,  YPM  34.  Length  of  fore  wing 
48  mm.  fw  = fore  wing;  hw  = hind  wing. 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


29 


a 


Fig.  14.  Gerarus fischeri,  a.  drawing  of  fore  wing,  based  on  specimens  IP  4,  5,  7, 
and  23.  b.  drawing  of  hind  wing  based  on  specimens  IP  5,  7,  and  10. 


separately  from  CUA  at  wing  base;  anterior  branch  of  CUP  fusing 
with  CUA  for  approximately  9 mm  before  weakly  breaking  away; 
multiple  veins  and  well-developed  reticulation  present  in  anal  area. 

Hind  wing;  length  39-47  mm,  width  13-14  mm;  SC  and  R same  as 
in  fore  wing;  RS  parallel  to  R and  pectinate,  with  number  of 
branches  varying  from  four  to  five;  spacing  of  these  branches  rela- 
tive to  one  another  also  variable  (in  one  specimen  IP  2 the  first 
branch  of  RS  is  connected  to  the  main  stem  of  RS  by  a strengthened 
cross  vein,  forming  a small  oval  in  the  middle  of  the  wing);  M deeply 
cleft  with  one  or  two  branches;  CUA  and  CUP  parallel.  The  anal 
area  of  hind  wing  not  known  for  this  species,  but  appears  to  be 
slightly  expanded,  judging  by  overall  wing  shape.  See  fig.  17. 


30 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Diagnosis 

G.fischeri  is  remarkably  similar  to  G.  danielsi  in  many  respects: 
prothorax,  size,  venation  (compare  fore  and  hind  wings  of  each  in 
figs.  6 and  14).  The  only  obvious  difference  lies  in  the  nature  of 
CUA  and  CUP  in  the  fore  wing,  \nfischeri  CUA  forks  only  once  (in 
danielsi  it  has  many  small  branches)  and  the  anterior  branch  of 
CUP  fuses  with  CUA  for  a distance  of  9 mm.  In  danielsi  the  two  are 
connected  by  a small  cross  vein. 

Remarks 

G.  fischeri  was  first  described  by  Brongniart  for  a series  of 
orthopteroid  insects  recovered  from  the  Commentry  Coal  Basin. 
The  series  is  remarkable  not  only  because  it  contains  a large  number 
of  individuals,  but  because  most  of  these  individuals  are  exception- 
ally well  preserved.  Under  these  circumstances  it  is  somewhat  odd 
that  affinities  between  the  Commentry  species  and  the  Mazon  Creek 
species  went  unrecognized  for  so  long.  Many  of  the  Commentry 
specimens  (especially  IP  5,  IP  7,  and  IP  23)  have  most  of  the  body, 
including  the  prothorax,  preserved  and  demonstrate  the  same 
arrangement  of  spine  bases  seen  in  the  Mazon  Creek  material. 
Moreover,  venation  of  the  fore  and  hind  wings  in  these  specimens  is 
unequivocally  clear.  Handlirsch  might  have  recognized  the  similari- 
ties between  Sthenaropoda  and  Gerarus  had  he  examined  the 
Commentry  material  himself,  but  this  is  debatable  since  the  fore 
wing  for  Gerarus  was  unknown  at  the  time.  The  similarities 
between  G.fischeri  and  G.  danielsi,  given  above  in  the  diagnosis,  are 
extraordinary.  While  separation  of  the  two  species  on  siich  minor 
morphological  differences  might  be  subject  to  debate,  I have  chosen 
to  recognize  the  two  species  as  distinct  from  one  another  on  geogra- 
phical and  geological  grounds.  G.  danielsi  comes  from  Mazon 
Creek  in  North  America  (Westphalian  in  age)  and  G.fischeri  from 
Commentry  in  France  (Stephanian  in  age). 

Geological  range:  Stephanian.  Occurrence:  Commentry, 
France. 

Holotype:  Gerarus  fischeri.  IP  5.  Specimen  examined.  Obverse 
half  only.  This  is  probably  the  most  spectacular  of  all  the  Commen- 
try gerarids  and  of  great  taxonomic  significance  because  the  wings 
are  splayed  apart  and  venation  of  both  fore  and  hind  wings  is  read- 
ily visible.  The  insect  is  preserved  dorso-laterally  and  the  three  legs 


19831  Burnham — Geraridae  31 


Fig.  15.  Gerarus  fischeri,  photograph  of  holotype,  IP  5.  Total  length  = 75  mm. 
s = spine;  h = head;  a = antenna,  f = femur;  t = tibia;  ts  = tarsomere;  fw  = fore  wing; 
hw  = hind  wing. 


on  the  right  side  are  preserved,  as  are  the  thorax  and  head.  Spine 
bases  are  present  on  the  bulbous  region  of  the  prothorax,  although 
the  spines  themselves  have  broken  off  (see  fig.  15). 

Synonymies 

S.  lerichei.  Holotype.  IP  23.  Specimen  examined.  Obverse  half. 

S.  agnusi.  Holotype.  IP  19/21.  Specimen  examined.  Obverse  and 
reverse  halves. 

I am  synonymizing  these  species  with  G.  fischeri  as  there  are  no 
obvious  specific  level  differences  by  which  they  may  be  recognized. 

The  specimen  of  5".  lerichei  is  a well-preserved,  dorsal  compres- 
sion of  almost  the  entire  insect.  Because  the  wings  are  separated,  it  is 
possible  to  interpret  the  venation  of  both  fore  and  hind  wings,  and 
especially  that  of  the  fore  wing.  The  venation,  the  prothorax  (includ- 
ing spine  bases)  and  the  size  of  this  insect  are  perfectly  compatible 
with  G.fisheri. 

The  specimen  of  S.  agnusi  is  a single  fore  wing,  superbly  pre- 
served. Although  the  apex  of  the  wing  is  missing,  the  basal  area. 


32 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Fig.  16.  Gerarus  fischeri,  photograph  of  IP  7.  Length  of  fore  wing  = 50  mm. 
f ■ femur;  fw  ■ fore  wing;  hw  - hind  wing. 


including  cross-veins,  is  extraordinarily  well-preserved,  as  are  all 
major  veins.  I cannot  find  sufficient  differences  between  this  speci- 
men and  the  others  already  included  in  S.  fischeri  to  warrant  sepa- 
rate species  status. 

Several  species  previously  included  in  Sthenaropoda  are  trans- 
ferred here  to  family,  genus  indet.  These  are  S.  elegantissima  Meu- 
nier  and  Sthenaropoda  minor  Handlirsch,  the  types  of  which  1 have 
examined,  and  I do  not  believe  are  similar  enough  to  Gerarus  to 
warrant  inclusion  in  the  family. 

New  Material 

IP  7.  Reverse  half.  This  specimen,  although  fragmentary,  does 
show  venation  of  fore  and  hind  wings.  The  specimen  is  preserved 
dorso-laterally;  three  femora  on  the  left  side  are  visible,  but  the  rest 
of  the  body  including  the  thorax  and  head  is  missing.  See  fig.  16. 

IP  8.  Obverse  half.  This  insect  has  both  fore  wings,  a prothorax, 
complete  with  spine  bases,  a head  bearing  moniliform  antennae,  and 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


33 


parts  of  all  six  legs  present.  The  hind  femora  are  not  enlarged  and 
demonstrate  unequivocally  their  cursorial  nature. 

IP  6.  Reverse  half.  This  specimen  is  not  particularly  well  pre- 
served due  to  apparent  post-burial  distortion  of  the  insect.  The 
pro-  and  mesothoracic  legs  on  the  left  side  are  detached  from  the 
body,  and  the  antennae,  although  present,  are  detached  from  the 
head.  Fore  and  hind  wings  on  the  left  side  overlap,  but  the  venation 
of  the  fore  wing  is  preserved,  and  nothing  of  the  hind  wing.  The 
prothorax  is  largely  intact  and  shows  the  spine  bases. 

IP  4.  Reverse  half.  The  fore  and  hind  wings  on  the  left  side  are 
separated,  and  the  venation  of  the  left  fore  wing  is  clear.  Unfortu- 
nately, little  can  be  seen  of  the  remaining  three  wings. 

IP  2.  Obverse  half.  A single  well-preserved  hind  wing.  Anal  area  is 
missing  but  may  be  folded  under  the  wing.  This  wing  differs  from 
most  other  gerarid  hind  wings  because  the  first  branch  of  RS  con- 
nects to  the  main  stem  of  RS  by  a strengthened  cross  vein,  forming  a 
small  triangle  in  the  center  of  the  wing  (see  fig.  17c). 

IP  3.  Reverse  half.  This  is  a partially  preserved  insect  and  shows 
most  of  the  right  hind  wing  but  only  a fraction  of  the  other  three 
wings.  It  is  interesting,  however,  for  one  feature:  the  right  hind  wing 
shows  an  anastomosis  of  the  first  branch  of  RS  with  the  main  stem 
of  RS  as  seen  in  IP  2.  Because  the  anastomosis  in  this  specimen  is 
smaller  than  in  IP  2,  and  present  in  only  one  of  the  hind  wings,  it 
may  be  assumed  that  it  is  a form  of  intraspecific  variation,  and  not 
significant  at  a higher  level. 

IP  9.  Obverse  half.  Although  the  venation  is  virtually  obscured, 
this  specimen  is  important  because  the  insect  has  been  compressed 
laterally  and  all  six  legs  are  spread  apart.  The  fore  legs  are  only 
partially  preserved,  but  the  meso-  and  metathoracic  legs  on  both 
sides  are  magnificent.  This  is  the  only  specimen  from  Commentry  in 
which  one  can  count  tarsal  segments.  There  are  five  tarsomeres,  and 
a pair  of  tarsal  claws.  The  prothorax  and  its  spine  bases  are  also 
present  in  the  fossil. 

IP  10.  Reverse  half.  This  is  a single  hind  wing  and  well  preserved 
except  at  the  apex  and  in  the  anal  area,  which  is  folded  over. 

IP  1 1.  Reverse  half.  The  specimen  is  a single  hind  wing,  and  so 
poorly  preserved  that  the  specimen  is  almost  useless. 


34 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Fig.  17.  Gerarus  fischeri,  a.  photograph  of  fore  wing,  specimen  IP  19.  Length  42 
mm,  as  preserved,  b.  photograph  of  hind  wing,  specimen  IP  10.  Length  40  mm,  as 
preserved,  c.  photograph  of  hind  wing,  specimen  IP  2.  Length  40  mm,  as  preserved. 
Note  the  small  triangle  formed  by  the  anastomosis  of  one  branch  of  RS  with  the  main 
stem  of  RS. 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


35 


Gerarus  hruesi 
Figures  1 8 and  19 

Archaeacridites  hruesi  Meunier  I909a:39. 

Sihenaropoda  hruesi  Handlirsch  1919:39. 

Description 

Fore  wing:  length  45  mm  (as  preserved,  estimated  as  48  mm), 
width  15  mm;  SC  terminating  in  apical  third  of  wing,  at  C;  R 
parallel  to  C,  connecting  to  it  apically  by  several  cross  veins;  RS 
branching  twice,  each  branch  forking  once  distally;  M expanded, 
with  five  main  branches;  CUA  four-branched,  fusing  with  M at  its 
base;  CUP  elbowed  towards  CUA,  connecting  to  the  latter  by  a 
strong  cross  vein;  anal  veins  present;  well-developed  reticulation 
present  in  area  basal  to  CUA. 

Hind  wing:  unknown. 

Diagnosis 

This  species  is  based  on  a single,  but  almost  perfectly  preserved, 
fore  wing  from  Commentry.  Meunier  originally  described  bruesi 
and  assigned  it  to  the  genus  Archaeacridites  because  he  felt  that  this 
species  was  in  some  way  ancestral  to  the  extant  Acrididae  (order 
Orthoptera).  While  the  relationships  of  the  Protorthoptera  (including 
the  Geraridae)  to  the  true  Orthoptera  have  yet  to  be  resolved,  1 do 
believe  that  synonymy  of  Archaeacridites  with  Gerarus  is  warranted. 
1 have  studied  the  holotype,  and  can  find  no  characters  to  justify 
separate  generic  status  for  this  species.  However,  I do  think  that 
species  separation  is  warranted  on  the  basis  of  CUA  which  connects 
to  M only  by  a cross  vein  and  does  not  anastomose  with  it  as  in  G. 
fischeri.  The  nature  of  CUA  in  G.  bruesi  is  much  more  reminiscent 


sc 


Fig.  18.  Gerarus  hruesi,  drawing  of  fore  wing,  based  on  holotype  no.  IP  20. 


36 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


of  G.  danielsi,  where  CUA  also  connects  with  M by  a short  cross 
vein.  M,  however,  is  more  expanded  (more  branched)  in  G.  hruesi 
than  in  G.  danielsi. 

Geological  range:  Stephanian.  Occurrence:  Commentry,  France. 
Holotype:  Gerarus  hruesi.  IP  20.  Specimen  examined.  This 
specimen  is  a single  fore  wing  only,  but  beautifully  preserved.  All 
veins  except  those  at  the  very  apex  of  the  wing  are  clear  and  can  be 
interpreted  without  difficulty  (see  fig.  19). 

Genus  Genentunium 

Genentonium  Scudder  1885:329;  Handlirsch  1906a:  144,  1906b:700. 

Description 

Fore  wing:  SC  and  R parallel  to  C;  RS  branched,  originating 
from  R in  basal  third  of  wing;  M distinctive  with  3 to  4 branches,  all 
parallel;  CUA  parallel  to  first  branch  of  M;  CUP  elbowed  towards 
CUA;  anal  area  with  several  veins. 

Hind  wing:  SC  and  R parallel  to  C;  RS  multi-branched,  arising 
from  R near  wing  base;  M,  CUA,  CUP,  and  anal  veins  not  known. 

Diagnosis 

This  genus  may  be  distinguished  from  the  other  genera  in  the 
family  on  the  basis  of  M,  which  in  the  fore  wing  has  the  unique 
branching  pattern  described  above,  and  the  strong  topography  of 
the  major  longitudinal  veins  displayed  by  the  two  species  assigned 
here  to  this  genus. 

Geological  range:  Westphalian  D.  Occurrence:  Mazon  Creek, 
Illinois,  U.S.A.  Type  species:  Genentonium  validum  Scudder. 

Genentonium  validum 
Figures  20  and  21 

Geneniomuni  validum  Scudder  1885:329;  Handlirsch  1906a;  145,  1906b;700,  1919;40. 
Genentonium  Cockerell  1917:81.  nhw  synonymy. 

Description. 

Fore  wing:  length  45  mm  (estimated),  width  14  mm;  SC  parallel  to 
C,  connecting  to  it  by  a series  of  cross  veins;  costal  margin  narrow; 
R parallel  to  C;  RS  at  least  two-branched,  originating  from  R in 
basal  third  of  wing;  M three-branched,  and  distinctive  for  the  genus; 
CUA  parallel  to  first  branch  of  M;  CUP  elbowed  towards  CUA; 
anal  area  with  several  fine  longitudinal  veins. 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


37 


Fig.  19.  Gerarus  hruesi,  photograph  of  holotype  no.  IP  20.  Length  of  fore  wing 
45  mm,  as  preserved. 


Fig.  20.  Genentonmni  validunu  drawings  based  on  holotype  no.  USNM  38135.  a. 
fore  wing.  b.  hind  wing. 


38 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Fig.  2 \ .Geneniumuni  valiJuni,  photographs  of  holotype  no.  USNM  38135.  a.  fore 
wing.  Length  42  mm,  as  preserved,  b.  hind  wing.  Length  40  mm,  as  preserved. 


Hind  wing:  length  40  mm,  width  14  mm;  SC  and  R as  in  fore 
wing;  RS  four-branched,  originating  from  R near  wing  base. 

Remarks 

Originally  described  by  Scudder  as  a member  of  the  Homothetidae 
(Neuroptera),  this  species  was  subsequently  transferred  to  the  family 
Oedischiidae  by  Handlirsch  (1906b)  on  the  basis  of  M,  which 
anastomoses  with  RS  in  the  fore  wing.  Of  course  Handlirsch  had  no 
idea  that  this  character  is  also  found  throughout  the  Geraridae.  My 
inclusion  of  Genentomum  in  the  Geraridae  is  based  on  the  study  of 
all  major  veins  and  these  are  completely  consistent  for  the  family. 

Geological  range:  Westphalian  D.  Occurrence:  Mazon  Creek, 
Illinois,  U.S.A. 

Holotype:  USNM  38135.  Specimen  examined.  Obverse  and 
reverse  halves.  Both  fore  and  hind  wings  are  preserved,  although  the 
apex  of  the  fore  wing  extended  beyond  the  edge  of  the  concretion 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


39 


and  was  therefore  lost.  Base  and  anal  area  of  the  hind  wing  also 
missing.  Wings  are  separated  and  almost  at  right  angles  to  one 
another. 

Synonymies 

Genentomwn  carri  USNM  65023.  Obverse  half.  This  insect  is  an 
impression  of  the  wings  only.  Although  the  wings  do  overlap,  the 
fore  wing  on  the  right  side  and  the  hind  wing  on  the  left  side  are 
visible. 

I am  synonymizing  Genentomum  carri  with  Genentomwn  validum. 
Cockerell  (1917)  described  this  specimen  as  a new  species  on  the 
basis  of  R which  he  figured  with  a single  anterior  branch.  After  close 
examination  of  the  holotype,  I find  that  he  was  incorrect  in  his 
interpretation  of  this  vein  as  a branch  of  R.  Either  it  is  a very  weak 
cross  vein,  or  a wrinkle  in  the  wing  membrane.  Branching  pattern  of 
RS  in  both  fore  and  hind  wings  is  similar  to  G.  validum,  and  M is 
virtually  identical  in  both. 

The  following  genera  and  species  are  described  from  single 
specimens  (most  from  single  wings).  Their  descriptions  are  therefore 
somewhat  approximate.  There  seems  to  be  no  justification  for 
removing  any  of  these  taxa  from  the  Geraridae  at  this  point, 
although  the  discovery  of  more  nearly  complete  specimens  may 
provide  characters  that  will  alter  this  arrangement. 

Genus  Progenentomum 

Progenentumum  Handlirsch  1906a:  145,  I906b:70I,  1919:40. 

Description 

Fore  wing:  SC  terminates  in  C at  point  two-thirds  distance  from 
wing  base  to  apex;  R parallel  to  anterior  margin  of  wing,  fusing  with 
margin  just  before  wing  apex;  RS  pectinate  with  several  branches; 
M more  branched  than  RS  and  elbowed  distally,  touching  RS  at 
that  point;  branches  of  RS  and  M close  to  one  another  and  parallel; 
numerous  cross  veins  present;  CUA,  CUP,  and  anal  region  not 
known. 

Hind  wing:  unknown. 

Diagnosis 

Progenentomum  is  close  to  Gerarus  but  separated  from  it  by  RS, 
which  has  at  least  four  branches  in  the  fore  wing.  Compare  with 
Genentomum. 


40 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Geological  range:  Westphalian  D.  Occurrence:  Mazon  Creek, 
Illinois,  U.S.A.  Type  species:  Progenentomum  carbonis. 

Progenentomum  carbonis 
Figures  22  and  23 

Progenentomum  carbonis  Handlirsch  1906a:145,  1906b:70l,  1919:40. 

Description 

Fore  wing:  length  30  mm  preserved  (estimated  as  50  mm),  width 
15  mm;  RS  pectinate  with  four  branches;  distal  branch  of  M elbows 
up  to  touch  RS.  A distinct  cross  vein  connects  branches  two  and 
three  of  M,  and  probably  acted  as  a brace  vein. 

Diagnosis 

This  species  differs  from  all  others  in  the  family  in  having  a linear 
series  of  punctations  between  R and  RS.  These  may  or  may  not 
have  been  pigmented,  but  because  this  specimen  is  only  an  impres- 
sion, no  organic  material  remains. 

Geological  range:  Westphalian  D.  Occurrence:  Mazon  Creek, 
Illinois,  U.S.A. 

Holotype:  USNM  35580.  Specimen  examined.  Obverse  half. 

Genus  Nacekomia 
Nacekomia  Richardson  1956:33. 

Description 

Fore  wing:  SC  terminates  in  C two-thirds  from  wing  base;  R 
parallel  to  SC;  RS  two-branched;  M four-branched;  CUA  and  CUP 
simple. 

Hind  wing:  unknown. 

Diagnosis 

Nacekomia  differs  from  Gerarus  only  in  the  nature  of  M,  which  is 
separate  from  RS,  and  not  connected  to  it  except  by  several  very 
small  cross  veins.  This,  in  my  opinion,  warrants  separate  generic 
status  but  not  separate  family  status. 

Remarks 

This  monotypic  genus  was  originally  included  in  the  family 
Cacurgidae  (order  Protorthoptera),  but  is  here  transferred  to  the 
Geraridae  on  the  basis  of  its  fore  wing  venation.  While  one  cannot 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


41 


SC 


Fig.  22.  Progeneniumuni  carhonis,  drawing  of  fore  wing  based  on  holotype  no. 
USNM  35580. 


Fig.  23.  Progenentomum  carhonis,  photograph  of  fore  wing,  based  on  holotype 
no.  USNM  35580.  Length  30  mm,  as  preserved. 


be  certain  that  this  genus  belongs  in  the  Geraridae  until  a more 
nearly  complete  specimen  is  found,  the  fore  wing  is  so  similar  to  that 
of  Gerarus  that  I do  not  hesitate  to  include  it  in  the  family.  1 cer- 
tainly can  see  no  justification  for  the  inclusion  of  Nacekomia  in  the 
Cacurgidae,  where  it  was  placed  by  Richardson  (1956).  The  vena- 
tion of  Nacekomia  differs  considerably  from  that  of  Cacurgus.  In 
the  latter,  R is  branched,  RS  simple,  M is  reduced,  CUA  simple,  and 
CUP  many  branched.  In  the  former,  R is  simple,  RS  branched,  M 
has  many  branches,  and  CUA  and  CUP  are  simple. 

Geological  range:  Westphalian  D.  Occurrence:  Mazon  Creek, 
Illinois,  U.S.A.  Type  species:  Nacekomia  rossae. 


42 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Nacekomia  rossae 
Figures  24  and  25 

Nacekomia  rossae  Richardson  1956:34. 

Description 

Fore  wing:  length  43  mm,  but  apex  is  missing;  SC  terminates  in  C, 
two-thirds  distance  from  wing  base;  R parallel  to  SC,  terminating  at 
wing  apex;  RS  two-branched,  diverging  from  R at  midpoint  of 
wing;  M with  four  well-developed  branches;  CUA  strongly  convex 
and  fused  at  base  with  M,  nature  of  CUP  uncertain. 

Hind  wing:  unknown. 

Diagnosis 

It  is  impossible  to  designate  specific  characters  when  the  genus  is 
based  on  a single  specimen,  but  in  all  probability  the  nature  of  RS 
(with  only  two  branches)  may  be  important. 

Geological  range:  Westphalian  D.  Occurrence:  Mazon  Creek, 
Illinois,  U.S.A. 

Holotype:  Nacekomia  rossae  FMNH  PE  791.  Specimen  exam- 
ined. Obverse  half. 


Genus  Gerarulus 
Gerarulus  Handlirsch  1911:318,  1919:30. 

Description 

Fore  wing:  SC  parallel  to  C,  terminating  on  it;  R simple,  RS 
branched;  M with  multiple  branches,  anastomosing  briefly  with  RS; 
CUA  simple,  CUP  elbows  towards  CUA. 

Hind  wing:  SC  and  R same  as  fore  wing;  RS  pectinate;  M simple; 
CUA  and  CUP  independent  from  one  another  and  parallel. 


sc 


Fig.  24.  Nacekomia  rossae,  drawing  of  fore  wing  based  on  holotype  no.  FMNH 
PE  791. 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


43 


Fig.  25.  Nacekomia  russae,  photograph  of  fore  wing  of  holotype  no.  FMNH  PE 
791 . Length  43  mm. 


Diagnosis 

Although  the  prothorax  is  unknown,  venation  of  fore  and  hind 
wings  is  typical  for  the  family.  I have  retained  this  as  a distinct  genus 
only  on  the  basis  of  the  diminutive  size  of  its  one  species,  and  this 
may  change  as  more  material  is  found. 

Geological  range:  Westphalian  D.  Occurrence:  Mazon  Creek, 
Illinois,  U.S.A.  Type  species:  Gerarulus  radialis. 

Gerarulus  radialis 
Figures  26  and  27 

Gerarulus  radialis  Handlirsch  1911:316,  1919:30. 

Description 

Fore  wing:  length  25  mm  as  preserved  (estimated  as  35  mm), 
width  1 1 mm;  SC  parallel  to  C,  terminating  on  it;  R simple,  RS 
branched  (at  least  two  or  three  times);  M anastomosing  briefly  with 
RS,  appearing  to  be  four-branched;  CUA  simple,  CUP  elbowed 
towards  CUA;  two  anal  veins  visible,  each  forking  once. 

Hind  wing:  length  21  mm  as  preserved  (estimated  as  30  mm), 
width  10  mm;  SC  and  R simple  and  parallel  to  C;  RS  pectinate, 
although  the  number  of  branches  is  unknown;  CUA  and  CUP  inde- 
pendent from  one  another  and  parallel;  anal  area  slightly  enlarged; 
abdomen,  although  indistinctly  preserved,  appears  to  be  rather 
slender;  prothorax  missing. 


44 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Fig.  26.  Gerarulus  racUalis,  drawings  based  on  holotype  no.  YPM  37.  a.  fore 
wing.  b.  hind  wing. 

Diagnosis 

This  is  the  smallest  of  all  the  gerarids  and  its  size  seems,  at  pres- 
ent, to  be  the  most  distinguishing  feature  of  this  species. 

Geological  range:  Westphalian  D.  Occurrence:  Mazon  Creek, 
Illinois,  U.S.A. 

Holotype:  YPM  37.  Specimen  examined.  Obverse  and  reverse 
halves.  This  specimen  is  somewhat  unusual  in  that  both  fore  and 
hind  wings  are  stretched  out  on  one  side  of  the  body  and  do  not 
overlap  at  all.  The  abdomen  appears  to  be  rather  slender.  The  pro- 
thorax is  missing. 

Genus  Anepitedius 
Anepiteciius  Handlirsch  1911:318,  1919:30. 

Description 

Owing  to  the  poor  state  of  preservation  of  the  type  specimen,  it  is 
impossible  to  describe  diagnostic  characters  for  this  genus. 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


45 


Remarks 

It  is  clear  that  this  genus  belongs  in  the  family  Geraridae:  the 
prothorax  is  distinctively  shaped,  and  the  limited  venational  charac- 
ters are  in  accordance  with  the  family.  Unfortunately,  since  this  is  a 
monotypic  genus  and  based  on  a single,  poorly  preserved  specimen, 
it  is  impossible  to  assess  its  relationship  to  other  taxa  in  the  family. 
Geological  range:  Westphalian  D.  Occurrence:  Mazon  Creek, 
Illinois,  U.S.A.  Type  species:  Anepitedius  giraffa. 

Anepitedius  giraffa 

Anepiiedius  giraffa  HancUirsch  1911:318,  1919:30. 

Description 

Fore  wing:  length  40  mm,  width  10  mm;  M converges  with  RS, 
connecting  to  it  by  a short  cross  vein  before  diverging. 

Hind  wing:  apical  half  of  wing  missing  and  only  costal  margin 
visible. 

Remarks 

This  species  deviates  from  the  other  species  in  the  family  by  hav- 
ing a combination  of  narrow  wings  and  a robust  prothorax.  Unfor- 


Fig.  27.  Gerarulus  raclialis,  photograph  of  holotype  no.  YPM  37.  Length  of  fore 
wing  25  mm,  as  preserved. 


46 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


tunately,  the  poor  preservation  of  the  one  specimen  known 
pjecludes  a more  detailed  species  description. 

Geological  range:  Westphalian  D.  Occurrence:  Mazon  Creek, 
Illinois,  U.S.A. 

Holotype:  YPM  38.  Specimen  examined.  Obverse  and  reverse 
halves. 

Depositional  Environment 

For  most  of  this  century,  Mazon  Creek  and  Commentry  have 
reigned  as  the  two  major  localities  of  Upper  Carboniferous  insects  (a 
third  locality  has  just  been  added  to  this  list;  see  Burnham,  1981). 
Both  have  provided  large  numbers  of  superbly  preserved  specimens 
and  have  contributed  greatly  to  our  understanding  of  early  insect 
evolution.  Because  the  family  under  consideration  is  represented  at 
both  places,  a comparison  of  their  geological  history  is  warranted. 

Roughly  three  hundred  million  years  ago,  in  the  Stephanian 
Stage  of  the  Upper  Carboniferous,  the  Commentry  Coal  Basin  was 
a shallow  lake — 9.6  km  long,  3.2  km  wide,  and  encircled  by  moun- 
tains (Fayol,  1887;  Stevenson,  1909).  Two  principal  streams  de- 
scended from  the  surrounding  mountains  into  the  lake,  where  deltaic 
swamps  formed  from  the  deposition  of  fine-grained  sediments. 
These  were,  in  many  respects,  typical  coal  swamps,  characterized  by 
Cordaites,  and,  in  lesser  numbers,  other  coal  swamp  flora  such  as 
Lepidodendron  and  Stigmaria.  Fossilization  at  the  site  was  almost 
instantaneous,  the  result  of  flooding  that  deposited  massive  amounts 
of  sediment  in  the  lake  and  bordering  swamp.  The  remarkable  pres- 
ervation of  the  Commentry  insects  would  not  have  been  .possible 
without  their  immediate  burial  under  these  catastrophic  conditions, 
and  it  is  assumed  that  they  were  buried  with  minimal  post-mortem 
transportation. 

The  first  fossils  at  Commentry  were  discovered  in  the  mid- 
nineteenth century  as  a result  of  extensive  coal  exploration  in  the 
central  region  of  France,  and  were  made  accessible  to  collectors 
only  because  of  intense  mining  activity  in  the  area.  Once  the  coal 
supply  began  to  diminish,  about  1915,  the  mines  were  closed  down 
and  filled  in,  and  further  fossil  collecting  prohibited.  For  an  histori- 
cal account  of  the  Commentry  collections  and  a review  of  the  litera- 
ture on  Commentry  insects,  see  Carpenter  (1943). 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


47 


Mazon  Creek,  in  contrast,  was  once  part  of  a major  delta  on  the 
edge  of  the  Illinois  Basin  Sea.  Periodic  floodings  in  this  area 
resulted  in  the  burial  and  preservation  of  a wide  diversity  of  organ- 
isms, both  plant  and  animal.  Two  assemblages  are  recognized:  the 
Essex  fauna  (mostly  marine  organisms);  and  the  Braidwood  assem- 
blage (freshwater  to  brackish  flora  and  fauna).  According  to 
Richardson  (1956:1 1-12)  the  Braidwood  fossils  “represent  the  fauna 
that  lived  on  an  aggrading  plain,  [just]  above  sea-level”  and  con- 
sisted of  “more  than  200  species  of  small  animals,  including  insects, 
arachnids,  mussels,  and  amphibians.”  Over  140  species  of  insects 
have  so  far  been  described  from  this  locality  (Richardson,  pers. 
comm.)  and  many  of  the  specimens  show  exceptionally  fine  detail. 

Unlike  the  Commentry  fossils,  which  are  preserved  in  shale, 
Mazon  Creek  fossils  are  found  primarily  in  iron  carbonate  or  side- 
rite  concretions.  These  concretions  (also  called  nodules)  form  due  to 
decay  of  the  organism  contained  within  them,  but  will  do  so  only 
under  the  right  conditions  (iron-rich  sediments,  high  pH,  rapid  bur- 
ial). They  are  characteristic  of  certain  Upper  Carboniferous  coal- 
bearing strata  and  have  been  recorded  from  localities  in  the  United 
States,  France,  England,  and  Germany.  Nodules  are  shaped  roughly 
according  to  the  dimensions  of  the  organism  they  contain  and  can 
be  split  along  the  bedding  plane  to  reveal  their  fossilized  contents. 
Preservation  is  generally  good,  although  appendages  (particularly 
legs)  are  frequently  lost  due  to  insufficient  chemical  reaction  in  the 
extremities.  For  a more  detailed  account  of  concretion  formation 
see  Woodland  and  Stenstrom  (1979). 

The  Mazon  Creek  biota  has  been  known  since  the  middle  of  the 
nineteenth  century  (Nitecki,  1979),  but  their  initial  discovery  (unlike 
Commentry)  was  due  to  the  erosion  of  fossil-bearing  strata  by 
stream  action  rather  than  by  mining  exploration.  Concretions 
washed  out  by  the  stream  (Mazon  Creek)  accumulated  along  its 
banks,  and  were  found  there  by  local  collectors.  Eventually  the  area 
became  the  focus  of  extensive  mining  exploration  and  several  pit 
mines  were  dug  in  an  effort  to  obtain  coal.  This  was  enormously 
beneficial  to  paleontologists  because  it  exposed  great  numbers  of 
concretions  that  then  became  available  for  study.  Although  most  of 
the  mining  has  now  ceased,  at  least  one  mine  remains  open  (pit 
eleven)  from  which  fossils  are  still  being  collected,  primarily  by  an 


48 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


avid  corps  of  amateur  collectors,  many  of  whom  have  made  their 
finds  available  for  scientific  study. 

The  presence  of  the  Geraridae  at  both  Mazon  Creek  and  at 
Commentry  may  seem  somewhat  surprising,*^  The  Mazon  Creek 
locality  is  roughly  5 to  10  million  years  older  than  that  at  Commen- 
try and  the  two  formed  under  quite  different  circumstances.  How 
can  the  presence  of  Gerarus  at  both  be  explained? 

To  find  an  answer,  one  must  look  at  land  mass  movements  during 
the  Carboniferous,  and  at  their  influence  on  climatic  patterns  and 
continental  distributions  (see  fig.  28).  The  collision  of  the  continents 
Gondwana  and  Laurasia  during  this  period  had  two  major  conse- 
quences. These  were  1)  the  formation  of  the  Allegheny  Mountain 
range  in  North  America;  and  2)  the  alignment  of  eastern  North 
America  and  western  Europe  so  that  they  were  contiguous  at  zero 
latititude.  The  significance  of  these  events  for  the  family  Geraridae 
is  twofold.  One,  the  separate  land  masses  were  fused  into  a single 
continent,  and  two,  their  new  position  along  the  equator  resulted  in 
the  formation  of  extensive  coal  swamps  throughout  North  America 
and  Europe.  These  events  made  dispersal  of  insects  from  one  region 
to  the  other  relatively  easy.  Although  the  creation  of  the  Allegheny 
Mountain  chain  may  have  acted  as  a barrier  to  dispersal  for  some 
insects  (and  other  animal  and  plant  species),  this  was  probably  not 
so  for  those  that  were  strong  fliers.  It  is  likely,  therefore,  that  the 
Geraridae  were  able  to  cross  the  barrier,  and  in  so  doing,  passed 
from  one  coal  swamp  habitat  to  another.  It  is  assumed,  being 
orthopteroids,  that  they  were  herbivores,  and  probably  restricted  in 
their  feeding  habits  to  plants  found  in  these  swamps.  It  is  not  sur- 
prising, then,  that  they  should  have  been  so  widespread  and  success- 
ful during  the  Upper  Carboniferous.  For  the  same  reason,  it  is  not 
surprising  that  they  died  out  by  the  end  of  the  Carboniferous  when 
climatic  changes  led  to  the  drying  up  of  the  great  coal  swamps  and 
the  concomitant  extinction  of  the  coal  swamp  fauna  and  flora. 


“^Three  other  genera  common  to  both  these  localities  have  previously  been 
reported.  They  are  Honialoncura  (Carpenter,  1964)  and  Spilaptera  (Carpenter  and 
Richardson,  1971)  in  the  order  Paleodictyoptera,  and  Mischoptera  (Carpenter  and 
Richardson,  1968)  in  the  order  Megasecoptera. 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


49 


Fig.  28.  Geographic  map  of  the  Upper  Carboniferous.  Stippled  areas  represent  coal  swamps.  Note  location  of  Mazon 
Creek  relative  to  Commentry.  (After  Bambach,  et  al,  1980). 


50 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Discussion 

Recognition  of  the  Protorthoptera  has  had  a varied  and  unsettled 
history.  Despite  the  unquestioned  importance  of  the  order  in  the 
evolution  of  the  higher  Insecta  (as  ancestors  to  extant  Orthoptera 
and  possibly  to  the  Holometabola)  there  is  as  yet  little  agreement 
about  affinities  within  the  group.  Our  understanding  of  relation- 
ships within  the  order  is  still  rudimentary.  This  is  well  documented 
by  the  present  study  in  which  the  families  Sthenaropodidae  and 
Geraridae  (previously  assigned  to  two  distinct  orders)  are  synony- 
mized.  Many  attempts  have  been  made  to  separate  the  Paleozoic 
Orthopteroidea  into  more  “natural  lineages,”  but  it  is  currently  pro- 
posed (Carpenter,  1966)  that  recognition  of  one  order  Protorthop- 
tera {sensu  lato)  is  preferable  until  a better  understanding  of  the 
group’s  true  phylogeny  emerges.  While  this  forces  acknowledgement 
of  the  Protorthoptera  as  a “taxonomic  wastebasket”  and  the  group 
“as  thus  constituted  is  almost  certainly  polyphyletic”  (Carpenter, 
1966),  adoption  of  a presumably  phylogenetic  classification  would, 
at  this  time,  only  misrepresent  the  actual  evolutionary  relationships 
of  these  insects.  1 believe  that  previous  work  on  the  Protorthoptera 
(particularly  the  Sthenaropodidae)  is  a good  example  of  how  such 
misrepresentation  can  occur  as  the  result  of  inadequate  study  of  a 
given  fossil  group. 

The  Protorthoptera  were  first  recognized  in  1906  when  Hand- 
lirsch  split  the  Paleozoic  orthopteroids  into  three  orders:  the  Protor- 
thoptera, Protoblattodea,  and  Protorthoptera  vel  Protoblattodea 
(for  species  that  seemed  to  merge  the  characteristics  of  the  first  two). 
In  1938  the  Soviet  scholar  Martynov  made  an  alternative  sugges- 
tion: that  the  fossil  Orthopteroidea  be  divided  into  the  two  orders 
Protorthoptera  and  Paraplecoptera  according  to  whether  they  pos- 
sessed saltatorial  legs,  as  in  the  Protorthoptera,  or  cursorial  ones,  as 
in  the  Paraplecoptera.  The  Geraridae  were  placed  at  this  time  in  the 
Paraplecoptera,  and  Martynov  considered  them,  on  the  basis  of  size 
and  cursorial  legs,  to  be  typical  representatives  of  that  order.  Sharov 
(1960,  1962)  originally  suggested  that  these  orders  be  reorganized 
into  the  Protorthoptera,  Paraplecoptera,  and  Protoblattodea,  but 
later  (1968)  expressed  agreement  with  Carpenter  that  the  Paraple- 
coptera and  Protoblattodea  cannot  be  recognized  as  distinct  orders. 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


51 


Convinced  that  the  Protorthoptera  should  reflect  direct  relation- 
ship to  the  Orthoptera,  Sharov  narrowed  the  order  to  include  only 
a single  family,  the  Sthenaropodidae,  synonymized  here  with  the 
Geraridae.  Unfortunately,  not  having  had  the  opportunity  to 
examine  the  Commentry  types,  he  erroneously  believed  that  the 
family  consisted  entirely  of  saltatorial  forms  and  used  this  to  justify 
its  placement  in  the  Protorthoptera.  The  various  families  previously 
assigned  to  the  Protorthoptera  were  placed  in  the  Paraplecoptera 
(containing  the  Geraridae),  and  the  true  Orthoptera.  More  complete 
accounts  of  these  various  classifications  are  given  by  Carpenter 
(1966,  1977)  and  Sharov  ( 1968). 

The  most  recent  classification  of  Orthopteroidea  was  proposed  by 
Rasnitsyn  (1980)  in  his  work  entitled  The  Historical  Development 
of  the  Insecta.  Here  he  distributes  the  Paleozoic  orthopteroids 
among  ten  separate  orders  and  proposes  a new  order  Gerarida  for 
which  Geraridae  is  the  type  family.  The  order  Gerarida  includes  six 
Mid  to  Late  Upper  Carboniferous  families  (previously  assigned  to 
the  Protoblattodea  and  Paraplecoptera),  which  Rasnitsyn  consid- 
ered related  to  one  another  on  the  basis  of  their  elongate  protho- 
races and  free,  highly  mobile  heads.  He  includes  in  this  order  the 
Eucaenidae,  Spanioderidae,  Dieconeuridae,  Ischnoneuridae,  Cne- 
midolestidae,  and  Geraridae. 

Rasnitsyn  ( 1980: 165)  admits  that  recognition  of  the  Gerarida  and 
its  division  into  these  families  is  “extremely  provisional  owing  to 
insufficient  study  of  its  members.”  Inasmuch  as  this  revision  of  the 
Geraridae  has  shown  the  degree  to  which  detailed  study  of  a particu- 
lar taxon  can  affect  higher  levels  of  paleoentomological  classifica- 
tion, it  would  seem  premature  to  accept  Rasnitsyn’s  ordinal 
classification  at  this  time.  In  my  opinion,  it  is  preferable  to  continue 
to  recognize  the  Protorthoptera  sensu  lato  until  we  have  valid  syn- 
apomorphies  by  which  the  true  monophyletic  groups  in  the  Protor- 
thoptera can  be  recognized. 

The  relationship  of  the  Geraridae  to  other  Carboniferous  Protor- 
thoptera must  consequently  remain  unresolved.  Nevertheless,  there 
are  several  interesting  possibilities  to  consider.  The  first  of  these  is 
that  Rasnitsyn  may  be  correct  in  grouping  together  those  families 
with  elongate  prothoracic  segments.  It  is  perfectly  possible  that  they 


52 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


represent  a monophyletic  offshoot  of  the  Insecta  that  left  no 
descendants."^ 

Other  possible  relationships,  however,  may  be  construed  on  the 
basis  of  venational  characters,  particularly  the  nature  of  M in  the 
fore  wing.  This  vein  is  distinctive  in  that  it  either  anastomoses  with 
RS  for  a short  distance,  or  is  connected  to  it  by  a cross  vein.  Because 
a similar  trend  is  seen  in  other  groups  of  Protorthoptera,  it  may 
suggest  common  descent.  Families,  aside  from  the  Geraridae, 
known  to  possess  this  anastomosis  between  M and  RS  are  the 
Streptocladidae,  Oedischiidae,  Nugioneuridae,  and  Tococladidae. 
While  many  of  these  families  (particularly  the  Streptocladidae)  have 
a much  more  complex  venation  than  the  Geraridae,  it  may  be  that 
they  represent  an  earlier  stage  in  the  evolution  of  the  group — one 
that  led  eventually  to  the  saltatorial  forms  represented  by  the  oedi- 
schiids.  Because  the  oedischiids  were  clearly  saltatorial  as  far  back 
as  the  Carboniferous,  it  is  reasonable  to  speculate  that  the  gerarids 
fall  into  a proto-saltatorial  complex  of  Upper  Carboniferous  Pro- 
torthoptera and  may  represent  a line  of  evolution  quite  distinct  from 
that  of  the  cursorial  orthopteroids  living  today. 

Summary 

The  family  Geraridae,  previously  thought  restricted  to  North 
America,  and  known  only  from  Mazon  Creek,  was  apparently  a 
widespread  and  fairly  successful  group  in  the  Upper  Carboniferous. 
Careful  examination  of  Commentry  Protorthoptera  has  resulted  in 
the  synonymy  of  Sthenaropoda  with  Gerarus  from  Mazon  Creek 
and  illuminates  the  problems  inherent  in  the  classifications  pro- 
posed by  several  recent  authors.  Recognition  of  the  family  Sthena- 
ropodidae  as  the  sole  family  of  the  order  Protorthoptera  and  the 
Geraridae  as  members  of  the  order  Paraplecoptera  or  Gerarida  is  no 
longer  tenable. 

While  further  study  is  required  to  determine  whether  the  Gerari- 
dae are  more  closely  related  to  the  Mazon  Creek  families  considered 


"’Rasnitsyn  is  not  the  first  to  propose  that  the  elongate  prothorax  is  a 
synapomorphic  character.  Others,  especially  Handlirsch,  have  already  suggested  that 
the  Geraridae  are  close  relatives  of  the  Spanioderidae  on  this  basis.  An  argument 
against  this  relationship,  however,  is  the  fact  that  they  have  distinctly  different 
patterns  of  venation.  (In  the  Spanioderidae  CUA  is  multiply  branched  and  R 
branches  only  once.  Neither  character  is  true  for  the  Geraridae.) 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


53 


by  Rasnitsyn  as  belonging  to  the  “Gerarida,”  or  to  the  oedischiid 
complex  of  true  Orthoptera,  at  least  monophyly  for  the  family  is 
now  established.  What  remains  is  the  task  of  clarifying  the  relation- 
ships of  these  other  families;  not  only  in  terms  of  their  relationships 
to  each  other,  but  to  their  extant  descendants  as  well. 


TABLE  I.  Past  and  Present  Classifications  of  the  Geraridae. 

Classification  proposed  Classification  proposed 

by  previous  workers  by  Burnham  in  this  article 


Order  Paraplecoptera 
Family  Geraridae 
Gerarus 
vet  us 
danielsi 
longicollis 
longus 
angustus 
talus 
rectucius 
coUaris 
niazonus 
Genopieryx 
constricta 
Gerarulus 
radialis 
Anepitedius 
girqffa 

Order  Protorthoptera 
Family  Sthenaropodidae 
Sthenarupoda 
fischeri 
elegantissima 
hruesi 
minor 
a gnu  si 
lerichei 

Order  Orthoptera 
Family  Oedischiidae 
Genentomuni 
validuni 
carri 

Prugenentomum 

carhonis 


Order  Protorthoptera 

Family  Geraridae  (=  Genopterygidae, 
Sthenaropodidae) 

Gerarus  (—  Sthenaropoda,  Rossites, 
Genopieryx,  A rchaeacridiies) 
veius 

danielsi  (=  talus,  reducius, 
tongus,  angusius,  consirieius, 
inopinus) 

cottaris  (=  tongicottis) 
fischeri  (=  terichei,  agnusi) 
hruesi 

Genenioniuni 
vatiduni  (=carri) 

Progeneniomum 
carhonis 
Nacekomia 
rossae 
Gera  rut  us 
radiatis 
A nepiiedius 
girqffa 


54 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Acknowledgements 

Many  persons  have  contributed  in  varying  ways  to  this  paper.  I 
would  like  to  begin  by  thanking  Professor  Frank  M.  Carpenter  for 
his  superb  advice  and  guidance.  1 thank  him  for  his  demanding 
sense  of  scholarship,  his  never  failing  encouragement  of  my  re- 
search, and  his  incredible  ability  to  understand  even  my  most  pecul- 
iar idiosyncrasies.  In  honor  of  his  80th  birthday,  and  in  recognition 
of  his  role  as  friend,  mentor,  and  adviser,  I dedicate  this  paper  to 
him. 

Robert  Mawhinney  is  a special  person  and  Harvard  colleague 
who  deserves  thanks  for  his  keen,  theoretical  mind  and  inspirational 
nature,  both  of  which  he  has  so  willingly  shared  with  me.  I thank 
him  for  the  spirit  with  which  he  has  gauged  my  progress  and  has 
offered  many  helpful,  insightful,  and  nonambiguous  suggestions. 

Professor  James  Wilkinson  of  the  History  and  Literature  De- 
partment at  Harvard  has  shown  strong  interest  in  the  Geraridae  and 
provided  encouragement  and  editorial  assistance  whenever  needed. 
His  enthusiasm  for  paleoentomology  and  his  support  of  my  work 
have  meant  a great  deal  to  me. 

Dr.  E.  S.  Richardson,  Jr.,  of  the  Field  Museum  was  particularly 
helpful  in  sending  unidentified  material  to  me  for  examination; 
without  this  material  this  revision  would  have  had  little  significance. 
His  warm  and  enthusiastic  support  of  my  research  is  gratefully 
appreciated.  His  premature  death  is  a great  loss  to  many  of  us. 

Professors  W.  L.  Brown,  J.  L.  Cisne,  and  G.  C.  Eickwort  of 
Cornell  University  read  an  earlier  draft  of  this  manuscript  and 
offered  many  excellent  suggestions  for  its  improvement. 

Beverly  Strassmann,  Dr.  Naomi  Pierce,  and  Professors  Ruth  Tem- 
ple and  Geneva  Sayre  are  colleagues  and  friends  who  provided  en- 
couragement and  support  at  the  right  times.  They  are  appreciated  in 
many  ways. 

Dean  John  Wootton  of  Cornell  University  offered  assistance  and 
advice  when  they  were  most  needed.  I am  grateful  to  him  for  this. 

K.  M.  Horton  provided  invaluable  typing  and  editing  skills.  Her 
standards  of  excellence  have  greatly  improved  this  manuscript  and  I 
am  grateful  for  her  support. 

The  staff  at  the  Institut  de  Paleontologie  in  Paris  were  warm, 
helpful,  and  hospitable  during  my  visit  there.  In  particular,  I would 
like  to  thank  Dr.  J.  C.  Fischer  (Directeur),  Mme.  Yvette  Gayrard, 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


55 


Dr.  Daniel  Heyler,  and  Dr.  Agnes  Lauriat-Rage  for  their  wonderful 
assistance. 

The  following  individuals  very  kindly  supplied  the  specimens  on 
which  this  study  depended:  Mr.  F.  J.  Collier  of  the  United  States 
National  Museum;  Mr.  David  Douglass  of  Yachats,  Oregon;  Mr. 
Daniel  Damrow  of  Mosineee,  Wisconsin;  Mme.  Y.  Gayrard  of  the 
Institut  de  Paleontologie;  Mrs.  J.  S.  Lawless  of  the  Yale  Peabody 
Museum;  and  the  late  Dr.  E.  S.  Richardson  of  the  Field  Museum  of 
Natural  History. 

Partial  financial  support  of  this  research  is  gratefully  acknowl- 
edged to  National  Science  Foundation  Grant  no.  DEB  82-05398  (F. 
M.  Carpenter,  Principal  Investigator),  the  Society  of  the  Sigma  Xi, 
Cornell  Chapter,  and  to  Sigma  Xi,  the  Scientific  Research  Society, 
for  a Grant-in-Aid  of  Research. 


Literature  Cited 

Bambach,  R.  K.,  C.  R.  Scotese  and  A.  M.  Ziegler. 

1980.  Before  Pangea:  The  geographies  of  the  Paleozoic  world.  Amer.  Sci. 
68:26-38. 

Brongniart,  C. 

1885.  Les  insectes  fossiles  des  terrains  primaires.  Bull.  Soc.  Amis  Sci.  Nat. 
Rouen,  pp.  50-68. 

1894.  Recherches  pour  servir  a I’histoire  des  insectes  fossiles  des  temps  pri- 
maires. These  Fac.  Sci.  Paris,  no.  821:  1-494. 

Burnham,  L. 

1981.  Fossil  insects  from  Montceau-les-Mines  (France):  A preliminary  report. 
Bull.  Soc.  Hist.  Nat.  Autun  no.  100:  5-12. 

Carpenter,  F.  M. 

1943.  Studies  on  Carboniferous  insects  from  Commentry,  France:  Pt.  1.  Intro- 
duction and  families  Protagriidae,  Meganeuridae  and  Campylopteridae. 
Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer.  54:  527-554. 

1964.  Studies  on  North  American  Carboniferous  insects.  3.  A spilapterid  from 
the  vicinity  of  Mazon  Creek,  Illinois  (Palaeodictyoptera).  Psyche  71(3): 
117-124. 

1965.  Studies  on  North  American  Carboniferous  insects.  4.  The  genera  Met- 
ropatur,  Euhleptus,  Hapaloptera  and  Hadentumum.  Psyche  72(2): 
175-190. 

1966.  The  Lower  Permian  insects  of  Kansas.  Pt.  11.  Psyche  73:  46-88. 

1971.  Adaptations  among  Paleozoic  insects.  Proc.  N.  Amer.  Paleo.  Conv., 
Chicago,  1969,  vol.  I,  pp.  1236-1251. 

1977.  Geological  history  and  evolution  of  the  insects.  Proc.  15th  Int.  Congr. 
Ent.,  Washington,  D.C.,  1976,  pp.  63-70. 


56 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Carfentj  r,  F.  M.  and  E.  S.  Rkhardson,  Jr. 

1968.  Megasecopterous  nymphs  in  Pennsylvanian  concretions  from  Illinois. 
Psyche  75(4):  295  309. 

1971.  Additional  insects  in  Pennsylvanian  concretions  from  Illinois.  Psyche 
78(4):  267-295. 

COCKHRHLL,  T.  D.  A. 

1917.  Fossil  insects.  Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amcr.  10(1):  1-22. 

Favol,  H. 

1887.  Etudes  sur  le  terrain  houiller  de  Commentry.  Premiere  partie:  Litholo- 
gic et  stratigraphic.  Bull.  Soc.  Ind.  Min.  XV(3  & 4).  Synopsis  [in]  Bull. 
Geol.  Soc.  France  16(3)  ( 1889). 

Handlirscii,  a. 

1906a.  Die  fossilen  Insekten  und  die  Phylogenie  der  rezenten  Formen.  Ein 
Handbuch  fur  Palaeontologen  und  Zoologen.  Leipz.,  Engelmann.  1430 

pp. 

1906b.  Revision  of  American  paleozoic  insects.  Proc.  U.S.N.M.  29:  661-820. 
191 1.  New  paleozoic  insects  from  the  vicinity  of  Mazon  Creek,  Illinois.  Amer. 
J.  Sci.  31:  297-326. 

1919.  Revision  der  palaeozoischen  Insekten.  Denkschr.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien 
Math.  Naturw.  96:  1-82  (51  1 592). 

1920.  Geschichte,  Literatur,  Technik,  Palaeontologie,  Phylogenie,  Syste- 
matik.  Handb.  Ent.  3:  1 18-306. 

1922.  Insecta  palaeozoica  [in]  Fossilium  Catalogus.  1.  Animalia,  pars  16,  C. 
Diener,  ed..  pp.  1 230. 

Lamhhrh,  a. 

1917.  Revision  sommaire  des  insectes  fossiles  du  Stephanien  de  Commentry. 
Bull.  Mus.  Paris  23:  141  200. 

1922.  Sur  la  nervation  alaire  des  insectes.  Bull.  Class.  Sci.  Belgium,  1922: 
138  149(transl.  Psyche  30:  123  132,  1930). 

Martynov.  A.  V. 

1924.  Sur  rinterpretation  de  la  nervation  et  de  la  tracheation  des  ailes  des 
Odonates  et  des  Agnathes.  Rev.  Russd’Ent.  18:  145-174  (transl.  Psyche  37: 
245-280,  1930). 

1938.  Etudes  sur  I’histoire  geologique  et  de  phylogenie  des  ordres  des 
insectes  (Pterygota).  Trav.  Inst.  Paleont.  Acad.  Sci.  URSS  7:  1-150. 
Meunter,  F. 

1909a.  Nouveaux  insectes  du  Stephanien  de  Commentry.  Bull.  Mus.  Hist.  Nat. 
Paris.  15:  37-49. 

1909b.  Nouveaux  paleodictyopteres  du  Stephanien  de  Commentry.  Ann.  Soc. 
Sci.  Bruxelles.  33:  139-140. 

1909c.  Nouvelles  recherches  sur  les  insectes  du  Terrain  Houiller  de  Commen- 
try. Ann.  Paleont.  4:  125-152. 

Nite:cki,  M.  H. 

1979.  Mazon  Creek  fauna  and  flora:  a hundred  years  of  investigation  [in] 
Mazon  Creek  Fossils,  M.  Nitecki,  ed..  Academic  Press,  pp.  1-13. 


1983] 


Burnham  — Geraridae 


57 


Rasmtsvn,  a.  P. 

1980.  The  historical  development  of  the  insects.  Trans.  Paleont.  Inst.  175: 
1-268. 

Richardson,  E.  S.,  Jr. 

1956.  Pennsylvanian  invertebrates  from  the  Mazon  Creek  area,  Illinois. 
(Insects).  Fieldiana  Geol.  12:  15-56. 

Sri  DDKR,  S.  H. 

1885.  Palaeodictyoptera:  on  the  affinities  and  classification  of  Paleozoic 
Hexapoda.  Mem.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  3:  319-351. 

1890.  The  fossil  insects  of  North  America,  vol.  1.  The  pretertiary  insects. 
Sharov,  A.  G. 

1960.  On  the  system  of  the  orthopterous  insects.  Int.  Congr.  Ent.,  Wien,  1960, 
vol.  1,  pp.  295-296. 

1962.  The  order  Protorthoptera  [in]  Osnovy  paleontologii,  B.  Rohdendorf, 
ed.,  Moscow,  pp.  145-146. 

1968.  Phylogeny  of  orthopteroid  insects.  Tr.  Paleontol.  Inst.  Akad.  Nauk 
SSSR  1 18:  1-218.  (In  Russian.  English  transl.  1971,  Israel  Program  Sci. 
Transl.  Ltd.,  251  pp.) 

Stevenson,  J.  J. 

1909.  The  coal  basin  of  Commentry  in  central  France.  Ann.  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci. 
19(2):  161-204. 

Woodland,  B.  G.  and  R.  C.  Stenstrom 

1979.  The  occurrence  and  origin  of  siderite  concretions  in  the  Francis  Creek 
Shale  (Pennsylvanian)  of  northeastern  Illinois  [in]  Mazon  Creek  Fossils, 
M.  Nitecki,  ed..  Academic  Press,  pp.  69-104. 

Wootton,  R.  j. 

1979.  Function,  homology  and  terminology  in  insect  wings.  Syst.  Ent.  4: 
81-93. 

1981.  Palaeozoic  insects.  Ann.  Rev.  Ent.  26:  319-344. 


TESTING  VISUAL  SPECIES  RECOGNITION  IN  PRECIS 
(LEPIDOPTERA;  NYMPHALIDAE)  USING  A COLD-SHOCK 

PHENOCOPY 


By  Arthur  M.  Shapiro' 

Department  of  Zoology,  University  of  California 
Davis,  California  95616 

There  have  been  many  studies  of  the  role  of  color  and  pattern  in 
mating  and  species  recognition  in  butterflies.  For  example.  Crane 
(1955)  manipulated  the  bold  color  pattern  of  Heliconius  spp.  (Heli- 
coniidae),  affecting  mating  success;  Burns  (1966)  claimed  on  the 
basis  of  spermatophore  counts  that  differential  attractiveness  of 
female  morphs  helped  to  maintain  a mimetic  polymorphism  in  Papi- 
lio  glaucus  L.  (Papilionidae);  and  Silberglied,  Aiello,  and  Lamas 
(1980)  found  that  modifying  the  pattern  of  Anartia  (Nympha- 
lidae)  affected  mating  success  but  not  survivorship. 

Recently  Hafernik  (1983)  demonstrated  that  the  conspicuous  pale 
dorsal  forewing  band  serves  as  a visual  species-recognition  charac- 
ter, contributing  to  reproductive  isolation  between  the  partly  sym- 
patric  buckeye  butterflies  Precis  {=Junonia)  coenia  Hubner  and  P. 
nigrosuffusa  (Barnes  & McDunnough).  In  hybridization  experi- 
ments these  entities  are  quite  compatible  genetically  and  develop- 
mentally;  Hafernik  concluded  that  differences  between  them  “are 
probably  not  associated  with  major  genomic  reorganization,  but  are 
rather  the  result  of  allelic  differences  at  a few  loci,”  including  pre- 
sumably those  that  control  the  presence  or  absence  of  the  forewing 
band. 

The  experiments  done  by  Hafernik  to  test  the  hypothesis  of  visual 
reproductive  isolation  were  modeled  on  the  work  of  Scott  (1972), 
involving  presentation  of  reared  virgin  females  to  wild  patrolling 
males  afield.  There  were  four  sets  of  experiments  (i)  actual  combina- 
tions of  nigrosuffusa  and  coenia;  (ii)  coenia  painted  to  resemble 
nigrosuffusa;  (iii)  “wing  transplants”  (wings  of  one  type  glued  onto 
the  wings  of  a living  animal  of  the  other;  (iv)  paper  models.  All  of 
these  tended  to  indicate  that  coenia  males  discriminate  against 


^Manuscript  received  hy  the  editor  January  6,  1983 


59 


60 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


bandless  females,  and  that  species-specific  pheromones  need  not  be 
invoked  to  account  for  reproductive  isolation.  None  of  Hafernik’s 
females  actually  mated,  but  Scott  (1972)  showed  that  darkening  the 
wings  of  male  coenia  does  not  lower  their  courting  success  with 
conspecifics,  as  it  does  when  females  are  darkened. 

Despite  the  consistency  of  these  results,  there  are  possibly  con- 
founded variables  whenever  one  tests  using  entire  genomes  (as  in  i 
above,  in  which  pheromonal  and  subtle  behavioral  cues  cannot  be 
controlled  for),  or  altered  phenotypes  (as  in  ii  and  iii,  where  the 
“similarity”  to  the  other  species  is  questionable,  and  wing  loading 
and  odor  may  be  altered  by  glues  or  paints).  However,  another  test 
is  available,  not  exploited  by  Hafernik:  pure  coenia  genomes  can  be 
induced  to  produce  nigrosuffusa-WkQ  phenotypes,  which  may  then 
be  presented  to  coenia  males  afield.  This  situation  arises  from  the 
sensitivity  of  coenia  to  temperature  shocks  applied  shortly  after 
pupation. 

A named  aberration  of  coenia,  “schracleri,  ” figured  in  color  by 
Comstock  (1927,  plate  43),  resembles  nigrosuffusa  in  lacking  the 
band.  Other  characters,  including  the  hindwing  ocelli,  are  in  the 
^ coenia  rather  than  the  nigrosuffusa  state.  Schrader’s  specimen  was 
reared,  but  similar  individuals  do  occur  in  nature.  One  shown  in  fig. 
If  has  the  hindwing  ocelli  and  distal  pattern  obsolescent;  others  are 
normal  for  these  pattern  elements.  The  actual  frequency  of  bandless 
buckeyes  is  unknown.  1 have  taken  two  at  the  same  locality  in  eleven 
years,  during  which  time  I must  have  seen  hundreds  of  thousands  of 
individuals.  No  clear-cut  genetic  basis  for  bandlessness  has  been 
established,  but  the  same  phenotypes  are  readily  inducible  by 
subjecting  wild  California  pupae  to  sustained  low  temperatures.  Fig. 
2 shows  chilled  individuals  from  three  different  families.  The 
extensive  variation  in  individual  response  to  treatment  is  character- 
istic of  such  experiments.  The  involvement  of  the  ocelli  and  distal 
pattern  is  partly  controllable  by  age  of  the  pupa  at  onset  of  chilling, 
but  even  very  precise  timing  can  only  reduce,  not  eliminate,  the 
variation.  Such  indeterminacy  was  characterized  as  early  as  1913  in 
Pictet’s  “law  of  melanization  and  albinization  of  parts,”  which  is  a 
statement  of  the  partial  independence  of  different  pattern-deter- 
mining processes  during  wing  development. 

Several  broods  of  pure  coenia  from  Solano  County,  California 
were  reared  and  subjected  to  a potent  cold-shock  treatment  (3  weeks 


1983] 


Shapiro  — Species  recognition 


61 


Fig.  I.  Phenotypes  of  wild-collected  Precis.  A,C,  male,  B,D,  female  P.  nigro.suf- 
fusa  from  Arizona,  USA  and  Sinaloa,  Mexico.  E,  normal  female  P.  coenia,  Solano 
Co.,  California.  F.  "\schraJeri'\  Suisun  Marsh,  Solano  Co.,  CA.  viii.28. 1978. 


62 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


at  3°C  beginning  8 hr  after  pupation).  The  usual  spectrum  of 
phenotypic  response  was  observed.  About  one-third  of  the  animals 
which  eclosed  were  seriously  crippled  and  unusable  for  mating  tests. 
The  remainder — 46  females  in  toto — were  classified  into  three  more 
or  less  arbitrary  phenotypic  categories:  (i)  essentially  unaltered  (fig. 
2e),  (ii)  bandless  but  with  ocelli  unaltered  (figs.  2a-d),  and  (iii) 
bandless  and  with  ocelli  obsolete  (fig.  20-  These  were  used  in 
experiments  modeled  on  Scott’s  and  Hafernik’s,  carried  out  on  a 
total  of  9 days  at  Suisun  City,  Solano  County,  and  Rancho 
Cordova,  Sacramento  County,  in  urban  vacant  lots  and  annual 
grassland  from  late  September  to  early  November  1982.  Wild  male 
coenia  were  common  throughout  this  period. 

My  methodology  differed  from  Hafernik’s  in  a few  points.  Virgin 
females  were  held,  unfed  and  unflown,  in  the  dark  at  3°C  for  3 to  1 1 
days  before  use.  This  treatment  did  not  diminish  their  attractiveness 
relative  to  Hafernik’s  females.  They  were  transported  in  a cooler  in 
the  dark  to  the  study  sites  and  allowed  to  warm  in  the  sun  (air 
temperatures  14-24°  C).  After  a test  they  were  usually  recaptured, 
rechilled  for  at  least  15  min,  and  re-used.  A few  were  lost,  and  about 
one-fourth  mated  successfully  and  were  not  re-used.  As  in  Hafer- 
nik’s work,  only  releases  in  which  the  male  at  least  investigated  the 
female  were  scored.  Females  were  considered  to  have  elicited  a 
courtship  if  the  male  either  attempted  to  copulate  or  remained 
oriented  toward  the  female  for  at  least  20  sec.  The  durations  of 
about  a third  of  the  courtships  were  recorded. 

The  percentages  courted  were  overall  higher  than  seen  by  Hafer- 
nik.  For  Point  Richmond,  California  female  coenia  X male  coenia 
at  Point  Richmond,  Hafernik  had  64%  courtship.  When  female 
nigrosujfusa  from  Texas  were  used,  this  dropped  to  10%.  My  corre- 
sponding figures  (table  1)  are  74%  and  (pooled  classes  ii  and  iii) 
49%.  The  difference  remains  highly  significant,  however,  and  the 
discrepancy  in  frequency  may  be  due  to  differences  in  weather 
conditions  or  to  the  torpidity  of  my  females.  For  timed  courtships, 
bandless  females  elicited  less  persistence  than  banded  ones,  but  the 
difference  was  not  statistically  significant.  Most  of  the  actual 
copulations  were  essentially  instantaneous,  regardless  of  phenotype. 

This  experiment  does  not  rule  out  pheromones  in  Precis  court- 
ship, but  as  in  previous  work  indicates  that  visual  cues  are  impor- 


1983] 


Shapiro  — Species  recognition 


63 


Fig.  2.  Phenotypes  of  female  P.  coeniu  from  northern  California,  induced  by 
chilling  the  young  pupa.  A— D,  grade  ii  (bandless,  ocelli  unaltered).  E,  grade  i 
(essentially  unaltered).  F,  grade  iii  (bandless,  ocelli  obsolete). 


64 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


tant  and  possibly  adequate  to  account  for  reproductive  isolation.  (It 
is  conceivable  that  pheromones  could  be  physiologically  coupled  to 
phenotypes  such  that  the  most  phenotypically  deviant  females 
would  also  be  pheromonally  abnormal.) 

The  control  of  pattern  in  Precis  has  been  studied  by  Nijhout 
(1980a,  b),  who  has  shown  that  all  of  the  wing  pigments  in  P.  coenia 
are  melanins  and  that  the  ocelli  are  determined  by  well-defined  foci 
in  the  early  pupal  wing.  His  work  does  not  permit  a causal  analysis 
of  how  pupal  chilling  phenocopies  the  normal  phenotype  of  nigro- 
suffusa,  though  the  phenocopy  “straw”  has  been  linked  functionally 
to  its  genocopy  in  Drosophila  (Seybold,  Meltzer,  and  Mitchell, 
1975).  In  Shapiro’s  (1981)  model  of  the  evolution  of  phenotypic 
plasticity,  a genetic  basis  for  bandlessness  could  be  established  by 
selection  of  modifiers  bringing  the  latent  ''schraderr  response  to  the 
surface  under  normal  developmental  temperatures.  The  derivative 
character  of  bandlessness  is  shown  clearly  by  its  variable  penetrance 
(especially  in  females)  in  pure  nigrosuffusa  populations.  But  how 
did  it  become  virtually  fixed?  Discrimination  by  male  coenia  against 
bandless  females,  even  genotypicaly  normal  ones  with  intact  wings, 
should  lead  to  selection  against  any  bandless  allele,  however  ori- 
ginated. Under  the  conventional  model  for  enhancement  of  pre- 
zygotic  reproductive  isolating  mechanisms  in  secondary  sympatry, 
one  could  rationalize  bandlessness  as  a device  protecting  the  gene 
pool  of  nigrosuffusa.  This,  however,  presupposes  a disadvantage  to 


Table  1.  Success  of  cold-shocked  female  Precis  coenia  in  attracting  courtships  by 
wild  males  in  field  tests  in  northern  California. 


Type  of  female 

Number  of 

99 

Total 

releases 

Number  of 
$9  mated 

Number  of 
courtships 

(i)  essentially 

- 

unaltered 

phenotype 

18 

42 

6 

31 

(ii)  bandless,  ocelli 

unaltered 

20 

55 

5 

27 

(iii)  bandless,  ocelli 

obsolete 

8 

17 

0 

8 

Totals 

46 

1 14 

1 1 

66 

'-test  for  courtship  proportions,  (i)  \’.v.  (ii  + iii):  z 

= 2.7845  (significant  at  0.01) 

1983] 


Shapiro  — Species  recognition 


65 


hybridization  which  outweighs  the  discrimination  against  bandless 
females,  and  no  such  disadvantage  has  been  found.  Bandlessness 
may  be  quite  incidental  to  hybridization,  but  that  still  leaves  the 
question  of  why  it  persists. 

Acknowledgements 

This  research  was  supported  by  the  Department  of  Zoology,  UC 
Davis,  to  which  1 express  my  thanks.  This  paper  is  dedicated  to  the 
memory  of  Robert  E.  Silberglied,  who  would  no  doubt  have  had 
great  fun  with  shock  phenotypes  in  behavioral  studies. 

References 

Burns,  J.  M. 

1966.  Preferential  mating  \’.v.  mimicry.  Science  153:  551-553. 

COMSTOC  K,  J.  A. 

1927.  Butterflies  of  California.  Publ.  by  author,  Los  Angeles.  335  pp. 

Crane,  J. 

1955.  Imaginal  behavior  of  a Trinidad  butterfly,  Heliconius  erato  hydara 
Hewitson,  with  special  reference  to  the  social  use  of  color.  Zoologica  40: 
167-196. 

Hafernik,  j.  E.,  Jr. 

1983.  Phenetics  and  ecology  of  hybridization  in  buckeye  butterflies  (Lepi- 
doptera:  Nymphalidae).  Univ.  Calif.  Pubs,  in  Ent.,  96:  1-109. 

Nijhout,  H.  F. 

1980a.  Pattern  formation  on  Lepidopteran  wings:  determination  of  an  eyespot. 
Devel.  Biol.  80:267-274.  1980b.  Ontogeny  of  the  color  pattern  on  the 

wings  of  Precis  coenia  (Lepidoptera:  Nymphalidae).  Devel.  Biol. 
80:  275-288. 

Pic  tet,  A. 

1913.  Recherches  experimentaies  sur  les  mecanismes  du  melanisme  et  de 
I’albinisme  chez  les  Lepidopteres.  Mem.  Soc.  Physique  et  Hist.  Nat.  de 
Geneve  27:  1 1 1-278. 

Scott,  J.  A. 

1972.  Comparative  mating  and  dispersal  systems  in  butterflies.  Unpubl.  Ph.D. 
thesis,  Univ.  Calif.  (Berkeley). 

Seybold,  W.  D.,  P.  S.  Meltzer  and  H.  K.  Mitc  hell. 

1975.  Phenol  oxidase  activation  in  Drosophila:  a cascade  of  reactions.  Biochem. 
Genet.  13:85-108. 

Shapiro,  A.  M. 

1981.  Phenotypic  plasticity  in  temperate  and  subarctic  Nymphalis  antiopa 
(Nymphalidae):  evidence  for  adaptive  canalization.  J.  Lepid.  Soc.  35: 
124-131. 

Silberglied,  R.  E.,  A.  Aiello,  and  G.  Lamas. 

1980.  Neotropical  butterflies  of  the  genus  Anartia:  systematics,  life  histories, 
and  general  biology  (Lepidoptera:  Nymphalidae).  Psyche  86:219  260. 


DEFENSIVE  ADAPTATIONS  AND  NATURAL  ENEMIES 
OF  A CASE-BEARING  BEETLE, 

EXEMA  C/lA/4D£A5^/N(COLEOPTERA:  CHRYSOMELIDAE) 


By  Richard  B.  Root  and  Frank  J.  Messina* 

Section  of  Ecology  and  Systematics, 

Corson  Laboratory,  Cornell  University 
Ithaca,  New  York  14853,  U.S.A. 

Introduction 

The  larval  habit  of  constructing  and  carrying  a portable  case  has 
evolved  many  times  in  the  Holometabola.  It  is  a widespread  trait 
of  the  Trichoptera  and  Lepidoptera  (e.g.  the  Coleophoridae  and 
Psychidae).  Among  the  Coleoptera,  casebearing  is  found  in  four 
related  subfamilies  of  the  Chrysomelidae,  the  so-called  camptoso- 
mates:  Clytrinae,  Cryptocephalinae,  Chlamisinae,  and  Lamproso- 
matinae  (Boving  and  Craighead  1931).  The  larval  case  of  many 
insects  is  thought  to  function  primarily  in  defense  by  providing 
armor  or  camouflage  (Otto  and  Svensson  1980).  Here  we  describe 
the  uses  of  the  case  and  other  defenses  in  a chlamisine  beetle,  Exema 
canadensis  Pierce,  and  speculate  briefly  on  the  evolution  and  conse- 
quences of  the  case-bearing  habit. 

The  genus  Exema  Lacordaire  contains  nine  species  in  North 
America  (Karren  1966).  All  of  the  species  appear  to  be  univoltine 
and  to  feed  on  a fairly  restricted  range  of  herbaceous  or  shrubby 
genera  in  the  Asteraceae  (Jenks  1940;  Karren  1966,  1972).  In  central 
New  York  E.  canadensis  is  commonly  found  on  goldenrods  {Soli- 
dago  spp.)  and  asters  {Aster  spp.).  Its  life  cycle  was  summarized  by 
Messina  and  Root  (1980).  Le  Sage  (1982)  recently  described  the 
immature  stages. 

Methods 

We  observed  the  life  history  and  natural  enemies  of  E.  canadensis 
during  1979  and  1980  at  Whipple  Farm,  8 km  N.E.  of  Ithaca,  New 


*Present  address;  Boyce  Thompson  Institute  for  Plant  Research,  Tower  Road, 
Ithaca,  New  York  14853,  U.S.A. 

Manuscript  received  by  the  editor  January  24,  1983. 


67 


68 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


York.  Field-collected  larvae  and  pupae  were  reared  to  measure  the 
incidence  of  parasitoids.  Voucher  specimens  of  E.  canadensis  and  its 
enemies  were  placed  in  the  Cornell  University  Insect  Collection  (Lot 
no.  1068). 

The  morphology  of  E.  canadensis  was  examined  with  the  scan- 
ning electron  microscope.  Larval  cases  and  adults  were  air-dried 
and  mounted  on  metal  stubs  with  double-sided  tape.  Larvae  and 
pupae  were  dehydrated  in  an  ethanol  series  and  critical-point  dried 
with  COt  before  mounting.  All  specimens  were  sputter-coated  with 
gold-palladium  (ca.  200A).  Measurements  of  larvae  and  cases  were 
made  with  an  ocular  micrometer. 

We  did  experiments  on  the  protective  functions  of  the  case  by 
exposing  beetles  to  three  predaceous  insects:  Podisus  maculiventris 
(Say)  (Pentatomidae),  Nahicula  suhcoleoptrata  (Kirby)  (Nabidae), 
and  Hippodamia  glacialis  (F.)  (Coccinellidae).  For  these  experi- 
ments we  carefully  extracted  4th-instar  larvae  from  their  cases;  this 
procedure  did  not  appear  to  harm  the  larvae.  “Exposed”  and 
untreated  (“encased”)  larvae  were  placed  in  petri  dishes  containing 
moist  filter  paper  and  a few  goldenrod  leaves.  In  trials  using  P. 
maculiventris,  two  5th-instar  nymphs  were  taken  from  a vigorous 
lab  culture  and  added  to  dishes  containing  three  exposed  and  three 
encased  E.  canadensis  larvae  (a  choice  situation).  We  recorded  the 
number  of  each  prey  type  that  were  consumed  by  the  stink  bugs 
after  6 and  24  h.  In  trials  using  A.  suhcoleoptrata  and  El.  glacialis, 
field-collected  adults  were  starved  for  24,  48,  or  72  h before  being 
added  to  dishes  containing  either  exposed  or  encased  E.  canadensis 
larvae  (a  no-choice  situation).  Each  dish  held  three  predators  and 
five  prey.  We  recorded  prey  consumption  hourly  for  up  to  5 h. 

Results 

The  larval  case  and  adaptations  associated  with  its  use 

In  chlamisine  beetles  the  female  parent  provides  the  initial  larval 
case  in  the  form  of  an  egg  case  or  “scatoshell”  (Hinton  1981).  The 
female  deposits  a single  yellow  egg  that  is  attached  to  the  plant  on  a 
smooth,  yellowish  stalk  (Figs.  1-3)  that  appears  to  be  continuous 
with  the  egg  chorion.  The  attachment  is  shaped  into  the  contours  of 
the  leaf  or  stem  surface  (Fig.  3),  suggesting  that  the  base  of  the  stalk 
is  extruded  in  a plastic  state.  The  female  then  systematically  sur- 
rounds the  egg  with  strips  of  green  fecal  material.  She  starts  around 


1983] 


Root  & Messina  — Exenia  canadensis 


69 


Figs.  14:  Cases  of  E.  canadensis.  F Egg  case  with  egg  stalk  attached  to  stem.  2, 
View  from  top  of  case  before  cap  has  been  added  (egg  was  removed).  3,  Close-up  of 
egg  stalk  and  base.  4,  Case  of  1st  instar  larva.  Arrow  indicates  juncture  between 
original  egg  case  and  larval  additions.  Scale  bars  = 500  (Fig.  4),  200  (Figs.  1-2),  or 
100  (Fig.  3)  /um. 


70 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


the  stalk  and  periodically  twists  the  egg  with  her  hind  legs  as  she 
builds  up  the  sides  until  the  egg  is  enclosed  in  a cuplike  case  with  a 
flared  ridge  (Figs.  1-2).  A flat  top  is  then  added  to  seal  the  egg  in  the 
case.  The  flexible  egg  stalk  often  remains  twisted  beneath  the  case 
(Fig.  3).  The  entire  deposition  process  takes  20-30  min  in  the  labor- 
atory. The  egg  case  turns  a drab  brown  color  as  it  dries. 

The  larva  emerges  by  chewing  through  the  flat  top  of  the  case.  It 
then  flips  the  case  over,  presumably  after  severing  the  connection 
with  the  egg  stalk  (Karren  1972).  Inside  the  inverted  egg  case,  the 
larva  assumes  the  characteristic  folded  posture  of  the  camptoso- 
mates  with  the  mouth  and  anus  both  adjacent  to  the  single  case 
opening. 

The  larva  begins  to  feed  and  gradually  enlarges  the  case  by  adding 
its  own  fecal  material  to  the  rim  around  the  opening.  The  juncture 
between  the  contributions  of  the  mother  and  the  larva  remains  dis- 
tinct (Figs.  4-5),  and  the  original  egg  case  eventually  appears  as  a 
small  nipple  projecting  from  the  tail  of  the  larval  case.  A larva 
passes  through  four  stadia,  always  molting  within  the  enlarging  case 
(Le  Sage  1982).  Case  length  is  a moderately  good  predictor  of  larval 
instar,  as  determined  by  the  width  of  the  head-capsule  (Table  1). 

Larvae  of  E.  canadensis  possess  several  morphological  features 
that  are  probably  related  to  the  case-bearing  habit.  The  legs  are 
unusually  long;  each  coxa  is  movable  and  so  elongated  that  it 
exceeds  the  length  of  the  femur  (Fig.  6).  The  legs  can  extend  later- 
ally beyond  the  rim  of  the  case  when  the  larva  is  walking.  If  dis- 
turbed, the  larva  retracts  its  legs  and  pulls  the  case  down  so  that  the 
rim  is  appressed  to  the  foliage  (Wallace  1970).  The  strongly  recurved 
tarsal  claws  (Fig.  7)  may  facilitate  this  maneuver  by  providing  a 
firmer  grip  on  the  substrate.  The  larval  cuticle,  which  is  normally 
covered,  is  sclerotized  in  only  a few  areas  (Le  Sage  1982).  Setae 
(usually  tricoid  sensillae)  are  sparse,  but  spiny  or  rounded  protuber- 
ances are  scattered  over  much  of  the  surface.  These  protuberances 
serve  may  to  increase  traction  between  the  larval  cuticle  and  the 
case.  The  larval  spiracles  are  uniforous  and  annular  (Fig.  8).  The 
requirements  for  spiracular  closure  and  moisture  retention  may  be 
reduced  in  a case-bearer;  Karren  (1964)  reports  that  artificially 
exposed  Exema  larvae  are  highly  vulnerable  to  desiccation. 

The  prepupa  seals  the  case  rim  to  a leaf  or  stem  with  a layer  of 
frass.  It  then  reorients  itself  so  that  the  posterior  end  is  against  the 


1983] 


Root  & Messina  — Exema  canadensis 


71 


Table  I:  Head  capsule  widths  and  case  lengths  (in  mm)  ol  the  immature  stages  of 
E.  canailensis. 


Egg 

' 

11 

111 

IV 

Head  width 

x(SE) 

0.29(±.01) 

0.37(±.02) 

0.50(±.02) 

0.67(±.02) 

N 

7 

7 

7 

9 

Case  length' 

x(SE) 

1.05(±.05) 

1.62(±.38) 

2.69(±.33) 

3.55(±.32) 

4.34(±.26) 

Range 

0.96  1.12 

1.04  2.32 

2.16  3.36 

2.80  4.08 

3.84  4.80 

N 

12 

23 

18 

32 

45 

'As  measured  from  case  opening  to  tip  of  original  egg  case. 


substrate  and  the  anterior  end  faces  the  nipple  at  the  tail.  Fully 
sclerotized  adults  cut  a circular  cap  in  the  tail  of  the  case  with  their 
mandibles;  this  cap  is  pushed  off  as  the  beetles  emerge.  The  barrel- 
shaped, tuberculate  adults  (Figs.  9 10)  can  be  easily  mistaken  for 
caterpillar  frass  by  humans  (Jenks  1940;  Karren  1964;  and  our  per- 
sonal experiences).  It  may  be  that  vertebrate  predators  overlook 
them  in  the  same  way.  The  adults  exhibit  the  widespread  chryso- 
melid  trait  of  quickly  withdrawing  the  legs  and  dropping  off  the 
substrate  when  they  are  disturbed.  This  escape  mechanism  is  elabo- 
rated in  Exenia\  the  deep  sternal  grooves  (Fig.  10)  allow  the  adult  to 
retract  its  appendages  so  completely  that  the  falling  beetle  bounces 
and  rolls  off  the  foliage.  The  compact  adults  also  slide  deeply  into 
the  litter  beneath  the  plant  and  often  come  to  rest  in  a deep  recess 
where  they  are  extremely  difficult  to  find. 

Natural  enemies 

No  predators  were  seen  to  attack  the  larvae  of  E.  canadensis 
during  the  many  hours  that  we  and  our  associates,  E.  W.  Evans  and 
J.  A.  Gowan,  have  spent  observing  the  goldenrod  fauna  in  the  field. 
The  three  species  of  predaceous  insects  used  in  our  experiments, 
however,  were  frequently  observed  to  kill  the  larvae  of  other  chry- 
somelid  species  that  are  associated  with  Solidago  in  central  New 
York  (Evans  1982;  Messina  1982).  In  the  laboratory,  exposed  E, 
canadensis  larvae  were  readily  captured  and  eaten  by  these  preda- 
tors (Table  2).  In  contrast,  few  encased  larvae  were  consumed  even 
though  the  confined  space  in  the  petri  dishes  must  have  increased 


72 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Figs.  5-8:  Case  and  larval  morphology  of  E.  canadensis.  5,  Case  of  3rd  instar  larva. 
6,  3rd  instar  larva,  lateral  view.  7,  Tarsal  claw.  8,  2nd  abdominal  spiracle.  Arrow 
indicates  juncture  between  original  egg  case  and  larval  additions.  Scale  bars  = 500 
(Figs.  5-6)  or  10  (Figs.  7 8)  yum. 


the  frequency  of  encounter  between  predator  and  prey  far  above  the 
usual  conditions  in  nature.  The  coccinellid,  H.  glacialis,  never  suc- 
ceeded in  capturing  an  encased  larva  and  nine  of  the  ten  encased 
prey  consumed  by  the  pentatomid,  P.  maculiventris,  were  taken 
only  after  all  of  the  exposed  larvae  in  the  dish  had  been  eaten.  The 
rate  that  exposed  larvae  were  consumed  by  N.  subcoleptrata  and  H. 
glacialis  was  increased  by  starvation  (Fig.  1 1). 

The  protective  function  of  the  larval  case  is  further  illustrated  by 
its  influence  on  predator  behavior.  The  predator  appeared  to 
approach  in  response  to  prey  movement  with  the  outcome  that 
attacks  were  launched,  without  apparent  discrimination,  on  both 
exposed  and  encased  larvae.  Attacks  on  exposed  larvae  were 
quickly  and  invariably  successful.  Upon  encountering  an  encased 
larva,  the  predators  with  sucking  mouthparts  {N.  subcoleoptrata 
and  P.  maculiventris)  touched  the  case  with  their  forelegs  and 
extended  their  beaks.  They  were  never  able  to  penetrate  the  case 


1983] 


Root  & Messina  — Exenia  canadensis 


73 


Figs.  9-10:  Adult  E.  c anadensis.  9,  Dorsal  view.  10,  Ventral  view.  Scale  bars  = 500 
/urn. 

even  though  they  made  repeated  probes.  In  those  instances  when 
these  hemipterans  did  consume  encased  prey,  they  fed  through  the 
case  opening  on  the  few  occasions  when  a larva  had  been  knocked 
on  its  side.  This  is  an  unlikely  event  in  nature  because  dislodged 
larvae  fall  from  the  plant.  The  chewing  predator,  H.  glacialis, 
attacked  the  encased  larvae  by  attempting  to  insert  the  mandibles 
under  the  rim  of  the  case;  we  never  observed  success  in  this 
endeavor. 

The  case  is  an  ineffective  barrier  to  certain  adapted  paraSitoids. 
Larvae  at  both  field  sites  were  parasitized  by  a Tetrastichus  sp. 
(Eulophidae);  this  was  possibly  T.  chlamytis  Ashmead,  a species 
that  is  only  known  to  attack  chlamisine  beetles  (Burks  1979).  Rates 
of  parasitism  ranged  from  16  to  42%  (Table  3).  We  obtained  an 
average  of  8.6  Tetrastichus  adults/ infested  host  (range,  5-14  wasps; 
n = 37  hosts).  Parasitoids  emerged  from  larvae  that  were  collected  in 
the  field  as  both  early  (I-Il)  and  late  (III-IV)  instars.  The  cuticle  of  a 
parasitized  larva  turns  from  white  to  black  and  the  host  dies  shortly 
before  the  time  it  would  normally  pupate.  The  wasps  usually 
emerged  from  the  case  opening,  but  a small  exit  hole  was  observed 


74 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Table  2:  Consumption  of  exposed  and  encased  larvae  of  E.  canadensis  by  three 
arthropod  predators  in  laboratory  arenas. 


% available  prey  consumed 

Predator 

Exposed 

Encased 

N' 

P^ 

Podisus  niaculiventris 

69 

19 

54 

.001 

nymphs 

Nahicula  subcoleoptrata 

70 

7 

30 

.001 

adults 

Hippodamia  glacialis 

87 

0 

30 

.001 

'Number  of  each  prey  type  offered. 

-Chi-square  test,  where  expected  values  assume  equal  consumption  of  each  prey  type. 

in  the  case  of  a larva  that  had  cemented  the  opening  to  the  substrate 
before  it  died.  We  could  not  determine  if  Tetrastichus  females  ovi- 
posit through  the  case  wall  or  under  the  rim.  In  the  field,  however,  we 
commonly  observed  Tetrastichus  adults  that  remained  perched  on 
the  side  of  a larval  case  for  prolonged  periods.  Perhaps  these  wasps 
were  waiting  for  the  larva  to  move  and  thus  expose  a vulnerable 
spot  for  oviposition. 

^ N.  subcoleoptrata  H.  glacialis 


Hours  after  release 
Predator  starvation  ;•  24,° 48,  ° 72  h 

Fig.  1 1:  Consumption  of  exposed  E.  canadensis  larvae  by  Nahicula  subcoleoptrata 
and  Hippodamia  glacialis  in  the  laboratory.  Predators  were  starved  for  24-72  h 
before  release.  Ten  prey  were  offered  per  trial. 


1983] 


Root  & Messina  — Exenia  canadensis 


15 


Six  of  22  pupae  that  were  collected  on  August  21,  1979,  were 
parasitized  by  Spilochaleis  albifrons  (Walsh)  (Chalcidae),  a species 
that  has  previously  been  reported  from  Exenia  dispar  Lacordaire 
(Burks  1979).  One  chalcid  emerged  from  each  host.  No  S.  albifrons 
were  found  in  E.  canadensis  that  were  collected  as  larvae.  If  this 
chalcid  attacks  only  pupae,  it  must  be  able  to  oviposit  through  the 
case  wall  because  the  case  rim  is  sealed  to  the  substrate  by  the 
prepupae.  In  this  regard,  it  is  interesting  to  note  that  S.  albifrons  has 
been  taken  from  a broad  range  of  unrelated  case-bearing  and  leaf- 
mining insects.  Moreover,  at  least  four  of  the  seven  species  in  the 
side  group,  to  which  S.  albifrons  belongs,  parasitize  case-bearing 
chlamisines  and  coleophorids  (Burks  1979).  These  observations 
suggest  that  the  evolution  of  specializations  in  Spilochaleis  is  more 
closely  linked  to  the  abilities  required  to  penetrate  materials  that 
cover  the  host  than  it  is  to  factors  that  are  more  narrowly  associated 
with  the  host’s  taxonomic  affinity. 

Larval  mermithid  nematodes  were  found  in  dissections  of  a few 
field  collected  E.  canadensis  larvae.  These  parasites  are  functionally 
similar  to  parasitoids,  killing  the  hosts  as  they  exit  the  body  follow- 
ing development  (Nickle  1974). 

Larvae  of  an  erythraeid  mite,  Leptus  sp.,  were  found  attached  at 
several  locations  on  beetles.  In  a survey  done  in  late  August  1979, 
67%  of  the  43  adult  beetles  sampled  bore  at  least  one  mite.  There 
was  an  average  of  1.7  mites  on  the  infested  beetles  and  as  many  as 
five  mites  were  found  on  a single  host.  Nothing  is  known  about  the 
influence  of  these  mites  on  the  beetles. 


Table  3:  Per  cent  of  E.  canadensis  larvae  parasitized  by  a Tetrastichus  sp.  in  1979 
and  1980.  (Sample  sizes  in  parentheses.) 


Site 

Collection  date 

Brooktondale  1979 

3 July 

29  July 

21  August 

21  August' 

17(107) 

16(57) 

38(21) 

27(22)^ 

Whipple  Farm  1980 

28  June 

1 July 

4 July 

16  July 

23(61) 

42(19) 

40(55) 

31(13) 

'These  cases  contained  pupae;  the  larvae  had  cemented  the  case  rim  to  the  substrate 
prior  to  collection. 

-An  additional  27%  of  the  pupae  were  parasitized  by  Spilochaleis  albifrons. 


76 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Discussion 

The  defensive  adaptations  of  the  immature  and  adult  stages  of  E. 
canadensis  are  quite  different  even  though  they  occur  in  the  same 
microhabitats,  overlap  in  their  seasonal  occurrences,  and  encounter 
similar  predators.  The  cases  that  cover  the  eggs  and  larvae  appear  to 
deter  most,  if  not  all,  of  the  several  invertebrate  predators  that 
forage  on  goldenrods  (see  Messina  1982  for  a list).  Wallace  (1970) 
has  found  that  the  case  of  another  chlamisine,  Neochlamisus  gibbo- 
sus  (F.)  (=  Anthrochlamys  plicata  F.),  protects  the  larvae  from 
imported  fire  ants.  The  defenses  of  adult  chlamisines  require  further 
investigation.  Nevertheless,  it  seems  obvious  that  a variety  of  escape 
mechanisms  are  derived  from  the  adults’  morphology.  As  a conse- 
quence of  their  hard,  compact  body  form,  adults  are  well-armored 
against  the  initial  thrusts  of  predators  and  they  are  more  likely  to 
tumble  into  a refuge  after  dropping  from  the  foliage.  Furthermore, 
because  of  their  resemblance  to  caterpillar  frass,  adults  may  be  over- 
looked by  many  predators  that  rely  on  vision  (Jenks  1940). 

Many  chrysomelids  are  chemically  defended  against  predators 
(e.g.  Meinwald  et  al.  1977;  Howard  et  al.  1982).  Adults  in  the  camp- 
tosomate  group,  however,  lack  the  defense  glands  found  in  most 
chrysomelid  subfamilies  (Deroe  and  Pasteels  1982).  This  suggests 
that  chlamisine  adults  must  rely  primarily  on  the  mechanical  and 
behavioral  defenses  discussed  above. 

The  major  enemies  of  E.  canadensis  are  the  parasitoids,  S.  albi- 
frons  and  T.  chlamytis.  Specialized  parasitoids  have  been  highly 
successful  in  overcoming  most  of  the  defenses  (e.g.  reflex  bleeding, 
fecal  shields,  glandular  secretions)  employed  by  chrysomelid  larvae 
to  deter  predators  (Eisner  et  al.  1967;  Wallace  1970;  Matsuda  and 
Sugawara  1980). 

Several  characteristics  of  E.  canadensis  can  be  grouped  into  an 
adaptive  syndrome  that  is  associated  with  the  case-bearing  habit. 
This  coordinated  set  of  traits  includes  the  bowed  posture,  long  legs, 
and  other  morphological  adaptations  that  accommodate  the  larvae 
to  life  within  the  confinement  of  a case.  In  addition,  casebearing 
probably  influences  other  aspects  of  the  natural  history.  For 
instance,  the  time  and  case-building  material  that  the  female  must 
invest  in  each  egg  may  result  in  a lowered  reproductive  rate.  We 
observed  that  30  females  laid  an  average  of  only  1.2  eggs  per  day 
over  a six-day  period;  Karren  (1972)  reports  similar  oviposition 


1983] 


Root  & Messina  — Exenia  canadensis 


11 


rates.  This  low  output  is  reflected  in  the  females’  reproductive  mor- 
phology. In  dissections  we  found  that  females  of  E.  canadensis  have 
only  four  or  five  ovarioles  per  ovary  and  that  each  ovary  never 
contains  more  than  one  fully  mature  oocyte.  Camptosomate  beetles, 
in  general,  have  relatively  few  ovarioles  per  ovary  (Robertson  1961 ; 
Suzuki  1974;  Mann  and  Singh  1979).  Beetles  may  compensate  for 
gradual  egg  production  by  ovipositing  over  an  extended  period.  In 
central  New  York,  overwintered  females  begin  egg-laying  in  early 
May  and  continue  until  mid-July. 

The  low  fecundity  of  E.  canadensis  may  be  related  to  its  normally 
low  and  relatively  stable  population  size.  Over  a three-year  period, 
the  population  densities  of  five  other  chrysomelid  species  that  feed 
on  goldenrod  fluctuated  by  at  least  an  order  of  magnitude  (Messina 
and  Root  1980).  During  this  same  period  the  population  of  E.  cana- 
densis varied  less  than  twofold.  Furthermore,  during  the  course  of 
our  long-term  investigations  on  the  goldenrod  fauna  at  several  local- 
ities in  central  New  York,  we  have  yet  to  observe  a host  plant  that 
was  significantly  depleted  by  E.  canadensis.  Karren  (1964)  has  also 
noted  the  stable  densities  of  Exenia  populations.  Le  Sage  (1982), 
however,  reported  that  during  1980-81,  populations  of  E.  canaden- 
sis increased  greatly  over  a large  area  in  southern  Canada. 

The  evolutionary  steps  that  produced  the  case-bearing  habit  are 
unclear.  Since  the  larval  case  is  added  to  the  egg  case,  it  can  be 
argued  that  the  defense  originated  with  the  female’s  habit  of  cover- 
ing the  eggs  with  fecal  material  (this  may  be  mixed  with  secretions 
from  the  anal  gland;  Hinton  1981).  This  initial  step  is  exhibited  by 
other  chrysomelids,  e.g.  the  eumolpine,  Chrysochus  auratus  (Fabri- 
cius).  The  extant  species  of  camptosomate  beetles  differ  in  their 
manner  of  oviposition  and  egg  case  deposition.  Some  clytrine  bee- 
tles lay  eggs  in  clusters  (a  typical  trait  of  non-camptosomate  chry- 
somelids), with  each  egg  connected  to  the  substrate  by  a separate 
stalk  (Hinton  1981).  A cryptocephaline,  Pachybrachis  bivittatus 
(Say),  apparently  does  not  connect  the  egg  to  the  substrate  at  all. 
Instead,  the  female  covers  the  egg  with  fecal  material  while  holding 
it  with  her  hind  legs,  and  then  simply  drops  the  egg  to  the  ground 
(Lawson  1976).  Further  comparative  data  on  the  details  of  egg-case 
provisioning  are  needed  to  trace  further  the  evolution  of  the  case- 
bearing habit  and  the  often  enigmatic  phylogeny  of  the  camptoso- 
mate line  (Mann  and  Crowson  1981). 


78 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Acknowledgements 

We  thank  E.  W.  Evans  and  M.  K.  Hausmann  for  technical 
assistance.  N.  F.  Johnson  and  B.  M.  O’Connor  identified  the  parasi- 
toids  and  mites  respectively.  The  research  was  supported  by  NSF 
grant  DEB77-25120. 

Summary 

Morphological  and  behavioral  defenses  of  Exema  canadensis  are 
illustrated  with  scanning  electron  micrographs.  In  laboratory  exper- 
iments, the  fecal  case  was  shown  to  protect  larvae  from  three  pre- 
daceous insects  (a  nabid,  a pentatomid,  and  a coccinellid)  that  occur 
in  the  same  microhabitats  with  E.  canadensis.  Exposed  larvae  were 
readily  consumed  by  predators.  The  case  did  not  deter  parasitoids; 
larvae  were  heavily  parasitized  by  a eulophid,  Tetrastichus  sp.,  and 
pupae  were  attacked  by  a chalcid,  Spilochalcis  albifrons.  Other 
enemies  include  mermithid  nematodes  and  erythraeid  mites.  The 
adaptive  syndrome  associated  with  the  case-bearing  habit  and  its 
possible  evolution  are  discussed. 

Literature  Cited 

BOving,  a.  G.  and  F.  C.  Craighead 

1931.  An  illustrated  synopsis  of  the  principal  larval  forms  of  the  order  Coleop- 
tera.  Entomol.  Amer.  11:  1-351. 

Burks,  B.  D. 

1979.  Chalcididae,  pp.  860-873  and  Eulophidae,  pp.  967-1021.  In  K.  V. 
Krombein,  P.  D.  Hurd,  Jr.,  O.  R.  Smith,  and  B.  D.  Burks  (eds.).  Catalog 
of  Hymenoptera  in  America  north  of  Mexico.  Washington,  D.C., 
Smithsonian  Institution  Press. 

Deroe,  C.  and  J.  M.  Pasteels 

1982.  Distribution  of  adult  defense  glands  in  chrysomelids  (Coleoptera:  Chry- 
somelidae)  and  its  significance  in  the  evolution  of  defense  mechanisms 
within  the  family.  J.  Chem.  Ecol.  8:  67-82. 

Eisner,  T.,  E.  Van  Tassell,  and  J.  E.  Carrel 

1967.  Defensive  use  of  a “fecal  shield”  by  a beetle  larva.  Science  158: 
1471-1473. 

Evans,  E.  W. 

1982.  Feeding  specialization  in  predatory  insects:  hunting  and  attack  behavior 
of  two  stinkbug  species  (Hemiptera:  Pentatomidae).  Amer.  Midi.  Nat. 
108: 96-104. 

Hinton,  H.  E. 

1981.  Biology  of  insect  eggs,  vol.  II.  Oxford,  Pergamon  Presss.  778  pp. 


1983] 


Root  & Messina  — Exenia  canadensis 


79 


Howard,  D.  F.,  M.  S.  Blum,  T.  H.  Jonks,  and  D.  W.  Phillips 

1982.  Defensive  adaptations  of  eggs  and  adults  of  Gastrophysa  cyanea  (Coleop- 
tera:  Chrysomelidae).  J.  Chem.  Ecol.  8:  453-462. 

Jenks,  G.  E. 

1940.  Dwarfs  that  live  in  their  hats.  Nature  Mag.,  pp.  337-340. 

Karren,  J.  B. 

1964.  Protective  coloration  and  form  in  the  North  American  genus  Exema 
(Chrysomelidae,  Coleoptera).  Proc.  North  Central  Branch,  Entomol. 
Soc.  Amer.  19:  77-79. 

1966.  A revision  of  the  genus  Exema  of  America,  north  of  Mexico  (Chrysome- 
lidae, Coleoptera).  Univ.  Kansas  Sci.  Bull.  46:  647-695. 

1972.  A revision  of  the  subfamily  Chlamisinae  of  America  north  of  Mexico 
(Coleoptera:  Chrysomelidae).  Univ.  Kansas  Sci.  Bull.  49:  875e988. 

Lawson,  F.  A. 

1976.  Egg  and  larval  case  formation  by  Paehyhraehis  hivinatus.  Ann.  Ento- 
mol. Soc.  Amer.  69:  942-944. 

Le  Sage,  L. 

1982.  The  immature  stages  of  Exema  eanadensis  Pierce  (Coleoptera:  Chry- 
somelidae). Coleop.  Bull.  36:  318-327. 

Mann,  J.  S.  and  R.  A.  Crow.son 

1981.  The  systematic  positions  of  Orsudaene  Latr.  and  Syneia  Lac.  (Coleop- 
tera, Chrysomelidae),  in  relation  to  characters  of  larvae,  internal  anat- 
omy and  tarsal  vestiture.  J.  Nat.  Hist.  15:  727-749. 

M ANN,  J.  S.  andJ.  B.  Singh 

1979.  Ovariole  number  in  the  family  Chrysomelidae  (Coleoptera:  Polyphaga) 
from  northern  India.  J.  Entomol.  Res.  3:  217-222. 

MATStIDA,  K.  AND  F.  SUGAWARA 

1980.  Defensive  secretion  of  chrysomelid  larvae  Chrysomela  viginiipunetata 
eosteUa  (Marseul),  C.  populi  L.,  and  Gastrolina  depressa  Baly  (Coleop- 
tera: Chrysomelidae).  Appl.  Entomol.  Zool.  15:  316-320. 

Meinwald,  j.,  T.  H.  Jones,  T.  Eisner,  and  K.  Hicks 

1977.  New  methylcyclopentanoid  terpenes  from  the  larval  defensive  secretion 
of  a chrysomelid  beetle  {Plagiodera  versieolora).  Proc.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci. 
U.S.A. 74:  2189-2193. 

Messina,  F.  J. 

1982.  Comparative  biology  of  the  goldenrod  leaf  beetles,  Trirhahda  virgaia  Le 
Conte  and  T.  borealis  Blake  (Coleoptera:  Chrysomelidae).  Coelop.  Bull. 
36:  255-269. 

Messina,  F.  J.  and  R.  B.  Root 

1980.  Association  between  leaf  beetles  and  meadow  goldenrods.  (Solidago 
spp.)  in  central  New  York.  Ann.  Entomol.  Soc.  Amer.  73:  641-646. 

Nickle,  W.  R. 

1974.  Nematode  infections,  pp.  327-376.  In  G.  E.  Cantwell  (ed.).  Insect  dis- 
eases, vol.  II.  New  York,  Marcel  Dekker. 

Otto,  C.  and  B.  S.  Svensson 

1980.  The  significance  of  case  material  selection  for  the  survival  of  caddis 
larvae.  J.  Anim.  Ecol.  49:  855-865. 


80 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Robertson,  J.  G. 

1961.  Ovariole  numbers  in  Coleoptera.  Can.  J.  Zool.  39:  245-263. 

SnzoKi,  K. 

1974.  Ovariole  number  in  the  family  Chrysomelidae.  J.  Coll.  Lib.  Arts, 
Toyama  Univ.  7:  53-70. 

Wallace,  J.  B. 

1970.  The  defensive  function  of  a case  on  a chrysomelid  larva.  J.  Georgia 
Entomol.  Soc.  5:  19-24. 


STUDIES  ON  NORTH  AMERICAN  CARBONIFEROUS 
INSECTS.  7.  THE  STRUCTURE  AND  RELATIONSHIPS  OF 
EUBLEPTUS  DANIELS/  (PALAEODICTYOPTEKA)* 

By  Frank  M.  Carpenter 
Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 
Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass.  02138 

Eubleptus  danielsi  was  described  by  Handlirsch  in  1906  from  a 
single,  poorly  preserved  specimen  in  a concretion  from  the  Francis 
Creek  Shale,  Illinois  (Middle  Pennsylvanian).  The  systematic  posi- 
tion of  the  insect  has  been  controversial.  It  was  placed  by  Hand- 
lirsch in  a new  family,  Eubleptidae,  in  the  order  Palaeodictyoptera. 
However,  Martynov,  in  1938,  expressed  doubt  about  its  assignment 
to  that  order,  and  in  1952  Laurentiaux  transferred  it  to  a new  order, 
Eubleptidodea,  which  Rohdendorf  accepted  in  the  Osnovy  Paleon- 
tologii  in  1962.  Neither  Laurentiaux  nor  Rohdendorf  gave  a diagno- 
sis of  the  new  order,  although  vague  reference  was  made  to  the 
presence  of  large  eyes  and  to  the  absence  of  pronotal  lobes.  From 
my  study  of  the  reverse  half  of  the  holotype  (all  that  is  now  known)  1 
came  to  the  tentative  conclusion  (1965)  that  the  insect  was  a member 
of  the  Palaeodictyoptera,  probably  related  to  the  family  Spilap- 
teridae. 

During  the  past  decade,  many  additional  specimens  of  Eubleptus 
have  been  found  in  a strip-mine  pit  on  the  Will-Kankakee  County 
line,  Illinois,  mostly  by  private  collectors.  These  new  specimens, 
some  of  which  are  exceptionally  well  preserved,  have  been  loaned  to 
me  for  study.  The  purpose  of  this  paper  is  to  present  the  results  of 
my  examination  of  these  specimens  and  to  discuss  the  relationships 
of  the  insect,  as  it  is  now  known. 

I am  grateful  to  Mr.  Frederick  J.  Collier  of  the  Department  of 
Paleobiology,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Washington, 
for  the  loan  of  the  holotype  of  Eubleptus  danielsi;  and  to  Mrs.  J.  S. 
Lawless  of  the  Peabody  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Yale  Univer- 
sity, for  the  loan  of  the  holotype  of  Athymodictya parva,  a synonym 


♦Partial  financial  support  of  this  research  is  gratefully  acknowledged  to  the  National 
Science  Foundation,  Grant  No.  DEB  82  05398,  F.M.  Carpenter,  principal  investi- 
gator. 


81 


82 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


of  danielsi.  1 am  especially  grateful  to  the  following  private  collec- 
tors for  the  opportunity  of  studying  their  specimens:  Mr.  Paul  Harris, 
now  of  Mountain  Home,  Arkansas;  Helen  and  Ted  Piecko,  Chicago; 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Francis  Wolff,  now  of  Port  Charlotte,  Florida;  Mr. 
Daniel  Damrow,  Mosinee,  Wisconsin;  Mr.  Raymond  Bandringa, 
Willow  Brook,  Illinois;  Mr.  Joseph  Pohl,  Belgium,  Wisconsin;  and 
Mr.  Richard  Rock,  Crest  Hill,  Illinois.  As  will  become  apparent  from 
the  account  below,  our  present  extensive  knowledge  of  Eubleptus  has 
resulted  mainly  from  their  fossil  collecting  and  their  cooperation  in 
making  the  specimens  available  for  study. 

1 am  deeply  indebted  to  the  late  Dr.  Eugene  S.  Richardson,  Jr., 
formerly  of  the  Department  of  Geology,  Field  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  for  his  unfailing  cooperation  and  his  assistance  over  the 
past  fifteen  years  in  the  course  of  our  investigations  on  the  insects  in 
the  concretions  from  the  Francis  Creek  Shale.* 

Order  Palaeodictyoptera 

Family  Eubleptidae  Handlirsch 
Eubleptidae  Handlirsch,  1906a,  p.  679;  1906b,  p.  1 1 1.2 
Eubleptidae  Laurentiaux,  1953,  p.  423. 

Eubleptidae,  Carpenter,  1965,  p.  178. 

Small  species,  with  slender,  pointed  wings.  Fore  wing;  SC  extend- 
ing nearly  to  wing  apex,  terminating  on  the  costal  margin;  RS  dichot- 
omously  forked,  with  4 (rarely  5)  terminal  branches;  M forking  just 
basad  of  the  origin  of  RS;  MA  with  a long  fork;  MP  with  3 terminal 
branches;  CUA  with  a short  fork;  CUP  with  3 (rarely  2)  terminal 
branches;  3 short  anal  veins  present;  relatively  few  cross  veins, 
unbranched,  and  forming  a distinct  pattern;  archedictyon  absent. 
Hind  wing:  similar  to  the  fore  wing  in  venation  but  slightly  broader 
near  or  before  mid-wing,  the  hind  margin  strongly  curved.  Body: 
moderately  slender;  antennae  very  long  and  thin;  head  apparently 


'Shortly  before  his  death  in  January,  1983,  Dr.  Richardson  and  I completed  a joint 
paper  on  the  Archaeognatha  (Insecta)  in  the  concretions.  This  will  be  published  in 
the  next  issue  of  Psyche. 

2The  family,  genus,  and  species  were  described  and  designated  as  new  in  both  of 
Handlirsch’s  1906  publications;  the  1906a  article  obviously  has  priority,  since  ijiany 
of  its  pages  are  cited  by  number  in  the  1906b  work. 


T\gmt\.Eublep,usdanielsi.  Photograph  of  specimen  PH  1 5 (reverse)  in  the  Paul  Harris  collection.  Length  of  fore  wing,  13  mm. 


84 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


small  in  dorso-ventral  view,  but  eyes  prominent  and  protuding; 
beak  well  developed;  prothorax  short,  with  small  and  weak  pronotal 
lobes;  mesothorax  and  metathorax  subequal;  abdominal  segments 
apparently  with  small  lateral  lobes;  cerci  very  long;  female  with 
short,  curved  ovipositor. 

The  family  is  known  only  from  the  Francis  Creek  Shale. 

Genus  Euhleptus  Handlirsch 
Euhlepius  Handlirsch,  1906a,  p.  681;  1906b, p.  111. 

Athynwciictya  Handlirsch,  191 1,  p.  298.  nhw  synonymy. 

Fork  of  MA  at  nearly  the  same  level  as  the  first  fork  of  RS;  first 
fork  of  MP  well  before  mid-wing,  its  posterior  branch  forked  near 
the  wing  margin. 

Type-species:  Eubleptus  danielsi  Handlirsch;  by  monotypy. 

Euhleptus  danielsi  Handlirsch 
Figures  1-8 

Euhleptus  danielsi  H-dxxdWx^cK  I906a:681;  I906b:112;  1920:137.  Rohdendorf,  1962: 

54.  Carpenter,  1965:  180. 

Athyniodictya  parva  Handlirsch,  191  1:298.  new  synonymy. 

Fore  wing:  length  13-14  mm;  maximum  width,  3. 5-3. 8 mm;  hind 
wing:  length  13-14  mm;  maximum  width,  4-4.3  mm;  length  of 
antennae  (complete),  1 1 mm.  The  venational  pattern  is  shown  in 
figure  2.  Only  slight  individual  variations  seem  to  occur:  RS  usually 
with  four  terminal  branches,  but  a fifth,  short  branch  may  be  pres- 
ent; CUP  usually  with  three  branches,  though  the  shortest  one  may 
be  absent.  Head  about  3 mm  wide  across  the  eyes,  and  about  1.5 
mm  long  as  seen  from  above  (i.e.,  not  including  the  beak,  which  is  3 
mm  long).  Pronotum  about  1 mm  long  and  2.5  to  3 mm  wide, 
including  the  small  pronotal  lobes;  meso-  and  metathoracic  seg- 
ments apparently  subequal,  although  the  compression  of  the  body 
has  probably  altered  the  true  proportions  of  both  segments;  the 
abdomen  is  about  13  mm  long  and  2 mm  wide  at  mid-length. 

Holotype:  no.  38731,  U.S.  National  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
Washington  (L.E.  Daniels,  collector).  This  is  a poorly  preserved 
specimen,  showing  the  proximal  three-fourths  of  a fore  wing  and 
very  little  of  the  hind  wings  and  body.  Handlirsch  described  the 
species  from  both  obverse  and  reverse  halves,  but  when  I examined 


1983] 


Carpenter  — Euhleptus 


85 


Figure  2.  Euhleptus  danielsi.  Venational  diagram  of  fore  and  hind  wings.  SC, 
subcosta;  R,  radius;  RS,  radial  sector;  MA,  anterior  media;  MP,  posterior  media; 
CUA,  anterior  cubitus;  CUP,  posterior  cubitus;  A1  and  A2,  anals.  Drawing  based 
mainly  on  specimen  PH  15  Paul  Harris  collection,  with  some  details  from  specimens 
PE32046  and  PE32045. 

the  specimen  in  1965  only  the  reverse  half  could  be  found."*  Having 
now  examined  many  additional  specimens,  I am  convinced  that 
both  Handlirsch  and  I incorrectly  interpreted  several  of  the  vaguely 
indicated  structures  in  the  type.  Most  of  the  cross  veins  that  I de- 
scribed and  figured  are  obviously  wrinkles  in  the  wing  membrane;  in 
the  well-preserved  specimens  discussed  below  the  cross  veins  are  as 
strongly  developed  as  the  longitudinal  veins.  Also,  the  structures 
that  1 considered  to  be  pronotal  lobes  are,  in  part,  the  large  eyes  to 
which  Handlirsch  referred.  The  pronotal  lobes  are  indeed  present 
but  they  are  small. 

Handlirsch’s  Athymodietya  parva,  described  in  1911  from  a sin- 
gle, poorly  preserved  specimen  (YPM  18ab)  in  the  Peabody  Museum 


^According  to  the  records  of  the  National  Museum,  counterparts  of  some  of  the 
Daniels  specimens  were  kept  by  Mr.  Daniels  after  Handlirsch  had  studied  them; 
their  present  location  is  unknown. 


86 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


at  Yale  University,  is  without  question  a synonym  of  cianielsi.  Hand- 
lirsch  mentioned  a fine  archedictyon  on  the  wings  and  he  placed  the 
insect  in  the  family  Dictyoneuridae,  but  I can  find  no  suggestion  of 
it  in  the  fossil.  The  matrix  of  that  particular  concretion  is  unusually 
granular  and  I surmise  that  Handlirsch  interpreted  the  granulation 
as  an  archedictyon.  If  the  fossil  is  moistened  with  alcohol,  the  char- 
acteristic cross  veins  of  Euhleptus  are  discernible.  The  venational 
pattern,  even  as  shown  in  Handlirsch’s  drawing,  is  identical  with 
that  of  danielsi,  although  his  figure  incorrectly  depicts  some  of  the 
veins  with  pectinate  instead  of  dichotomous  branching.  The  type  of 
parva  is  about  the  size  of  that  of  danielsi,  the  fore  wing  being  13 
mm.  long,  with  a maximum  width  of  4 mm. 


Specimens  of  Eubleptus  danielsi  Studied 

I have  been  able  to  examine  seventeen  specimens  of  danielsi  dur- 
ing this  investigation.  For  convenience  of  reference,  I include  here 
an  annotated  list  of  these:'* 

1.  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Washington,  No.  38731 
(reverse  half  only).  Mazon  Creek.  Holotype  of  danielsi.  Poorly  pre- 
served, showing  about  three-fourths  of  a fore  wing,  but  virtually 
nothing  of  the  body  and  hind  wing.  Fore  wing,  as  preserved,  13  mm. 
long. 

2.  Peabody  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Yale  University,  No. 
18.  Mazon  Creek.  Holotype  of  Athymodictya  parva.  Poorly  pre- 
served, showing  proximal  portions  of  fore  and  hind  wings,  as  well  as 
pronotum,  pterothorax,  and  parts  of  abdomen. 

3.  Paul  Harris  collection,  no.  PH  15.  Pit  Eleven.  Excellent  pres- 
ervation of  entire  insect,  except  end  of  abdomen;  the  best  specimen 
known.  Especially  good  are  the  wings  (which  include  the  color 
markings),  the  pronotum,  and  the  head,  which  shows  the  antennae, 
and  eyes,  and  the  location  of  the  beak. 


^There  are  apparently  only  two  exposures  of  the  Francis  Creek  Shale  at  which 
specimens  of  danielsi  have  been  found:  Mazon  Creek,  the  bed  of  the  stream  about  4 
miles  west  and  a mile  north  of  Coal  City;  and  Pit  Eleven,  a strip  mine  of  the  Peabody 
Coal  Co.,  in  Will  and  Kankakee  Counties,  Illinois. 


1983] 


Carpenter  — Eu  hie  plus 


87 


Figure  3.  Euhleptus  cianietsi.  Photograph  of  specimen  PH  15  (obverse),  Paul  Harris 
collection.  Dorsal  view  of  head  and  thorax;  a,  antenna;  h,  head;  e,  eye;  p,  pronotum; 
ms,  mesonotum;  mt,  metanotum;  cv,  small  cavity  in  the  matrix  of  the  concretion, 
several  millimeters  deep  and  partially  filled  with  kaolinite;  cavity  originally  occupied 
by  the  beak.  Width  of  mesonotum,  3 mm. 


88 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Figure  4.  Euhleptus  danielsi.  Photograph  of  specimen  236,  Daniel  Damrow  collec- 
tion; dorsal  view  of  thorax,  but  frontal  view  of  head:  b,  beak;  e,  eye.  The  three 
thoracic  segments  are  partially  covered  by  kaolinite.  Maximum  width  of  fore  wing  in 
photograph,  3.5  mm. 


4.  Field  Museum,  No.  PE32046  (J.  Herdina  collection,  no. 
H424).  Pit  Eleven.  Very  good  preservation  of  all  wings,  especially  of 
basal  parts;  also,  thorax  and  abdomen,  including  proximal  part  of 
cerci.  Head  crushed. 

5.  Field  Museum,  No.  PE32045  (J.  Herdina  collection,  no. 
H540).  Pit  Eleven.  Good  preservation  of  basal  parts  of  all  four 
wings;  body  very  poorly  preserved. 

6.  Francis  and  Terri  Wolff  collection.  No.  229.  Pit  Eleven.  Good 
preservation  of  basal  portions  of  all  wings;  poor  preservation  of 
body,  but  good  view  of  head  from  above;  one  fore  leg  present. 


1983] 


Carpenter  — Euhleptus 


89 


Figure  5.  Euhleptus  danielsi.  Photograph  of  head  of  same  specimen  shown  in 
figure  4,  with  greater  magnification  and  different  illumination.  Scale  line  is  1 mm 
long. 


7.  Francis  and  Terri  Wolff  collection.  No.  233.  Pit  Eleven.  Good 
preservation  of  basal  two-thirds  of  wings;  most  of  body  not 
preserved. 

8.  Raymond  Bandringa  collection.  No.  66-PBSM-l  l-(3).  Pit 
Eleven.  Good  preservation  of  basal  parts  of  wings,  part  of  antennae, 
eyes,  and  thorax. 

9.  Field  Museum  collection.  No.  PE22016  (from  Dwayne  Stone 
collection).  Pit  Eleven.  Excellent  preservation  of  whole  insect  in 
lateral  view;  wings  overlapped  but  venation  clear;  shows  abdomen, 
including  cerci;  head,  including  eyes;  beak,  in  side  view. 


90 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


10.  Daniel  Damrow  collection.  No.  236.  Pit  Eleven.  Good 
preservation  of  basal  part  of  wings;  thorax  strongly  compressed; 
entire  head  well  preserved  in  front  view,  showing  beak,  with  excel- 
lent preservation. 

1 1.  Joseph  Pohl  collection.  No.  MPH8.  Pit  Eleven.  Good  preser- 
vation of  basal  parts  of  all  four  wings,  with  general  features  of  body. 

12.  Helen  and  Ted  Piecko  collection.  No.  402.  Pit  Eleven.  Fair 
preservation  of  basal  parts  of  all  wings,  but  body  not  clear. 

13.  Helen  and  Ted  Piecko  collection.  No.  422.  Pit  Eleven.  Good 
preservation  of  most  of  all  four  wings  and  parts  of  thorax  and 
abdomen. 

14.  Helen  and  Ted  Piecko  collection.  No.  432.  Pit  Eleven.  Fair 
preservation  of  body  and  of  basal  portions  of  all  wings. 

15.  Helen  and  Ted  Piecko  collection.  No.  436.  Pit  Eleven.  Poor 
preservation  of  wings  and  body. 

16.  Richard  Rock  collection,  no.  729.  Pit  Eleven.  Good  preserva- 
tion of  body  and  of  basal  parts  of  fore  and  hind  wings. 

17.  Richard  Rock  collection.  No.  817.  Pit  Eleven.  Good  preserva- 
tion of  basal  parts  of  wings,  poorly  preserved  body. 

A composite  drawing  of  Eubleptus  danielsi  is  given  in  figure  8. 
The  general  habitus  of  the  insect,  as  drawn,  is  based  on  the  Paul 
Harris  specimen,  PH  15  (see  figures  3 and  4),  but  details  from  other 
fossils  have  been  added,  as  follows  (the  numbers  refer  to  the  speci- 
mens in  the  above  lists):  head,  PE22016,  Wolff  229,  Damrow  236; 
beak,  PE22016,  Damrow  236;  pronotum,  YPM  18;  mesothorax  and 
metathorax,  PE32046,YPM  18;  fore  leg,  Wolff  229;  abdomen,  PE32046, 
PE22016;  ovipositor,  PE22016;  cerci,  PE32046,PE22016;  wings, 
PE32046,PE32045, Wolff  229,  HTP  422.  All  structures  shown  in  the 
composite  drawing  are  present  in  one  or  more  of  the  fossils  studied.^ 

Discussion  of  the  Structure  of  Eubleptus  danielsi. 

Head:  The  head  of  danielsi  was  obviously  hypognathous.  In  the 
specimens  preserved  in  dorsal  view  (i.e.,  PH  15,  figure  2)  there  is  a 
distinct  hole  in  the  matrix,  at  about  the  center  of  the  insect’s  head, 
marking  the  point  at  which  the  beak  penetrated  the  matrix;  and  in 


^Handlirsch’s  restoration  of  Eubleptus,  based  on  the  unique  type  (1920),  bears  little 
resemblance  to  the  insect  in  this  composite  drawing. 


1983] 


Carpenter  — Euhleptus 


91 


Figure  6.  Euhleptus  cianielsi.  Photograph  of  specimen  YPMI8  (holotype  of  Athy- 
mudictya  parva  Handlirsch.  Dorsal  view  (reverse);  pr,  pronotal  lobes,  maximum 
width  of  left  fore  wing  in  photograph,  4 mm. 


the  one  specimen  preserved  in  lateral  view  (PE22016,  figures  4 and 
5)  the  head  is  clearly  hypognathous.  The  antennae  are  extraordinar- 
ily long  and  thin  (PH  15,  Wolff  229;  Bandringa  specimen  66- 
PBSM);  for  most  of  its  length  it  is  .04  mm  in  diameter  and  the 
segments  are  about  .1  mm  long.  The  antennae  of  PH  15  include 
about  1 10  segments  and  are  almost  certainly  complete.  The  beak,  as 
preserved  in  lateral  view  in  PE22016  is  3 mm  long  and  slender; 
several  stylets  project  from  its  end.  In  specimen  Damrow  236,  the 
beak  is  2.8  mm  long  and  as  seen  in  front  view  (figure  4)  is  triangular 
in  shape,  relatively  broad  basally,  and  bears  long  striae,  as  has  been 
noted  in  other  species  of  Palaeodictyoptera  (Kukalova,  1970).  The 
eyes  are  large  and  bulging,  as  shown  in  PH  15,  Wolff  229,  Bandringa 
specimen  66-PBSM,  and  especially  in  PE22016,  in  which  the  eye,  in 
lateral  view,  is  preserved  in  strong  relief. 

Thorax.  The  prothorax  is  very  small  and,  as  Handlirsch  showed 
in  his  drawing  of  parva,  bears  small  lateral  lobes  about  1 mm  wide 
(YPM18);  the  folded  and  twisted  condition  of  the  lobes  in  some 
specimens  suggests  that  they  were  thin  and  weak.  The  legs  ae  known 


92 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Figure  7.  Eubleptus  danielsi.  Photograph  of  specimen  PE22016.  Lateral  view:  b,  beak;  c,  cerci;  o,  ovipositor.  Length  of 
ovipositor  as  preserved,  10  mm. 


1983] 


Carpenter  — Eubleptus 


93 


only  from  a single  fore  leg  in  Wolff  229;  the  preserved  part,  appar- 
ently consisting  of  the  femur,  tibia,  and  tarsus,  has  a total  length  of 
3.5  mm;  the  tarsus  appears  to  have  five  subequal  segments.  The 
wing  venation,  as  previously  noted,  shows  only  a slight  amount  of 
variation  among  the  17  specimens  examined.  The  shape  of  the  wings 
is  more  diverse,  but  that  has  undoubtedly  been  determined  to  some 
extent  by  the  process  of  preservation  and  the  amount  of  movement 
of  the  sediment  in  which  the  specimens  were  entombed.  The  degree 
of  variation  in  wing  shape  in  the  specimens  of  danielsi  seems  to  be 
comparable  with  that  reported  by  Kukalova-Peck  (1971)  for  the 
Permian  Dunbaria  faseiipennis.  The  wing  markings,  consisting  of 
four  triangular  spots  along  the  anterior  margins  of  both  wings,  are 
similar  in  both  specimens  in  which  they  are  preserved  (PH  15  and 
PE32046). 

Abdomen.  The  segmentation  of  the  abdomen  is  nearly  homo- 
nomous,  except  for  the  9th  and  10th  segments,  which  are  slightly 
smaller  than  the  others.  The  lateral  margins  of  the  tergites  are 
extended  posteriorly  only  slightly  (YPM 18),  about  as  in  the  Spilap- 
teridae.  The  ovipositor,  preserved  only  in  PE22016,  is  strongly 
curved  and  only  2.5  mm  long,  not  extending  beyond  the  end  of  the 
abdomen.  The  cerci  (PE22016,  and  PE32036)  are  preserved  to  a 
maximum  length  of  10  mm,  but  since  they  end  at  the  edge  of  the 
concretion,  that  is  almost  certainly  not  their  full  length.  Segmenta- 
tion of  the  cerci  is  clear  at  intervals;  the  segments  are  .3  mm  long 
(beyond  the  basal  segments)  and  .3  mm  wide,  and  covered  with 
short  hairs.  The  largest  piece  of  a cercus  includes  about  34  segments. 

Relationships  of  Eubleptus 

Study  of  the  new  specimens  of  Eubleptus  danielsi  provides  no 
evidence  to  justify  the  recognition  of  the  order  Eubleptidodea.  On  the 
contrary,  all  the  evidence  supports  Handlirsch’s  assignment  of  the 
family  Eubleptidae  to  the  Palaeodictyoptera.  Furthermore,  both  the 
wing  venation  and  the  newly  acquired  knowledge  of  the  body  struc- 
ture of  Eubleptus  show  a close  relationship  to  the  family  Spilapter- 
idae  of  the  Palaeodictyoptera.  The  wings  of  Eubleptus  have  the 
same  general  shape  as  those  of  the  spilapterids,  the  hind  wings 
being  slightly  broader  than  the  fore  wings.  The  only  significant 
difference  between  the  venational  patterns  of  the  two  families  is  the 
reduction  of  CUA  in  the  family  Eubleptidae:  it  has  only  a small 


94 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Figure  8.  Eubleptus  danielsi.  Reconstruction  based  mainly  on  specimen  PH  15,  in 
the  Paul  Harris  collection,  with  some  details  from  specimens  PE32046,PE32245, 
PE22016,  YPM18,  USNM35576,FTWolff  229  and  233,  HTP  422,  and  Bandringa 
66-PBSM.  All  structures  shown  are  preserved  in  at  least  one  of  these  fossils.  Length 
of  fore  wing,  13  mm. 


1983] 


Carpenter  — Euhleptus 


95 


terminal  fork,  whereas  in  the  spilapterids  CUA  has  several  long 
branches.  This  difference  serves  to  justify  the  separation  of  Eublep- 
tus  into  its  own  family,  but  does  not  have  any  significance  at  the 
ordinal  level.  The  body  structure  of  Eubleptus  turns  out  to  be  very 
similar  to  that  of  the  spilapterids.  The  pronotal  lobes  are  small  in 
both,  the  beaks  are  relatively  small  and  of  similar  shape  in  both,  the 
legs  (so  far  as  they  are  known)  are  short  in  both,  and  the  ovipositors 
are  similarly  formed.  Eubleptus  danielsi  is  the  smallest  known  spe- 
cies in  the  Palaeodictyoptera,  but  it  is  not  much  smaller  than  the 
Permian  Dunbaria  faseiipennis  of  the  family  Spilapteridae. 


Literature  Cited 


Carpenter,  F.M. 

1965.  Studies  on  North  American  Carboniferous  insects.  4.  The  genera  Met- 
rupator,  Eubleptus,  Hapaloptera  and  Hadentomum.  Psyche,  72:  175- 
190. 

Handlirscii,  Anton 

1906a.  Revision  of  American  Palaeozoic  insects.  Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  29 
( 1 44 1):66 1-820. 

1906b.  Die  fossilen  Insekten  und  die  Phylogenie  der  rezenten  Formen.  II. 
Abschnitt:  Palaeozoische  Insekten,  p. 53-393.  Engelmann,  Leipzig. 

I91 1.  New  Paleozoic  insects  from  the  vicinity  of  Mazon  Creek,  Illinois.  Amer. 
Journ.  Sci.  (4)  21:297-326,353-377. 

1920.  Palaontologie,  in  Handbuch  der  Entomologie  (ed.  C.  Schroder). 
3:117-306. 

Kukalova-Peck,  J. 

1971.  The  structure  of  Dunbaria  (Palaeodictyoptera).  Psyche,  78:  296-305. 
Laurentiaux,  D. 

1953.  Classe  des  insectes.  In  Traite  de  Paleontologie  (ed.  Piveteau),  p.  397-527. 
Martynov,  A.V. 

1938.  £tudes  sur  I’histoire  geologique  et  de  phylogenie  des  ordres  des 
insectes.  Trav.  Inst.  Paleont.,  Akad.  Nauk  USSR,  7 (4):  1-148. 
Roiidendorf,  B.B. 

1962.  Osnovy  Paleontologii:  Tracheata,  Mandibulata.  Akad.  Nauk  USSR.,  p. 
1-374. 


■ -a.,  “:^:' 


®li'  . 

• ,,V. . ~ 

^ -j\^ 


v*.  .V,v ’-  *-'"^^  ■ ' ■■ 

r ■ 'j 


-1 


iV^iivi'-:'; 


y«vi?^  i>»£k«hw.,  ^ 


>.• ;.fi' 

iji.Wvf  S- 


‘\.  ■:•  -ir- 

^memM 

^ *'  **^  ‘ '^  *■  *“■'  i "■ 


I 

t^:-iff^P  ’ ..ji, 

/ " 'f  1^' :jBf ;ci 


. 

. *^v.i%5..  i'  '-'..a''* 

.C’A-'  As'  ' ^'■•^'  ■' 

' .•■  •"  * i.-.  v- 

<^4?;  ' 

. V " 

^■>-  i-^  '-V-# 

j 

- ^ - r ‘ 

■ <■“  .- 

ir  - '•  ■ " '■■  ' ’ 

, *i  1L.  >w  * 


1 r :,  »j"  ./• 


THE  BIOLOGY  OF  TRICHADENOTECNUM  ALEXANDERAE 
SOMMERMAN(PSOCOPTERA:  PSOCIDAE). 

III.  ANALYSIS  OF  MATING  BEHAVIOR 

By  B.  W.  Betz' 

Introduction 

Several  authors  have  described  mating  behavior  in  species  of  Pso- 
coptera  (Pearman  1928,  Sommerman  1943a,  1943b,  1944,  1956, 
Badonnel  1951,  Thornton  and  Broadhead  1954,  Klier  1956,  Mock- 
ford  1957,  1977,  Broadhead  1961,  Eertmoed  1966).  Only  one  or  at 
most  a few  matings  in  a species  were  observed.  This  paper  presents  a 
comprehensive  analysis  of  pre-  through  post-copulatory  behavior  in 
Trichadenotecnum  alexanderae  Sommerman.  Evidence  is  presented 
for  a sex-attractant  pheromone,  produced  only  by  females  that  were 
receptive  to  mating. 

Trichadenotecnum  alexanderae  is  a relatively  common  psocid  in 
eastern  United  States  (Betz  1983a).  The  species  inhabits  trees  and 
rock  outcroppings  providing  its  principal  food  source,  pleurococ- 
cine  algae.  Betz  (1983a)  found  that  T.  alexanderae  is  capable  of 
facultative  thelytoky.  Formerly,  the  species  was  confused  morpho- 
logically with  three  other  species,  all  obligatorily  thelytokous,  which 
have  been  identified  and  described  as  T.  castum  Betz,  T.  merum 
Betz,  and  T.  innuptum  Betz  (Betz  1983a). 

This  paper  is  part  of  a series  (cf.  Betz  1983b,  c,  d)  detailing  the  life 
history  of  T.  alexanderae. 

Materials  and  Methods 

Cultures  of  T.  alexanderae  were  obtained  from  three  populations 
in  Illinois:  at  Moraine  View  State  Park  (McLean  County),  along  the 
Sangamon  River  at  Lake  of  the  Woods  (Champaign  County),  and 
along  the  Salt  Fork  River  at  Champaign  County  Forest  Preserve 
District — Homer  Lake  (Champaign  County). 

Specimens  were  collected  from  tree  trunks  with  an  aspirator  and 
kept  with  pieces  of  bark  in  cotton-stoppered  test  tubes.  Cultures 
were  transported  to  the  laboratory  over  ice-water  in  a cooler. 


MOOO  North  Lake  Shore  Drive,  Chicago,  Illinois,  6061 1. 
Manuscript  received  by  the  editor  August  16.  1982. 


97 


98 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Laboratory  cultures  were  kept  in  cotton-stoppered  test  tubes. 
Each  tube  was  supplied  ad  libitum  with  food  in  the  form  of  pleuro- 
coccine  algae  on  bark.  Culture  tubes  were  stored  in  closed,  glass 
desiccator  jars  over  a saturated  potassium  chloride  (KCl)  solution  to 
maintain  a relative  humidity  of  80  ±5%.  The  temperature  regimen 
for  rearing  was  23.3° : 1 8.0°  C light:dark,  and  the  photoperiod  was  1 5 
h light:9  h dark.  Illumination  was  4300  lumens/ m^,  supplied  by 
incandescent  and  fluorescent  lamps. 

Because  the  other  species  of  the  T.  alexanderae  complex  are  oblig- 
atorily thelytokous  and  often  occur  sympatrically  with  the  biparental 
species,  I began  a laboratory  culture  of  T.  alexanderae  from  each 
locality  with  females  mated  in  the  laboratory  to  assure  the  identity 
of  the  culture  as  the  biparental  species.  Several  breeding  pairs 
were  used  to  begin  a culture,  an  attempt  to  represent  the  genetic 
diversity  of  the  original  sample  from  the  field  population.  1 also 
examined  the  morphology  of  the  original  breeding  pairs  to  verify 
that  they  were  T.  alexanderae.  1 used  bark  obtained  only  from  the 
original  field  locality  in  cultures;  bark  was  examined  for  eggs  before 
it  was  placed  in  a culture. 

Mating  behavior  was  studied  in  adults  from  Lake  Dawson,  Lake 
of  the  Woods,  and  Salt  Fork  cultures.  Adults  were  isolated  as  late 
stage  nymphs  and  reared  in  shell  vials  (four  dram  size).  Each  vial 
was  supplied  with  a flat  piece  of  bark  which  lessened  the  interference 
of  the  substrate  on  mating  behavior.  Females  were  2-3  days  old  and 
males  were  2-5  days  old  when  brought  together,  the  times  when  they 
were  the  most  receptive  to  mating  (Betz  1983c).  Isolated  specimens 
were  brought  together  by  the  following  method.  The  cotton  stopper 
on  each  vial  was  removed,  the  open  ends  of  pairs  of  vials  were 
apposed,  and  the  vials  were  tilted  carefully  until  the  piece  of  bark  in 
the  vial  containing  a male  contacted  the  bark  in  the  vial  containing  a 
female.  The  open  ends  of  pairs  of  vials  were  kept  together  and  the 
vials  were  not  moved  during  observation  of  the  insects.  The  method 
I used  to  bring  together  isolated  specimens  did  not  appear  to  disturb 
the  insects  greatly,  and  thus  probably  provided  accurate  observa- 
tions of  courtship  behavior. 

Results 


Precopulatory  Behavior 

The  behavior  of  male  and  female  T.  alexanderae  was  somewhat 
variable  among  the  successful  matings  (N  = 99)  and  the  unsuccessful 


1983] 


Betz  — Biology  of  Trichadenotecnum 


99 


attempts  (N  = 45)  I observed.  Most  precopulatory  behavior  fol- 
lowed the  patterns  outlined  in  Figure  1. 

When  bark  bearing  an  isolated,  receptive  female  was  brought 
together  with  bark  bearing  a sexually  active  male,  the  male  always 
ran  onto  the  female’s  bark.  A male  displayed  a higher  level  of  activ- 
ity under  these  conditions  than  if  his  piece  of  bark  was  brought 
together  with  bark  bearing  a nymph,  a female  of  T.  alexanderae  in 
an  unreceptive  state,  or  a piece  of  bark  without  an  insect  (N  = 7).  In 
five  of  the  mating  encounters  I observed,  the  male  flew  onto  the 
female’s  bark  before  the  two  pieces  of  bark  were  touching. 

This  higher  level  of  activity  in  males  occurred  even  if  females  were 
placed  out  of  the  males’  sight.  Almost  immediately  after  a male  ran 
onto  the  bark  of  a female,  he  began  a search  over  the  substrate. 
Sometimes  a female  remained  motionless  during  this  search,  even 
though  she  might  have  been  active  prior  to  the  introduction  of  a 
male.  The  manner  in  which  males  elicited  this  reaction  of  females 
remains  unknown,  although  the  reaction  may  have  resulted  from 
the  slight  disturbance  caused  by  the  introduction  of  pieces  of  bark 
into  the  females’  vials. 

A male  searched  in  the  direction  of  a female,  often  stopping 
momentarily  to  flick  his  antennae  and  adjust  his  course. 

When  a male  approached  within  about  1 cm  of  a receptive  female 
he  began  a quick,  sideways  gait  while  moving  toward  her,  even 
though  she  may  have  remained  hidden  from  the  male’s  view.  The 
sideways  gait  lasted  about  1-2  seconds.  Occasionally  a male  ap- 
proached a receptive  female,  or  courted  her,  without  the  sideways 
gait  (N=  12).  Females  always  fled  from  these  encounters.  When  a 
female  fled,  a male  remained  in  the  vicinity  of  the  encounter  and 
spun  completely  around  one  or  more  times  flicking  his  antennae. 
Then  a male  usually  ran  off  in  the  general  direction  of  a female’s 
flight.  Unless  unsuccessful  courtship  occurred  many  times  (usually 
the  result  of  a male  not  performing  the  sideways  gait),  a female 
would  always  acquiesce  at  the  next  courting. 

After  performing  the  sideways  gait,  a male  ran  up  to  a female’s 
side,  about  midway  along  her  length;  a male  approached  a female 
almost  perpendicularly  from  her  side.  If  features  on  the  substrate 
made  a male’s  approach  difficult,  his  contact  with  a female  was  as 
perpendicular  to  her  as  the  substrate  permitted.  When  a male  ran  up 
to  a female,  he  touched  her  briefly  (less  than  a second)  with  both  his 
antennae.  A male’s  antennae  usually  struck  a female’s  thorax  or 
head  and  the  distal  end  of  her  forewing  because  his  antennae  were 


100 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Figure  1.  Schematic  diagram  depicting  precopulatory  behavior  in  Trichadenotecnum  alexanJerae.  Typical  behavior  is  indicated  by  bold 
face  arrows.  Female  behavior  coinciding  with  male  behavior  is  indicated  by  dashed  arrows. 


1983] 


Betz  — Biology  of  Trichaclenotecnuni 


101 


usually  held  about  90°  apart  and  at  about  45°  off  the  substrate  at 
rest  and  also  during  the  search  for  a female.  Directly  after  contact- 
ing her,  a male  backed  away  slightly,  then  rapidly  fanned  his  wings 
over  his  body.  The  wings  were  fanned  at  such  a rapid  rate  and  at 
such  a small  angle  (never  more  than  90°)  that  they  became  blurred. 
As  a male  continued  to  fan  his  wings,  he  began  to  move  anteriorly 
along  a female’s  side,  while  still  remaining  perpendicular  to  her.  A 
male  continued  this  motion  until  he  was  almost  facing  a female. 
When  this  occurred,  a male  stopped  fanning,  dropped  his  wings 
slightly,  turned  about  180°,  and  backed  underneath  a female 
between  her  legs.  The  genitalia  were  apposed  in  this  manner. 

Occasionally  a male  stopped  fanning  when  he  was  only  laterally 
apposed  to  a female’s  head,  then  turned  about  90°,  and  tried  to  back 
under  her.  Of  the  14  mounting  attempts  I observed  progressing 
in  this  way,  only  two  of  them  led  directly  to  copulation.  Of  the  failed 
attempts,  eight  were  unsuccessful  because  males  were  blocked  from 
backing  in  by  females’  legs;  in  the  remaining  four  attempts,  males 
turned  around  farther  than  necessary  and  kept  moving  backward 
beside  the  females  rather  than  beneath  them. 

When  a female  remained  hidden  from  a male’s  view,  he  some- 
times approached  her  directly  from  the  front  (N  = 3).  In  two  encoun- 
ters, the  female  assumed  the  receptive  posture  (see  below)  as  the 
male  fanned  his  wings.  However,  both  of  these  males  were  unable  to 
locate  the  female  after  they  turned  around  and  began  to  move 
backwards.  One  of  the  males  approached  the  female  on  her  left, 
turned  counterclockwise  about  240°,  and  finally  stopped  after  mov- 
ing 8 mm  away  from  her.  He  then  tried  to  mount  her  end-to-end 
(i.e.,  facing  away  from  her),  but  this  failed.  The  pair  remained 
motionless  in  the  end-to-end  position  for  about  30  seconds  with 
their  genitalia  nearly  touching,  then  the  male  courted  the  female 
from  her  side  and  was  able  to  orient  himself  correctly. 

The  male  of  the  third  encounter  courted  frontally,  but  the  female 
turned  her  body  slightly  instead  of  assuming  the  receptive  posture, 
and  the  male  was  unable  to  move  far  enough  backward  for  their 
genitalia  to  come  together.  The  courtship  did  not  lead  to  copulation. 

Most  (73.7%)  courting  attempts  were  successful  on  the  first  try 
(Table  1,  A).  When  an  attempted  mounting  failed,  a male  and 
female  always  remained  motionless  for  about  10-30  seconds.  After 
this  period,  if  a male  and  female  remained  within  about  1 cm  after 


102 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Table  1.  Precopulatory  behavior  in  TrichaJenoiecnum  alexanderae 


% of  Total 


Number  of  courting  attempts 

1.  One 

73.7 

by  a male  (including  the  one 

2.  Two 

15.2 

leading  to  copulation) 

3.  Three 

10.1 

4.  Four 

0.0 

5.  Five 

1.0 

N=99^  100.0 


B.  Length  of  time  between  the  x 

introduction  of  a male  s.d. 

and  the  beginning  of  mating  range 

(i.e.,  genitalic  contact)  N 


C.  Stage  in  courtship  when  a female 
assumed  the  receptive  posture 

1.  During  the  approach  of  a male 

2.  When  touched  by  a male’s  antennae 

3.  Just  before  a male  backed  underneath 


N=96 


1.1  minutes 
1.3 

0. 1-9.0  minutes 
62 


15.6 

83.3 

1.1 


100.0 


^The  number  of  mating  pairs  for  which  the  states  of  this  behavioral  character 
were  recorded. 

they  separated,  a male  courted  again  by  approaching  a female  on 
her  side,  touching  her  with  his  antennae,  and  fanning  his  wings. 
Once  either  sex  had  fled  from  an  unsuccessful  courtship,  males 
always  began  further  courtship  with  a sideways  gait. 

I observed  the  behavior  of  females  that  had  fled  from  a failed 
courtship  (N  = 4).  Each  female  eventually  stopped  moving,  and  at 
this  time  I observed  each  female  flexing  her  valvulae  dorsoventrally 
in  a pairwise  manner,  and  making  about  ten  contractions  of  her 
abdomen. 

The  time  required  by  males  to  establish  genitalic  contact  after 
they  were  introduced  to  females  varied  among  mating  encounters 
(Table  1,  B).  This  period  was  usually  less  than  1 minute  if  the  first 
courtship  was  successful.  A male  ran  directly  to  a female  in  some 
encounters,  and  the  time  between  introduction  and  the  beginning  of 
copulation  was  usually  less  than  30  seconds.  Some  males  (N  = 5) 
were  slower  to  find  females  because  each  remained  within  a small 


1983] 


Betz  — Biology  of  Trichaclenotecnum 


103 


area  on  a female’s  bark.  Even  though  a female  was  not  nearby,  three 
males  exhibited  sideways  gaiting,  wing  fanning,  and  backward  move- 
ment, while  two  others  only  displayed  a higher  level  of  activity.  All 
five  males  were  active,  and  each  found  a female  about  10  minutes 
after  introduction  to  the  female’s  bark. 

A female  had  to  raise  the  anterior  part  of  her  body  for  a male  to 
be  able  to  fit  beneath  her.  Females  always  assumed  a characteristic 
appearance  for  this  purpose  that  I here  term  the  receptive  posture. 
In  the  receptive  posture,  the  fore-  and  midlegs  were  moderately 
extended,  the  hindlegs  were  slightly  extended,  and  the  antennae  were 
swept  back  along  a female’s  body  (Fig.  2b).  Most  (83.3%)  females 
assumed  the  receptive  posture  when  males  touched  them  with  their 
antennae  (Table  1 , C).  Some  ( 1 5.6%)  females  assumed  the  receptive 
posture  when  males  performed  the  sideways  gait.  One  female  waited 
until  a male  was  backing  underneath  her. 

Females  assuming  the  receptive  posture  early  in  courtship  (i.e., 
before  antennal  contact  was  made  by  a male)  elicited  less  wing 
fanning  from  males.  Males  exhibited  all  of  the  actions  involved  in 
courtship,  but  performed  them  more  rapidly.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
female  not  assuming  the  receptive  posture  until  a male  began  to 
move  beneath  her  did  not  appear  to  inhibit  the  male  from  courting 
normally. 

After  a courtship  failed,  a male  often  fanned  his  wings  around  a 
female  for  a longer  period  of  time  during  the  next  one,  regardless  of 
whether  a female  assumed  the  receptive  posture  when  a male  was 
approaching  or  courting  (N=10).  These  prolonged  courtships 
always  led  to  copulation. 

A male  had  to  crouch  slightly  just  prior  to  moving  beneath  a 
female,  even  though  she  had  assumed  the  receptive  posture.  This 
position  is  shown  in  Figure  2a.  Males  remaining  in  a standing  posi- 
tion were  blocked  from  moving  past  the  coxae  of  the  females’  legs 
(N  = 2).  Furthermore,  at  this  time  a male’s  abdomen  became  slightly 
arched  along  its  length,  raising  the  posterior  end. 

A male’s  wings  were  kept  extended  over  his  body  as  he  backed 
underneath  a female,  and  she  rested  her  fore-  and  midlegs  on  him. 
When  the  genitalia  of  a pair  were  apposed,  the  head  of  a female  was 
positioned  between  and  slightly  caudad  of  a male’s  raised  hindwings. 

As  a male  moved  under  a female,  the  shelf  of  his  epiproct,  which 
normally  rested  in  a posterodorsal  position,  struck  a female’s  sterna 


104 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


a 


b 


Figure  2.  Typical  precopulatory  behavior  in  Trichadenotecnuni  alexanderae. 
a.  A male  in  position  to  move  beneath  a female.  b.  The  receptive  posture  of  a 
female. 

and  was  brought  anteriorly.  This  flattened  the  shelf  against  the 
male’s  abdominal  terga,  and  caused  his  paraprocts  to  extend  slightly 
posteriorly.  When  fully  beneath  a female,  a male’s  epiproctal  shelf 
was  brought  into  apposition  with  the  basal  arms  of  a female’s  sub-  i 
genital  plate  and  the  sterna  of  her  posterior  abdomen. 

I studied  how  males  orient  themselves  with  females  to  produce  a 
successful  mounting.  Individual  females  (N  = 18)  that  had  been 
freshly  killed  (by  pressure  from  a forceps)  from  a Lake  of  the  Woods 
culture  were  placed  in  a standing  position  on  the  substrate.  Males 
always  courted  and  mounted  the  females  without  losing  orientation 
(N  = 5).  When  I reoriented  a female  while  a male  was  turning 
around  after  touching  her  with  his  antennae,  he  did  not  reorient  to 
mount  successfully  (N  = 3).  If  a female  was  moved  as  a male 
approached  (that  is,  prior  to  antennal  contact),  a male  was  always 
able  to  orient  and  mount  in  the  proper  direction  (N  = 10).  Hence, 
antennal  contact  by  males  appeared  to  be  important  for  a successful  \ 
mounting. 

When  I placed  a teneral  male  with  a receptive  female  (N  = 1),  he 
ran  to  her,  paused  briefly  at  her  side,  but  then  did  not  exhibit  any  \ 
other  courting  behavior  (e.g.,  antennal  contact,  wing  fanning,  etc.). 
Instead,  he  repeatedly  climbed  over  her  for  about  10  seconds  until  ' 
she  fled.  The  male  made  no  attempt  to  mount,  and  the  female  did  not  , 
assume  the  receptive  posture.  ^ 


1983] 


Betz  — Biology  of  Trichaclenotecnum 


105 


Copula  lory  Behavior 

When  a male  was  fully  beneath  a female,  the  posterior  end  of  his 
abdomen  probed  for  hers.  The  valvulae  of  a female  dropped 
ventrally  somewhat,  and  moved  until  contact  was  made  with  a male. 
The  genitalia  of  male  and  female  T.  alexanderae  interlocked  strongly 
together  during  copulation. 

When  their  genitalia  became  locked,  a male  lifted  a female  off  the 
substrate  by  extending  his  legs,  which  were  still  crouched  from  back- 
ing beneath  her. 

A normal  copulatory  position  for  a pair  of  T.  alexanderae  is 
shown  in  Figure  3.  The  hind  legs  of  most  (67.8%)  males  were 
extended  slightly  more  than  the  other  pairs  of  legs,  causing  a male’s 
head  to  be  lowered,  and  raising  and  slightly  arching  his  abdomen 
(Table  2,  A).  Males  greatly  extending  their  hindlegs  usually  also  had 
greatly  arched  abdomens;  males  extending  all  pairs  of  legs  about 


I 1 


1.0  mm 


Figure  3.  Trichadenotecnum  alexanderae  in  copulation. 


106 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


equally  had  no  abdominal  arch.  Because  the  degree  of  abdominal 
arching  and  the  extension  of  the  legs  compensated  for  each  other, 
the  overall  position  of  a male,  and  thus  the  relative  positions  of  a 
male  and  female,  generally  differed  little  among  the  matings  1 
observed.  A male’s  abdomen  became  slightly  more  arched  and  his 
head  dropped  lower  as  copulation  progressed.  Some  males  lowered 
their  heads  so  much  during  copulation  that  their  maxillary  palps 
touched  the  substrate. 

After  a female  was  raised  off  the  substrate,  a male’s  abdomen 
contracted  more  or  less  rhythmically.  A female  contracted  her 
abdomen  in  synchrony  with  a male.  Her  paraprocts  were  periodi- 
cally flexed  medially  during  copulation. 

At  the  beginning  of  copulation,  the  wing  pairs  of  a male  were 
usually  extended  high  over  his  body,  forming  a small  angle  between 
them  (Table  2,  B).  As  copulation  progressed,  the  angle  formed  by 
the  wing  pairs  increased;  the  angle  of  the  wings  at  the  end  of  copula- 
tion was  about  60°  greater  (Table  2,  C).  1 found  45.7%  of  all  males 
had  both  wing  pairs  locked  at  the  nodus  (Table  2,  D).  Wing  pairs 
remaining  free  were  in  a position  as  though  they  were  locked,  and 
thus  did  not  interfere  with  copulation. 

Table  2 (E  and  F)  shows  that  a male’s  antennae  generally  remained 
in  a normal  resting  position  during  copulation. 

A female  was  lifted  off  the  substrate  until  the  angle  formed  by 
her  body  and  the  substrate  was  about  3 1°-60°  (Table  2,  G).  Females 
whose  bodies  inclined  more  than  60°  (7.4%)  had  been  pushed  up 
into  this  position  when  males  mounted  beneath  them. 

A female  placed  her  fore-  and  midlegs  on  a male  when  he  moved 
beneath  her.  Table  2 (H  and  I)  shows  the  distribution  of  the  place- 
ment of  a female’s  fore-  and  midlegs,  respectively.  Most  (41.3%) 
forelegs  were  placed  on  males’  hindwings  and  most  (50.0%)  midlegs 
were  placed  on  males’  anterior  abdominal  pleura.  However,  as 
reflected  in  Table  2,  the  first  two  pairs  of  legs  were  positioned  in 
many  other  ways. 

Table  2 (J)  shows  the  distribution  of  the  placement  of  a female’s 
hindlegs.  Most  (93.3%)  females  kept  their  hindlegs  on  the  substrate. 
The  rigidity  of  the  hindlegs  indicated  that  they  were  supporting 
some  of  a female’s  weight. 

The  forewing  tips  rested  lightly  on  the  substrate  in  84.8%  of  the 
females  (Table  2,  K).  This  contact  did  not  appear  to  support  much 
of  a female’s  weight. 


1983] 


Betz  — Biology  of  Trichadenotecnuni 


107 


Table  2.  Copulatory  behavior  in  TrichaJenoiecnum  alexamierae 


% of  Total 


Position  of  a male 

A.  Extent  of  the  arch  of 
the  abdomen 


B.  Angle  formed  by  the  forewings 
at  the  beginning  of  mating 


C.  Angle  formed  by  the  forewings 
at  the  end  of  mating 


D.  Number  of  wing  pairs  locked 
at  the  nodus 


E.  Angle  formed  by  the  antennae 


F.  Angle  formed  by  the  antennae 
and  the  bark  substrate 


1 . Not  arched 

21.9 

2.  Slightly  arched 

67.8 

3.  Greatly  arched 

10.3 

N = 87 

100.0 

1.  0°-30° 

52.3 

2.  3l°-60° 

38.5 

3.  6l°-90° 

6.1 

4.  9I°-I20° 

3.1 

N=65 

100.0 

1.  0°-30° 

5.6 

2.  3l°-60° 

II. 1 

3.  6l°-90° 

37.0 

4.  9I°-120° 

40.7 

5.  I2I°-150° 

0.0 

o 

O 

oo 

o 

3.7 

7.  I8I°-2I0° 

1.9 

N=54 

100.0 

1.  None 

35.7 

2.  One 

18.6 

3.  Both 

45.7 

N=70 

100.0 

1.  0°-30° 

5.2 

2.  31°-60° 

32.8 

3.  61°-90° 

56.9 

4.  91°-120° 

3.4 

5.  121°-150° 

0.0 

6.  151°-180° 

1.7 

N=58 

100.0 

1.  0°-30° 

40.5 

2.  31°-60° 

59.5 

N=74 


100.0 


108 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Table  2.  (continued) 


% of  Total 


Position  of  a female 

G.  Angle  formed  by  the  body  of  a 
female  and  the  bark  substrate 

H.  Placement  of  a foreleg  on  a male 


I.  Placement  of  a midleg  on  a male 


J.  Placement  of  a hindleg  on  a male 


1. 

0°-30° 

1.90 

2. 

3P-60° 

90.7 

3. 

o 

O 

O' 

1 

o 

SO 

7.4 

N=54 

100.0 

1. 

Forewing 

5.6 

2. 

Base  of  forewing 

29.1 

3. 

Hindwing 

41.3 

4. 

Base  of  hindwing 

3.1 

5. 

Metanotum 

8.7 

6. 

Anterior  abdominal 

terga 

6.6 

7. 

Anterior  abdominal 

pleura 

4.6 

8. 

Hind  tibia 

1.0 

N=196^ 

100.0 

1. 

Hindwing 

3.7 

2. 

Hindwing  base 

3.1 

3. 

Metanotum 

17.7 

4. 

Anterior  abdominal 

terga 

6.3 

5. 

Anterior  abdominal 

pleura 

50.0 

6. 

Anterior  abdominal 

sterna 

0.5 

7. 

Hind  tibia 

13.5 

8. 

Hind  femur 

0.5 

9. 

Bark  substrate 

4.7 

N=192^ 

100.0 

1. 

Anterior  abdominal 

pleura 

1.0 

2. 

Anterior  abdominal 

sterna 

0.5 

3. 

Hind  tibia 

5.2 

4. 

Bark  substrate 

93.3 

N=194^ 


100.0 


1983] 


Betz  — Biology  of  Trichadenotecnum 


109 


Table  2.  (continued) 


% of  Total 

Position  of  a female 


K.  Position  of  the  forewing  tips 

1. 

On  the  bark  substrate  84.8 

2. 

In  the  air 

15.2 

N=92 

100.0 

L.  Angle  formed  by  the  antennae 

1. 

0°-30° 

25.0 

2. 

o 

O' 

o 

0 

51.7 

3. 

61°-90° 

18.3 

4. 

9I°-120° 

5.0 

N=60 

100.0 

M.  Angle  formed  by  the  antennae  and 

the  bark  substrate 

1. 

0°-30° 

88.3 

2. 

O 

k 

o 

11.7 

N=60 

100.0 

General  Features 

N.  Relative  positions  of  a male 

and  female 

1. 

2. 

Both  in-line 
Female  skewed 

55.3 

right  or  left 

44.7 

N=47 

100.0 

O.  Duration  of  copulation 

X 

14.3  minutes 

s.d. 

2.2 

range 

8.3-19.9  minutes 

N 

99 

^Recorded  for  both  legs. 


In  contrast  to  the  position  of  a male’s  antennae,  a female’s  anten- 
nae were  swept  back  along  her  body  when  she  assumed  the  receptive 
posture.  Usually  the  antennae  were  held  close  to  her  sides,  and  the 
angle  formed  by  the  antennae  was  between  31° -60°  (Table  2,  L). 
Most  (88.3%)  antennal  pairs  were  slightly  raised  from  the  substrate 
(Table  2,  M). 

Copulation  did  not  always  proceed  uneventfully.  The  number  of 
positions  among  the  pairs  reflects  the  incidence  of  minor  problems 
that  were  encountered  during  mating.  The  conformations  occurring 


110 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


with  lower  frequency  were  usually  the  result  of  some  difficulty  dur- 
ing copulation.  The  relative  positioning  of  a male  and  female  (Table 
2,  N)  generally  indicates  whether  a problem  occurred  during  copu- 
lation. If  the  bodies  of  a male  and  female  were  in-line,  copulation 
usually  had  proceeded  normally.  A female  was  skewed  left  or  right 
in  44.7%  of  the  matings.  Some  of  the  complications  that  occurred 
during  mating  are  discussed  below. 

Sometimes  a male  lifted  a female  far  off  the  substrate,  so  her  head 
was  almost  over  his.  Other  males  pushed  females  backward  during 
mounting,  then  locked  genitalia,  causing  females  to  be  inclined 
almost  vertically  and  males  to  have  greatly  arched  abdomens. 
When  events  such  as  these  occurred,  the  positioning  of  a pair,  espe- 
cially a female’s  legs,  changed  to  maintain  her  balance.  For  exam- 
ple, the  hindlegs  of  a female  typically  rested  on  the  substrate. 
However,  when  a male  lifted  a female  relatively  far  off  the  substrate, 
copulation  proceeded  with  more  stability  when  her  hindlegs  were 
placed  on  a male’s  abdomen.  When  a male’s  abdominal  contractions 
increased  to  an  amplitude  that  caused  his  hindwings  to  strike  a 
female  on  the  head,  she  placed  one  (N  = 8)  or  both  (N  = 3)  forelegs 
about  midway  up  on  a male’s  fore-  or  hindwings.  This  response 
lessened  the  force  of  a male’s  contractions.  Sometimes  a mating  pair 
fell  on  their  sides  (N  = 3),  but  their  genitalia  remained  locked.  These 
pairs  never  regained  a normal  copulatory  position,  yet  they  did  not 
break  off  copulation  because  of  this  problem. 

Except  for  the  abdominal  contractions  and  adjustments  for  stabil- 
ity, other  movements  by  a mating  pair  were  uncommon.  Occasion- 
ally the  maxillary  palps  of  a male  or  a female  moved  or  pulsed 
rapidly. 

1 observed  courtship  and  mating  on  a vertical  bark  substrate  in 
the  laboratory  (N  = 3).  When  a male  courted  a female,  she  oriented 
herself  so  her  head  faced  downward,  then  she  assumed  the  receptive 
posture.  A male  lifted  a female  off  a vertical  substrate  during  copu- 
lation. A female  was  positioned  dorsally  and  posteriorly  on  a male, 
similar  to  mating  on  a horizontal  surface,  but  in  a vertical  orienta- 
tion a female  balanced  directly  above  a male.  On  a vertical  substrate 
the  fore-  and  midlegs  appeared  to  have  supported  more  of  a female’s 
weight. 

The  duration  of  copulation  varied  considerably  (Table  2,  O), 
although  it  was  never  less  than  eight  or  more  than  20  minutes. 


1983] 


Betz  — Biology  of  Trichadenotecnum 


HI 


Postcopulatory  Behavior 

The  final  stage  of  copulation  was  indicated  by  a slowing  of  the 
rate  of  abdominal  contractions  and  by  contractions  of  a slightly 
more  spasmodic  nature.  Males  suddenly  became  active  and  broke 
off  copulation  (Table  3,  A)  by  quickly  running  forward,  dragging 
along  the  females  for  about  1 second  until  their  genitalia  unlocked. 
Of  the  60  pairs  I observed  for  this  behavioral  character,  only  two 
females  (3.3%)  appeared  to  break  off  copulation.  In  each  of  these 
matings,  the  female  became  active  during  copulation  and  tried  to 
dismount  laterally,  but  her  genitalia  were  locked  with  the  male’s  and 
this  caused  her  to  fall  on  her  side.  One  female  successfully  dis- 
mounted, thus  terminating  copulation.  The  other  female  failed  to 
dismount,  and  instead  tried  to  assume  a normal  mating  position 
three  times,  but  because  the  genitalia  were  locked  she  was  kept 
off-balance.  Copulation  continued  with  the  female  supported  tenu- 
ously off  a side  of  the  male. 

A spermatophore  was  passed  in  all  copulations,  including  the  one 
broken  off  by  a female. 

Table  3 (B)  shows  the  reactions  of  males  after  copulation  was 
broken  off.  Most  (53.5%)  males  ran  forward  about  1 cm,  then 
remained  motionless  for  at  least  5 minutes.  Some  of  these  males  had 
their  wings  parted  slightly  and  held  laterally  along  their  bodies,  but 
most  males  brought  the  wings  back  to  a normal  resting  position. 
Some  (28.2%)  males  were  highly  active  after  copulation,  and  ran 
over  the  substrate  without  stopping  for  over  5 minutes.  Other 
(12.7%)  males  broke  off  copulation  and  remained  almost  at  the 
place  where  copulation  occurred.  A few  (5.6%)  males  courted  the 
females  they  had  just  mated,  but  this  always  caused  the  females  to 
flee. 

The  reactions  of  females  after  copulation  (Table  3,  C)  were 
somewhat  different  than  those  of  males.  Most  (60.0%)  females 
remained  in  the  area  where  copulation  occurred;  almost  all  of  these 
females  spun  around  about  90°,  some  females  spun  around  about 
180°.  If  a female  ran  off,  she  usually  ran  in  the  direction  of  a male 
because  both  faced  in  the  same  direction  during  mating.  Females 
that  ran,  even  for  1 cm,  never  spun  around  more  than  90°. 

Unless  disturbed  by  another  insect,  once  females  stopped  walking 
after  mating  they  rarely  moved  until  the  contents  of  the  spermato- 
phore that  they  held  had  been  transferred.  Even  the  antennae  did 


112 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Table  3.  Postcopulatory  behavior  in  Trichadenoiecnuni  alexanJerae 


A.  Identity  of  the  sex 
breaking  off  copulation 


B.  Reaction  of  a male 
after  copulation 
was  broken  off 


C.  Reaction  of  a female 
after  copulation  was 
broken  off 


% of  Total 


1.  Male 

96.7 

2.  Female 

3.3 

N=60 

100.0 

1.  Ran  off  ( > 1 cm) 

28.2 

2.  Ran  about  1 cm. 

then  remained  still 

53.5 

3.  Stayed  in  the  area 

where  mating 

occurred 

12.7 

4.  Tried  to  court  the 

female  again 

5.6 

N=71 

100.0 

I . Ran  off  ( > 1 cm) 

8.6 

2.  Ran  about  1 cm, 

then  remained  still 

31.4 

3.  Stayed  in  the  area 

where  mating 

occurred 

60.0 

N=70 

100.0 

not  change  position  during  this  time.  Only  one  of  three  postcopula- 
tory females  1 observed  at  length  changed  her  location  once,  about  2 
minutes  after  copulation,  but  did  not  move  after  this. 

Initially,  a spermatophore  had  an  appearance  of  a whitish,  semi- 
opaque, hemispherical  droplet,  protruding  between  the  terminalia 
of  a female.  A female  manipulated  her  terminalia  so  its  contents 
passed  her  genital  opening.  When  it  was  first  visible  on  a female,  a 
spermatophore  seemed  adhesive  and  somewhat  fluid  in  shape, 
allowing  it  to  be  manipulated  on  a female’s  terminalia.  During  the 
transfer  of  its  contents,  a spermatophore  covering  seemed  to  lose 
adhesiveness  and  harden,  allowing  a female  to  dispose  of  it  easily. 


1983] 


Betz  — Biology  of  Trichaclenotecnum 


113 


A female  manipulated  a spermatophore  between  her  paraprocts 
and  valvulae.  These  movements  were  accomplished  by  a rhythmical, 
medial  flexion  of  the  terminalia.  Contractions  were  spaced  about 
1-2  seconds  apart,  and  each  contraction  lasted  about  1-2  seconds. 
The  epiproct  was  less  active  in  this  respect;  it  was  flexed  once  about 
every  30  seconds.  Epiproctal  flexion  probably  forced  the  contents  of 
a spermatophore  into  a female’s  genital  area.  The  abdominal  con- 
tractions were  pronounced  for  about  the  first  4-5  minutes  after 
copulation,  then  slowly  decreased  in  rate  and  intensity. 

The  females  I observed  (N  = 3)  required  about  10-25  minutes  to 
transfer  the  contents  of  a spermatophore  and  discard  it.  A spermato- 
phore either  fell  from  a female’s  genital  area  when  she  ran  (N  = 2), 
or  a female  dragged  the  posterior  end  of  her  abdomen  along  the 
substrate  for  about  1 mm  to  discard  it  (N  = 1 ).  A female  sometimes 
intermittently  flexed  her  terminalia  after  a spermatophore  had  been 
discarded. 

Evidence  for  a Sex-attractant  Pheromone 

The  following  observations  present  evidence  indicating  that  the 
attraction  of  males  to  females  of  T.  alexanderae  was  mediated  by  a 
pheromone.  All  females  discussed  here  were  unmated,  receptive 
females  from  cultures  of  all  three  field  localities  unless  noted 
otherwise. 

Males  introduced  to  bark  bearing  receptive  females  often  became 
more  active  than  when  they  were  introduced  to  pieces  of  bark 
which  had  no  exposure  to  receptive  females.  Some  males  became  so 
active  they  flew  across  the  gap  between  the  pieces  of  bark  before  I 
could  join  these  together.  A male  was  usually  able  to  find  a receptive 
female,  even  though  she  may  have  remained  hidden  from  his  view. 
Additionally,  males  would  court  females  of  T.  castum  and  T. 
merum,  two  obligatorily  thelytokous  species  of  the  T.  alexanderae 
species  complex,  if  vials  containing  these  females  had  previously 
contained  receptive  females  of  T.  alexanderae  (Betz  1983a). 

Females  of  T.  alexanderae  which  had  just  mated  ceased  rapidly  to 
be  a source  of  attraction  to  males,  although  males  occasionally  tried 
to  court  females  engaged  in  mating.  Teneral  females,  or  females  in 
the  stage  of  oviposition,  failed  to  attract  males  (Betz  1983c). 

In  one  mating  encounter  involving  a male  and  female  from  a Lake 
of  the  Woods  culture,  when  the  male  was  introduced  into  a vial 


114 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


containing  the  female,  she  deposited  a clear  droplet  from  her  genital 
area  on  the  bark.  The  droplet  was  absorbed  rapidly.  The  male  was 
highly  active  and  quickly  found  the  female,  who  was  still  in  the  area 
where  she  deposited  the  droplet,  and  mated  with  her.  In  another 
encounter,  the  female  deposited  a droplet  about  3 minutes  after  a 
failed  courtship  attempt.  This  pair  mated  eventually.  Another 
female  intermittently  dragged  the  tip  of  her  abdomen  over  the  sub- 
strate after  the  male  was  introduced  into  her  vial.  In  two  encounters, 
each  involving  a male  and  female  from  a Lake  of  the  Woods  culture, 
two  from  a Lake  Dawson  culture,  and  one  from  a Salt  Fork  culture, 
the  male  persistently  courted  a particular  place  on  the  female’s  sub- 
strate, even  though  she  was  not  nearby.  Eventually,  after  about  10 
minutes,  males  stopped  courting  these  areas. 

I have  not  observed  females  of  T.  castum  or  T.  merum  depositing 
any  type  of  droplet  in  the  above  manner,  or  observed  males  courting 
places  on  a substrate  bearing  females  of  T.  castum  or  T.  merum. 

In  the  orientation  experiment,  it  was  important  to  use  freshly 
killed  females  because  after  about  5 minutes  they  lost  attractiveness 
to  males.  Anesthetizing  females  with  ether  (N  = 3)  or  carbon  dioxide 
(from  dry  ice)  (N  = 3)  caused  an  immediate  loss  of  interest  by  males. 

From  the  evidence  cited  above  it  appears  the  females  of  T.  alex- 
anderae  produce  a pheromone  that  attracts  males.  It  appeared  to  be 
highly  volatile;  a loss  of  mating  receptivity  in  a female  was  almost 
immediately  evident,  as  indicated  by  the  lack  of  attractiveness  to 
males. 

The  area  around  a female  in  which  the  pheromone  was  effective  in 
attracting  males  was  rather  small,  having  a radius  of  about  1 cm.  1 
determined  this  by  placing  individual  receptive  females  (N  = 10)  in 
uncovered  petri  dishes  (standard  size),  then  introducing  sexually 
active  males. 

Discussion 

Mating  behavior  in  T.  alexanderae  followed  a pattern  outlined  by 
Pearman  (1928)  for  “winged  Psocids.”  This  courtship  pattern,  which 
has  since  been  categorized  (Badonnel  1951)  and  further  documented 
(Klier  1956),  is  the  one  found  in  most  species  of  Psocoptera  that 
have  been  studied.  This  pattern  differs  from  those  in  other  species  in 
two  details:  males  do  not  run  over  the  dorsum  of  females  prior  to 
mounting,  and  the  duration  of  copulation  is  relatively  long. 


1983] 


Betz  — Biology  of  Trichadenotecnum 


115 


A receptive  posturing  by  females  has  been  noted  in  several  other 
species  of  Psocoptera  (Pearman  1928,  Sommerman  1943a,  1956, 
Schneider  1955,  Broadhead  1961).  Apparently  only  females  of  T. 
alexanderae  have  been  observed  assuming  the  receptive  posture 
before  males  began  backing  underneath  them. 

The  receptive  posture  appeared  necessary  only  to  permit  males  to 
fit  beneath  females  during  mating.  Lifting  the  anterior  end  of  a 
female’s  body  did  not  communicate  a female’s  orientation  to  a male. 
Males  courting  one  of  the  freshly-killed  females  always  moved  ante- 
riorly along  her  body,  even  though  she  was  not  in  the  receptive 
posture.  However,  the  contact  made  by  a male’s  antennae  after  the 
sideways  gait  probably  was  important  in  discovering  how  a female 
was  oriented  because  a male  was  unable  to  adjust  his  course  to  find 
a reoriented  female  after  antennal  contact  was  made.  Also,  males 
that  had  difficulty  moving  beneath  females  began  the  next  courtship 
with  wing  fanning,  but  males  not  contacting  females  recourted  with 
a sideways  gait  and  antennal  contact.  A differential  concentration  of 
pheromone  along  a female’s  body  may  have  informed  a male  of  her 
orientation.  A perpendicular  approach  to  a female  allowed  maxi- 
mum extension  of  a male’s  antennae  along  her  body,  thus  perhaps 
facilitating  a determination  of  her  relative  position. 

1 found  that  the  receptive  posture  was  assumed  by  some  females 
of  T.  alexanderae  when  males  approaching  to  court  began  a side- 
ways gait.  Largely  auditory  cues,  rather  than  visual  ones,  were  proba- 
bly given  by  a male  to  signal  his  approach,  thereby  eliciting  the 
receptive  posture  in  a female.  The  sideways  gait  may  cause  stridula- 
tion  of  a male’s  Pearman’s  organs  because  a male  approaching  a 
female  in  this  way  never  caused  her  to  flee,  even  though  he  may  have 
remained  hidden  from  her  view  during  the  sideways  gait. 

The  purpose  of  the  females’  genital  movements  and  abdominal 
contractions  after  failed  courtship  is  unknown.  These  motions  were 
only  observed  in  females  involved  in  some  phase  of  the  mating 
process.  Perhaps  this  action  released  more  pheromone  to  attract 
males  again. 

The  role  of  the  droplets  (apparently  containing  pheromone) 
which  were  deposited  by  females  is  also  uncertain.  This  behavior 
would  assist  a male  in  locating  a female  only  if  she  remained  in  the 
area  where  a droplet  was  deposited.  Because  the  pheromone  appears 
to  be  highly  volatile,  to  have  any  effect  on  males  a female  probably 
must  deposit  many  of  these  droplets  during  her  receptive  period. 


116 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


The  epiproctal  shelf  of  a male  played  an  important  role  during 
mating  in  T.  alexanderae:  the  shelf  and  a female’s  hindlegs  on  the 
substrate  supported  almost  all  of  a female’s  weight.  A male’s  epi- 
proctal shelf  and  the  basal  arms  of  the  subgenital  plate  of  a female 
are  structures  apparently  functioning  to  distribute  her  weight 
because  both  structures  are  well-sclerotized  and  have  large  surface 
areas. 

The  support  given  by  the  epiproctal  shelf  and  the  interlocking 
genitalia  apparently  increased  the  lateral  stability  of  a mating  pair. 
This  can  be  adduced  in  the  following  observations.  A mating  pair 
had  greater  stability  during  copulation  than  when  a male  had 
backed  fully  beneath  a female  but  before  their  genitalia  had  inter- 
locked. Also,  it  was  difficult  for  a mating  pair  to  fall  over  to  one  side 
when  problems  in  stability  occurred  during  copulation,  although 
once  they  fell  regaining  a normal  mating  position  was  impossible. 
The  stability  supplied  by  the  contact  between  the  epiproctal  shelf- 
subgenital  plate  and  posterior  abdominal  sterna,  the  positioning  of 
a female’s  legs,  and  the  interlocking  genitalia  probably  also  expe- 
dited the  lifting  of  a female  by  a male,  although  the  reason  for  the 
necessity  of  lifting  a female  is  unknown. 

Acknowledgements 

I thank  Dr.  E.  L.  Mockford  of  Illinois  State  University,  whose 
beneficial  discussions  about  Psocoptera  and  review  of  the  manu- 
script were  greatly  appreciated.  1.  N.  Holod  and  D.  D.  Pierce  assisted 
in  the  production  and  the  typing  of  the  manuscript,  respectively. 

Summary 

Pre-  through  postcopulatory  behavior  in  Trichadenotecnum  alex- 
anderae Sommerman  is  here  quantified  and  discussed.  Mating 
behavior  follows  a pattern  described  for  many  other  species  of  Pso- 
coptera, in  which  a male  approaches  a female,  fans  his  wings  over 
his  head,  and  backs  underneath  her  without  running  over  her  dor- 
sum. Additional  behavioral  actions,  including  possible  stridulation 
and  antennal  contact  of  a female  by  a male  and  a female  assuming  a 
receptive  posture  prior  to  mounting  by  a male,  are  believed  to 
promote  copulation.  Evidence  is  presented  for  a sex-attractant 
pheromone  produced  by  receptive  females. 


1983] 


Betz  — Biology  of  Trichacienotecnum 


117 


Literature  Cited 

Badonnel,  a.  1951.  Ordre  des  Psocopteres.  Pages  1301-1340  in  Grasse,  P.  P., 
ed.,  Traite  de  Zoologie,  Vol.  10,  Fasc.  2.  Masson  et  Cie.,  Paris. 

Betz,  B.  W.  1983a.  Systematics  of  the  Trichadenoiecnum  alexanJerae  species 
complex  (Psocoptera:  Psocidae)  based  on  an  investigation  of  reproductive 
modes  and  morphology.  Can.  Entomol.  (in  press). 

1983b.  The  biology  of  Trichadenoiecnum  alexanderae  Sommerman  (Pso- 
coptera: Psocidae).  1.  Habitat,  life  stages  and  events.  Entomological  News 
(in  press). 

1983c.  The  biology  of  Trichadenoiecnum  alexanderae  Sommerman  (Pso- 
coptera: Psocidae).  II.  Duration  of  biparental  and  thelytokous  reproductive  abili- 
ties. J.  Kansas  Entomol.  Soc.  (in  press). 

1983d.  The  biology  of  Trichadenoiecnum  alexanderae  Sommerman  ( Pso- 
coptera: Psocidae).  IV.  Mechanism  of  genitalic  coupling.  J.  Kansas  Entomol. 
Soc.  (in  press). 

Broadhead,  E.  1961.  The  biology  of  Psoquilla  marginepunciaia  (Hagen)  (Corro- 
dentia,  Trogiidae).  Trans.  Soc.  Brit.  Ent.  14:  223-236. 

Eertmoed,  G.  E.  1966.  The  life  history  of  Peripsocus  quadrif asciai us  (Psocopiexa: 
Peripsocidae).  J.  Kansas  Entomol.  Soc.  39:  54-65. 

Klier,  E.  1956.  Zur  Konstruktionsmorphologie  des  mannlichen  Geschlechtsap- 
parates  der  Psocopteren.  Zool.  Jb.  (Anatomic)  75:  207-286. 

Mockford,  E.  L.  1957.  Life  history  studies  on  some  Florida  insects  of  the  genus 
Archipsocus  (Psocoptera).  Bull.  Fla.  State  Mus.,  Biol.  Sci.  1:  253-274. 

1977.  Asiopsocus  sonorensis  (Psocoptera:  Asiopsocidae):  A new  record, 

augmented  description,  and  notes  on  reproductive  biology.  Southwestern  Nat. 
22:21-29. 

Pearman,  j.  V.  1928.  Biological  observations  on  British  Psocoptera.  HI.  Sex 
behavior.  IV.  Miscellaneous.  Entomologist’s  Mon.  Mag.  64:  263-268. 

Schneider,  H.  1955.  Vergleichende  Untersuchungen  uber  Parthenogenese  und 
Entwicklungsrhythmen  bei  einheimischen  Psocopteren.  Biol.  Zentr.  74:  273-310. 

Sommerman,  K.  M.  1943a.  Bionomics  of  Eciopsocus pumilis  (Banks)  (Corroden- 
tia,  Caeciliidae).  Psyche  50:  53-64. 

1943b.  Bionomics  of  «/v6/7/.v  (Aaron)  (Corrodentia,  Caeciliidae). 

Can.  Entomol.  75:99-105. 

1944.  Bionomics  of (Walsh)  (Corrodentia,  Psocidae). 

Ann.  Entomol.  Soc.  Amer.  37:  359-364. 

1956.  Two  new  species  of  Rhyopsocus  (Psocoptera)  from  the  U.S.A., 

with  notes  on  the  bionomics  of  one  household  species.  J.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.  46: 
145-149. 

Thornton,  I.  W.  B.,  and  E.  Broadhead.  1954.  The  British  species  of  Elipsocus 
Hagen  (Corrodentia,  Mesopsocidae).  J.  Soc.  Br.  Ent.  5:  47-64. 


PREDATORY  CAPTURE  OF  BOMBARDIER  BEETLES 
BY  A TABANID  FLY  LARVA* 


By  Stephen  Nowicki  and  Thomas  Eisner 
Section  of  Neurobiology  and  Behavior 
Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  NY  14853 

While  collecting  bombardier  beetles  {Brachinus  spp.)  on  the  eve- 
ning of  August  27,  1982,  by  a pond  near  Portal,  Cochise  County, 
Arizona,  a group  of  us,  including  Rodger  Jackman  of  the  British 
Broadcasting  Corporation  and  Maria  Eisner,  came  upon  an  unusual 
phenomenon.  Thousands  of  young  adults  of  the  spadefoot  toad, 
Scaphiopus  multiplicatus,  were  active  beside  the  pond  on  that 
night,  having  just  emerged  from  the  water  after  metamorphosis.  On 
close  observation  we  noted  a number  of  these  toads  that  were  dead 
or  dying  and  in  various  stages  of  partial  submergence  in  the  mud. 
Each  had  been  grasped  from  beneath  by  a larva  of  the  horsefly 
Tabanus punctifer,  a mud-dwelling  predator,  which  had  seized  it  with 
its  hooked  mouthparts,  had  pulled  it  partly  into  the  substrate,  and 
was  embibing  its  body  fluids.  Details  of  this  first  known  occurrence 
of  predation  by  a fly  larva  on  an  adult  amphibian  will  be  published 
elsewhere.  Our  purpose  here  is  to  call  attention  to  another  extraor- 
dinary ability  of  this  larva:  the  capture  of  bombardier  beetles. 

We  transported  several  of  the  larvae  to  our  Cornell  laboratories 
and  established  them  individually  in  mud-filled  enclosures,  where 
they  quickly  buried  themselves,  leaving  only  their  mouthparts 
exposed  at  the  surface  (Fig.  lA).  We  maintained  the  larvae  on 
young  spadefoot  toads,  which  they  captured  as  they  had  in  the  field, 
and  also  on  insects,  which  judging  from  published  accounts  on 
tabanid  larvae  (Webb  and  Wells,  1924;  Oldroyd,  1964;  Burger, 
1977),  must  be  a principal  staple  of  their  diet.  They  proved  capable 
even  of  capturing  large  crickets  ( Teleogryllus  oceanicus),  which  they 
hooked  by  a leg,  drew  partly  into  the  mud,  and  then  held  for  hours 
while  sucking  out  their  body  contents. 


*Paper  No.  73  of  the  series  Defense  Mechanisms  of  Arthropods.  Paper  No.  72  is 
T.  Eisner  and  J.  Meinwald,  Psyche  89,  357-367,  1983. 

Manuscript  received  by  the  editor  January  6,  1983 


119 


120 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Figure  1.  (A)  Mouthparts  (arrow)  of  a buried  T.  punciifer  larva,  projecting  just 
above  the  surface  of  the  mud,  as  the  animal  lies  in  wait  of  prey.  (B)  Bombardier 
beetle,  caught  by  a submerged  larva  and  partly  drawn  into  the  mud,  in  the  process  of 
being  eaten  (the  larvae  can  also  pull  beetles  into  drier  mud  than  here  shown).  (C)  Full 
grown  T.  punctifer  larva  beside  an  average-sized  bombardier  beetle.  Reference  bars  = 
5 mm. 

Bombardier  beetles  are  doubtless  among  the  most  invulnerable  of 
insects.  The  quinone-containing  spray  that  they  eject  from  their 
abdominal  defensive  glands  when  attacked  is  hot  (100°C)  and  is 
aimed  accurately  toward  the  predator  by  rotation  of  the  abdominal 
tip  (Eisner,  1958;  Aneshansley  et  al.,  1969).  A number  of  broadly 
insectivorous  predators  have  been  shown  to  be  repelled  by  the 
spray,  including  ants,  spiders,  preying  mantids,  and  toads  (Eisner, 
1958;  Eisner  and  Dean,  1976;  Dean,  1980). 

We  staged  encounters  between  bombardier  beetles  and  T.  punc- 
tifer larvae  by  releasing  the  beetles  singly  onto  the  mud  in  the  larval 


1983] 


Nuw'icki  & Eisner  — Bombardier  beetles 


121 


enclosures.  The  beetles  all  stemmed  from  the  larval  collecting  site, 
where  they  were  taken  at  the  very  places  on  the  edge  of  the  pond 
where  the  larvae  were  also  abundant.  In  three  encounters  we  were 
fortunate  to  witness  the  beginnings  of  the  attack.  The  events  pro- 
ceeded quickly  and  were  the  same  in  each  case.  No  sooner  had  a 
beetle  brought  one  of  its  tarsi  to  rest  upon  the  mouthparts  of  the 
larva,  than  it  was  grasped  by  that  tarsus  and  caused  to  spray.  There 
were  sometimes  several  discharges,  audible  at  times  and  visible  as 
misty  puffs,  but  the  larva,  which  had  withdrawn  below  the  surface 
the  moment  it  hooked  on  to  the  beetle’s  leg,  was  already  out  of 
reach.  The  beetle  struggled  as  it  was  gradually  pulled  into  the  mud, 
but  the  larva  never  released  its  hold.  Partly  submerged,  the  beetle 
eventually  died  (Fig.  1 B),  and  when  retrieved  next  day  was  found  to 
be  largely  eaten  out.  Five  additional  encounters  that  were  not  wit- 
nessed from  the  outset  were  equally  fatal  to  the  beetles.  We  assume 
that  the  death  of  the  beetles  was  hastened  by  the  salivary  toxins  that 
tabanid  larvae  are  said  to  inject  into  their  insect  prey  (Schmidt, 
1982). 

Given  the  ecological  co-occurrence  of  T.  punetifer  larvae  and 
bombardier  beetles,  we  feel  that  encounters  between  the  two  must 
inevitably  occur  also  in  nature,  with  the  same  outcome  as  in  the 
laboratory.  Moreover,  the  larvae  must  have  access  also  to  diverse 
other  insects  that  discharge  noxious  secretions,  includings  ants,  tiger 
beetles,  and  additional  Carabidae.  Species  of  Chlaenius,  for  exam- 
ple, whose  odor  was  unmistakably  suggestive  of  the  phenolic  output 
that  characterizes  other  beetles  of  the  genus  (Eisner  et  ai,  1963), 
scurried  about  together  with  Braehinus  at  our  collecting  site  at 
night.  Against  such  chemically  protected  insects,  the  predatory  tac- 
tic of  lurking  just  beneath  the  surface,  and  of  withdrawing  into  the 
mud  for  total  cover  the  moment  a victim  is  seized  and  caused  to 
activate  its  defenses,  doubtless  serves  the  larvae  well.  Other  mud- 
dwelling tabanid  larvae  of  similar  opportunistic  feeding  habits  might 
equally  profit  from  the  tactic. 

Acknowledgements 

Study  supported  by  Grant  AI02908  from  NIH;  we  thank  Drs. 
John  F.  Burger  and  Rodolfo  Ruibal  for  helpful  information  and  for 
identifying  the  larva  and  toad  respectively,  and  Maria  Eisner  for 
technical  help. 


122 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


References  Cited 

Aneshansley,  D.  J.,  T.  Eisner,  J.  M.  Widom,  and  B.  Widom 

1969.  Biochemistry  at  100° C:  Explosive  secretory  discharge  of  bombardier 
beetles  (firflfc/7/>7w.s).  Science  165:61-63. 

Burger,  J.  F. 

1977.  The  biosystematics  of  immature  Arizona  Tabanidae  (Diptera).  Trans. 
Amer.  Ent.  Soc.  103:145-258. 

Dean,  J. 

1980.  Encounters  between  bombardier  beetles  and  two  species  of  toads  (Bufo 
americanus,  B.  nmrinus)\  Speed  of  prey-capture  does  not  determine 
prey-capture  success.  J.  Comp.  Physiol.  735:41-50. 

Eisner,  T. 

1958.  The  protective  role  of  the  spray  mechanism  of  the  bombardier  beetle, 
Brachynus  hallistarius  Lee.  J.  Insect  Physiol.  2:  215-220. 

Eisner,  T.  and  J.  Dean 

1976.  Ploy  and  counterploy  in  predator-prey  interactions:  orb-weaving  spiders 
versus  bombardier  beetles.  Proc.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.  USA  73:1365-1367. 

Eisner,  T.,  J.  J.  Hurst,  and  J.  Meinwald 

1963.  Defense  mechanisms  of  arthropods.  XI.  The  structure,  function,  and 
phenolic  secretions  of  the  glands  of  a chordeumoid  millipede  and  a 
carabid  beetle.  Psyche  70:94-1 16. 

Oldroyd,  H. 

1964.  The  Natural  History  of  Flies.  Norton:  New  York. 

Schmidt,  J.  O. 

1982.  Biochemistry  of  insect  venoms.  Ann.  Rev.  Entom.  27:339-368. 

Webb,  J.  L.  and  R.  W.  Wells 

1924.  Horse-flies:  Biologies  and  relation  to  western  agriculture.  U.  S.  Dept. 
Agr.  Bull.  1218. 


PREY  SELECTION  BY  THE  NEOTROPICAL  SPIDER 
ALPAIDA  TV  ON  A BO 
WITH  NOTES  ON  WEB-SITE  TENACITY' 


By  Todd  E.  Shelly 
Department  of  Biology 
University  of  California 
Los  Angeles,  CA  90024 

Introduction 

Prey  selection  by  web-building  spiders  includes  2 principle  com- 
ponents. First,  webs  may  catch  a nonrandom  sample  of  the  avail- 
able prey  (passive  selection).  Among  items  caught  in  the  web,  the 
spider  may  then  feed  on  preferred  prey  but  reject  unsuitable  prey 
(active  selection).  As  evident  from  a recent  review  (Riechert  and 
Luczak  1982),  quantitative  field  measurements  of  either  component 
are  relatively  rare  and  particularly  so  for  tropical  species. 

Here  I compare  the  web  contents  of  Alpaida  tuonabo  (Chamber- 
lin and  Ivie)  with  sticky  trap  samples  of  available  prey.  Field  work 
was  conducted  at  one  site  over  a relatively  short  period  of  time  thus 
reducing  potential  complications  arising  from  habitat  and  seasonal 
differences  in  prey  availability.  As  Olive  (1980)  and  Uetz  et  al. 
(1978)  found,  however,  prey  availability  may  vary  over  short  verti- 
cal distances,  and  to  examine  this  possibility  potential  prey  were 
sampled  at  several  different  heights. 

In  addition,  a second  comparison  was  made  between  captured 
items  being  eaten  and  those  left  unattacked  and  uneaten.  Since  prey 
ignored  during  the  day  may  have  been  consumed  at  night  with  the 
web,  uneaten  prey  did  not  necessarily  represent  rejected  prey.  This 
comparison,  however,  does  quantify  the  probability  of  immediate 
attack  upon  different  types  and  sizes  of  captured  prey. 


'While  Araneus  is  the  accepted  generic  designation,  this  species  is  not  closely  related 
to  other  members  of  this  genus  and  should  perhaps  be  placed  in  the  genus  Aplaida 
(H.  Levi  pers.  comm.). 

Manuscript  received  by  the  editor  December  20,  1982. 


123 


124 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Materials  and  Methods 

The  study  was  conducted  between  July  23  and  August  25,  1980, 
on  Barro  Colorado  Island  (BCI),  Panama.  This  time  period  falls 
near  the  middle  of  a rainy  season  which  annually  extends  from  late 
April  to  mid-December  (Croat  1978).  The  island  is  covered  by  a 
lowland  tropical  moist  forest  (Holdridge  et  al.  1971).  Alpaida  tuo- 
nabo  was  most  abundant  on  the  island’s  central  plateau,  and  all 
work  was  conducted  there. 

Very  little  is  known  about  the  biology  of  A.  tuonabo.  A descrip- 
tion of  the  female  has  been  published  (Chamberlin  and  Ivie  1936), 
but  males  have  not  yet  been  described  (H.  Levi,  pers.  comm.). 
Females  are  relatively  small;  the  mean  wet  weight  and  body  length 
of  8 adult  females  were  0.023  g (SD  0.005)  and  5.6  mm  (SD  0.94), 
respectively.  Females  appeared  to  construct  and  tend  webs  during 
the  day  and  consume  them  at  night.  In  4 nights  of  searching,  I never 
saw  a female  or  an  intact  web.  On  BCI  A.  tuonabo  is  abundant  only 
in  the  mid  to  late  wet  season  (July  to  December)  and  is  rarely  found 
during  the  rest  of  the  year  (Lubin  1978). 

Flying  insects  were  sampled  at  10  different  sites.  At  each  site  I 
implanted  a 2.7  m PVC  pole  (diameter  25  mm)  by  driving  0.30  m — 
0.45  m of  its  length  into  the  ground.  Wooden  rods  (length  30  mm; 
diameter  5 mm)  were  then  fastened  to  the  pole  at  0.3  m intervals 
(from  0.3  m to  2.1  m above  ground).  Fastened  at  one  end,  each  rod 
projected  perpendicularly  from  the  vertical  pole  and  hence  was 
parallel  to  the  ground’s  surface.  Insects  were  collected  on  tanglefoot 
covered  traps  suspended  from  the  wooden  rods.  Each  trap  was 
a 15  cm  by  23  cm  rectangle  of  3 mm  thick  transparent  plastic  coated 
on  both  sides  with  tanglefoot.  Insects  were  sampled  during  the  day 
only  on  August  7-9.  Each  day  the  traps  were  set  between  0800 
hrs-0900  hrs,  taken  down  between  1600  hrs-1700  hrs,  and  stored 
overnight  in  closed  boxes.  Aside  from  Diptera  and  Hymenoptera, 
all  trapped  insects  were  identified  to  order.  Flies  were  categorized  as 
either  nematocerous  or  non-nematocerous,  and  hymenopterans 
were  subdivided  into  bees  and  wasps,  parasitoids,  and  winged  ants. 
All  trapped  insects  were  measured  to  the  nearest  0.1  mm  using  a 
dissecting  microscope  equipped  with  a disc  micrometer. 

Each  day  of  the  study  1 walked  through  different  areas  of  the 
forest  (between  0900-1630  hrs)  and  examined  every  web  encoun- 
tered. All  caught  items  were  collected  and  labelled  as  either  eaten  or 


1983] 


Shelly  — Alpaicia  tuutiaho 


125 


Diptera 

nematocerous 

non-nematocerous 


Hymenoptera 

ants 

parasitoids 


Coleoptera 


Frequency 


Figure  I.  Vertical  distributions  of  the  major  prey  categories.  Each  value  repres- 
ents the  total  number  of  individuals  captured  on  10  sticky  traps  suspended  at  a 
particular  height.  See  text  for  details  of  sampling  method. 

uneaten.  Uneaten  prey  were  also  examined  for  evidence  of  wrap- 
ping. For  each  web  thus  sampled,  the  height  of  the  spider  was  also 
recorded.  Collected  prey  were  later  assigned  to  the  appropriate  prey 
category  and  measured  to  the  nearest  0.1  mm. 

Prey  selectivity  was  quantified  using  Ivlev’s  (1961)  index  of  elec- 
tivity.  Electivity  (E)  is  calculated  as  follows:  E = (ri  — pi)/(ri  + pi) 
where  rj  is  the  proportion  of  the  predator’s  diet  represented  by  prey 
type  (or  size  class)  i,  and  pi  is  the  proportion  of  the  available  prey 
represented  by  prey  type  (or  size  class)  i.  Values  of  E range  from 
— 1.0  (complete  avoidance)  to  +1.0  (complete  preference).  In  this 
study  electivity  values  with  absolute  values  less  than  0.40  were  not 
considered  to  differ  significantly  from  zero.  In  addition,  two  sets  of 
electivity  values  were  calculated.  For  web  selectivity  (Ew)  ri  is  the 
proportion  of  the  web  contents  (both  eaten  and  uneaten  items) 
represented  by  prey  type  i,  and  pi  is  the  proportion  of  available  prey 
(as  measured  by  the  sticky  traps)  represented  by  prey  type  i.  For 
spider  selectivity  (Eg)  ri  is  the  proportion  of  the  spider’s  observed 
diet  (the  eaten  prey)  represented  by  prey  type  i,  and  pi  is  the  propor- 
tion of  the  web  contents  (both  eaten  and  uneaten  items)  represented 
by  prey  type  i. 


Results 

Alpaicia  tuonabo  females  generally  constructed  webs  in  relatively 
open  sections  of  the  forest  or  at  the  edges  of  tree-fall  gaps.  Most  web 


126 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


sites  were  shaded,  and  only  rarely  was  a web  placed  in  an  area  that 
received  direct  sunlight.  Various  web  support  structures  were  util- 
ized, including  leaf  tips,  herbaceous  stems,  woody  vines  and 
branches,  and  palm  fronds.  The  circular  webs  averaged  21.6  cm  in 
diameter  and  350  cm^  in  catching  area  (n  = 8). 

Individuals  do  not  appear  to  remain  at  a particular  web-site  for 
more  than  1-2  days.  On  August  3 I marked  the  location  of  20 
occupied  webs.  These  sites  were  then  revisited  daily  for  7 days,  and 
the  presence  or  absence  of  the  spider  and  the  web  was  recorded.  In 
terms  of  the  number  of  spiders  remaining  at  their  initial  site,  the 
results  obtained  were  as  follows:  Day  1 — 12;  Day  2 — 3;  Days  3 and 
4 — 2;  Days  5 and  6 — 1 ; Day  7 — 0.  In  no  instance  was  a spider  absent 
but  the  web  present;  spider  and  web  were  always  both  present  or 
both  absent.  In  addition,  in  examining  a 2 m-3  m radius  about  each 
vacated  web-site,  I never  observed  the  presence  of  a newly  con- 
structed web. 

Five  prey  categories  comprised  89.0%  of  the  total  sample,  and 
vertical  abundance  patterns  were  examined  for  these  groups  only. 
Beetles,  parasitoid  Hymenoptera,  nematocerous  and  non- 
nematocerous  Diptera  all  exhibited  a similar  trend  in  vertical  abun- 
dance (Figure  1).  That  is,  the  greatest  numbers  of  individuals  were 
collected  at  the  two  lowest  sampling  heights  (0.3  m and  0.6  m). 
While  similar  numbers  of  parasitoid  Hymenoptera  were  captured  at 
the  two  lowest  sampling  heights,  nearly  twice  as  many  beetles,  nema- 
tocerous and  non-nematocerous  Diptera  were  captured  at  0.3  m 
than  0.6  m.  Ants  were  captured  in  relatively  constant  numbers  over 
all  sampling  heights. 

Although  the  numbers  of  trapped  individuals  varied  greatly  with 
height  for  4 prey  categories,  each  major  category  comprised  a rela- 
tively constant  proportion  of  the  total  sample  at  each  height  (Figure 
2).  Similarly,  within  each  category  size  frequency  distributions  did 
not  vary  with  height  in  any  obvious  manner  (Figure  3).  Thus,  while 
the  abundance  of  flying  insects  varied  with  height,  the  taxonomic 
and  size  composition  of  this  fauna  did  not. 

The  vertical  distribution  of  A.  tuonabo  did  not  closely  match  that 
observed  for  available  prey  (Figure  4).  Alpaida  tuonabo  preferred 
web-sites  between  0.6  m-1.2  m,  and  approximately  60%  of  the  spi- 
ders measured  were  within  this  range.  Thus,  while  traps  nearest  the 
ground  caught  the  greatest  numbers  of  flying  insects,  only  18%  of  A. 
tuonabo  were  found  below  0.6  m. 


1983] 


Shelly  — Alpaicia  tuonaho 


127 


Diptera 

• nematocerous 
o non-nematocerous 


2.1r 


0.9- 

<D 

zn 


0.5- 


40  ' 80  ' 120 


Hymenoptera 
• ants 

o parasitoids 


Coleoptera 


40 


80  120 


Number 


Figure  2.  Relative  abundances  of  major  prey  categories  over  all  heights  sampled. 
Each  value  represents  a proportion  of  the  total  number  of  individuals  captured  on  10 
sticky  traps  suspended  at  a particular  height.  See  text  for  details  of  sampling  method. 


3; 


Frequency 


Figure  3.  Size  frequency  distributions  for  the  major  prey  categories  over  the  7 
heights  sampled.  Within  a category  each  value  represents  the  proportion  of  individu- 
als captured  at  a particular  height  that  fell  within  a particular  1 mm  interval.  The 
symbols  used  for  the  various  size  classes  are:  0 — 1 mm  (•),  1 — 2 mm  (O),  2 — 
3 mm  (X),  and  >3  mm  (A). 


128 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


A total  of  446  insects  representing  6 orders  were  taken  from  320 
webs  of  A.  tuonabo.  Approximately  95%  of  these  insects  belonged 
to  those  5 prey  categories  which  were  most  abundant  in  the  sticky 
trap  samples.  Consequently,  analysis  of  both  web  and  spider  selec- 
tivities  will  focus  only  upon  these  groups.  In  addition,  since  the 
composition  of  the  flying  insect  fauna  did  not  much  vary  with 
height,  both  the  data  regarding  prey  availability  and  diet  were  com- 
bined over  all  heights. 

Web  selectivity  values  did  not  differ  greatly  from  zero  for  beetles, 
nematocerous  Diptera,  or  parasitoid  Hymenoptera  (Table  1).  Non- 
nematocerous  Diptera,  however,  comprised  a small  proportion  of 
the  web  contents  relative  to  their  proportion  on  the  traps.  Con- 
versely, ants  represented  a large  proportion  of  the  web  contents 
relative  to  their  proportion  on  the  traps. 

Aside  from  nematocerous  Diptera,  A.  tuonabo  were  observed  to 
consume  prey  types  in  proportions  roughly  equal  to  their  propor- 
tion in  the  web  (Table  2).  Spider  selectivity  values  for  beetles,  ants, 
non-nematocerous  Diptera,  and  parasitoid  Hymenoptera  were  all 
less  than  0.20  (absolute  value).  In  contrast,  the  Es  value  for  nema- 
tocerous Diptera  was  large  and  negative. 


Figure  4.  Vertical  distribution  of  A.  tuonaho  and  available  prey.  Heights  of 
hub-resting  spiders  were  measured  to  the  nearest  cm  and  then  placed  into  0.3  m 
intervals.  Values  for  prey  represent  the  total  number  of  insects  captured  on  10  sticky 
traps  suspended  at  a particular  height.  See  text  for  details  of  sampling  method. 


1983] 


Shelly  — Alpaicia  tuonaho 


129 


Table  I.  Web  selectivity  (Ew)  values  for  prey  types  collected  from  webs  of  A. 
tuonaho. 


Prey  type 

Collected  from  webs 
(eaten  and  uneaten) 
no.  rj 

Captured  on  traps 
no.  Pi 

Ew 

Beetles 

56 

12.5 

320 

19.2 

-0.21 

Nematocerous  Diptera 

164 

36.8 

337 

20.2 

+0.29 

Non-nematocerous  Diptera 

34 

7.6 

453 

27.1 

-0.56 

Ants 

128 

28.7 

1 19 

7.1 

+0.60 

Parasitoid  Hymenoptera 

42 

9.4 

264 

15.8 

-0.25 

Others 

22^ 

4.8 

175^^ 

10.4 

♦Others  include:  butterflies  (6),  bees  and  wasps  (10),  leafhoppers  (4),  thrips  (2) 
♦♦Others  include:  butterflies  (2),  bees  and  wasps  (2),  leafhoppers  (80),  thrips  (27), 
Hemiptera  (8),  Orthoptera  (5),  Collembola  (3),  Zoraptera  (4),  Plecoptera  (3), 
Isoptera  (21),  Psocoptera  (20) 

As  the  Es  values  imply,  the  majority  (87%)  of  uneaten  prey  were 
nematocerous  Diptera.  Most  of  these,  in  turn,  did  not  appear  to 
have  been  wrapped.  Many,  in  fact,  were  observed  struggling  in  web 
while  stuck  by  a single  wing.  Similarly,  most  uneaten  non- 
nematocerous  Diptera  and  parasitoid  Hymenoptera  were  appar- 
ently unwrapped.  In  contrast,  9 of  the  12  uneaten  ants  had  clearly 
been  attacked  and  wrapped. 

Only  2 groups,  nematocerous  Diptera  and  ants,  were  found  in 
webs  in  sufficient  numbers  to  allow  meaningful  calculation  of  web 
selectivity  values  for  different  size  classes.  Nematocerans  less  than  1 
mm  were  relatively  more  abundant  in  webs  than  on  the  traps,  while 
the  opposite  was  true  for  those  between  1 mm-2  mm  (Table  3a). 
Web  selectivity  values,  however,  did  not  differ  greatly  from  zero  for 
either  size  class.  Ants  in  webs  were  rather  uniformly  distributed 
among  8 size  classes  (Table  3b).  The  majority  (76.0%)  of  ants  on  the 
sticky  traps,  however,  were  less  than  3 mm  long.  Consequently,  web 
selectivity  values  for  the  1 mm-2  mm  and  2 mm-3  mm  size  classes 
were  large  and  negative,  while  those  for  larger  classes  were  all  large 
and  positive. 

Only  ants  were  eaten  in  sufficient  numbers  to  allow  meaningful 
calculation  of  spider  selectivity  values  for  different  size  classes.  Yet, 
since  nearly  all  (90.6%)  of  the  ants  taken  from  webs  were  being 
eaten,  these  selectivity  values  provide  little  new  information.  Among 
the  remaining  groups,  only  nematocerous  Diptera  had  large  enough 


130 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Table  2.  Spider  selectivity  (E^)  values  for  prey  types  collected  from  webs  of  A. 
tuonaho. 


Prey  type 

Collected  from  webs 
(eaten  only) 
no.  rj 

Collected  from  webs 
(eaten  and  uneaten) 
no.  Pi 

Es 

Beetles 

52 

18.8 

56 

12.5 

+0.20 

Nematocerous  Diptera 

32 

1 1.6 

164 

36.8 

-0.52 

Non-nematocerous  Diptera 

28 

10.1 

34 

7.6 

+0.14 

Ants 

116 

42.0 

128 

28.7 

+0.19 

Parasitoid  Hymenoptera 

32 

11.6 

42 

9.4 

+0.10 

Others 

16^ 

5.8 

22** 

4.8 

♦Others  include:  butterflies  (6),  bees  and  wasps  (10) 

♦♦Others  include:  butterflies  (6),  bees  and  wasps  (10,  leafhoppers  (4),  thrips  (2) 


numbers  of  eaten  (32)  and  uneaten  (132)  individuals  to  permit  com- 
parison. Mean  body  lengths  for  eaten  (x  = 1.6  mm;  SD  = 1.8)  and 
uneaten  (x  = 0.8  mm;  SD  = 0.29)  nematocerans  were  significantly 
different  (t  = 4.86;  p <.00 1). 

Discussion 

The  present  findings  highlight  2 features  of  the  predatory  behav- 
ior of  A.  tuonabo.  First,  the  webs  captured  and  the  spiders  con- 
sumed nonrandom  samples  of  the  available  prey.  Nonrandom  web 
captures  have  been  recorded  for  other  spiders  (e.g.  Uetz  and  Biere 
1980;  Brown  1981;  Turnbull  1960)  and  most  likely  reflect  differing 
abilities  for  web  avoidance  or  escape  among  different  prey.  While 
no  avoidance  was  observed,  1 did  see  several  large  flies  (Asilidae  and 
Tabanidae)  strike  webs  but  then  successfully  escape.  Among  insects 
successfully  restrained  by  the  web,  the  spider  may  attack,  ignore,  or 
reject  different  types  and/or  sizes  of  prey.  Numerous  studies  (e.g. 
Robinson  and  Robinson  1970,  1973;  Riechert  and  Tracy  1975; 
Turnbull  1960)  note  rejected  prey,  but  few  studies  (Uetz  and  Biere 
1980)  quantify  attack  vs.  ignore  probabilities  for  different  prey. 
Here,  the  tendency  of  A.  tuonabo  to  ignore  nematocerans  probably 
does  not  reflect  avoidance  but  rather  the  inability  of  these  small, 
weak-flying  insects  to  escape  or  damage  the  web.  Thus,  A.  tuonabo 
may  have  ignored  these  weak  prey  only  to  consume  them  with  their 
web  in  the  evening.  Interestingly,  the  mean  body  length  of  nema- 
tocerans being  consumed  was  nearly  twice  that  of  nematocerans 


1983] 


Shelly  — Alpaicia  tuonaho 


131 


Table  3.  Web  selectivity  ( values  for  size  classes  of  nematocerous  Diptera  and 
ants  collected  from  webs  of  A.  tuonaho. 


a.  Nematocerous  Diptera 


Size  (mm) 

Collected  from  webs 
(eaten  and  uneaten) 
no.  rj 

Captured  on  traps 
no.  Pi 

Ew 

O-I 

1 18 

71.9 

138 

40.7 

+0.28 

1-2 

40 

24.4 

163 

48.1 

-0.33 

2-3 

4 

2.4 

31 

9.1 

-0.58 

>3 

2 

1.2 

7 

2.1 

-0.27 

b.  Ants 

Collected  from  webs 

Captured  on  traps 

Size  (mm) 

(eaten  and  uneaten) 

no. 

n 

no. 

Pi 

Ew 

0-1 

0 

0.0 

0 

0.0 

1-2 

17 

13.3 

43 

36.7 

-0.47 

2-3 

II 

8.6 

46 

39.3 

-0.64 

3-4 

21 

16.4 

7 

6.0 

+0.46 

4-5 

16 

12.5 

3 

2.6 

+0.65 

5-6 

10 

7.8 

3 

2.6 

+0.50 

6-7 

24 

18.7 

7 

6.0 

+0.51 

7-8 

13 

10.2 

2 

1.7 

+0.71 

>8 

16 

12.5 

6 

5.1 

+0.42 

caught  in  the  web  but  ignored.  Spider  selectivity  for  larger  prey  has 
also  recently  been  demonstrated  for  Micrathena  gracilis  (Uetz  and 
Biere  1980). 

Second,  A.  tuonabo  did  not  construct  their  webs  at  heights  where 
total  prey  abundance  was  greatest.  Since  the  taxonomic  and  size 
composition  of  the  flying  insect  fauna  varied  only  slightly  with 
height,  A.  tuonabo  was  apparently  not  responding  to  the  vertical 
distribution  of  a particular  type  or  size  of  prey.  Several  factors 
potentially  affect  web  height  in  A.  tuonabo.  First,  although  females 
use  various  support  structures,  the  number  of  suitable  “web  spaces” 
may  be  limited  (Lubin  pers.  comm.).  Also,  other  species  of  similar 
size  (e.g.  Pronous  tuberculifer,  Edricus  crassicaudus,  and  Leucauge 
sp.)  construct  webs  closer  to  the  ground  (Lubin  1978;  Shelly  pers. 
obs.).  Thus,  the  higher  webs  of  A.  tuonabo  may  reflect  a behavioral 
means  to  lessen  interspecific  competition  for  food.  In  addition. 


132 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


increased  web  height  may  reduce  risks  of  predation  from  ground-  or 
litter-dwelling  predators. 

Acknowledgements 

I thank  H.  Levi,  M.  Robinson,  Y.  Lubin,  and  particularly  C. 
Olive  for  helpful  comments  on  an  earlier  draft.  H.  Levi  identified 
the  species.  D.  Weinberger  kindly  helped  process  the  sticky  trap 
samples.  The  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute  provided 
logistic  support. 


IjTI  RAH  RI  ClTHD 


Brown,  K. 

1981.  Foraging  ecology  and  niche  partitioning  in  orb-weaving  spiders.  Oeco- 
logia  50:  380-385. 

ChAmhkri.in,  R.  V.  .and  W.  Ivn  . 

1936.  New  spiders  from  Mexico  and  Panama.  Bull.  Univ.  Utah  27:  1-103. 

Croat,  T.  B. 

1978.  Flora  of  Barro  Colorado  Island.  Stanford  Univ.  Press,  Stanford. 

Holdridgh,  L.  R.,  W.  C.  Gri  NKh,  W.  H.  Hathhwav,  T.  Liang,  and  J.  A.  Tost,  Jr. 

1971.  Forest  environments  in  tropical  life  zones:  a pilot  study.  Pergamon  Press, 
San  Francisco. 

IVLHV,  V.  S. 

1961.  Experimental  ecology  of  the  feeding  of  fishes.  Yale  Univ.  Press,  New 
Haven. 

Ft  BIN,  Y.  D. 

1978.  Seasonal  abundance  and  diversity  of  web-building  spiders  in  relation  to 
habitat  structure  on  Barro  Colorado  Island,  Panama.  J.  Arachnol.  6: 
31-51. 

Olivh,  C.  W. 

1980.  Foraging  specializations  in  orb-weaving  spiders.  Ecology  61:  1 133-1 144. 

RiK(  HHRT,  S.  E.  AND  C.  R.  TrA(A  . 

1975.  Thermal  balance  and  prey  availability:  bases  for  a model  relating  web- 
site characteristics  to  spider  reproductive  success.  Ecology  56:  265-284. 

RiTGIII  RT,  S.  E.  AND  J.  Lu(  ZAK. 

1982.  Spider  foraging:  behavioral  responses  to  prey.  In  Spider  communica- 
tion. eds.  P.  N.  Witt  and  J.  S.  Rovner.  Princeton  Univ.  Press,  Princeton, 
NJ. 

Rohinson,  M.  H.  and  B.  Robinson. 

1970.  Prey  caught  by  a sample  population  of  the  spider  Argiope  argentata 
(Araneae:  Araneidae)  in  Panama:  a year’s  census  data.  Zool.  J.  Linn. 
Soc.  49:  345-357. 

Robinson,  M.  H.  and  B.  Robinson. 

1973.  Ecology  and  behavior  of  the  giant  wood  spider  Nephila  maculata 
(Fabricius)  in  New  Guinea.  Smithsonian  Contrib.  Zool.  No.  149. 


1983] 


Shelly  — Alpaicia  monaho 


133 


Turnbi'll,  a.  L. 

I960.  The  prey  of  the  spider  Linyphia  triangularis  (Clerck)  (Araneae, 
Unyphiidae).  Can.  J.  Zool.  38:  859-873. 

Uktz,  G.  W.,  a.  D.  Johnson,  and  D.  W.  Schhmskk. 

1978.  Web  placement,  web  structure,  and  prey  capture  in  orb-weaving  spiders. 
Bull.  Br.  Arachnol.  Soc.  4:  141-148. 

Uktz,  G.  W.  and  J.  M.  Bihrk. 

1980.  Prey  of  Micrathena  gracilis  (Walckenaer)  (Araneae:  Araneidae)  in  com- 
parison with  artificial  webs  and  other  trapping  devices.  Bull.  Br.  Arach- 
nol. Soc.  5:  101-107. 


REPRODUCTIVE  BEHAVIOR  OF 
CLAEODERES  BIVITTATA 
(COLEOPTERA:  BRENTIDAE)* 


By  Leslie  K.  Johnson 
Department  of  Zoology 
The  University  of  Iowa 
Iowa  City,  Iowa  52242 

Promiscuous  aggregations  of  adult  brentid  weevils  often  occur  on 
host  trees,  where  females  gather  to  oviposit  (Meads  1976;  Johnson 
1982).  In  such  a circumstance,  in  which  a male  can  potentially 
inseminate  many  females,  intense  competition  by  males  for  females 
typically  occurs  (cf.  Thornhill  1976;  Alexander  and  Borgia  1979; 
Fincke  1982).  In  addition,  members  of  the  family  Brentidae  show 
considerable  intraspecific  variation  in  adult  size  (Sharp  1895;  Soares 
1970;  Damoiseau  1967).  From  the  numerous  studies  that  show  that 
larger  body  size  enhances  competitive  aggressive  success  (e.g.  John- 
son and  Hubbell  1974;  Hamilton  et  al.  1976;  Heinrich  and  Bartho- 
lomew 1979),  it  might  be  predicted  that  larger  male  brentids  would 
enjoy  greater  mating  success  in  breeding  aggregations,  and — 
provided  that  male  size  is  an  important  competitive  characteristic — 
that  variation  in  male  mating  success  would  be  commensurate  with 
variation  in  male  body  size.  I tested  these  predictions  on  an  aggrega- 
tion of  C/aeoderes  bivittata  Kirsch.  (Coleoptera:  Brentidae)  in 
which  the  adults  varied  more  than  ten-fold  in  body  weight. 

The  results  of  the  present  study  support  the  idea  that  body  size  is 
an  important  trait.  Males  of  nearly  equal  size  engaged  in  a ritualized 
contest  which  appeared  to  permit  sensitive  assessment  of  relative 
size,  and  larger  males  enjoyed  greater  success  in  fights  over  females. 
However,  small  ( 1 1-22  mm)  as  well  as  large  males  (31-39  mm  long) 
were  disproportionately  represented  in  mating.  Small  males  had 
greater  than  expected  success  partly  because  they  at  times  took 
shelter  under,  rather  than  guarded,  their  females,  emerging  for  cop- 
ulation when  a larger  rival  was  not  present. 


* Manuscript  received  hy  the  editor  December  12,  1982 


135 


136 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Materials  and  Methods 

Claeocleres  hivittata  adults  were  studied  on  a dying  tree  of  Qua- 
rarihea  asterolepis  (Bombacaceae)  on  Barro  Colorado  Island  (9° 09' 
N,  79°51'  W)  in  the  wet  season  of  1980. 

On  June  9 all  weevils  from  ground  level  to  2 m on  the  standing 
tree  were  collected,  placed  in  a bag,  sexed,  measured  in  length  to  the 
nearest  mm,  and  replaced.  On  June  13  all  weevils  up  to  a height  of  2 
m were  collected  and  brought  to  the  laboratory,  where  they  were 
sexed,  measured,  cleaned  of  most  mites  with  masking  tape,  and 
weighed  to  the  nearest  tenth  mg  on  a Mettler  H35AR  balance.  On 
June  14  these  weevils  were  replaced  on  the  trunk.  On  six  dates 
between  June  28  and  July  14  the  behavior  of  individually  marked 
weevils  of  different  sizes  was  described  into  a portable  tape  recorder, 
for  a total  of  13  hours.  Rectangular  and  trapezoidal  arenas  about 
1 / 3 m"  were  drawn  on  the  sides  of  the  trunk  between  buttresses.  On 
a given  date  the  trunk  was  circled  clockwise.  The  reproductive  and 
competitive  behavior  that  was  centered  around  all  male-female  pairs 
in  an  arena  was  recorded,  until  none  of  the  pairs  originally  in  the 
arena  remained.  Durations  of  acts  were  timed  with  a stopwatch. 
Weevil  density  on  the  trunk  slowly  dwindled  from  27-36/ m-  on 
June  28  to  15  or  fewer/ m-  on  July  14.  A few  weevils  were  collected 
in  alcohol  for  identification  and  dissection. 

Description  of  Weevil  Activities 

Oviposition 

Before  drilling,  a female  walks  slowly  over  the  smooth  trunk, 
touching  the  substrate  with  her  antennae.  When  a favorable  site  is 
found  the  female  chews  for  30-60  min  until  her  rostrum  is  buried  to 
the  depth  of  the  antennal  insertion.  Periodically  she  withdraws  her 
snout,  lifts  her  head,  and  expels  sawdust  from  her  jaws. 

To  oviposit,  a female  turns  around  and  locates  the  drilled  hole  by 
tapping  with  rear  end  and  hind  legs.  She  then  everts  her  telescoped 
sclerites,  bringing  the  ovipositor  to  the  hole,  and  remains  still  for  70 
sec  to  3 min.  The  hole  drilled  is  the  right  size  for  one  egg. 

After  oviposition  the  female  rocks  by  bending  and  straightening 
her  forelegs  12  times  per  min  for  3.5-12  min,  repeatedly  moving  the 
tip  of  her  abdomen  between  the  hole  and  positions  further  back.  As 
the  female  rocks  out,  a bristled  tergite  is  everted,  to  which  bits  of 


1983] 


Johnson  — Claeoderes  hivinaia 


137 


sawdust  and  other  debris  adhere.  As  she  rocks  in,  the  material 
appears  to  be  added  to  the  hole. 

A female  may  drill  and  oviposit  three  times  in  succession  (Fig.  1). 
Female  Aggression 

Aggression  is  instigated  by  females  before  they  drill  and  by 
females  that  have  just  completed  oviposition.  The  aggression  is  usu- 
ally directed  against  drilling  females.  The  encounter  may  involve 
only  an  intention  movement,  or  the  instigator  may  push,  poke,  or 
swat  a drilling  female  with  her  snout,  or  pry  her  out  of  her  hole  by 
sticking  the  snout  under  her  abdomen  and  lifting.  A fleeing  female 
may  be  pursued  several  cm.  Reciprocated  aggression  may  result  in  a 
fight  lasting  6 min  or  more  in  which  the  combatants  kick,  face  one 
another  and  swivel  their  heads  and  forebodies,  or  thrust  the  snout 
under  the  other  and  lift  suddenly;  females  of  the  same  length  may 
also  stack  themselves  head-to-tail  and  sweep  their  snouts  over  the 
tip  of  their  opponent’s  abdomen.  Fights  end  when  a female  leaves 
or  is  flipped  from  the  tree. 

Guarding 

A guarding  male  stays  with  a female  as  she  antennates  the  trunk, 
drills,  or  oviposits,  keeping  his  rostrum  or  his  body  over  her  (Fig.  2). 
He  responds  aggressively  if  a rival  male  draws  near,  and  he  may  also 
threaten  a female  if  she  approaches  his  female  too  closely,  by  facing 
her,  advancing  on  her,  or  chasing  her  with  a yawing  movement  of 
the  head. 

Mating 

A male  mates  with  the  female  he  is  guarding  one  to  several  times 
during  drilling,  and  is  especially  likely  to  do  so  Just  before  the  female 
pulls  her  beak  out  of  the  wood  to  oviposit  (the  onset  of  oviposition 
occurs  less  than  a minute  after  the  termination  of  copulation  in 
about  80%  of  the  cases  (see  Fig.  1)).  A few  seconds  before  mating  a 
male  accelerates  his  movements,  antennates  the  female,  and  then 
mounts,  sometimes  trying  the  female’s  head.  Copulation  lasts  about 
a minute. 

Rejection 

A female  not  ready  to  drill  or  oviposit  will  walk  away  from  males 
that  approach.  A drilling  female  can  thwart  mating  attempts  by 
walking  her  hind  end  in  a circle  around  the  pivot  point  of  her  snout 
in  wood,  or  by  withdrawing  her  snout  entirely  and  walking  away. 


Guard 


138 


[Vol.  90 


Psyche 


c 

i 

ir> 


c :s 

^ e 
^ 0> 
, > 
<N  O 
Tf  XJ 
< 


i:  3 
c 

i I 

o i: 


c td 
c aj 
lu  -a 
t;  u 
C3  w 
■3  ^ 


C3  CO 

^ -o 
II  ^ 


‘"S  c 
2 o o 

.“•  (u  CL  -r: 


o 3 > 

O (U  o o 

- II  t 


0^  c 
> o 


t/2 


..  o O 

(U  T3  ' 

CJ  OJ  ID  CO 

= 11“ 

(U  '-o  u 

^ .5  II  ■•= 
•s  .2  O c 

00  C LT 

1 1 1 ^ 


CO 


CJ  ^ 


^ =5  s 

“ V-  CL  3 
_ O o a> 

•2  § II  o 
C D g o 

^ "S 

CO  "O  C 

E c ii  .SP 

(U  CO  Cl  ’-3 
w-  CL  CL  3 

E £ - t: 

c o ^ 

c 

iCi'  ti  o 

<N  L»  - 

c § t;  g 

W CL  CO  ^ 
u >>  JJ  -r 

I -5  E ° 

C 3 ^ O 

t <L>  , c/3 

E -3  (U  - 

^ ^ 3 2^ 

m , --D  c 
(N  "O  o 

- 

.2  ■=  o 

u.  • 2 

flQ  ^ c/ 

. “ :l  " 
- 

E ciil 

^ u CO  : 
L»  C L 
c/i  C «■ 


d 

o 

_« 

3 

CL 

O 

CJ 


*o  O*- 


1983] 


Johnson  — Claeoderes  hivittata 


139 


Fig.  2.  A male,  with  enlarged  jaws  for  nipping  rivals,  guards  a female  Claeoderes 
hivittata  as  she  prepares  to  drill  an  oviposition  hole.  A guarding  male  typically 
places  all  or  part  of  his  body  (particularly  the  rostrum)  over  the  female.  A small  male 
in  the  presence  of  a large  male,  however,  may  insert  himself  partly  under  the  drilling 
female. 


Male  Aggression 

Males  fight  for  access  to  females.  Initially  they  may  intermingle, 
jerk,  or  lash  their  antennae.  Attacks  involve  nipping,  kicking,  pok- 
ing with  the  snout,  or  putting  the  snout  under  the  rival’s  body  and 
Jerking  upwards  3 times/ sec.  A male  may  also  interfere  \yith  copula- 
tion by  thrusting  his  snout  between  a mating  pair  and  pushing.  An 
attacked  male  may  flee,  or  reciprocate  in  kind. 

Two  males  of  approximately  the  same  length  may  engage  in  a 
more  stylized  contest  in  which  they  align  themselves,  side  by  side, 
1-10  mm  apart,  facing  opposite  directions.  On  the  side  of  the  rival  a 
male  taps  his  antenna  and  hind  leg  4-5  times/ sec,  and  when  the 
opponent  does  likewise,  the  males  fence  leg  against  antenna  at  either 
end.  The  “appendage-fencing”  contests  observed  in  this  study  lasted 
3 sec  to  9 min. 


Results 

Size  Variation 

Male  weevils  in  the  June  13  sample  (n  = 67)  ranged  from  12-38 
mm  in  length  and  from  19-334  mg  wet  weight,  i.e.,  the  biggest  male 
was  3 times  as  long  and  17  times  as  heavy  as  the  smallest.  Males  1 1 


140 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


and  39  mm  long  were  found  subsequently.  The  females  (n  = 81) 
ranged  from  12-29  mm  and  19-247  mg  with  the  biggest  female  2Vi 
times  as  long  and  13  times  as  heavy  as  the  smallest.  At  all  lengths 
females  were  heavier  than  males,  and  they  increased  in  weight  faster 
with  length  than  did  the  males  (Fig.  3). 

A frequency  histogram  of  the  lengths  of  males  (n  = 101)  and 
females  (n  = 128)  measured  June  9 is  shown  in  Fig.  4.  Mean  male 
length  ±S.D.  was  25.91  ±7.21;  mean  female  length  ±S.D.  was  20.97 
±4.35. 

Five  females  were  dissected.  Each  had  two  ovarioles  and  3 or  4 
large,  yolked  eggs.  The  length  of  the  largest  yolked  egg  increased 
monotonically  with  female  length,  from  a 1.3  mm  egg  m a 13  mm 
female  to  a 2. 1 mm  egg  in  a 29  mm  female. 

Size  ami  Aggressive  Success 

In  aggressive  encounters  between  females  the  female  that  fled  was 
deemed  the  loser.  The  winners  by  this  criterion  were  larger  in  14  of 
14  contests  involving  weevils  of  unequal  length  (p  = .0001,  sign  test). 
Even  if  four  additional  encounters  involving  females  of  equal  length 
were  conservatively  counted  as  victories  for  the  smaller  weevil,  the 
winners  were  still  significantly  more  likely  to  be  the  larger  (p  = 
.0154). 

In  male  encounters  the  winner  was  considered  to  be  the  male  that 
remained  by  the  female.  Here  again  the  larger  weevil  was  signifi- 
cantly more  likely  to  win  (p  < .005,  sign  test).  Defending  males  (the 
ones  originally  with  the  female)  were  not  significantly  more  likely  to 
win  encounters  than  intruding  males  (p  .18). 

The  relative  size  of  the  rivals  was  also  a factor  in  the  occurrence  of 
the  appendage-fencing  contest.  An  analysis  of  the  differences  in 
length  between  the  rivals  in  five  encounters  in  which  the  contest 
occurred  and  sixteen  encounters  in  which  it  did  not,  showed  that 
rivals  using  the  contest  were  significantly  more  similar  in  length  (p  = 
.002,  Mann-Whitney  U test).  The  mean  ±S.D.  difference  in  length 
for  rivals  using  the  contest  was  1.8  ±2.0  mm;  for  rivals  not  using  it, 
8. 1 ±7.4  mm. 

One  effect  an  intruding  male  may  have,  whether  or  not  he  wins 
the  female,  is  to  shorten  the  duration  of  the  defending  male’s  copu- 
lation. Uninterrupted  copulations  lasted  a mean  ±S.D.  of  82.4 
±48.7  sec,  with  2/3  of  the  copulations  lasting  between  40  and  90  sec. 
Copulations  interrupted  by  rivals,  however,  lasted  31.0  ±15.1  sec 
(p  = .026,  Mann-Whitney  U test). 


I9K3]  Johnson  — Claeoderes  hivittata  141 


Fig.  3.  Log,o  length  (mm)  vs.  log,o  wet  weight  (mg)  of  male  (•)  and  female  (O) 
ClaeuJeres  hivinaia.  For  males,  log, q( weight,  mg)  = -1.53  + 2.54  log, q (length,  mm). 
For  females,  log,^  (weight,  mg)  = -1 .78  + 2.83  log,o  (length,  mm). 


142 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Size  and  Mating 

Individual  weevils  were  compatible  with  mating  partners  of  many 
sizes.  In  52  different  pairings,  females  mated  with  males  as  much  as 
10  mm  shorter  than  themselves,  and  males  with  females  as  much  as 
16  mm  shorter.  Despite  this,  mating  was  size-assortative  overall. 
The  Pearson  product  moment  correlation  for  male  and  female 
length  was  r = .323  (p  = .021)  for  the  52  different  pairings,  and  r = 
.398  (p  = .002)  if  multiple  matings  of  a pair  were  included. 

Females,  however,  tended  to  reject  males  smaller  than  themselves 
when  such  males  attempted  to  mate.  In  57%  of  the  cases  of  rejection 
(4  out  of  7)  the  female  was  larger,  whereas  in  only  37%  of  the  cases 
of  mating  (22  out  of  60),  was  the  female  larger.  When  lengths  of 
males  rejected  and  accepted  for  mating  were  examined,  it  was  found 
that  rejected  males  were  shorter  (p  < .05,  1 -tailed,  Mann-Whitney  U 
test). 

Given  the  more  frequent  rejection  of  small  males,  and  the  greater 
success  of  larger  males  in  aggressive  encounters  over  females,  it  was 
expected  that  males  found  mating  would  tend  to  be  larger  than 
males  simply  present  in  the  aggregation.  Whereas  females  that 
mated  were  larger  than  unattended  drilling  females  (p  < .02,  2- 
tailed,  Mann-Whitney  U test),  males  that  mated  were  not  signifi- 
cantly larger  than  guarding  males,  males  in  a random  sample,  or 
males  that  were  alone  (Table  1).  Instead,  a frequency  histogram  of 
mating  males  showed  a bimodality  in  the  size  of  males  that  mated 
compared  to  an  unimodal  distribution  of  males  in  the  breeding 
aggregation  (Fig.  4).  There  appeared  to  be  a dearth  of  medium-sized 
mating  males.  Indeed,  a chi-square  test  on  the  52  different  pairings 
found  that  mating  males  were  significantly  more  likely  to  be  large 
(^  31  mm)  or  small  (^  22  mm)  than  would  be  expected  if  they 
mated  in  proportion  to  their  abundance  in  the  random  sample  (x^  = 
4.87,  1 df,  p = .027). 

Extra  opportunities  for  small  males  to  mate  could  arise  if  guard- 
ing males  drove  away  small  rivals  less  frequently  than  they  did  rivals 
more  their  size.  With  this  in  mind,  I compared  the  7 cases  in  which 
two  males  co-occurred  at  a drilling  female  for  3 min  or  more  with 
the  19  cases  in  which  one  male  drove  off  the  other  within  the  first 
minute.  In  6 of  the  7 cases  of  co-occurrence,  one  male  was  small 
(^  22  mm)  and  the  other  large  (^  31  mm).  In  the  remaining  case 
both  males  were  medium-sized.  In  the  7 cases  of  co-occurrence  the 


1983] 


Johnson  — Claeocleres  hivittata 


143 


Table  I.  Lengths  (mm)  of  ClaeoJerc.s  hivinata  individuals  in  different  categories. 
The  two  means  marked  with  an  asterisk  are  the  only  two  compared  within  a sex  that 
are  significantly  different. 


Females 

Males 

n 

X 

S.D. 

n 

X 

S.D. 

99  drilling  alone 

1 1 

19.73* 

2.45 

(5(5  without  partners 

14 

25.21 

7.30 

Guarded,  drilling 

99 

49 

20.08 

3.67 

Guarding  55 

49 

24.55 

6.76 

Random  sample  of 

99 

128 

20.97 

4.35 

Random  sample  of 

(5(5 

101 

25.91 

7.21 

99  that  mated 

52 

22.21* 

4.20 

55  that  mated 

52 

24.77 

8.09 

mean  ±S.D.  size  difference  between  the  males  was  13.6  ±8. 5mm.  In 
the  19  cases  of  intolerance,  the  mean  S.D.  size  difference  was  only 
5.8  ±5.7  mm.  The  males  in  the  cases  of  co-occurrence  were,  in  fact, 
significantly  more  disparate  in  size  (p  < .02,  2-tailed,  Mann- 
Whitney  U test). 

The  joint  attendance  of  a drilling  female  by  the  two  medium-sized 
males  was  short-lived  (4  min).  The  small  and  large  male  combina- 
tions, on  the  other  hand,  were  more  persistent  (x  = 19.8  ±10.5  min). 
Stability  was  achieved  in  part  because  the  small  male  kept  a “low 
profile.”  The  small  males  were  unaggressive,  even  if  poked,  and  5/6 
of  them  spent  most  of  their  time  partway  under  the  drilling  female. 
Usually  it  was  the  rostrum  that  was  tucked  under  the  female,  but 
two  individuals  crawled  under  the  female  at  right  angles  to  her  long 
axis  and  centered  themselves  beneath  her.  Postures  in  which  a male 
placed  part  of  himself  under  the  female  were  exhibited  only  by  small 
males  in  the  presence  of  a large  male  guard. 

Opportunities  to  mate  did  arise  for  5 of  the  6 small  males,  despite 
the  existence  of  the  larger  guards.  Three  of  the  small  males  mated 
while  the  large  male  was  fighting  off  a large  intruder.  One  small 
male  mated  while  the  large  male  stood  with  his  snout  resting  on  the 
female’s  head.  Another  small  male  waited  until  the  onset  of  oviposi- 
tion,  when  the  large  male  left.  He  then  interrupted  the  post- 
oviposition  rocking  behavior  of  the  female  in  order  to  copulate.  The 
small  male  that  did  not  mate  was  driven  off  by  the  large  male  guard, 
who  was  aroused  from  quiescence  by  a 38  mm  intruder  who  nipped 
him  and  mated  with  his  female. 


144 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


2 « t: 

w T3  •- 

^ 2 2 


c iS 

^ g. 

^ a 


w 

■5  = 
00  ■“ 
c ^ 

OJ  c3 
“ 3 
-O 


J=  o>  iS 


CJ 
^ -C 


^ .E 


o - 


~0  <U 

c c 

03  O 


■c  E 


S • — 

s ^ 

^ c 

(U 

T3  3 
3 O' 


3 .-r 
> 


0>  U 

3 "E 


o ^ 

(U 
on 
o “ 

g 

3 eo 
O'  3 

OJ  T3 

U.  !E 

•o 

. C 
Tt  ■■" 

. 00 
00  c 
ul  3 


P ^ 

o — 
c r 

•—  (U 
jj  .— • 

E ^ 

os  _L 

O)  m 
3 

3 ca 


j=  O 

t/5 

-a 

"O  (U 

■ > "g 

"I 

(U  3 

E ^ 

— (U 


1983] 


Johnson  — Claeoderes  hivinata 


145 


Despite  their  mating  successes,  the  small  males  were  not  the  equal 
of  the  large  ones.  The  copulations  of  the  small  males  appeared  to 
require  the  absence  or  inattention  of  the  larger  attendant.  In  con- 
trast, the  large  males  mated  when  they  chose.  All  6 large  males,  for 
instance,  were  the  last  to  mate  before  the  female  oviposited,  after 
which  they  left. 


Discussion 

In  Claeoderes  hivittata,  there  is  a great  deal  of  variation  in  adult 
size,  presumably  due  in  part  to  variable  growth  conditions  expe- 
rienced by  the  larvae  (Kleine  1933;  Haedo  Rossi  1961 ; Galford  1974; 
Peters  and  Barbosa  1977).  As  with  another  brentid,  Brentus  ancho- 
rago  (Johnson  1982),  the  larger  individuals  have  several  reproduc- 
tive advantages.  In  both  species,  larger  females  can  clear  from  the 
region  in  which  they  just  oviposited,  more  of  their  drilling  rivals 
(thus  possibly  reducing  later  crowding  of  their  larvae),  and  are  less 
likely  to  be  ousted  from  their  chosen  drilling  site.  Larger  females 
also  lay  larger  eggs,  an  initial  advantage  which  in  other  beetles  has 
been  shown  to  significantly  affect  final  adult  size  (Palmer  1983). 
Larger  males  do  more  mating  than  average,  and  assortatively  mate 
with  larger  females  who  have  the  reproductive  advantage  of  larger 
eggs  and  greater  competitive  success  at  oviposition  sites. 

There  is,  however,  a principal  difference  between  B.  anchorago 
and  C hivittata.  In  B.  anchorago,  the  bigger  the  male,  the  more  he 
mates  (Johnson  1982).  In  C.  hivittata,  the  middle-sized  males  mate 
the  least.  In  B.  anehorago,  males  are  highly  intolerant  of  other  males 
at  a drilling  female.  In  C.  hivittata,  a female  can  sometimes  have 
two  attendants  if  one  is  large  and  one  is  small. 

The  circumstances  that  permit  the  co-occurrence  of  a large  and 
small  male  at  one  female  need  further  investigation.  In  a proximal 
sense,  small  males  may  be  less  easily  perceived  than  larger  ones. 
Certainly,  the  small  males  appeared  to  assist  this  process  by  making 
themselves  less  conspicuous.  They  frequently  tucked  their  snout 
under  the  female,  along  with  the  antennae  which  in  other  encounters 
permit  male-male  recognition.  The  small  males  were  not  seen  to 
advertise  their  presence  by  initiating  acts  of  aggression.  Similar 
unprovocative  tactics  were  noted  in  the  smallest  males  of  the  wood- 
boring weevil,  Rhinostomus  harhirostris,  at  females  guarded  by 
large  males  (Eberhard  1980).  Then  too  in  the  ultimate  sense,  it  may 


146 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


not  be  worth  the  energy  expenditure  for  a large  male  to  keep  small, 
persistent  males  from  the  vicinity  of  the  female.  Despite  matings  by 
small  males,  large  males  may  enjoy  most  of  the  paternity. 

A true  answer  to  the  question  of  the  relative  reproductive  success 
of  large  and  small  males  awaits  determination  of  the  mode  of  sperm 
competition  in  C hivittata.  Whatever  the  mode,  the  relative  repro- 
ductive success  of  a small  male  is  probably  less  than  the  relative 
number  of  matings  he  achieves.  If  there  is  sperm  mixing,  the  small 
males  (which  in  the  six  cases  observed  here  averaged  200  mg  lighter 
than  the  males  with  which  they  co-occurred),  probably  transfer  less 
sperm  per  copulation  than  the  large  ones.  In  two  species  of  helico- 
niine  butterflies,  for  example,  smaller  males  transfer  smaller  sper- 
matophores  (Boggs  1981).  If  there  is  sperm  precedence,  we  would 
expect  large  males,  with  the  advantage  of  weight  and  strength  in 
aggressive  encounters,  to  copulate  at  will  when  the  probability  of 
fertilizing  the  egg  is  the  highest.  Small  males,  mating  when  they 
could,  might  or  might  not  transfer  sperm  at  the  opportune  time. 

The  mode  of  sperm  competition  is  unknown  in  C.  hivittata; 
however,  sperm  displacement  has  been  found  thus  far  to  be  the  rule 
in  Coleoptera  (Walker  1980).  If  sperm  displacement  does  occur  in 
C.  hivittata,  the  last  male  to  mate  before  oviposition  would  have 
the  advantage  in  paternity.  That  last  male  advantage  occurs  in  C. 
hivittata  is  suggested  by  the  fact  that  copulation  immediately  pre- 
cedes oviposition,  and  that  when  the  female  ceases  to  explore  the 
trunk  and  drill,  the  male  ceases  to  guard  her. 

I would  argue,  then,  that  small  males  of  C.  hivittata  do  not  enjoy 
nearly  as  much  reproductive  success  as  their  proportion  of  the  copu- 
lations would  suggest,  and  that  there  has  not  been  intense- selection 
for  large  males  to  assiduously  expend  energy  excluding  them  from 
drilling  females  they  are  guarding.  For  small  males,  however,  there 
must  at  times  be  an  advantage  to  lingering  near  a female  guarded  by 
a larger  rival,  for  otherwise  one  would  predict  that  small  males 
would  avoid  such  females.  If  there  is  complete  or  partial  sperm 
mixing  in  C.  hivittata,  there  exists  a possibility,  however  small,  that 
a given  copulation  by  any  male  at  any  time  will  result  in  fertiliza- 
tion. Even  if  sperm  displacement  is  complete,  there  remains  the 
possibility  that  the  larger  rival,  distracted  by  competitors  or  a more 
attractive  female,  will  not  return  before  oviposition  begins,  leaving 
the  way  open  for  the  small  male  to  copulate  last.  Similarly,  a small 
male  that  mates  just  after  oviposition  might  still  fertilize  the  next 


I9S3] 


Johnson  — Claeoderes  hivinaia 


147 


egg  to  ripen  if  by  chance  the  female  went  unmated  during  her  next 
drilling. 

The  above  arguments  do  not  provide  an  ultimate  explanation  for 
why  small  males  of  C.  /?/v/7/^7/^7  enjoy  greater  mating  success  than 
small  males  of  B.  anchorago.  Comparative  studies  are  planned  for 
these  two  species,  which  have  similar  breeding  ecologies.  Sperm 
competition  and  methods  of  detecting  rivals  will  be  explored,  and 
the  behavior  and  reproductive  input  of  small,  medium,  and  large 
males  of  both  species  will  be  compared.  Possibly  the  system  in  C. 
bivittata  represents  an  early  stage  of  the  development  of  dual  male 
strategies,  and  may  be  a step  on  the  evolutionary  road  to  male 
dimorphism  (Eberhard  1980).  If  so,  elucidation  of  the  differences 
between  C.  bivittata  and  B.  achorago  could  help  our  understanding 
of  the  selective  environments  favoring  dimorphic  male  behavior  and 
structure. 


Summary 

Adults  of  Claeoderes  bivittata  aggregated  on  a Quararibea  tree 
in  Panama.  Males  ranging  in  length  from  1 1-39  mm  guarded  and 
mated  with  females  12-29  mm  long  as  they  bored  holes  in  the  wood 
for  their  eggs.  Fights  often  ensued  as  females  tried  to  pry  other 
females  from  their  drilling  sites;  larger  females  more  often  won. 
Males  fought  males  for  access  to  females;  larger  males  won  signifi- 
cantly more  often.  Disputes  involving  males  of  similar  size  could  be 
settled  by  a contest  in  which  the  two  males  stood  closely  parallel 
head-to-tail,  while  an  antenna  lashed  a hind  leg  at  either  end.  Such 
an  appendage-lashing  contest  may  permit  rivals  to  assess  one 
another’s  relative  size. 

Although  individuals  differing  by  at  least  16  mm  in  length  could 
couple,  significant  size-assortative  mating  was  observed  (r  = .4). 
Due  to  the  greater  aggressive  success  of  larger  males  and  the  fact 
that  males  rejected  by  females  were  smaller  than  males  they 
accepted  for  mating,  it  was  expected  that  mating  males  would  be 
above  average  in  size.  Instead,  mating  males  were  significantly  more 
likely  to  be  large  31  mm)  or  small  22  mm).  The  dispropor- 
tionate mating  of  small  males  may  be  explained  in  part  by  the 
tendency  of  smaller  males  to  wait  partly  sheltered  under  a drilling 
female,  emerging  for  copulation  when  larger  males  are  not  guarding 
the  female. 


148 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Acknowledgments 

I am  grateful  to  Lenny  Freed,  Jim  Palmer,  Bob  Silberglied,  and 
Barbara  Stay  for  statistical  and  biological  input,  and  to  Charles 
O’Brien  for  identifying  C.  hivittata.  I also  thank  Hank  Howe,  who 
found  the  tree  with  weevils,  and  Steve  Hubbell,  who  lent  a hand 
weighing  them.  The  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute  pro- 
vided laboratory  space  and  facilities. 


Ijil  RATl  Rh  Cm-;D 


Au  xandi  R.  R.  D.  AND  G.  Borgia. 

1979.  On  the  origin  and  basis  of  the  male-female  phenomenon.  In:  M.  Blum 
and  N.  Blum  (eds.).  Sexual  Selection  ami  Repruduetive  Competition  in 
Insects.  Aeademic  Press,  N.Y. 

Boggs,  C.  L. 

1981.  Seleetion  pressures  affecting  male  nutrient  investment  at  mating  in  heli- 
coniine  butterflies.  Evolution  35:  931-940. 

DAMOlSl  At  , R. 

1967.  Monographic  des  Coleopteres  Brentidae  du  Continent  Africain.  Mus. 
Royal  de  L’Afrique  Cent.,  Tervuren,  Belg.  Ann.  Ser.  IN-8°-ser.  Zool. 
160:  1 507. 

EhI  RIIARD,  W.  G. 

1980.  Horned  beetles.  Scientific  American  242  (3);  166-182. 

Ein(  Kh,  O.  M. 

1982.  Lifetime  mating  success  in  a natural  population  of  the  damselfly,  Enal- 
laf^nia  hu^’eni  (Walsh)  (Odonata:  Coenagrionidae).  Behavioral  Ecology 
and  Sociobiology  10:  293-302. 

GaI  I ORD,  J.  R. 

1974.  Some  physiological  effects  of  temperature  on  artificially  reared  oak  bor- 
ers. ,1.  Econ.  Ent.  67:  709  710. 

Hai  do  Rossi,  J.  A. 

1961 . Brent idos  Argentinos  ( Brent hidae,  Coleoptera).  Opera  Lilloana  6:  1-317. 

Hamiiton,  W.  j.  Ill,  R.  E.  Buskirk  and  W.  H.  Buskirk. 

1976.  Social  organization  of  the  Namib  Desert  tenebrionid  beetle  Onymaeris 
ruyatipennis.  The  Canadian  Entomologist  108:  305-316. 

Hi  nirk  II,  B.,  AND  G.  A.  Bartiiolomkw. 

1979.  Roles  of  endothermy  and  size  in  inter-  and  intraspecific  competition  for 
elephant  dung  in  an  African  dung  beetle,  Searahaeus  laevistriatus.  Phys- 
iological Zoology  52:  484-496. 

.loiINSON,  1..  K. 

1982.  Sexual  selection  in  a brentid  weevil.  Evolution  36:  251-262. 

.loiINSON,  L.  K.  AND  S.  P.  HuBMELL. 

1974.  Aggression  and  competition  among  stingless  bees:  field  studies.  Ecology 
55:  120  127. 


1983] 


Johnson  — C/aeocIeres  hivittata 


149 


Kl.HINh,  R. 

1933.  Weitere  biologische  Mitteilungen  iiber  Brenthiden.  Ent.  Rdsch.  50: 
25  28,  49  50. 

Mhads,  M.  J. 

1976.  Some  observations  on  Lasiorhynchus  harhicornis  (Brentidae;  Coleop- 
tera).  New  Zealand  Entomologist  6:  171  176. 

PaI  MKR,  J.  O. 

1983.  Seasonal  body  size  variation  in  the  milkweed  leaf  beetle,  Lahidomera 
(7/wVo///.v  (Kirby).  Unpublished  manuscript. 

Pktkrs,  T.  M.  and  P.  Barbosa. 

1977.  Influence  of  population  density  on  size,  fecundity  and  development  rate 
of  insects  in  culture.  Ann.  Rev.  Entom.  22:  431-450. 

Sharp,  D. 

1895.  Brenthidae.  Biologia  Centrali-Americana  4 (6):  1-80. 

SOARKS,  B.  A.  M. 

1970.  Contribui(;ao  ao  estudo  das  especies  do  genero  Acratus  Lacordaire. 
(Coleoptera,  Brentidae).  Studia  Entomologica  13:  193-252. 

Tiiornhiu,,  R. 

1976.  Reproductive  behavior  of  the  lovebug,  Plecia  nearciica  (Diptera: 
Bibionidae).  Annals  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  America  69: 
843-847. 

Walkkr,  W.  F. 

1980.  Sperm  utilization  strategies  in  nonsocial  insects.  American  Naturalist 
115: 780-799. 


POLYDOMY  IN  THE  SLAVE-MAKING  ANT, 
HARPAGOXENVS  AMERICANVS  (EMERY) 
(HYMENOPTERA:  EORMICIDAE)* 

Bv 

Maria  Gi  adaluph  Del  Rio  Pesado  and  Thomas  M.  Alloway 
Erindale  College 
University  of  Toronto 
Mississauga,  Ontario  L5L  1C6 
Canada 

Introduction 

Slavery  in  ants  is  a form  of  social  parasitism  in  which  parasitic 
“slave-making”  species  exploit  the  labor  of  workers  derived  from 
host-species  colonies.  The  slave  makers  raid  host-species  nests, 
where  they  capture  all  or  part  of  the  brood.  Subsequently,  workers 
maturing  from  the  captured  brood  form  a social  attachment  to  the 
slave  makers  and  perform  all  the  usual  worker-ant  functions  in  the 
parasites’  colony  (see  review  in  Buschinger  et  al.  1980). 

Harpagoxenus  aniericanus  (Emery)  is  an  obligatory  slave  maker 
living  in  eastern  North  America,  where  it  forms  mixed  colonies  with 
members  of  certain  Leptothorax  species  (see  Alloway  1979).  Two 
kinds  of  H.  aniericanus  nests  are  found:  “primary  nests”  containing 
a single  slave-maker  queen  and  slaves  with  or  without  slave-maker 
workers,  and  “secondary  nests”  consisting  of  slave-maker  workers 
and  slaves  without  a slave-maker  queen  (Creighton  1927;  Sturtevant 
1927;  Buschinger  & Alloway  1977).  Primary  nests  are  apparently 
established  when  a parasite  queen  successfully  invades  a host- 
species  nest  (Wesson  1939),  but  the  origin  of  secondary  nests  is 
questionable.  The  problem  is  compounded  by  the  fact  that  secon- 
dary nests  are  usually  more  numerous  than  primary  nests  and  fre- 
quently produce  slave-maker  females  (workers  and / or  queens)  from 


'This  research  was  supported  by  a scholarship  from  CONACYT  [Consejo  Nacional 
de  Ciencia  y Tecnologia,  Mexico]  to  the  first  author  and  by  a grant  from  the  Natural 
Sciences  and  Engineering  Research  Council  (Canada)  to  the  second  author.  The 
authors  would  like  to  thank  Victor  Chudin  for  his  assistance  in  collecting  the  data 
and  Robin  Stuart  for  his  constructive  comments  on  the  manuscript. 

Manuscript  received  hy  the  editor  February  19,  1983. 


151 


152 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


their  broods  (Wesson  1939;  Buschinger  & Alloway,  1977).  In  the 
related  European  slave  maker,  H.  sublaevis,  “ergatoid  queens” 
(individuals  with  fully  functional  ovaries  and  a spermatheca,  but 
with  a more  or  less  worker-like  external  morphology)  are  common 
and  function  as  the  usual  female  reproductives  (Buschinger,  1978). 
However,  Buschinger  and  Alloway  (1977)  found  that,  while  many 
H.  americanus  workers  have  functional  ovaries  and  lay  eggs  that 
can  mature  to  produce  males,  they  rarely,  if  ever,  possess  a spermat- 
eca.  Thus,  “ergatoid  queens”  are  absent  or  very  rare  in  H.  ameri- 
canus. Moreover,  these  authors  thought  that  thelytoky  was  unlikely 
in  this  species. 

Wesson  (1939)  observed  the  formation  of  secondary  nests  in  the 
laboratory.  Slave-maker  colonies  which  had  conducted  several 
ordinary  slave  raids  sometimes  concluded  the  final  raid  of  the  sea- 
son by  splitting  into  two  components.  In  these  cases,  a few  slave- 
maker  workers  and  slaves  remained  indefinitely  in  the  raided  nest 
with  part  of  the  captured  brood.  Wesson  suggested  that  this  might 
be  a sufficiently  common  late-season  activity  to  account  for  the 
frequent  occurrence  of  secondary  nests.  However,  even  if  secondary 
nests  are  formed  in  this  manner,  there  are  still  two  possibilities  for 
the  relationship  between  secondary  and  primary  nests  and  for  the 
origin  of  the  female  slave-maker  brood  in  secondary  nests.  Follow- 
ing their  formation,  secondary  nests  might  become  autonomous 
entities  functionally  separate  from  their  parental  primary  nests.  In 
this  case,  if  we  exclude  thelytoky,  the  female  slave-maker  brood  in 
secondary  nests  would  have  to  be  derived  exclusively  from  brood 
carried  over  from  the  primary  nest  when  the  secondary  nest  was 
initially  occupied  (Buschinger  & Alloway  1977).  Alternatively,  the 
primary  nest  and  one  or  more  secondary  nests  might  comprise  a 
single  multiple-nest  (polydomus)  colony  (Sturtevant  1927).  Interac- 
tions between  the  nests  of  such  polydomous  colonies  would  be  pro- 
tracted, and  the  slave-maker  queen  would  continue  to  supply  female 
brood  for  all  nests  in  her  colony.  The  latter  possibility  is  supported 
by  the  fact  that  polydomy  of  this  type  has  recently  been  demon- 
strated in  two  of  the  host  species  of  H.  americanus,  Leptothorax 
ambiguus  Emery  and  L.  longispinosus  Roger  (Alloway  et  al. 
1982).  The  objective  of  the  present  study  was  to  examine  these  two 
possibilities  by  collecting  and  mapping  H.  americanus  and  host- 
species  nests  in  nature,  reconstructing  their  spatial  relationships  in 
the  laboratory,  and  observing  the  interactions  among  them. 


1983] 


Pesach  & Alloway  — Harpagoxenus  aniericanus 


153 


Material  and  Methods 

The  ants  were  collected  on  the  Erindale  Campus  of  the  University 
of  Toronto  in  Mississauga,  Ontario,  during  the  spring  and  summer 
of  1980  and  1981.  Since  our  purpose  was  to  determine  whether 
colonies  of  H.  americanus  sometimes  occupy  more  than  one  nest, 
we  looked  for  areas  where  two  H.  americanus  nests  occurred  within 
2 m of  each  other.  Whenever  such  a place  was  located,  we  layed  out 
a 2 m by  2 m quadrant  centering  on  the  two  nests  and  then  collected, 
numbered  and  mapped  the  location  of  every  H.  americanus  nest  and 
every  nest  of  its  host  species  (L.  ambiguus  and  L.  longispinosus)  in 
the  quadrant.  In  some  cases,  adjacent  quadrants  were  combined  to 
permit  the  collection  of  a larger  group  of  slave-maker  nests. 

In  the  laboratory,  we  removed  the  ants  and  their  brood  from  their 
natural  nests  and  established  them  in  artificial  nests  of  the  type 
described  by  Alloway  (1979).  For  censusing,  the  artificial  nests  were 
placed  in  petri  dishes  (diameter  = 14.5  cm;  height  = 1 .5  cm)  contain- 
ing a water  bottle  and  food  (Bhatkar  & Whitcomb  1970).  Then  the 
ants  were  transported  to  an  unairconditioned,  naturally  lighted 
room.  On  the  floor  of  this  room,  quadrants  were  layed  out  with 
masking  tape;  and  the  field  maps  were  used  to  locate  the  position 
occupied  by  each  nest.  A thick  layer  of  petroleum  Jelly  on  the  mask- 
ing tape  formed  a barrier  which  confined  the  ants  to  their  respective 
quadrants.  A water  bottle  and  food  were  placed  near  each  nest.  In 
this  way,  it  was  possible  to  set  up  the  artificial  nests  so  that  we 
duplicated  the  spatial  arrangement  of  the  natural  nests. 

In  addition  to  the  quadrants  collected  from  the  field,  we  set  up 
one  control  quadrant  to  study  behavioral  interactions  between  two 
H.  americanus  nests  which  had  not  been  collected  near  one  another 
in  nature.  The  sides  of  this  control  quadrant  were  100  cm  long,  and 
the  two  nests  were  placed  80  cm  apart. 

During  the  course  of  our  observations,  some  of  the  ants  were 
marked  so  that  they  could  be  individually  identified.  Each  mark 
consisted  of  a very  small  dot  of  colored  nail  polish  applied  to  the 
dorsal  surface  of  the  gaster  with  the  tip  of  a minuten  pin  embedded 
in  the  end  of  a wooden  stick.  Ants  remained  marked  for  periods  of  1 
day  to  1 month. 

Observations  were  made  8 h a day,  5 days  a week  between  10  June 
and  27  August  1980  and  between  7 May  and  30  August  1981.  Five 
quadrants  were  collected  and  observed  during  1980;  and  14  quad- 
rants were  collected  and  observed  during  1981. 


154 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Results 

There  was  a total  of  19  quadrants.  However,  quadrant  1 was 
merged  with  quadrant  2 and  quadrant  9 with  quadrant  10  when  an 
additional  H.  americanus  nest  was  found  in  close  proximity  to  a 
group  of  other  H.  americanus  nests,  but  outside  the  original  quad- 
rant boundary.  Altogether,  the  quadrants  contained  49  H.  ameri- 
canus nests,  57  L.  ambiguus  nests,  and  59  L.  longispinosus  nests  (see 
Table  1). 

Our  most  common  observation  was  “fusion”  of  all  the  H.  ameri- 
canus nests  in  a quadrant.  By  “fusion”,  we  mean  that  eventually  all 
the  ants  from  two  or  more  H.  americanus  nests  peacefully  moved 
into  a single  nest  after  exchanging  adult  nest-mates  and  brood 
among  the  different  nests  for  varying  lengths  of  time  (Figure  1).  This 
exchange  was  carried  out  exclusively  by  slaves.  The  ability  of  nests 
to  fuse  shows  that  there  is  no  behavioral  barrier  to  interactions  and 
exchange  of  nestmates  among  nests  and  thus  indicates  either  that  all 
the  ants  are  members  of  the  same  polydomous  colony  or  that  H. 
americanus  is  a unicolonial  species  with  no  behavioral  barriers 
between  its  nests.  Fusion  of  all  the  slave-maker  nests  was  observed 
in  quadrants  (1  + 2),  5,  6,  (9  + 10),  11,  12,  13,  16,  17,  and  18,  in 
which  there  was  never  more  than  one  slave-maker  queen. 

However,  we  did  not  always  observe  fusion  among  H.  americanus 
nests: 

a.  In  the  control  quadrant  where  two  H.  americanus  nests 
from  different  collection  sites  were  arbitrarily  set  up  near  each 
other,  the  ants  showed  no  tendency  to  fuse;  and  the  slave  makers 
from  one  nest  successfully  raided  the  other  slave-maker  nest. 

b.  Quadrants  3 and  8 each  contained  two  H.  americanus 
queens  living  in  different  nests  with  slaves  and  a brood.  In  quad- 
rant 3,  there  was  little  behavioral  interaction  between  the  ants  in 
the  two  nests.  However,  in  quadrant  8,  after  the  brood  matured, 
the  H.  americanus  workers  in  one  nest  raided  the  other  slave- 
maker  nest. 

c.  In  quadrant  4,  there  was  little  contact  between  the  ants  in 
the  two  H.  americanus  nests,  but  the  small  amount  of  contact 
observed  was  hostile. 

d.  In  quadrant  14,  slaves  and  slave  makers  in  two  nests  fused 
and  then  fought  with  the  slaves  and  slave  makers  in  a third  nest. 


1983] 


Pesach  & AUoway  — Harpagoxenus  americanus 


155 


Figure  1 - Set-up  date,  duration  of  nestmate 
exchange  until  date  of  fusion. 


NO.  OF 
QUAD. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 
11 
12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 
19 


f 

1 

\ 

f 

k 

, ' 1 

J 

\ 

1 

T 

1 

1 

k 

T 

1980 


1981 


10  20  30  10  20  30  10  20  30  10  20  30 
MAY  JUNE  JULY  AUGUST 


I 

\ set-up  date 

I nestmate  exchange  until  fusion. 


156 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


e.  In  quadrant  19,  both  the  slaves  and  the  slave  makers  from 
different  nests  fought  whenever  they  met;  and  the  slave  makers  in 
one  nest  mounted  an  incomplete  raid  against  the  other  slave- 
maker  nest. 

These  observations  indicate  that  H.  americanus  is  not  a unicolo- 
nial species.  Aggressive  behavioral  barriers  preventing  the  exchange 
of  nestmates  and  nest  fusion  exist  between  some  H.  americanus 
nests.  This  fact  strengthens  the  conclusion  that  exchange  of  nest- 
mates and  brood  and  nest  fusion,  when  they  do  occur,  are  indicative 
of  the  existence  of  a polydomous  colony. 

Somewhat  peculiar  partial  fusions  were  observed  in  quadrants  7 
and  15.  In  both  quadrants,  the  slaves  peacefully  moved  into  a single 
nest.  In  quadrant  7,  the  slave  makers  from  the  two  nests  fought.  In 
quadrant  15  where  there  were  5 H.  americanus  nests,  some  of  the 
slaves  attacked  slave  makers  which  had  been  living  in  other  nests 
prior  to  the  fusion.  These  partial  fusions  may  represent  situations  in 
which  lack  of  contact  between  nests  had  begun  to  produce  auton- 
omy between  nests. 

Once  the  raiding  season  was  over,  we  observed  the  formation  of 
secondary  nests  in  quadrants  1 and  6.  In  both  quadrants,  some  of 
the  ants  which  had  been  occupying  a single  nest  moved  into  a 
second  nest.  In  both  cases,  exchange  of  nestmates  and  brood  con- 
tinued for  two  weeks,  when  observations  ended. 

In  7 quadrants,  we  were  unable  to  find  an  H.  americanus  queen, 
despite  our  efforts  to  collect  each  nest  completely  and  to  search 
beyond  quadrant  boundaries  for  additional  slave-maker  nests  belong- 
ing to  these  nest  groups  (see  Table  1).  However,  in  each  of  these 
cases,  all  the  maturing  H.  americanus  adults  were  males,  a fact 
which  indicates  that  these  particular  nests  had  not  been  receiving 
female  brood  from  a primary  nest  and  is  consistent  with  the  suppo- 
sition (Buschinger  & Alloway  1977)  that  thelytoky  does  not  occur  in 
H.  americanus. 

The  total  number  of  adults  of  various  species  in  all  nests  studied  is 
summarized  in  Table  1.  The  total  number  of  H.  americanus  workers 
was  1 15,  with  the  average  slave-maker  nest  containing  about  2 H. 
americanus  workers.  The  largest  number  of  slave  makers  in  a single 
nest  at  the  time  of  the  original  census  was  13;  and  the  largest  number 
of  nests  in  a single  apparently  polydomus  H.  americanus  colony  was 
6 in  quadrant  (9  + 10).  Altogether,  this  colony  contained  19  H. 


1983] 


Pesacio  & A I Iowa y — Harpagoxenus  aniericanus 


157 


aniericanus  workers,  54  L.  longispinosus  slaves  and  53  L.  ambiguus 
slaves.  The  average  distance  between  H.  aniericanus  nests  in  nest 
groups  apparently  comprising  a single  colony  was  43.5  cm,  with  a 
range  of  1 1 to  159  cm.  The  average  distance  between  H.  aniericanus 
nests  among  which  there  were  aggressive  interactions  was  61.36  cm, 
with  a range  of  19  to  180  cm. 

In  the  H.  aniericanus  nests,  L.  longispinosus  slaves  outnumbered 
L.  ambiguus  slaves  by  a ratio  of  almost  4:1,  the  total  number  of 
slaves  being  803  (79.5%)  for  L.  longispinosus  and  207  (20.5%)  for  L. 
ambiguus.  All  the  H.  americanus  colonies  contained  L.  longispino- 
sus slaves,  and  9 colonies  contained  slaves  of  both  species.  However, 
none  of  the  H.  americanus  colonies  used  in  this  study  had  only  L. 
ambiguus  slaves,  although  such  colonies  are  occasionally  found  in 
the  Toronto  region  (Alloway  unpublished  data).  Nevertheless,  7 of 
the  quadrants  studied  contained  no  nests  of  free-living  L.  longispino- 
sus, and  one  of  the  quadrants  in  which  there  were  L.  ambiguus 
slaves  contained  no  nests  of  free-living  L.  ambiguus  (see  Table  1). 
Unenslaved  nests  of  L.  longispinosus  were  on  average  somewhat 
more  populous  than  the  unenslaved  nests  of  L.  ambiguus,  the  mean 
number  of  workers  per  nest  being  25.6  for  L.  longispinosus  and  16.8 
for  L.  ambiguus. 


Discussion 

Our  observations  indicate  that  many  Harpagoxenus  americanus 
colonies  are  polydomus.  This  conclusion  is  based  primarily  on 
observations  of  peaceful  interactions  and  of  nest  fusion  among  nests 
collected  close  together  in  nature,  contrasted  with  observations  that 
ants  from  different  H.  americanus  nests  do  not  always  interact 
peacefully.  The  fighting  and  raiding  observed  indicate  that  H.  ameri- 
canus does  not  possess  a unicolonial  population  structure.  Thus, 
peaceful  exchange  of  nestmates  and  nest  fusions,  when  they  occur, 
signify  the  existence  of  polydomous  colonies.  However,  polydomy 
in  H.  americanus  is  not  obligatory.  New  colonies  are  monodomous, 
becoming  polydomous  as  they  grow.  Finally,  our  observations  of 
partial  fusions  suggest  that  nests  in  polydomus  colonies  may  gradu- 
ally become  autonomous,  perhaps  due  to  cessation  of  regular  con- 
tact between  nests.  Under  these  circumstances,  new  queenless 
“secondary  colonies,”  similar  to  those  envisaged  by  Wesson  (1939), 
could  be  formed. 


Table  1.  Total  number  of  nests  and  individuals  by  species  in  each  quadrant. 


158 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


sisau  lie 
*0  16)01 

CO 

- 

LO 

LA 

O 

LA 

00 

LA 

o> 

free  living 

s)sau 

.'1 

O 

O 

CO 

O 

<= 

2 

L a 

D+ 

70 

CM 

o 

o 

66 

o 

o 

107 

261 

Of 

CM 

CO 

o 

O 

o 

CM 

= 

o 

O) 

o> 

s)sa 

1 

U 

O 

- 

CO 

LA 

CO 

LA 

CO 

CO 

CM 

CO 

L 1 

D+ 

o 

53 

63 

112 

116 

166 

291 

125 

CM 

00 

0+ 

o 

- 

CM 

CM 

CM 

o 

- 

sisau 
B H 

CM 

CO 

CM 

CM 

CM 

CO 

CM 

CM 

CO 

CM 

slaves 

<0 

XH 

S2 

23 

O 

O 

O 

o 

O 

O 

s 

53 

Of 

o 

o 

o 

o 

= 

= 

o 

Tin 

CH 

44 

44 

24 

22 

131 

67 

39 

37 

54 

04 

o 

= 

O 

O 

O 

O 

O 

o 

o 

H a 

XH 

in 

00 

CO 

CO 

CO 

00 

CM 

O) 

O 

- 

- 

CM 

- 

o 

- 

O 

CM 

o 

O 

Quad 

No 

- 

CM 

CO 

LA 

CO 

r- 

OO 

Oi 

1983] 


PesacU)  & AUoway  — Harpagoxenus  americanus 


159 


2 

- 

CO 

o 

s 

CO 

CO 

CM 

o 

164 

OJ 

fO 

r*- 

LO 

= 

= 

= 

57 

136 

29 

oo 

100 

57 

o 

958 

00 

CM 

eo 

= 

o 

o 

= 

59 

= 

o 

= 

o 

oo 

69 

76 

204 

o 

o 

o 

o 

222 

1509 

- 

in 

= 

= 

O 

o 

o 

o 

- 

30 

CO 

C>J 

PO 

PO 

LO 

CO 

CO 

CM 

CM 

49 

PO 

o 

63 

LO 

42 

= 

eo 

«= 

° 

207 

= 

= 

= 

- 

o 

o 

O 

- 

64 

37 

22 

52 

84 

36 

70 

803 

o 

= 

o 

o 

O 

O 

o 

o 

O 

= 

- 

PO 

CO 

LO 

2 

- 

115 

O 

= 

o 

O 

CM 

PO 

iO 

CO 

r- 

eo 

O) 

TOT 

arpagoxenus  americanus.  L 1 = Leptothorax  longispinosus. 

L a = Leptothorax  ambiguus.  $ = queen.  $ = worker. 


160 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Nevertheless,  the  fact  that  ants  which  had  been  living  in  several 
different  nests  in  nature  so  frequently  moved  into  a single  artificial 
nest  in  the  laboratory  is  somewhat  problematic.  Under  our  labora- 
tory conditions,  polydomy  seldom  persisted,  possibly  because  our 
artificial  nests  were  somewhat  more  spacious  than  the  acorn  nests 
which  these  ants  inhabit  in  nature.  If  the  ants  live  in  more  than  one 
acorn  because  no  single  acorn  is  large  enough  for  the  whole  colony, 
then  giving  the  colony  a larger  artificial  nest  might  produce  nest 
fusion.  However,  many  factors  other  than  space  may  be  involved  in 
producing  and  maintaining  polydomy  in  these  ants  (see  discussion 
in  Del  Rio  Pesado,  1983). 

Our  observations  of  nest  divisions  in  two  quadrants  further  sup- 
ports the  polydomy  hypothesis.  However,  the  nest  fusions  which  we 
saw  did  not  closely  resemble  those  described  by  Wesson  (1939).  In 
only  one  of  our  colonies  did  raiding  parties  tend  to  remain  in  target 
nests;  and  even  these  raiders  returned  home  after  1 to  3 days.  What 
we  observed  was  that  ants  which  had  been  occupying  one  nest  came 
to  occupy  two  nests  after  the  “raiding  season”  was  over. 

Several  previous  investigators  have  noted  that  many  H.  ameri- 
canus  nests  are  queenless  (Buschinger  & Alloway  1977;  Creighton 
1927;  Sturtevant  1927;  Wesson  1939).  The  usual  conjecture  has  been 
that  most  of  these  queenless  nests  are  “branches”  located  near 
queenright  nests.  Our  data  confirm  this  supposition  by  showing  that 
many  queenless  nests  are  parts  of  queenright  polydomus  colonies. 
However,  there  were  7 quadrants  in  which  we  could  not  find  a nest 
containing  an  H.  atnehcanus  queen.  Since  these  queenless  nests 
produced  only  male  slave-maker  brood,  it  is  unlikely  that  they 
represent  components  of  a queen-right  polydomous  colony;  and  the 
males  produced  in  these  nests  are  probably  the  offspring  of  H. 
aniehcanus  workers  (Buschinger  and  Alloway  1977).  Some  of  these 
isolated  nests  may  be  remnants  of  colonies  whose  queen  has  died, 
while  others  may  be  products  of  long-distance  raids  from  which  the 
raiders  failed  to  return.  The  presence  in  some  H.  americanus  nests  of 
slaves  belonging  to  a species  for  which  there  were  no  free-living 
nests  in  the  same  quadrant  suggests  that  H.  americanus  raids  may 
occur  over  distances  of  several  meters;  and  far-ranging  raiders  may 
sometimes  fail  to  return  to  their  base  (Creighton  1927). 

In  our  study  area,  L.  longispinosus  slaves  outnumbered  L.  ambi- 
guus  slaves  by  a ratio  of  almost  4: 1 . This  finding  is  typical  through- 
out southern  Ontario  and  the  adjacent  parts  of  New  York  state, 


1983] 


Pesacio  & Alloway  — Harpagoxenus  americanus 


161 


despite  the  fact  that  L.  ambiguus  colonies  are  generally  more 
abundant  than  L.  longispinosus  colonies  (Alloway  et  al.  1982). 
Two  factors  probably  account  for  the  prevalence  of  L.  longispinosus 
slaves  in  H.  americanus  nests.  First,  H.  americanus  seems  to  mani- 
fest an  ecological  preference  for  rather  cool,  shady  places,  a habitat 
preference  which  closely  matches  that  of  L.  longispinosus.  Second, 
at  our  study  site,  we  found  that  L.  longispinosus  nests  were  on 
average  ore  populous  than  L.  ambiguus  nests.  Thus,  a raid  against 
a nest  of  L.  longispinosus  might  net  more  worker  pupae  than  a raid 
against  a nest  of  L.  ambiguus. 

Summary 

Field  maps  were  made  while  collecting  nests  of  the  slave-making 
ant,  Harpagoxenus  americanus,  and  two  of  its  host  species,  Lepto- 
thorax  ambiguus  and  L.  longispinosus.  The  ants  were  then  trans- 
ferred to  artificial  nests  arranged  to  reconstruct  the  natural  spatial 
relationships  among  nests.  Ants  from  adjacent  slave-maker  nests 
often  exchanged  nestmates  and  brood  for  a period  of  time  before 
moving  into  a single  nest;  and  ants  which  had  been  living  in  a single 
nest  in  the  laboratory  sometimes  moved  into  two  nests.  However,  in 
other  instances,  ants  from  adjacent  nests  fought.  These  observations 
were  interpreted  as  indicating  that  colonies  of  H.  americanus  some- 
times occupy  more  than  one  nest  (facultative  polydomy).  Nest  popu- 
lation data  were  also  presented  and  discussed. 

References 

Alloway,  T.  M. 

1979.  Raiding  behaviour  of  two  species  of  slave-making  ants,  Harpagoxenus 
americanus  (Emery)  and  Leptothorax  duloticus  Wesson.  Animal  Behav- 
iour 27:  202-210. 

Alloway,  T.  M.,  A.  Buschinger,  M.  Talbot,  R.  Stuart,  & C.  Thomas. 

1982.  Polygyny  and  polydomy  in  three  North  American  species  of  the  ant 
genus  Leptothorax  Mayer  (Hymenoptera:  Formicidae).  Psyche,  89: 
249-290. 

Bhatkar,  a.  & W.  H.  Whitcomb. 

1970.  Artificial  diet  for  rearing  species  of  ants.  Fla.  Entomologist  53:  217-232. 
Buschinger,  A. 

1978.  Genetically  induced  origin  of  alate  females  in  the  slave-making  ant,  Har- 
pagoxenus sublaevis  (Nyl.)  (Hym.,  form).  Insectes  Sociaux  25:  163-172. 
Buschinger,  A.,  & T.  M.  Alloway. 

1977.  Population  structure  and  polymorphism  in  the  slave-making  ant  Harpa- 
goxenus americanus  (Emery).  Psyche  83:  233-242. 


162 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Buschinger,  a.,  W.  Ehrhardt,  and  U.  Winter. 

1980.  The  organization  of  slave-raids  in  dulotic  ants:  A comparative  study 
(Hymenoptera:  Formicidea).  Zeitschrift  fur  Tierpsychologie  53:  245-264. 

Creighton,  W.  S. 

1927.  The  slave  raids  of  Harpagoxenus  americanus.  Psyche,  36:  48-80. 

Del  Rio  Pesado,  M.  G. 

1983.  Polydomy  in  the  slave-making  ant  Harpagoxenus  americanus  (Emery) 
(Hymenoptera:  Formicidae).  M.Sc.  Thesis,  University  of  Toronto. 

Sturtevant,  a.  H. 

1927.  The  social  parasitism  of  the  ant  Harpagoxenus  americanus.  Psyche  34: 
1-9. 

Wesson,  L.  G.,  Jr. 

1939.  Contribution  to  the  natural  history  of  Harpagoxenus  americanus  Emery 
(Hymenoptera:  Formicidae).  Transactions  of  the  American  Entomolog- 
ical Society  65:  97-122. 

Wheeler,  W.  M. 

1910.  Ants:  Their  Structure,  Development,  and  Behavior.  Columbia  Univer- 
sity Press,  N.Y.  & London,  663  pp. 

Wilson,  E.  O. 

1971.  The  Insect  Societies.  Belknap  Press  of  Harvard  University  Press,  Cam- 
bridge, 548  pp. 


SITUATION  AND  LOCATION-SPECIFIC  FACTORS 
IN  THE  COMPATIBILITY  RESPONSE  IN 
RHYTIDOPONERA  MET  A LUC  A 
(HYMENOPTERA:  FORMICIDAE:  PONERINAE)* 

By  Caryl  P.  Haskins  and  Edna  F.  Haskins 
Haskins  Laboratories,  Inc. 

New  Haven,  Connecticut  06510 

Introduction 

Hangartner,  Reichson,  and  Wilson  (1970)  reported  some  years 
ago  that  individual  communities  of  harvester  ants  of  the  genus  Pogo- 
nomyrmex  are  able  to  distinguish  the  scent  of  their  own  nesting 
material  from  that  of  other  conspecific  colonies.  Holldobler  and 
Wilson  (1977)  were  able  to  show  that  the  African  weaver  ants, 
Oecophylla  longinoda,  mark  and  advertise  individual  community 
territories  by  means  of  colony-specific  pheromones  deposited  in  the 
rectal  fluids.  And  Traniello  (1980)  has  recently  demonstrated  that, 
in  the  typically  densely  packed  aggregations  of  colonies  of  Lasius 
neoniger,  persistent  trunk  trails  are  maintained  which  arise  from 
recruitment  trails  marked,  again,  with  hindgut  material.  Here  we 
describe  what  we  believe  to  be  nest-area  marking  with  hindgut 
material  in  the  primitive  Ponerine  ant  Rhytidoponera  metallica. 

Experiments  and  results 

The  tests  reported  here  were  a continuation  of  a series  carried  on 
for  some  years,  and  earlier  reported  in  part  (Haskins  and  Haskins, 
1979).  Material  and  methods  were  essentially  as  described  there,  and 
need  only  be  briefly  reviewed.  The  specific  population  used  in  this 
work  was  collected  as  a single,  rather  small  colony  taken  at  Mont- 
ville,  in  the  Blackall  Range  of  northern  Queensland,  Australia,  on 
December  23,  1963.  It  was  maintained  as  a closed  inbreeding  unit  in 
the  laboratory  until  the  fall  of  1979,  at  which  time  it  had  greatly 
increased  in  numbers,  was  active  and  vigorous,  and  contained 


* Manuscript  received  by  the  editor  February  24,  1983 


163 


164 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


numerous  “worker”,  female  and  male  brood.'  Other  things  being 
equal,  it  might  have  been  expected  to  have  attained  considerable 
genetic  homogeneity,  since  new  generations  of  “workers”  and  young 
queens  were  fathered  exclusively  by  males  reared  within  the  colony. 

On  November  4,  1979  this  population  was  divided  into  two 
roughly  equal  halves  and  placed  in  separate  arenas  standing  side 
by  side  on  the  same  laboratory  bench.  All  conditions  were  kept 
constant  for  the  two  moieties,  designated  A and  B,  except  that  they 
were  maintained  on  differing  diets,  comprising  crickets  and  dilute 
honey  water  for  A and  mealworm  larvae  and  dilute  sugar  water  for 
B.  Two  years  later,  on  November  7,  1981,  a series  of  compatibility 
tests  were  run  between  pairs  of  individuals  taken  one  each  from  the 
two  halves  and  allowed  to  encounter  one  another  in  fingerbowls,  as 
described  earlier.  These  demonstrated  only  very  limited  incompati- 
bility, as  reported  earlier  (Haskins  and  Haskins,  1979),  and  sug- 
gested that  diet,  though  possibly  a measurable  influence,  was  almost 
certainly  not  a critical  factor  in  mediating  compatibility  as  charac- 
terized in  this  test  procedure. 

Individual  pair-tests  after  isolation  on  the  same  diets 

On  November  1 1,  1981  a further  separation  of  the  population  was 
made  by  dividing  Moiety  B into  two,  designated  B'  and  B'\  and 
continuing  to  maintain  both  on  the  identical  diets  of  mealworms 
and  sugar  water,  and  continuing  with  no  worker  interchange  or 
communication  between  them.  They  were  held  in  this  manner  for  a 
further  year.  Then,  on  November  15,  1982,  fifty  pair-tests  were  run 
between  Moieties  B'  and  B".  In  all  but  two  of  these  pairs,  full 
compatibility  was  exhibited  in  the  fingerbowl  trials.  The  same  tests 
run  the  next  day,  November  16,  between  members  of  one  of  the  pair 
of  moieties  maintained  on  the  same  diets  {B'  and  B"),  and  the  first 
moiety.  A,  still  maintained  on  crickets  and  sugar  water,  showed 


' In  /?.  metallica  reproduction  occurs  exclusively  through  fertilized  ergatogynes  which 
may  make  up  from  5%  to  as  much  as  15%  of  the  colony  population  and  are  morpho- 
logically indistinguishable  from  unfertilized  sister  workers.  Thus  reproduction  is 
continuous  and  self-sustaining.  Colonies  are  thus  characteristically  highly  polygy- 
nous,  and  may  persist  nearly  indefinitely  under  laboratory  conditions.  “True” 
females,  fully  winged  and  otherwise  morphologically  typical,  can  also  be  produced 
(and  frequently  were  in  the  present  population)  but  they  seem  to  be  without  repro- 
ductive function,  soon  dealating  themselves,  functioning  briefly  as  workers,  and 
dying  in  a short  time. 


1983] 


Haskins  & Haskins  — Rhyticloponera  mefai/ica 


165 


results  generally  confirmatory  of  those  reported  earlier,  though  with 
somewhat  higher  levels  of  aggression  than  the  year  before.  Thus,  of 
fifty-one  pairs  tested,  37  showed  full  compatibility,  8 exhibited 
“startle”  reactions,  in  2 cases  there  was  momentary  seizure  with 
immediate  release,  and  in  4 cases  there  was  violent  attack.  Thus 
noncompatibility  between  the  members  of  Moieties  B'  and  B" 
maintained  for  a year  separately  on  the  same  diets,  was  virtually 
negligible,  while  that  of  moiety  A and  the  other  pair,  maintained  on 
different  diets,  was  generally  confirmatory  of  earlier  findings:  signif- 
icantly higher  but  still,  after  two  years  of  separation,  not  nearly 
comparable  with  reactions  toward  the  members  of  another,  widely 
separated  population  taken  near  Sutherland,  N.S.W.,  as  earlier 
reported.  From  all  these  tests  it  might  have  been  concluded  that,  as 
indicated  by  pair  compatibility  encounters,  genetic  factors  were  sig- 
nificant but  were  overlain  by  a measureable  diet  factor.  In  fact,  the 
situation  now  appears  more  complex. 

Tests  with  whole  nests 

On  June  27,  1982,  a single  nest,  housing  70-100  workers  of  the 
second  moiety  {B')  (nests  consisted  of  earth-filled  Lubbock-type 
glass  “sandwiches”  stacked)  was  transferred  to  the  arena  of  the  first 
moiety  {A).  The  introduced  nest  was  placed  as  far  away  as  possible 
from  the  stacked  A nests  in  the  arena.  Arenas  used  throughout  were 
fabricated  from  5/8  cm.  thick  transparent  polyster  sheets  glued 
together  to  form  lidless  boxes  of  dimensions  59.5  cm.  X 44.5  cm.  X 
18.5  cm.  covered  with  screening  set  in  wooden  frames,  and  lined 
with  white  paper. 

The  reaction  was  immediate,  violent,  and  virtually  universal. 
Massed  workers  from  A entered  the  introduced  B'  nest  in  force,  show- 
ing unequivocal  hostility,  seized  and  dragged  out  almost  the  entire  B 
population,  ultimately  killing  a large  fraction  of  them.  The  struggle 
went  on  for  two  days,  and  resulted  in  the  apparent  total  occupation 
of  the  B'  nest  by  A workers.  Subsequently,  this  nest  was  fully  incor- 
porated into  the  A colony.  Thus  the  reaction  in  this  experiment  was 
in  dramatic  contrast  to  the  very  limited  aggression  shown  in  the 
pair-tests. 

It  remained  to  determine  whether  similar  behavior  would  occur 
between  moieties  B'  and  B'\  which  had  been  maintained  on  the 
same  diets  and,  as  described,  had  exhibited  nearly  complete  compat- 
ibility in  the  pair-tests. 


166 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


At  2:03  p.m.  on  November  15,  1982  a nest  of  moiety  B'  was 
transferred  to  the  arena  of  moiety  B"  immediately  following  the 
B'-B"  pair-tests  described  above  (workers  of  B'  and  B"  which  had 
been  used  in  the  pair-tests  were  not  returned  to  their  respective 
arenas  until  after  the  nest-transfer  experiment  was  complete). 
Again,  in  the  most  conspicuous  contrast  to  the  experience  in  B'-B"' 
pair-tests,  but  in  the  same  pattern  as  the  reaction  when  the  nest  of  B' 
was  introduced  to  A,  immediate  mass  hostility  was  exhibited 
between  the  two  fragments.  Eight  minutes  after  introduction  it  had 
become  general,  with  many  interlocked  pairs.  By  6:55  p.m.  pairs 
“clinched”  and  stinging  were  still  present  within  the  introduced  B' 
nest,  and  disturbed  young  males  present  in  that  nest  were  emerging 
prematurely.  This  condition  persisted  until  the  following  day,  by 
which  time  it  appeared  that  occupation  of  the  B'  colony  by 
members  of  the  B"  moiety  had  been  completed,  and  things  settled 
down,  leaving  many  dead  workers  in  the  arena. 

It  therefore  became  clear  that  previous  dietary  history  was  not  a 
dominant  factor  in  mediating  the  mass  hostility  so  conspicuous 
between  A and  B on  the  one  hand  and  B'  and  F'  on  the  other.  It 
remained  to  test  whether  it  was  in  fact  the  presence  of  the  “foreign” 
nest  with  its  soil  that  triggered  the  mass  incompatibility  or  simply 
the  introduction  of  many  alien  workers  at  one  time  near  the  home 
“site” — a “mass”  effect  of  numbers  on  the  one  hand  or  the  possible 
influence  of  a familiar  site  for  the  test,  rather  than  fingerbowls,  on 
the  other.  To  check  this,  at  8:00  a.m.  on  November  18,  1982  ten 
workers  of  B'  were  introduced  together  into  the  B"  arena,  being 
placed  close  to  the  entrances  of  the  B''  stack  of  nests.  Reactions  were 
completely  compatible  until  8:25,  when  two  of  the  introduced 
workers  were  seen  being  dragged  about.  This  continued  for  the  next 
five  minutes,  when  one  was  released,  the  other  being  freed  by  8:30. 
There  was  then  entire  quiet  and  apparent  compatibility  until  3:15 
p.m.,  with  no  further  aggression  except  that  a single  worker  (living 
and  uninjured)  was  being  dragged  about  the  arena  at  12:00  noon  of 
the  following  day.  The  remaining  nine  were  apparently  “adopted”. 

Simultaneously  with  this  experiment,  the  reciprocal  transfer  was 
carried  out.  (10  workers  of  B"  introduced  into  the  B'  arena,  near  the 
entrances  to  the  B'  nests).  The  experiment  was  begun  at  8:10  a.m. 
Here  also  there  was  complete  compatibility,  except  for  two  workers 
seen  dragged  out  of  a nest  entrance  at  3:15  p.m.,  as  observations 


1983] 


Haskins  & Haskins  — Rhyticioponera  nieta/lica 


167 


Tabu;  1 

A.  10  WORKERS  OF  GROUP  B'  INTRODUCED  CLOSE  TO  THE  NEST  ENTRANCE  OF  GROUP  B" 


8:05 

Introduced  at  8:00  a.m. 
Totally  amicable  reception 

8:30 

2 $ $ being  dragged 

8:10 

" " " 

8:35 

15" 

8:20 

" " " 

8:40 

All  quiet.  No  dragging  seen. 

8:25 

2 $ $ dragged  (after 

8:55 

All  quiet.  No  dragging  seen. 

introduction  of  A) 

12:00M 

1 5 seen  still  being  dragged 

2:00  pm 
3: 15  pm 

All  quiet. 
All  quiet. 

B.  10  WORKERS  OF  GROUP  B"  INTRODUCED  CLOSE  TO  NEST  ENTRANCE  OF  GROUP  B' 

Introduced  at  8:05  a.m. 

Totally  amicable  reception 


8:10 

" 

" 

" 

8:30 

All  quiet.  Most  $ $ inside  nest 

8:20 

" 

” 

" 

8:35 

" 

8:25 

8:40 
8:55 
I2:00M 
2:00  pm 
3: 15  pm 

2 5 § seen  dragged  out  of 

nest  entrance  by  2 $ § each, 
released  unharmed. 


C.  10  WORKERS  OF  GROUP  A INTRODUCED  CLOSE  TO  NEST  ENTRANCE  OF  GROUP  B" 

Introduced  at  8:15  a.m. 

8:20  No  attacks  whatever.  Slight 
suspicion  once  or  twice.  Two 
or  three  $ § bit  briefly  at 
nesting  material. 

8:23  1 $ being  dragged  about 

8:25  2 $ $ " 

8:35  1 § " 

8:40  All  quiet.  No  further  dragging 

seen. 

8:55  " " " " " " 

3:15  pm  " " " " " " 


168 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


were  closed.  They  were  shortly  released  unharmed.  The  contrast 
with  the  B'-B"  and  B"-B'  nest  introductions  could  hardly  have  been 
more  vivid. 

The  same  experiment  was  also  carried  out  between  the  A and 
moieties.  At  8:15  a.m.  on  November  18,  10  workers  of  A were 
introduced  into  the  B"  arena,  again  close  to  the  nest  entraces  of  B'\ 
Five  minutes  later  there  seemed  complete  compatibility.  At  8:23  one 
worker  was  seen  being  dragged  about,  and  at  8:25  two  were  being  so 
treated.  By  8:35  only  one  such  pair  was  seen,  and  nothing  further 
developed  through  the  cessation  of  observations  at  9:15  p.m.  The 
results  of  all  three  of  these  experiments  are  summarized  in  Table  I. 

One  further  confirmation  of  these  results  was  required.  Only  three 
days  had  elapsed  between  the  confrontation  of  nest  B ' with  that  of 
B"  in  the  B"  arena,  (when  the  B'  colony  was  apparently  occupied  by 
the  B"  moiety)  and  the  test  introduction  of  ten  B'  workers  into  the 
B"  arena.  If  (as  seemed  likely)  the  introduced  B'  nest  had  been 
occupied  by  B"  workers,  could  not  the  passive  reception  of  the  new 
B'  workers  be  attributed  either  to  the  presence  of  other  B'  workers  in 
the  arena  or,  alternatively  (or  in  addition)  might  not  B"  workers 
have  become  somewhat  adapted  to  B'  odors,  modifying  their 
reaction?  Though  the  introduced  B'  nest  in  the  B"  arena  was 
removed  after  the  “nest  experiment”  and  before  the  new  experiment 
with  the  ten  B'  workers,  since  but  three  days  had  elapsed  between 
experiments,  both  factors  might  well  have  been  involved. 

To  check  this,  a longer  time  interval  was  allowed  to  intervene 
before  the  10-worker  test  was  repeated.  On  February  15,  1983,  92 
days  after  the  preceding  tests  (all  colonies  having  been  left  undis- 
turbed in  the  meantime)  10  workers  of  B"  were  again  introduced  to 
the  B'  arena,  close  to  the  stacked  nests  of  B'.  Introduction  was  made 
at  3:45  p.m.  At  4:10  two  workers  were  “clinched”  and  mutually 
stinging  near  a nest  entrance.  Five  minutes  later  activity  at  the  nest 
entrance  was  much  diminished,  and  the  stinging  pair  was  not  seen. 
At  4:12,  and  again  at  4:30  p.m.,  general  activity  was  much  dimin- 
ished but  two  workers  presumed  “alien”  were  being  dragged  about 
the  arena.  At  4:35  p.m.  no  further  hostility  had  developed,  but  one 
or  two  males  had  emerged  from  a B'  nest.  At  5:00  p.m.  the  arena  was 
entirely  quiet,  with  only  two  workers  outside  the  nests.  An  hour 
later  the  situation  was  similarly  quiet,  but  one  “alien”  worker  was 
being  dragged  about  the  arena  and  two  freshly  killed  workers  were 


1983] 


Haskins  & Haskins  — Rhytidoponera  nietallica 


169 


in  a corner.  Except  for  these  three,  no  further  attacks  were  wit- 
nessed. The  other  seven  workers  appeared  to  have  been  “adopted”. 
It  is  possible  that  the  attacked  workers  were  in  fact  egglaying  indi- 
viduals, which  may  have  stimulated  the  hostile  attacks,  as  found  by 
Holldobler  (in  litt.)  for  Novomessor  in  similar  situations. 

Simultaneously  the  reciprocal  introduction  was  performed.  Ten 
workers  of  B'  were  introduced  into  the  B"  arena  in  similar  fashion, 
at  3:45  p.m.  Here  the  reaction  was  even  more  passive.  Observations 
made  at  five  minute  intervals  until  5:00  p.m.  revealed  no  conflict 
whatever.  At  6:00  p.m.  the  same  observation  was  repeated  and  at 
8:00  a.m.  the  following  day  the  situation  remained  the  same.  (Table 
2.) 

Thus  these  later  tests  seemed  entirely  to  confirm  the  earlier  ones: 
the  introduction  of  a “mass”  of  ten  workers  simultaneously  pro- 
voked reactions  not  essentially  different  from  those  observed  in  the 
pair-tests  on  the  one  hand,  and,  on  the  other,  in  conspicuous  con- 
trast to  the  situation  when  whole  nests  were  introduced.  This  was 
true  with  moieties  which  had  been  maintained  since  isolation  both 
on  the  same  and  on  differing  diets. 

Discussion 

Experiments  testing  compatibilities  between  workers  from  three 
moieties  of  an  originally  single  nest  population  of  Rhytidoponera 
metallica  after  mutual  isolation  for  a period  of  two  years  under 
conditions  identical  except  for  diet  on  the  one  hand,  and  for  another 
year  between  halves  of  one  of  these  moieties  isolated  and  main- 
tained under  entirely  identical  conditions  (including  diet)  led  to 
some  interesting  conclusions.  Pair-tests  in  fingerbowls  indicated 
that  some  incompatibility,  with  accompanying  suspicion  or  aggres- 
sion, could  occur  between  individuals  from  isolated  moieties  main- 
tained on  identical  diets  for  a year,  but  it  was  infrequent.  Both  the 
frequency  and  vigor  of  aggression  were  somewhat  greater  when  the 
tests  were  made  between  workers  drawn  from  moieties  isolated  on 
differing  diets  but  under  otherwise  identical  environmental  condi- 
tions. Thus  it  seemed  possible  that  previous  dietary  history  could 
have  a minor  role  in  mediating  compatibility,  but  not  an  impor- 
tant— much  less  a decisive — one.  Similar  tests  using  ten-worker 
samples  introduced  between  the  moieties  in  all  combinations  yielded 
results  essentially  the  same  as  the  pair-tests,  indicating  that  “mass 


170 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Table  2 

FINAL  RECIPROCAL  TESTS  OF  TEN  WORKERS  BETWEEN  COLONY 
FRAGMENTS  B'  AND  B" 

February  15-16,  1983:92-93  days  after  first  reciprocal  tests  11/15/82 
February  15\ 

Workers  BH  into  BU 

3:45  p.m.  10  workers  introduced  from  BO 

Many  workers  clustered  inside  nest  entrance,  but  no  hostility,  until 
4:10  p.m.  Two  workers  “clinched”  and  stinging  near  nest  entrance. 


4:15  p.m. 

Activity  much  diminished  at  nest  entrance.  The  “clinched”  pair  not 
seen. 

4:25  p.m. 
4:30  p.m. 

Generally  quiet  but  two  “alien”  workers  seen  being  dragged  in  arena. 
Generally  very  quiet,  but  the  two  “alien”  workers  still  being  dragged 
in  arena. 

4:35  p.m. 

Some  activity  around  nest  entrance,  and  one  or  two  males  emerging. 
No  hostility  observed. 

5:00  p.m.  Entirely  quiet  in  arena  with  only  two  workers  out.  Some  activity 


6:00  p.m. 

about  nest  entrance.  No  conflict. 

One  “alien”  worker  seen  being  dragged  by  two  others.  Otherwise  all 
normal  and  quiet. 

February  16: 
8:00  a.m. 

Arena  quiet  with  one  or  two  males  emerging  from  nest. 

However,  1 dead  worker  (presumably  alien)  being  dragged  about 
arena,  and  two  freshly  killed  workers  in  corner.  These  three 
presumably  BD  aliens. 

Thus  the  general  picture  was  one  of  no  general  arousal  (as  before)  but  ultimate 
individual  hostility  to  three  out  of  ten  workers,  with  eventual  killing.  Entirely 
confirmatory  of  earlier  results. 

February  15: 

Workers  Bit  into  BD: 

3:45  p.m.  10  workers  introduced  from  B. 

All  introduced  workers  immediately  disappeared  into  BU  nests, 
without  causing  any  sign  of  disturbance. 

4:20  p.m.  Only  5 workers  seen  outside  nests.  No  conflict  and  no  signs  of 
disturbance. 

4:25  p.m.  All  very  quiet  in  arena.  Only  2 workers  out.  No  conflict. 

4:30  p.m.  All  entirely  quiet.  1 worker  only  seen  in  arena.  No  conflict. 

4:35  p.m.  Completely  quiet.  One  worker  seen  in  arena.  No  conflict. 

5:00  p.m.  Completely  quiet.  One  worker  seen  in  arena.  No  conflict. 

6:00  p.m.  All  completely  quiet.  I worker  seen  in  arena.  No  conflict. 


1983] 


Haskins  & Haskins  — Rhytidoponera  metallica 


171 


Tabu-;  2 (continukd) 

FINAL  RECIPROCAL  TESTS  OF  TEN  WORKERS  BETWEEN  COLONY 
FRAGMENTS  B'  AND  B" 


February  16: 

8:00  a.m.  Arena  entirely  quiet.  Only  2 workers  seen  in  arena.  No  hostility,  and 
no  “alien”  bodies  found. 

Thus,  throughout  this  run,  there  was  no  hostility  of  any  kind  between  host  and 
introduced  individual  workers.  It  should  be  noted  that  BCl  was  markedly  less 
numerous  and  strong  than  BU,  and  while  BU  contained  considerable  regenerating 
brood,  none  was  found  in  BO. 

These  test,  therefore,  were  confirmatory  of  the  earlier  ones  run  on  November  15, 
1982.  Like  them,  they  emphasize  the  important  role  played  by  site  nest  marking,  as 
opposed  to  individual  odor  characteristics — an  interesting  convergence  to  the  Tra- 
niello  findings  (Naturwissenschaften  67,  S.  361  (1980). 


effects”  were  not  demonstrable  and  almost  certainly  not  signifi- 
cantly involved. 

In  sharp  contrast,  the  introduction  of  long-occupied  earth-con- 
taining Lubbock  nests  of  one  moiety  into  the  arena  of  another, 
whether  the  moieties  had  been  maintained  on  identical  or  non- 
identical diets,  was  very  different,  resulting  in  vigorous  mass  attacks 
and  the  invasion  and  occupation  of  the  introduced  nest. 

This  dramatic  contrast  suggests  that,  as  in  the  cases  of  Pogono- 
myrmex,  Oecophylla,  and  Lasius,  colony-specific  nest-site  marking 
with  gut  contents  (perhaps  containing  colony-specific  pheromones) 
is  important  and  regularly  employed  even  in  so  primitive  an  ant,  and 
one  with  so  diffuse  and  vagile  a colony  structure,  as  Rhytidoponera 
metallica.  This  conclusion  is  reinforced  by  the  extensive  (though 
apparently  random)  marking  of  the  substrate  with  fecal  droplets 
that  we  have  found  general  in  arenas  containing  long-occupied 
metallica  nests,  a typical  example  of  which  is  illustrated  in  Figure  I. 
It  strongly  supports  the  recent  findings  of  Holldobler  (unpublished 
ms.)  that  in  the  Ponerine  ants  Paltothyreus  tarsatus,  a species  of 
Leptogenys  and  in  two  species  of  Hypoponera  fecal  droplets  depos- 
ited at  the  nest  entrances  can  serve  as  orientation  cues  in  homing, 
while  in  the  last  genus  colony-specific  preferences  for  these  markings 
could  be  demonstrated. 


172 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Figure  1.  Random  marking  with  fecal  droplets  of  territory  surrounding  nest  in 
Rhytidoponera  metallica  (Straight  edge  corresponds  to  margin  of  Lubbock  nest.) 


Summary  and  Conclusions 

The  following  conclusions  seem  probable  from  the  present  work: 
(1)  As  suggested  in  a previous  paper  (Haskins  and  Haskins,  1979) 
“recognition”  between  the  members  of  fragments  of  a single  popula- 
tion separated  for  a year  or  more  appears  to  remain  on  the  whole 
stable  through  several  “generations”  of  workers  which  have  not 


1983] 


Haskins  & Haskins  — Rhytidoponera  me  tallica 


173 


been  in  direct  contact  during  their  ontogeny,  when  those  workers 
are  pair-tested  in  fingerbowls  on  an  individual  basis.  This  compati- 
bility is  not  universal,  however.  Incompatibility  was  observed  in  a 
few  cases  even  between  workers  of  two  halves  of  a population 
separated  for  a year  or  more  but  maintained  under  identical  envir- 
onmental conditions,  including  diet,  whether  tested  in  pairs  or  in 
groups  of  ten.  When  the  diet  had  consistently  differed  markedly 
throughout  the  period  of  separation,  the  numbers  of  workers  exhib- 
iting incompatibility  appeared  somewhat  increased,  but  was  still  a 
minor  proportion.  It  is  possible  that  such  individuals  eliciting  attack 
were  in  fact  laying  workers,  as  found  by  Holldobler  in  Novomessor. 
(2)  When  earth-containing  Lubbock  nests  occupied  by  one  fraction 
of  the  divided  population  throughout  the  periods  of  separation  were 
introduced  into  the  arena  of  another,  the  situation  was  dramatically 
altered.  Mass  hositility  and  mass  raiding  of  the  introduced  nest  by 
the  recipient  moiety  regularly  followed,  regardless  of  whether  the 
preceding  dietary  history  was  the  same  or  different.  We  conclude 
that,  as  reported  by  other  investigators  in  a number  of  higher  ant 
genera  {Pogonomyrmex,  Oecophylla,  Lasius)  and  in  the  Ponerine 
genus  Hypoponera)  colony-specific  nest  site  marking  is  important 
also  in  Rhytidoponera  metallica,  despite  its  relative  primitiveness 
and  the  typical  diffuseness  and  vagility  of  its  colonies.  Typical  ran- 
dom markings  of  the  floors  of  arenas  about  earth-containing  Lub- 
bock nests  long  occupied  by  colonies  of  metallica,  as  illustrated, 
indicate  that,  as  with  at  least  some  higher  ants,  and  in  several  Pone- 
rine genera  including  Paltothyreus,  Leptogenys  and  Hypoponera, 
fecal  contents  are  the  characteristic  marking  “vehicle”,  perhaps 
including,  as  in  the  higher  ants,  colony-specific  pheromones.  If  this 
is  true  of  R,  metallica,  as  suggested  in  the  experiments  reported,  it 
becomes  interesting  to  consider  the  factors  involved  in  mediating 
this  specific  reaction  between  two  halves  of  a single  population 
separated  for  less  than  two  years  and  maintained  on  identical  diets 
and  in  identical  arenas  placed  side  by  side  on  the  same  laboratory 
bench  during  that  period.  No  evidence  has  been  found  of  trail  mark- 
ing, or  indeed  of  trail  laying,  in  R.  metallica. 

Acknowledgments 

We  would  like  to  express  particular  appreciation  to  Professor 
Bert  Holldobler  of  Harvard  University  for  his  invaluable  assistance 
and  suggestions  in  this  program. 


174 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Literature  Cited 

Hangartner,  W.,  J.  M.  Reichson,  and  E.  O.  Wilson 

1970.  Orientation  to  nest  material  by  the  ant  Pogonomyrmex  haciius  (La- 
reille).  Animal  Behaviour  18:  331-334. 

HOlldobler,  B.,  and  E.  O.  Wilson 

1977.  Colony-specific  territorial  pheromone  in  the  African  weaver  ant  Oeco- 
phylla  longinoda  (Latreille).  Proceedings  of  the  National  Academy  of 
Sciences  74:  2072-2075. 

Traniello,  j.  F.  a. 

1980.  Colony  specificity  in  the  trail  pheromone  of  an  ant.  Naturwissen- 
schaften  67S:  361-362. 

Haskins,  C.  P.  and  E.  F.  Haskins 

1979.  Worker  compatibilities  within  and  between  populations  of  Rhytido- 
ponera  metallica.  Psyche  86:  299-312. 


CAPTURE  OF  BOMBARDIER  BEETLES 
BY  ANT  LION  LARVAE' 


By  Jeffrey  Conner  and  Thomas  Eisner 
Section  of  Neurobiology  and  Behavior 
Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  NY  14853 

Ant  lions  (larvae  of  Myrmeleontidae)  are  well-known  for  their 
unique  method  of  prey  capture  (Wheeler,  1930).  They  construct  a 
conical  pit  in  the  sand  and  lie  buried  at  the  bottom  with  only  their 
sickle-shaped  mandibles,  or  head  and  mandibles,  exposed.  When  an 
ambulatory  arthropod  falls  into  the  pit  it  is  seized  and  pierced  by  the 
mandibles  and  sucked  dry.  Bombardier  beetles,  like  other  Carabi- 
dae,  are  ground  foragers  and  thus  may  be  expected  to  fall  into  ant 
lion  pits.  However,  due  to  their  singularly  effective  chemical  defense, 
some  question  remained  whether  they  might  be  vulnerable  to  cap- 
ture by  ant  lions.  Bombardier  beetles  respond  to  attack  by  ejecting 
an  aimed  spray  of  hot  (100°  C)  repellent  quinones  from  the  tip  of  the 
abdomen  (Eisner,  1958;  Aneshansley  et  ai,  1969).  The  spray  is  an 
effective  deterrent  to  a number  of  insectivores  (Eisner,  1958;  Eisner 
and  Dean,  1976).  Several  authors  (Turner,  1915;  Wheeler,  1930; 
Lucas  and  Brockmann,  1981)  have  observed  that  ant  lions  may  pull 
their  prey  under  the  sand  after  grasping  it.  Lucas  and  Brockman 
(1981)  suggest  that  this  behavior  may  protect  ant  lions  from  aggres- 
sive prey.  We  here  report  that  ant  lions  can  capture  bombardier 
beetles  providing  the  ant  lions  have  pulled  their  head  beneath  the 
sand  by  the  time  the  beetles  eject  their  spray. 

Our  observations  were  made  at  the  Archbold  Biological  Station, 
Lake  Placid,  Highlands  County,  Florida,  where  the  ant  lions  {Myr- 
meleon  crudelis  larvae)  and  bombardier  beetles  {Brachinus  spp.) 
were  taken.  Fifteen  ant  lions  were  placed  in  each  of  three  metal 
boxes  (30  X 44  X 18  cm  high)  filled  with  sand  to  a depth  of  8 cm. 
After  the  ant  lions  had  constructed  pits,  bombardier  beetles  were 
released  individually  into  the  boxes  and  observed  until  they  slid  or 
walked  into  a pit  and  were  seized  by  an  ant  lion.  Two  things  were 
noted  each  time  a beetle  “fired”  after  being  grasped:  (1)  whether  the 


'Paper  No.  75  of  the  series  Defense  Mechanisms  of  Arthropods.  Paper  No.  74  is  T. 
Eisner  and  S.  Camazine,  Proc.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.,  in  press. 

Manuscript  received  by  the  editor  February  25,  1983. 


175 


176 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


ant  lion’s  head  was  above  the  sand  or  had  already  been  withdrawn 
below  the  surface,  and  (2)  whether  the  beetle  was  retained  in  the  ant 
lion’s  hold  or  released.  Detection  of  firings  posed  no  problem  since 
the  discharges  are  accompanied  by  audible  detonations  (Eisner, 
1958). 

A total  of  37  captures  were  witnessed.  Five  of  these  involved 
beetles  that  were  held  only  momentarily  by  the  larvae  and  released 
without  being  induced  to  discharge.  Another  three  involved  beetles 
that  also  failed  to  discharge,  although  they  were  held  persistently 
and  were  eventually  killed  and  eaten.  The  remaining  29  encounters 
resulted  in  bombardier  firings  (Table  1).  Eighteen  of  these  ended 
with  the  beetle  escaping:  single  firings  were  involved  in  each  case, 
and  the  ant  lion’s  head  was  in  all  instances  exposed  when  the  firing 
occurred.  The  beetles  were  released  unharmed  promptly  after  the 
discharge.  In  the  other  1 1 encounters  in  which  firings  occurred,  the 
ant  lions  had  withdrawn  the  head  beneath  the  sand  by  the  time  the 
beetles  fired,  and  although  there  were  sometimes  repeated  dis- 
charges, only  one  beetle  secured  its  freedom.  The  other  10  were 
killed  and  eaten.  It  is  clear  that  with  their  heads  submerged,  the  ant 
lions  are  much  less  likely  to  be  repelled  by  the  spray. 

One  wonders  why  the  larvae  did  not  consistently  withdraw  into 
the  sand  the  moment  they  seized  a beetle.  We  had  noted  that  ant 
lions  commonly  pull  their  victims  into  the  sand,  but  usually  only 
when  the  prey  is  smaller  than  the  predator  itself.  The  beetles  that  we 
tested  were  roughly  of  the  size  of  the  ant  lions  or  even  larger,  sug- 
gesting that  the  larvae  may  simply  have  lacked  the  strength  to  pull 
themselves  under  while  holding  such  prey.  That  large  insects  are 
indeed  commonly  “feasted  upon  on  the  surface”  had  previously 
been  noted  (MacLachlan,  1865). 

In  three  instances  when  beetles  fired  at  submerged  ant  lions,  the 
latter  pulled  away  from  the  site  of  discharge  by  tunneling  backward 
just  beneath  the  sand  surface  while  keeping  the  beetle  in  tow.  The 
option  of  burrowing  without  loss  of  prey,  in  a substrate  where  bur- 
rowing can  potentially  be  quicker  than  the  rate  of  diffusion  of  a 
repellent  chemical,  could  prove  helpful  to  ant  lions  also  in  their 
capture  of  chemically  protected  animals  other  than  bombardier  bee- 
tles. Indeed,  a substantial  fraction  of  prey  items  ordinarily  available 
to  ant  lion  larvae,  including  ants,  carabid  and  staphylinid  beetles, 
and  millipeds,  possess  dischargeable  defensive  glands.  Interestingly, 


1983]  Conner  & Eisner — Capture  of  honiharclier  beetles  177 


Table  1.  Summary  of  the  outcomes  of  all  observed  encounters  between  ant  lions 
and  bombardier  beetles  in  which  the  beetle  “fired”  defensive  secretion.  Beetles  were 
more  likely  to  be  killed  if  the  ant  lion  had  pulled  itself  under  the  sand  by  the  time  the 
beetle  fired  [p  <0.001,  x2=24.8,  1 d.f.,  with  a continuity  correction  used  (Snedecor 
and  Cochran,  1967)]. 


No.  Encounters 

Position  of  Ant  Lion 

No.  Firings/ Encounter 

Fate  of  Beetle 

18 

head  exposed 

1 

all  escaped 

11 

head  beneath  sand 

2.7  ±1.7 

1 escaped 

(range:  1-5) 

10  eaten 

one  of  the  few  other  predators  known  to  be  able  to  capture  bom- 
bardier beetles  is  a tabanid  larva  that  lies  in  wait  while  semisub- 
merged  in  mud  and  feeds  on  the  beetles  by  catching  them  by  a leg 
and  dragging  them  into  the  substrate  (Nowicki  and  Eisner,  1983). 

Acknowledgements 

We  thank  Dr.  Lionel  Stange  for  identifying  the  ant  lions,  John  D. 
Crawford  and  Stephen  Nowicki  for  comments  on  the  manuscript, 
and  the  staff  of  the  Archbold  Biological  Station  for  hospitality  dur- 
ing our  stay. 


References  Cited 

Aneshansley,  D.  J.,  T.  Eisner,  J.  M.  Widom,  and  B.  Widom 

1969.  Biochemistry  at  100°C:  Explosive  secretory  discharge  of  bombardier 
beetles  (Brachinus).  Science  165:  61-63. 

Eisner,  T. 

1958.  The  protective  role  of  the  spray  mechanism  of  the  bombardier  beetle, 
Brachynus  hatlistarius  Lee.  J.  Insect  Physiol.  2:  215-220. 

Eisner,  T.  and  J.  Dean 

1976.  Ploy  and  counterploy  in  predator-prey  interactions:  orb-weaving  spiders 
versus  bombardier  beetles.  Proc.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.  USA  73:  1365-1367. 

Lucas,  J.  R.  and  H.  J.  Brock  man  n 

1981.  Predatory  interactions  between  ants  and  ant  lions  (Hymenoptera:  For- 
micidae  and  Neuroptera:  Myrmeleontidae).  J.  Kans.  Ent.  Soc.  54: 
228-232. 

MacLachlan,  R. 

1865.  Observations  on  the  habits  of  the  ant-lion  (Myrmeleon  formicarius). 
Ent.  Mon.  Mag.  2:  73-75. 

Nowicki,  S.  and  T.  Eisner 

1983.  Predatory  capture  of  bombardier  beetles  by  a tabanid  fly  larva.  Psyche, 
90:  119-122. 


178 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Snedecor,  G.  W.  and  W.  G.  Cochran 

1967.  Statistical  methods,  6th  ed.  Iowa  State  University,  Ames,  Iowa. 

Turner,  C.  H. 

1915.  Notes  on  the  behavior  of  the  ant-lion  with  emphasis  on  the  feeding 
activities  and  letisimulation.  Biol.  Bull.  29:  277-307. 

Wheeler,  D.  M. 

1930.  Demons  of  the  Dust.  Norton  and  Co.,  New  York. 

Wilson,  D.  S. 

1974.  Prey  capture  and  competition  in  the  ant  lion.  Biotropica  3:  187-193. 


REPRODUCTIVE  PLASTICITY  IN  YELLOWJACKET  WASPS: 
A POLYGYNOUS,  PERENNIAL  COLONY  OF 
VESPULA  MACULIFRONS 


By  Kenneth  G.  Ross*  and  P.  Kirk  Visscher 
Department  of  Entomology 
Cornell  University 
Ithaca,  NY  14853 

Introduction 

Social  wasps  in  the  family  Vespidae  are  thought  to  have  origi- 
nated in  the  southeast  Asian  tropics  (Richards,  1971;  Spradbery, 
1973a;  but  see  Carpenter,  1982).  Members  of  the  subfamily  Vespi- 
nae  presumably  evolved  monogyny  and  an  annual  colony  cycle  as 
adaptations  to  cold  winters  in  north  temperate  regions.  Exceptions 
to  this  characteristic  social  organization  and  colony  ontogeny  in 
vespines  have  become  increasingly  apparent  (Ross  & Matthews, 
1982).  In  climatically  favorable  areas  of  their  natural  range  (Tissot 
& Robinson,  1954;  Duncan,  1939;  Vuillaume  et  al.,  1969;  Akre  et 
al.,  1980),  and  in  areas  newly  colonized  (Spradbery,  1973b;  Perrott, 
1975;  Thomas,  1960)  several  species  of  Vespula  (subgenus  Paraves- 
pula)  facultatively  form  polygynous,  perennial  colonies.  This  capac- 
ity demonstrates  great  plasticity  in  the  behavioral  ecology  of 
Paravespula  species,  and  is  intriguing  in  light  of  its  implications  for 
theories  concerning  the  evolution  of  eusociality  in  the  Vespidae. 

We  here  report  the  discovery  of  a polygynous,  perennial  nest  of 
Vespula  maculifrons  (Buysson)  from  the  southeastern  U.S.  With 
this  discovery,  all  non-parasitic  Nearctic  representatives  of  the  sub- 
genus Paravespula  have  been  shown  to  exhibit  this  atypical  colony 
ontogeny. 


*Present  address:  Department  of  Entomology,  University  of  Georgia,  Athens, 
GA  30602. 


Manuscript  received  hy  the  editor  February  25,  1983. 


179 


180 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Methods 

Nest  site  and  excavation 

A large  Vespula  macu/ifrons  colony  was  discovered  on  25  Novem- 
ber 1981,  nesting  in  sandy  soil  in  sand  pine  scrub  habitat  at  the 
Archbold  Biological  Station  in  Highlands  County,  Florida  (27°  1 1' 
N,  81°  21'  W).  Flight  from  the  colony  was  observed  on  1 February 
1982  and  1 1 March  1982  and  we  excavated  the  colony  on  20  March 
1982. 

We  placed  traps  (similar  to  Fig.  193  in  Edwards,  1980)  on  each  of 
the  two  entrances  of  the  nest  in  the  early  morning  and  aroused  the 
nest  by  pounding  the  ground.  Workers  (and  some  males)  flying 
from  the  nest  were  caught  in  the  traps.  We  discharged  a carbon 
dioxide  fire  extinguisher  into  one  of  the  entrances,  which  chilled  and 
partially  narcotized  wasps  remaining  inside;  we  then  excavated  the 
nest. 

Because  of  inadequate  narcosis  of  the  wasps  and  because  the  nest 
was  intersected  by  several  large  roots,  we  were  unable  to  remove  the 
nest  intact.  Many  combs  were  broken  into  several  pieces.  The  pieces 
were  placed  in  large  polyethylene  bags  and  kept  frozen  until 
examined. 

Analysis  of  nest  contents 

We  traced  each  comb  fragment  onto  a sheet  of  paper  of  uniform 
weight,  and  recorded  a visual  estimate  of  the  proportions  of  cells 
containing  capped  brood,  eggs,  and  uncapped  brood.  Of  those  cells 
which  contained  eggs,  we  estimated  the  proportion  which  contained 
more  than  one  egg.  Any  large  (queen-size)  cells  present  were 
counted  individually  in  each  of  the  above  categories. 

To  determine  the  comb  area  of  each  fragment  we  cut  out  and 
weighed  each  tracing  (weight  X cm^/g  for  the  paper  = area).  We 
counted  the  number  of  small  (worker-size)  cells  on  12  representative 
comb  fragments  totaling  3964  cells.  We  used  the  mean  number  of 
cells/cm2  to  estimate  the  number  of  cells  in  each  of  the  above  cell 
content  categories  for  each  fragment.  These  per-fragment  estimates 
were  then  summed  for  the  entire  nest  (205  comb  fragments). 

Sex  ratio  of  colony 

We  estimated  the  sex  ratio  of  the  capped  brood  in  small  cells  by 
removing  33  pupae  or  pharate  adults  from  each  of  16  comb  frag- 


1983] 


Ross  & Visscher — Poly^^ynoids  Vespula  181 


c 

c 

<u 

o> 

d,  ^ 

c c 
3 

ryi  O 
— CJ 
O ^ 

'o 

^ in 

C = 

0 

Is 

3.  KJ 

E “ 
S <2 

■a  <u 

11 

CQ  - 

1 

I Si 

__  3 

jy  .1 




sO  o 

■3- 

O 

O 

3 

o 

'3- 

O 

rsi 

o 

rn  — 

r" 

— 

O''  ^ 

' ' 

o' 

O' 

o 

■o 

o 

o 

u- 

_d 

o 

'O 

■3 

2: 

r- 

O'" 

sO 

iL) 

c. 

O' 

O' 

c. 

“ 

3 

O 

3 

> 

no  O 

oo 

VO 

. — , 

?:i 

"3- 

'd 

_3 

rsi  ^ 

<N 

rsi 

rsi 

bb 

c 

'c 

3 

C 

o 

3 

o 

lU 

E 

3 

in 

>/o  o 

rsi 

'O 

"v 

o 

00 

00 

X 

00 

o 

o 

c 

u. 

OJ 

r-' 

o 

u 

1_ 

C- 

(U 

3 

X) 

i/5 

E 

3 

Z 

in 

O' 

00 

r- 

CiXj 

C 

00 

00 

o 

no 

Tj- 

no 

<> 

CJ 

O'' 

O'' 

>. 

no  X 

r- 

VO 

O 

D. 

>/o 

(N 

no 

VO 

oo 

E 

O ^ 

o' 

m 

■3- 

•3- 

in 

in 

"iJ 

<U 

o 

o 

— 

<u 



3 

3 

E 

3 

O 

CA 

h- 

182 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


ments  and  determining  their  sex  (n  = 528).  We  counted  and  sexed  all 
pupae  and  pharate  adults  in  large  cells. 

To  estimate  the  sex  ratio  of  the  adult  population  of  the  nest  we 
weighed  the  two  sub-populations  of  workers  and  males  retrieved 
from  the  nest  interior  and  the  entrance  traps.  We  then  weighed, 
counted,  and  sexed  4 and  5 samples,  respectively,  of  these  popula- 
tions. The  mean  number  of  wasps/ g and  the  mean  sex  ratios  of  these 
samples  were  extrapolated  to  the  population  and  sex  ratio  of  the 
colony  adults  as  a whole. 

Reproductive  status  of  queens  and  workers 

We  dissected  all  queens  in  the  nest  and  classified  their  reproduc- 
tive status  as  follows:  “Developed”  ovaries  had  oocytes  greater  than 
2 mm  in  length,  “undeveloped”  ovaries  had  oocytes  less  than  1 mm 
in  length.  “Inseminated”  queens  had  spermatozoa  visible  microscop- 
ically in  a squash  mount  of  their  spermathecae,  while  “not  insemi- 
nated” queens  had  none. 

To  estimate  the  reproductive  status  of  workers  in  the  colony,  we 
dissected  a random  sample  of  100  workers  and  examined  their  ova- 
ries. We  classified  them  as  “undeveloped”  [ovarian  index  less  than  1 
(Cumber,  1949),  oocytes  not  developed],  “moderately  developed” 
(ovarian  index  1-2,  maximum  oocyte  length  0.9  mm),  or  “well  devel- 
oped” (ovarian  index  3-12,  oocyte  length  greater  than  1.0  mm). 

Results 

Nest  structure  and  brood  composition 

Estimated  cell  number  and  brood  composition  of  the  nest  are 
given  in  Table  1 (see  also  Fig.  1).  From  comb  measurements  the 
volume  of  the  nest  cavity  was  estimated  to  be  ca.  80  liters.  The  nest 
structure  was  roughly  ellipsoid,  71  cm  by  45  cm.  Two  nest  entrances 
were  in  use  at  the  time  of  discovery;  flight  activity  from  each  was  95 
± 14  and  15  ± 6 wasps/ min  returning  at  midday  on  1 1 March  (here 
and  throughout  this  paper  numbers  in  this  form  denote  mean  ± 1 
SD,  except  as  noted).  The  combs  were  present  in  at  least  15  layers. 
Total  comb  area  was  15,652  cm^;  the  combs  contained  an  estimated 
100,120  cells. 

Small  (worker-size)  cells  comprised  99.3%  of  all  cells  in  the  nest 
(4.0  ± 0.20  mm  in  diameter  between  parallel  sides,  range  3. 7-4. 7 
mm,  n = 44).  Of  the  small  cells,  16.7%  contained  eggs;  41.9%  of 


1983] 


Ross  & I'isscher  — Poly^ynous  Vespula 


183 


Figure  1.  Comb  fragments  and  adult  inhabitants  of  perennial  V.  nwculifrons 
colony.  Combs  positioned  in  left  foreground  contain  large  cells. 

Figure  2.  Supernumerary  eggs  and  immatures  in  small  cells  of  perennial  V.  niaculi- 
frons  colony.  Note  positions  of  eggs  high  on  the  cell  walls. 


184 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


these  contained  supernumerary  eggs  (Fig.  2).  In  a sample  of  119 
small  cells  containing  eggs,  up  to  5 eggs/  cell  were  present  ( 1 .9  ± 0.89 
eggs/ cell).  Most  of  these  eggs  were  positioned  high  on  the  cell  walls. 
Forty-one  percent  of  the  small  cells  contained  no  brood  or  eggs. 
Most  of  these  empty  cells  had  reduced  cell  walls  or  were  papered 
over  indicating  disuse  at  the  time  of  collection  (Duncan,  1939). 

The  sex  ratio  of  pupae  and  pharate  adults  in  capped  small  cells  is 
presented  in  Table  2.  Note  that  more  than  half  of  the  capped  brood 
sampled  were  males. 

We  counted  744  large  cells  (5.8  ± 0.20  mm  in  diameter  between 
parallel  sides,  range  5.4-6. 1 mm,  n = 22)  in  the  nest  (Table  1);  these 
were  located  on  8 comb  fragments,  2 of  which  contained  exclusively 
large  cells.  Over  one-third  (34.5%)  of  the  large  cells  were  empty; 
some  had  been  papered  over  and  the  cell  walls  reduced.  Of  the 
49.6%  of  large  cells  with  eggs,  1 6.5%  contained  supernumerary  eggs. 
One  small  comb  of  29  cells  appeared  newly  constructed.  The  paper 
was  light  and  fragile,  no  meconia  were  present,  cells  on  the  perime- 
ter were  shallow,  and  each  cell  contained  a single  egg. 

The  capped  large  cells  contained  predominantly  queen  pupae  and 
pharate  adults  (Table  2),  but  a large  percentage  (30.4%)  were  males. 

Adult  inhabitants 

An  estimated  total  of  11,817  ± 210  (95%  confidence  interval) 
adult  wasps  were  collected  (Table  2).  Of  these  adults,  25.8  ± 2.9% 
(95%  Cl)  were  males.  Of  the  remaining  female  adults,  only  23  were 
queens.  An  undetermined  number  of  flying  workers  and  males  were 
not  captured  as  the  nest  was  collected. 

We  dissected  all  23  queens  found  within  the  colony.  Fifteen  of 
these  queens  had  undeveloped  ovaries;  only  one  of  these  was  insem- 
inated. Six  queens  were  inseminated  and  possessed  well  developed 
ovaries.  Two  queens  were  classified  as  senescent.  One  of  these  had 
well  developed  ovaries  but  had  no  spermatozoa  in  her  spermatheca; 
the  oviducts  appeared  degenerated,  pigmented,  and  clogged.  Very 
little  fat  body  was  present.  The  other  queen,  found  in  the  bottom 
third  of  the  nest  cavity,  had  apparently  been  dead  for  some  time. 
Some  abdominal  sclerites  had  been  punctured  and  the  viscera  were 
desiccated.  One  wing  was  missing  while  the  other  was  very  frayed. 
Both  senescent  queens  and  the  six  inseminated  queens  with  devel- 
oped ovaries  had  frayed  wings  and  abdominal  cuticular  markings 
characteristic  of  physogastric,  aged  queens  (Spradbery,  1973a). 


1983] 


Ross  & Visscher  — Polygynous  Vespula 


185 


Table  2 — Number  of  capped  brood  and  captured  adults  of  each  caste  in  perennial 
V.  macuUfrons  colony  (percentages  in  parentheses).  Values  for  adults  and  capped 
brood  in  small  cells  are  estimates,  those  for  capped  brood  in  large  cells  are  counts. 


Queens 

Males 

Workers 

Total 

Capped  brood 
large  cells 
small  cells 

49  (69.6) 

21  (30.4) 
10,454  (53.9) 

8,941  (46.1) 

70(100) 
19,395  (100) 

Adults 

23  (0.2) 

3,044  (25.8) 

8,749  (74.0) 

11,816(100) 

We  dissected  100  workers  chosen  at  random.  While  74%  of  the 
workers  exhibited  no  ovarian  development,  12%  had  moderately 
developed  ovaries,  and  14%  had  well  developed  ovaries. 

Discussion 

Although  this  is  the  first  record  of  such  a nest  for  V.  macuUfrons, 
the  nest  size  and  number  of  inhabitants  are  typical  for  polygynous, 
perennial  colonies  of  other  Paravespula  species  (Ross  & Matthews, 
1982;  Spradbery,  1973a;  Edwards,  1980).  In  contrast,  annual  colo- 
nies of  V.  macuUfrons  from  northern  Georgia  and  western  North 
Carolina  average  6,104  small  cells  and  2,551  large  cells  at  their 
greatest  development  (MacDonald  & Matthews,  1981).  The  peren- 
nial V.  macuUfrons  colony,  while  containing  fewer  large  cells,  had 
more  than  16  times  as  many  small  cells  as  average  conspecific 
annual  nests.  Perennial  nests  of  V.  germanica  (F.)  from  Tasmania 
and  New  Zealand  are  reported  to  contain  up  to  180  combs  and  four 
million  cells  (Thomas,  1960;  Spradbery,  1973b).  The  study  colony 
also  contained  almost  twice  as  many  adult  workers  as  the  most 
populous  conspecific  annual  colony  studied  by  MacDonald  & 
Matthews  (1981). 

The  prodigious  size  of  perennial,  polygynous  Vespula  colonies 
does  not  result  simply  from  the  cumulative  effects  of  two  seasons  of 
growth.  The  pre-existing  nest  structure  and  worker  force  presum- 
ably support  a rate  of  production  by  each  of  the  colony’s  queens 
early  in  the  season  attained  only  much  later  by  annual  colonies.  In 
addition,  newly  recruited  queens  in  such  a colony  avoid  the  inherent 
risks  of  haplometrotic  colony  founding,  such  as  predation  while 
foraging  and  early  colony  failure  (Archer,  1980). 


186 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Several  to  50  queens  are  typically  present  in  perennial  Vespula 
colonies,  although  Spradbery  (1973b)  found  up  to  1000  in  perennial 
nests  of  V.  germanica  in  Tasmania.  On  the  other  hand,  Thomas 
(1960)  reported  only  a single  queen  in  each  of  the  perennial  V. 
germanica  nests  he  studied  from  New  Zealand.  Six  of  the  23  queens 
we  found  in  the  study  colony  were  inseminated  and  possessed  well 
developed  ovaries;  these  were  probably  functional  queens.  The  large 
number  of  worker  brood  we  found  corroborates  the  evidence  for 
several  egg  laying  queens.  An  additional  two  queens  were  probably 
former  reproductives.  The  remaining  queens  could  have  emerged 
recently,  as  queens  at  all  stages  of  development  were  present  in  the 
colony.  Newly  emerged  queens  in  perennial  colonies  may  mate  in 
the  nest  with  sibs  (Ross,  1983;  R.  E.  Wagner,  personal  communica- 
tion) or  embark  on  mating  flights  and  return  to  the  parental  nest  as 
newly  recruited  reproductives  (Spradbery,  1973a,  b).  Thus,  func- 
tional queens  in  polygynous  Vespula  colonies  are  typically  regarded 
as  being  daughters  of  the  original  foundress  (Spradbery,  1973b; 
Edwards,  1980;  but  see  Ross  & Matthews,  1982). 

The  study  colony  contained  fewer  large  cells  than  do  average 
annual  V.  maculifrons  colonies,  indicating  that  fewer  than  normal 
queens  had  been  reared  during  the  first  developmental  season.  The 
presence  of  large  numbers  of  male  and  queen  brood  and  adults 
indicates  that  the  colony  had  been  rearing  reproductives  throughout 
the  winter  [as  is  typical  for  other  perennial  Vespula  (Edwards, 
1980)],  and  a newly  initiated  queen  comb  with  eggs  suggests  that 
queens  would  have  continued  to  have  been  reared  into  the  spring. 
Presumably  the  number  of  queens  produced  over  two  seasons 
would  far  exceed  the  productivity  of  an  annual  colony. 

Over  one-half  of  the  capped  brood  sampled  in  small  cells  were 
males.  The  occurrence  of  so  many  male  brood  in  the  spring,  the 
great  number  of  supernumerary  eggs,  and  the  positions  of  eggs  high 
on  the  cell  walls  suggest  the  likelihood  of  laying  workers  (R.  W. 
Matthews,  personal  communication;  Akre  et  al.,  1982).  Dissections 
confirmed  that  at  least  14%  of  the  workers  possessed  well  developed 
ovaries  and  were  probably  ovipositing. 

Greater  than  30%  of  the  brood  being  reared  in  large  cells  at  the 
time  of  colony  collection  were  males.  This  represents  a considerably 
larger  figure  than  has  been  previously  reported  for  annual  Para- 
vespula  colonies,  in  which  large  cells  contain  almost  exclusively 


1983] 


Ross  & Visscher  — Polygynous  Vespula 


187 


queen  brood  (MacDonald  & Matthews,  1981;  Spradbery,  1971; 
MacDonald  et  al.,  1974).  Perhaps  pressure  to  find  empty  cells 
resulted  in  workers  ovipositing  in  large  cells. 

The  presence  of  many  laying  workers  in  large,  diffuse  nest  struc- 
tures is  not  unexpected  if  queens  exert  reproductive  control  via  the 
dissemination  of  volatile  or  trophic  pheromones  (Ikan  et  al.,  1969; 
Landolt  et  al.,  1977).  The  percentages  of  laying  workers  and  super- 
numerary eggs  we  found  were  in  close  agreement  to  those  reported 
for  a queenless  nest  of  Vespa  simillima  Smith  (Yamane,  1974).  Lay- 
ing workers  in  annual  vespine  colonies  may  be  common  during  the 
phase  of  colony  decline,  also  suggesting  diminished  queen  control 
(R.  W.  Matthews,  personal  communication;  Montagner,  1966;  Akre 
et  al.,  1982).  These  workers  appear  to  occupy  regions  of  the  nest  not 
frequented  by  the  queen  (Edwards,  1980). 

Vespine  workers  may  indeed  represent  “hopeful  reproductives” 
(West  Eberhard,  1978;  Lin  & Michener,  1972):  while  many  workers 
never  lay  eggs,  a significant  proportion  of  them  do  and  all  can  be 
regarded  as  having  some  probability  of  directly  contributing  genes 
to  subsequent  generations.  This  factor  has  not  been  adequately  con- 
sidered by  theories  attempting  to  explain  the  origin  of  eusociality  by 
reference  to  a polarized  view  of  reproductive  castes  (Hamilton, 
1964a,  b;  Alexander,  1974;  Spradbery,  1973a). 

Our  discovery  of  an  overwintered,  polygynous  colony  of  V.  macu- 
lifrons  completes  the  series  of  free-living  North  American  species  in 
the  subgenus  Paravespula  with  this  life  history.  No  members  of  the 
subgenus  Vespula  or  the  aerial-nesting  genus  Dolichovespula  have 
been  reported  to  exhibit  this  atypical  colony  cycle  (Akre  & Reed, 
1981).  Perennial,  polygynous  colonies  have  been  reported  for  V. 
squamosa  (Tissot  & Robinson,  1954;  Ross  & Matthews,  1982), 
whose  affinities  with  other  Vespula  species  are  unclear  (Akre  et  al., 
1980;  see  also  Archer,  1981). 

The  ability  to  retain  colony  social  cohesion  through  two  develop- 
mental seasons  and  to  tolerate  the  existence  of  multiple  functional 
queens  points  to  great  ecological  and  behavioral  plasticity  in  the 
subgenus  Paravespula.  Members  of  this  group  differ  from  other 
temperate  vespines  in  additional  biological  attributes  including:  (1) 
delay  of  reproductive  production  until  fall  or  early  winter  and  con- 
sequent increased  duration  of  colony  life  span,  (2)  development  of 
populous  colonies  and  large  nests,  (3)  ability  to  successfully  colonize 


188 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


new  areas  of  the  world  when  introduced  by  man,  and  (4)  tendency 
for  workers  to  become  scavengers  on  carrion  or  human  food  and 
refuse  in  the  late  summer.  The  common  possession  of  these  derived 
features  supports  a monophyletic  origin  of  this  group  within  the 
Vespinae.  The  interaction  of  these  same  features  accounts  for  the 
greater  public  health  importance  of  these  species  relative  to  other 
vespines. 

The  vespid  subfamilies  Polistinae  and  Vespinae,  comprised  exclu- 
sively of  eusocial  species,  are  thought  to  have  evolved  from  a com- 
mon social  ancestor  (Carpenter,  1982).  The  Polistinae  are  diverse  in 
their  methods  of  colony  founding  and  number  of  functional  repro- 
ductives  (Iwata,  1976;  Jeanne,  1980);  their  social  behavior  appears 
loosely  associated  with  a tropical  or  temperate  existence.  In  con- 
trast, all  vespines  are  characteristically  haplometrotic  and  mo- 
nogynous,  and  form  annual  colonies  (thought  to  be  temperate 
adaptations),  regardless  of  their  distribution  (Iwata,  1976;  van  der 
Vecht,  1957;  Akre  et  al.,  1980).  Thus,  the  characteristic  social  organ- 
ization of  the  Vespinae  appears  to  be  the  expression  of  a common 
ancestral  trait,  rather  than  an  immediate  response  to  ecological 
conditions.  This  interpretation  suggests  that  the  Vespinae  may  have 
originated  in  temperate  regions  rather  than  in  the  tropics  (Carpen- 
ter, 1982),  as  has  been  previously  assumed. 

The  evolution  of  eusociality  in  vespids  is  thought  to  have 
occurred  by  one  of  two  general  routes:  (1)  the  subsocial  or  matri- 
filial  monogynous  route  in  which  prolonged  maternal  care  provides 
opportunities  for  social  interaction  between  a foundress  and  her 
offspring  (Evans  & West  Eberhard,  1970;  Spradbery,  1973a),  or  (2) 
the  polygynous  or  parasocial  route  in  which  nesting  associations  of 
foundresses  of  the  same  generation  lead  to  increasingly  complex 
levels  of  social  organization  (Lin  & Michener,  1972;  West  Eberhard, 
1978).  Insofar  as  the  occurrence  of  occasional  polygyny  in  the  Ves- 
pinae bears  on  the  social  origins  of  this  group,  the  recurrent  ability 
of  colonies  to  tolerate  multiple  functional  reproductives  strengthens 
an  argument  for  the  evolution  of  eusociality  via  the  parasocial  route 
in  the  Polistinae  + Vespinae.  The  occurrence  of  perennial,  polygy- 
nous colonies  of  Vespula  may  be  viewed  as  a reversion  to  a more 
primitive  behavioral  and  physiological  mode.  Further  investigations 
of  this  phenomenon  should  aid  in  elucidating  the  environmental  and 
social  contexts  under  which  it  occurs. 


1983] 


Ross  & Visscher  — Polygynous  Vespula 


189 


Summary 

We  describe  a polygynous,  overwintering  colony  of  Vespula 
maculifrons  from  central  Florida.  The  nest  contained  about  100,000 
cells;  many  brood  of  all  castes,  at  all  developmental  stages;  over 
8000  adult  workers  and  3000  adult  males;  and  23  adult  queens,  at 
least  six  of  which  were  functional  egg-layers.  Supernumerary  eggs 
were  found  in  7000  of  the  small  cells,  often  placed  high  on  the  cell 
walls.  Of  100  workers  dissected,  14  exhibited  substantially  devel- 
oped ovaries  and  had  probably  been  laying  eggs. 

With  this  report,  all  non-parasitic  neartic  species  of  the  subgenus 
Paravespula  are  known  to  occasionally  exhibit  this  unusual  life  his- 
tory, in  contrast  to  the  uniformly  monogynous,  annual  species  in  the 
subgenus  Vespula.  Paravespula  also  exhibit  more  plasticity  in  their 
nesting  and  foraging  habits.  We  discuss  the  ability  of  perennial 
colonies  to  tolerate  multiple  queens  and  relate  this  ability  to  the 
question  of  the  evolution  of  eusociality  in  the  Polistinae+Vespinae. 

Acknowledgements 

We  thank  Chester  Winegarner  for  discovering  the  colony,  moni- 
toring its  survival,  and  helping  in  excavation.  James  M.  Carpenter 
and  George  C.  Eickwort  reviewed  the  manuscript  and  made  helpful 
suggestions.  We  thank  James  Layne  and  Archbold  Expeditions  for 
use  of  the  facilities  of  the  Archbold  Biological  Station,  and  for  a 
grant-in-aid  to  the  junior  author.  Additional  funding  through  NIH 
grant  5 ROl  All 601 1-03,  Vespid  Venom  Collection,  awarded  to  Dr. 
Roger  A.  Morse. 


References 

Alexander,  R.  (1974)  The  evolution  of  social  behavior.  Annual  Review  of  Ecol- 
ogy and  Systematics  5,325-81. 

Akre,  R.  D.  & Reed,  H.  C.  (1981)  A polygynous  colony  of  Vespula pensylvanica 
(Saussure)  (Hymenoptera:  Vespidae).  Entomological  News  92,27-31. 

Akre,  R.  D.,  Greene,  A.,  MacDonald,  J.  F.,  Landolt,  P.  J.,  & Davis,  H.  G.  (1980) 
Yellowjackets  of  America  North  of  Mexico.  U.S.  Dept,  of  Agriculture,  Agricul- 
ture Handbook  No.  552. 

Akre,  R.  D.,  Reed,  H.  C.,  & Landolt,  P.  J.  (1982)  Nesting  biology  and  behavior 
of  the  blackjacket,  Vespula  consohrina  (Hymenoptera:  Vespidae).  Journal  of 
the  Kansas  Entomological  Society  55,373-405. 

Archer,  M.  E.  (1980)  Population  dynamics.  In:  Edwards,  R.  Social  Wasps  Their 
Biology  and  Control.  Rentokil  Ltd.,  East  Grinstead,  Britain  (pp  172-207). 


190 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Archer,  M.  E.  (1981)  The  Euro-Asian  species  of  the  rw/a  group  (Hymen- 

optera:  Vespidae),  with  descriptions  of  two  new  species  and  one  new  subspecies. 
Kontyu  49,54-64. 

Carpenter,  J.  M.  (1982)  The  phylogenetic  relationships  and  natural  classifica- 
tion of  the  Vespoidea  (Hymenoptera).  Systematic  Entomology  7,1 1-38. 

Cumber,  R.  A.  (1949)  The  biology  of  bumblebees  with  special  reference  to  pro- 
duction of  the  worker  caste.  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Entomological  Society 
of  London  100,1-45. 

Duncan,  C.  D.  (1939)  A contribution  to  the  biology  of  North  American  vespine 
wasps.  Stanford  University  Publications  in  the  Biological  Sciences  8,1-272. 

Edwards,  R.  (1980)  Social  Wasps  Their  Biology  and  Control.  Rentokil  Ltd., 
East  Grinstead,  Britain. 

Evans,  H.  E.  & West  Eberhard,  M.  J.  (1970)  The  Wasps.  University  of  Michi- 
gan Press,  Ann  Arbor. 

Hamilton,  W.  D.  (1964a)  The  genetical  theory  of  social  behavior.  1.  Journal  of 
Theoretical  Biology  7,1-16. 

Hamilton,  W.  D.  (1964b)  The  genetical  theory  of  social  behavior.  II.  Journal  of 
Theoretical  Biology  7,17-52. 

Iran,  R.,  Gottlieb,  R.,  Bergmann,  E.  D.,  & Ishay,  J.  (1969)  The  pheromone  of 
the  queen  of  the  Oriental  hornet,  Vespa  orientalis.  Journal  of  Insect  Physiology 
15,1709-12. 

IwATA,  K.  (1976)  Evolution  of  Instinct  Comparative  Ethology  of  Hymenoptera. 
Amerind,  New  Delhi. 

Jeanne,  R.  L.  (1980)  Evolution  of  social  behavior  in  the  Vespidae.  Annual 
Review  of  Entomology  25,371-96. 

Landolt,  P.  j.,  Akre,  R.  D.,  & Greene,  A.  (1977)  Effects  of  colony  division  on 
Vespula  atropilosa  (Sladen)  (Hymenoptera:  Vespidae).  Journal  of  the  Kansas 
Entomological  Society  50,135-47. 

Lin,  N.  & Michener,  C.  D.  (1972)  Evolution  of  sociality  in  insects.  Quarterly 
Review  of  Biology  47,131-59. 

MacDonald,  J.  F.,  Akre,  R.  D.,  & Hill,  W.  B.  (1974)  Comparative  biology  and 
behavior  of  Vespula  atropilosa  and  V.  pensylvanica  (Hymenoptera:  Vespidae), 
Melanderia  18,1-66. 

MacDonald,  J.  F.  & Matthews,  R.  W.  (1981)  Nesting  biology  of  the  eastern 
yellowjacket,  Vespula  maculifrons  (Hymenoptera:  Vespidae).  Journal  of  the 
Kansas  Entomological  Society  54,433-57. 

Montagner,  H.  (1966)  Sur  I’origine  des  males  dans  les  societes  de  Guepes  du 
genre  Vespa.  Comptes  Rendus  des  Hebdomadaires  des  Seances,  Paris  263, 
785-7. 

Perrott,  D.  C.  F.  (1975)  Factors  affecting  use  of  mirex-poisoned  protein  baits  for 
control  of  European  wasp  (Paravespula  germanica)  in  New  Zealand.  New  Zea- 
land Journal  of  Zoology  2,491-508. 

Richards,  O.  W.  (1971)  The  biology  of  the  social  wasps  (Hymenoptera:  Vespi- 
dae). Biological  Reviews  46,483-528. 

Ross,  K.  G.  ( 1983)  Laboratory  studies  of  the  mating  biology  of  the  eastern  yellow- 
jacket,  Vespula  maculifrons  (Hymenoptera:  Vespidae).  Journal  of  the  Kansas 
Entomological  Society,  In  Press, 


1983] 


Ross  & Visscher  — Po/ygynous  Vespula 


191 


Ross,  K.  G.  & Matthews,  R.  W.  (1982)  Two  polygynous  overwintered  Vespula 
squamosa  colonies  from  the  southeastern  U.S.  (Hymenoptera:  Vespidae).  Flor- 
ida Entomologist  65,176-84. 

Spradbery,  J.  P.  (1971)  Seasonal  changes  in  the  population  structure  of  wasp 
colonies.  Journal  of  Animal  Ecology  40,501-23. 

Spradbery,  J.  P.  (1973a)  Wasps  An  Account  of  the  Biology  and  Natural  History 
of  Solitary  and  Social  Wasps.  University  of  Washington  Press,  Seattle. 

Spradbery,  J.  P.  (1973b)  The  European  soc\a\  wasp,  Paravespula  germanica  (F.) 
(Hymenoptera:  Vespidae)  in  Tasmania,  Australia.  Proceedings  of  the  Vllth 
International  Congress  of  the  International  Union  for  the  Study  of  Social 
Insects,  London  1973,375-80. 

Thomas,  C.  R.  (1960)  The  European  wasp  {Vespula  germanica  Fab.)  in  New 
Zealand.  New  Zealand  Department  of  Scientific  and  Industrial  Research 
Information  Series  27,1-74. 

Tissot,  a.  N.  & Robinson,  F.  A.  (1954)  Some  unusual  insect  nests.  Florida 
Entomologist  37,73-92. 

VAN  DER  Vecht,  J.  (1957)  The  vespinae  of  the  Indo-Malayan  and  Papuan  areas 
(Hymenoptera,  Vespidae).  Zoologische  Verhandelingen  34,1-83. 

VuiLLAiiME,  M.,  ScHWANDER,  J.,  & RoLAND,  C.  (1969)  Note  preliminaire  sur 
Texistence  de  colonies  perennes  et  polygynes  de  Paravespula  germanica. 
Comptes  Rendus  des  Hebdomadaires  des  Seances,  Paris  269,2371-2. 

West  Eberhard,  M.  J.  (1978)  Polygyny  and  the  evolution  of  social  behavior  in 
wasps.  Journal  of  the  Kansas  Entomological  Society  51,832-56. 

Yamane,  Sk.  (1974)  Observations  on  an  orphan  nest  of  Vespa  simillima  Smith 
(Hymenoptera,  Vespidae).  Kontyu  42,404-15. 


CAMBRIDGE  ENTOMOLOGICAL  CLUB 

A regular  meeting  of  the  Club  is  held  on  the  second  Tuesday 
of  each  month  October  through  May  at  7:30  p.m.  in  Room  154, 
Biological  Laboratories,  Divinity  Avenue,  Cambridge.  Entomolo- 
gists visiting  the  vicinity  are  cordially  invited  to  attend. 


BACK  VOLUMES  OF  PSYCHE 

Requests  for  information  about  back  volumes  of  Psyche  should 
be  sent  directly  to  the  editor. 


F.  M.  Carpenter 

Editorial  Office,  Psyche 
16  Divinity  Avenue 
Cambridge,  Mass.  02138 


FOR  SALE 


Reprints  of  articles  by  W.  M.  Wheeler 

The  Cambridge  Entomological  Club  has  for  sale  numerous  reprints 
of  Dr.  Wheeler’s  articles  that  were  filed  in  his  office  at  Harvard 
University  at  the  time  of  his  death  in  1937.  Included  are  about 
12,700  individual  reprints  of  250  publications.  The  cost  of  the 
reprints  has  been  set  at  5c  a page,  including  postage;  for  orders 
under  $5  there  will  be  an  additional  handling  charge  of  50c.  A list  of 
the  reprints  is  available  for  $1.00  from  the  W.  M.  Wheeler  Reprint 
Committee,  Cambridge  Entomological  Club,  16  Divinity  Avenue, 
Cambridge,  Mass.  02138.  Checks  should  be  made  payable  to  the 
Cambridge  Entomological  Club. 


ISSN  0033-2615 


PSYCHE 

A JOURNAL  OF  ENTOMOLOGY 

founded  in  1874  by  the  Cambridge  Entomological  Club 

Vol.  90  1983  No.  3 


CONTENTS 

Nest  building  behavior  and  development  of  the  sunflower  leafcutter  bee: 
Euniegachile  (Sayapis)  pugnata  (Say)  (Hymenoptera:  Megachilidae). 

D.  R.  Frolich  and  F.  D.  Parker  193 

Anthicidae  of  the  Greater  Antilles  and  a new  species  from  Venezuela  (Coleop- 

\evdi).  Floyd  G.  Werner  211 

Nest  architecture  and  brood  development  times  in  the  paper  wasp,  PoUstes 
(Hymenoptera:  Vespidae).  J.  F.  Sfrassmann  and 

M.  C.  Ferreira  Orgren  237 

New  species  of  the  ant  genus  A/ rop/a.v  (Hymenoptera:  Formicidae:  Ponerinae). 

Robert  B.  Willey  and  William  L.  Brown,  Jr 249 

Larvae  of  wrack  Coleoptera  in  the  families  Corylophidae.  Rhizophagidae,  and 

Lathridiidae.  Donald  S.  Chandler  287 

The  guest  ant,  Symmyrniica  chamherlini,  rediscovered  near  Salt  Lake 
City,  Utah  (Hymenoptera,  Formicidae).  Alfred  Buschinger  and 

Andre  Francoeur  297 

Emigration  raids  by  slave-making  ants:  a rapid  transit  system  for  colony  relo- 
cation. Fllen  C.  Kwait  and  Howard  Topoff 307 

Defense  of  bracken  fern  by  arthopods  attracted  to  auxiliary  nectaries. 

Matthew  M.  Douglas  313 

Natural  history  of  the  workerless  inquiline  ant  Pogonomyrmex  colei  (Hy- 
menoptera: Formicidae).  Steven  W.  Rissing  321 


CAMBRIDGE  ENTOMOLOGICAL  CLUB 

Officers  for  1983-1984 

Margaret  Thayer 
Donald  S.  Chandler 
Scott  E.  Miller 
Erank  M.  Carpenter 
Andrew  Spielman 
Mary  Hathaway 

EDITORIAL  BOARD  OF  PSYCHE 

F.  M.  Carpenter,  (Editor),  Fisher  Professor  of  Natural  History, 
Emeritus,  Harvard  University 

W.  L.  Brown,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Entomology,  Cornel!  University  and 
Associate  in  Entomology,  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 
P.  J.  Darlington,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Zoology,  Emeritus,  Harvard 
University 

B.  K.  HOlldobler,  Professor  of  Biology,  Harvard  University 
H.  W.  Levi,  Alexander  Agassiz  Professor  of  Zoology,  Harvard  University 
M.  D.  Bowers,  Assistant  Professor  of  Biology,  Harvard  University 
Alfred  F.  Newton,  Jr.,  Curatorial  Associate  in  Entomology,  Harvard 
University 

E.  O.  Wilson,  Baird  Professor  of  Science,  Harvard  University 


President  

Vice-President 

Secretary  

Treasurer  

Executive  Committee 


PSYCHE  is  published  quarterly  by  the  Cambridge  Entomological  Club,  the  issues 
appearing  in  March.  June,  September  and  December.  Subscription  price,  per  year, 
payable  in  advance:  $1  1.00,  domestic  and  foreign.  Single  copies,  $3.50. 

Checks  and  remittances  should  be  addressed  to  Treasurer,  Cambridge 
Entomological  Club.  16  Divinity  Avenue,  Cambridge,  Mass.  02138. 

Orders  for  missing  numbers,  notices  of  change  of  address,  etc.,  should  be  sent  to  the 
Editorial  Office  of  Psyche.  16  Divinity  Avenue,  Cambridge.  Mass.  02138.  For 
previous  volumes,  see  notice  on  inside  back  cover. 

IMPORTANT  NOTICE  TO  CONTRIBUTORS 
Manuscripts  intended  for  publication  should  be  addressed  to  Professor  F.  M. 
Carpenter,  Biological  Laboratories,  Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass.  02138. 

Authors  are  required  to  bear  part  of  the  printing  costs,  at  the  rate  of  $27.50  per 
printed  page.  The  actual  cost  of  preparing  cuts  for  all  illustrations  must  be  borne  by 
contributors:  the  cost  for  full  page  plates  from  line  drawings  is  ordinarily  $10.00 
each,  and  for  full  page  half-tones,  $12.00  each;  smaller  sizes  in  proportion.  There  is 
ordinarily  no  additional  charge  for  setting  tables  of  less  then  six  columns;  for  tables 
of  six  or  more  columns  the  cost  is  $25  per  page. 


Psyche,  vol.  90,  no.  1-2,  for  1983,  was  mailed  August  8.  1983 


The  Lexington  Press,  Inc.,  Lexington,  Massachusetts 


PSYCHE 


Vol.  90 


1983 


No.  3 


NEST  BUILDING  BEHAVIOR  AND  DEVELOPMENT 
OF  THE  SUNFLOWER  LEAFCUTTER  BEE: 
EUMEGACHILE  (SAYAPIS)  PUGNATA  (SAY) 
(HYMENOPTERA:  MEGACHILIDAE) 

By  D.  R.  Frolich*  and  F.  D.  Parker 
Bee  Biology  & Systematics  Laboratory 
Agricultural  Research 
Science  & Education  Administration 
USDA 

Utah  State  University,  UMC  53 
Logan,  Utah  84322 

Introduction 

Eumegachile  (Sayapis)  pugnata  (Say),  formerly  Megachile  (Say- 
apis)  pugnata  Say  (Mitchell  1981),  is  a large  (13-18  mm)  leafcutter 
bee  that  is  widely  distributed  throughout  the  United  States  and 
southern  Canada  (Hurd  1979).  Eumegachile  pugnata  nests  in  a wide 
variety  of  situations  including  man-made  borings  in  wood  and  is 
easily  trapped  in  the  wild  (Medler  1964,  Krombein  1967,  Parker  & 
Frohlich  in  prep.). 

Since  E.  pugnata  is  oligolectic  to  flowers  of  the  Compositae 
(Tepedino  & Frohlich  1982),  attention  has  recently  been  directed 
toward  developing  the  bee  as  a pollinator  of  commercial  sunflower. 
Parker  and  Frohlich  (1983)  described  its  use  in  hybrid  sunflower 
pollination;  Tepedino  and  Frohlich  (1982)  discussed  mortality  fac- 
tors, pollen  utilization  and  sex  ratio;  and  Frohlich  (1982)  described 
various  aspects  of  its  ecology.  The  purpose  of  this  study  was  to 


■Current  address;  University  of  Idaho,  SW  Idaho  Research  and  Extension  Center, 
Parma,  Idaho  83660. 

Manuscript  received  by  the  editor  March  29,  1983. 


193 


194 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


elucidate  the  within-nest  biology  of  E.  pugnata,  including  develop- 
ment, nesting  and  provisioning  behaviors,  and  nest  architecture. 

Methods  and  Materials 

Within-nest  behaviors  were  observed  from  a wooden  box 
(lXlX3m)  located  in  a green  house  (6X6X5m).  Nests  of  2 types  were 
fastened  to  cardboard  sheets  which  were  then  mounted  onto  the 
observation  box.  1.  Elderberry  sticks  that  had  been  drilled  (9mm 
diameter)  and  planed  lengthwise,  were  covered  with  a glass  plate  to 
expose  the  boring;  and  2.  Glass  tubes  with  plastic  inserts  were  taped 
to  cigarette  filters  to  facilitate  handling  (8mm  diameter)  (Fig.  1). 
The  end  of  the  glass  tube  that  served  as  the  nest  entrance  was  dipped 
in  black  India  ink  and  inserted  into  a cork  ring  to  allow  the  bee 
secure  footing  (Torchio  1972).  Nests  were  darkened  with  paper  slip 
covers  until  cell  construction  began.  Removal  of  slip  covers  after  the 
onset  of  nesting  did  not  appear  to  affect  females,  though  no  females 
nested  in  uncovered  nests.  A small  swamp  cooler  mounted  above 
the  wooden  box  maintained  temperatures  below  40°  C in  order  to 
avoid  egg-larval  mortality  due  to  heat  buildup. 

Commercial  Helianthus  annuus  L.  and  3 garden  variety  compos- 
ites (Cosmos,  Bachelor’s  Button,  Callendula)  were  provided  as 
pollen  and  nectar  sources  in  beds  of  approximately  equal  size. 
Because  of  its  usefulness  in  similar  studies  of  other  megachilids 
(Parker  & Tepedino  1982,  Frohlich  1983)  Oenothera  hookeri 
T.  & G.  was  used  as  nest  partition  material.  A tape  recorder, 
otoscope,  and  stopwatch  facilitated  within  nest  observations. 

As  nests  were  completed,  most  were  removed  and  replaced.  Com- 
pleted nests  were  incubated  at  30°  C and  used  to  study  aspects  of 
larval  development  and  behavior.  The  glass  plates  on  the  elderberry 
sticks  were  removed  prior  to  incubation  and  replaced  with  clear 
plastic  food  wrap.  The  plastic  inserts  of  the  glass  tube  nests  were 
also  removed  and  provisions  containing  eggs  were  cut  away  and 
placed  separately  in  BEEM®  capsules,  commonly  used  in  electron 
microscopy.  As  each  egg  eclosed,  the  emergent  instar  was  marked 
with  a tiny  spot  of  pink  fluorescent  Day-Glo®  powder  applied  with  a 
watchmaker’s  forceps.  Disappearance  of  spots  indicated  molting 
and  new  marks  were  made.  Larvae  were  inspected  several  times  a 
day  and  various  behaviors  associated  with  each  instar  were  observed 


1983] 


Frolich  & Parker  — Eumegachile 


195 


Figure  1.  Glass  covered  stick  and  glass  tube  with  plastic  insert  used  for  nests. 
Figure  2.  Schematic  drawing  showing  construction  of  a partition.  Whole  leaf 
pieces  are  added  in  sequence  (starting  with  No.  1)  and  are  sealed  to  the  nest  wall,  each 
subsequent  piece  partially  covering  the  previous  piece. 

Figure  3.  Egg  in  late  embryogenesis,  attached  to  provision. 

Figure  4.  Cocoon  containing  prepupal  larva,  showing  incorporated  fecal  pellets. 


with  a dissecting  microscope  fitted  with  fiber  optics  lighting  (to 
reduce  heat  load).  Larvae  that  died  and  examples  of  each  instar 
were  preserved  in  picroformalin. 

Results 

Within-Nest  Biology 

Females  began  nesting  in  the  greenhouse  4 June  1981,  within  3 
days  after  release.  The  following  is  a composite  account,  in  temporal 
sequence,  from  selection  and  preparation  of  a new  nest  to  nest 
closure.  Each  activity  discussed  was  observed  for  several  different 
females. 

Nest  Selection  — Preparation.  Before  beginning  cell  construc- 
tion females  investigated  both  types  of  potential  nest  substrates. 
Sticks  and  glass  tubes  that  were  not  covered  (darkened)  in  some  way 
were  either  ignored  or  only  casually  inspected.  Usually  before  pre- 


196 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


paring  her  nest  a female  would  sit  quietly  at  the  back  of  the  stick  or 
just  inside  the  entrance  for  a few  minutes  to  an  hour.  Once  a choice 
was  made,  extraneous  pith  particles  were  picked  up  with  the  man- 
dibles and  Jettisoned  outside  of  the  nest  during  flight.  Females  did 
not  make  the  nest  walls  completely  smooth  but  cut  away  gross 
irregularities  with  the  mandibles  and  removed  large  pith  particles. 
As  many  as  24  pith  removal  trips  were  observed  before  nest  initia- 
tion. During  this  period  of  preparation  females  were  especially  sen- 
sitive to  any  activity  around  the  nest  site.  On  several  occasions 
females  abandoned  nests  when  an  observer  approached  the  nest 
entrance.  In  general  nesting  E.  pugnata  were  very  wary  of  intruders. 

Partition  Building.  Basal  and  apical  partitions  of  each  cell  were 
constructed  similarly  and  were  composed  of  the  same  materials  so 
construction  details  of  each  will  be  considered  together. 

After  preparing  her  nest  site  for  cell  construction  the  female  left 
the  nest  to  retrieve  a strip  of  O.  hookeri  leaf.  The  bee  landed  on  the 
plant,  straddling  the  leaf,  and  quickly  cut,  while  walking  backwards, 
a thin  strip  V2  to  Ya,  as  long  as  her  body,  and  returned  to  the  nest. 
After  entering  the  nest  with  the  unmodified  leaf  in  her  mandibles  the 
female  masticated  it  into  a shiny  ball  which  was  pressed  into  the 
back  wall,  or  along  the  floor  where  the  cell  was  to  be  initiated.  From 
the  leaf  material  a thin  ring  of  moist  chewed  leaf  was  formed  around 
the  inner  circumference  of  the  tunnel.  Three  to  6 trips  were  usually 
required  to  complete  the  ring.  The  female  then  left  and  returned 
with  a large  oval-shaped  leaf  piece  that  was  carried  beneath  the 
body  by  all  6 legs  and  the  mandibles. 

The  mandible  and  front  legs  were  used  to  spread  and  position  the 
leaf  piece  along  a portion  of  the  chewed  ring  thus  closing  a portion 
of  the  circle  (Fig.  2).  The  outer  edge  of  the  unmodified  leaf  confluent 
with  the  ring  was  chewed  into  the  ring  and  the  2 were  sealed.  The 
female  also  used  her  head  in  an  extremely  fast  jackhammer-like 
motion  to  tamp  the  ring  and  leaf  pieces  together.  The  clypeus  and 
proximal  outer  surfaces  of  the  mandibles  appeared  to  be  the  point 
of  impact.  Subsequent  leaf  pieces  were  brought  in  and  fastened  to 
the  ring  in  the  same  manner  until  the  base  of  the  cell  was  covered 
(Fig.  2).  Three  or  4 oval-shaped  leaf  pieces  were  required  to  form  the 
base  of  the  partition.  After  the  leaf  pieces  were  positioned  more 
masticated  Oenothera  strips  were  used  to  form  a second  ring  in  the 


1983] 


Frolich  & Parker  — Eumegachile 


197 


same  position  as  the  first  thus  further  sealing  the  leaf  pieces  to  the 
walls. 

Once  the  second  ring  was  in  place  the  female  continued  to  add  to 
it  by  placing  more  masticated  Oenothera  on  the  inside  of  the  ring 
and  chewing  and  spreading  it  toward  the  center  with  the  mandibles 
until  a thin  layer  of  moist  leaf  pulp  covered  the  whole  leaf  pieces. 
Next,  moist  soil  particles  (not  mud)  were  collected  and  placed  at  the 
base  of  the  partition.  These  clods  were  cut  into  many  tiny  slivers 
which  were  taken  singly  or  in  groups  and  pressed  into  the  pulpy 
partition  with  the  mouthparts.  These  were  then  tamped  in  with  the 
head  as  before.  Oenothera  and  soil  particles  were  retrieved  alter- 
nately until  the  partition  approached  its  ultimate  size. 

As  the  partition  increased  in  thickness  the  periods  of  tamping 
with  the  head  grew  longer.  During  the  last  half  hour  of  partition 
construction  tamping  often  lasted  as  long  as  5 minutes  and  became 
combined  with  a grooming  behavior.  Before  tamping  the  female 
groomed  the  posterior  portion  of  the  abdomen  with  her  hind  legs 
and  collected  a droplet  of  fluid  that  was  passed  to  the  middle  legs 
and  then  the  front  legs.  The  fore  tarsi  with  the  secretion  were  then 
used  to  wipe  down  the  face  and  antennae;  especially  the  clypeal  and 
mandibular  areas  that  came  in  contact  with  the  partition  during 
tamping.  Possibly  the  act  of  tamping  or  packing  at  this  point  not 
only  shaped  and  defined  the  partition  but  incorporated  a secretion 
as  well. 

After  the  last  leaf  pulp  and  soil  were  added  the  concave  surface  of 
the  partition  was  further  modified.  The  female  laid  on  her  back  and 
groomed  the  posterior  portion  of  the  abdomen  and  again  passed  a 
droplet  of  liquid  to  the  middle  and  fore-legs.  This  time  the  secretion 
was  placed  between  the  mandibles  and  chewed  vigorously.  The 
female  then  chewed  and  licked  the  outer  surface  of  the  partition.  As 
this  was  finished,  provisioning  ensued.  No  threshold  or  rudiment  of 
an  apical  partition  was  laid  down  prior  to  provisioning. 

Provisioning.  The  female  first  backed  into  the  cell  with  a load  of 
pollen  carried  on  the  abdominal  scopa.  Deposition  of  the  first 
pollen  load  began  about  3 mm  in  front  of  the  basal  partition  and 
was  spread  backwards  with  the  feet  in  the  kicking  motion.  The 
pollen  was  removed  first  by  the  hind  legs  rubbing  together  toward 
the  middle  of  the  sterna.  Pollen  remaining  on  the  venter  between  the 


198 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


fore  and  mid-legs  was  scraped  off  initially  by  the  mid-legs  and  then 
the  fore-legs.  Both  pairs  of  legs  then  transferred  the  pollen  to  the 
hind  legs  where  it  was  deposited  by  rubbing  the  legs  together  in  a 
“hand  washing  motion.”  Pollen  removal  by  the  legs  was  aided  by  a 
complementary  telescoping  motion  of  the  abdomen  and  elevation  of 
sternal  hairs.  As  the  legs  brushed  pollen  from  the  side,  toward  mid- 
sternum and  backwards,  the  abdomen  contracted  so  that  the  tarsi 
came  in  contact  with  the  entire  surface  of  the  abdomen.  The  abdo- 
men then  elongated  and  the  contraction-brushing  motion  began 
again. 

The  first  load  of  nectar  was  brought  in  on  the  second  provisioning 
trip.  The  female  entered  head  first  and  picked  up  the  pollen  left  on 
the  first  trip  with  her  mouthparts,  mixing  nectar  and  pollen  into  a 
moist  paste  that  she  spread  over  the  concavity  in  the  basal  partition. 
She  then  went  to  the  nest  entrance,  turned  around  outside  on  the 
nest  face,  backed  in,  and  kicked  any  pollen  remaining  from  the  first 
deposition  toward  the  partition.  Before  pollen  deposition  this  time 
the  female  arched  her  body  into  a ‘U’  shape,  with  head  and  abdomen 
as  its  highest  points.  Front  legs  and  hind  legs  were  placed  approxi- 
mately halfway  up  opposite  walls  of  the  nest,  while  mid-legs  rested 
on  the  floor.  The  abdomen  was  arched  and  was  backed  into  the 
cavity  of  the  basal  partition.  Pollen  removal  then  proceeded  as 
before  and  the  load  fell  into  the  concavity  or  onto  the  floor  in  front 
of  the  partition.  On  subsequent  trips  the  female  entered  head  first, 
swinging  her  head  back  and  forth  as  she  approached  the  provision, 
picking  up  stray  pollen  with  her  mouthparts.  The  dry  pollen  from 
the  previous  trip  was  then  chewed  and  mixed  with  nectar  to  form  a 
paste  which  she  molded  into  a loaf  with  her  mandibles.  Pollen  was 
then  deposited  atop  the  growing  provision  and  the  sequence  was 
repeated. 

Prior  to  nectar  regurgitation,  the  bee  usually  cleaned  her  face  and 
antennae,  removing  pollen  with  her  front  legs  and  passing  it  to  her 
hind  legs,  where  it  was  deposited  along  the  sides  of  the  abdomen. 
She  also  stopped  just  in  front  of  the  entrance  and  preened  again 
before  embarking  on  the  next  foraging  trip. 

Once  the  pollen  loaf  was  approximately  its  ultimate  size  the 
female  used  the  abdomen  tip  to  plunge  a shallow  hole  in  the  loaf 
after  each  pollen  deposition.  This  hole  was  then  filled  with  nectar  on 


1983] 


Frolich  & Parker  — Eumegachile 


199 


the  next  trip  and  masticated.  Dry  pollen  was  deposited  on  it  and  a 
new  hole  was  formed  with  the  abdomen  tip.  This  behavior  con- 
tinued until  the  provision  was  about  V3  its  ultimate  size  whereupon 
the  female  tended  to  sprinkle  pollen  evenly  over  the  entire  surface. 
Nectar  was  also  deposited  more  uniformly  and  the  whole  surface 
was  chewed  after  each  trip,  incorporating  pollen  and  nectar. 

On  the  last  few  pollen  trips  the  bee  used  her  face  to  flatten  the 
vertical  surface  of  the  pollen  loaf,  using  a motion  similar  to  the 
tamping  during  partition  construction. 

Oviposition  and  Cell  Closure.  Once  the  cell  was  provisioned  the 
female  collected  an  unmodified  Oenothera  strip.  She  masticated  it 
into  a moist  ball  and  wiped  down  the  floor  in  front  of  the  provision, 
picking  up  loose  pollen.  As  when  making  the  basal  partition  she 
used  the  leaf  pulp  to  form  a ring  around  the  inner  circumference  of 
the  tunnel  close  to  the  edge  of  the  pollen  loaf.  Two  or  3 leaf  gather- 
ing trips  sufficed;  the  ring  was  the  initiation  of  the  apical  partition. 

The  leaf  pulp  ring  completed,  the  female  made  3 or  4 more  forag- 
ing bouts  each  time  returning  with  only  nectar.  On  returning  from 
the  first  bout  the  bee  plunged  her  mouthparts  deeply  into  one  side  of 
the  face  of  the  provision  and  continued  to  do  so  in  an  extremely  fast 
up  and  down  fashion  for  several  seconds.  With  the  mandibles  mov- 
ing in  a cutting  fashion  much  of  the  provision  was  pushed  to  the  side 
opposite  the  female.  After  the  next  trip  the  other  side  of  the  pollen 
loaf  was  worked  in  a similar  fashion  until  the  front  half  of  the  entire 
provision  had  been  thoroughly  kneaded.  At  the  end  of  the  final 
foraging  bout  the  female  regurgitated  a large  quantity  of  nectar  onto 
the  middle  of  the  provision  face  and  plunged  her  mandibles  in  an 
around  its  center  until  a small  wet  hillock  was  formed.  The  front 
half  of  the  provision  was  thoroughly  wetted  with  nectar  and 
appeared  much  darker  in  color  than  the  back  half.  This  completed, 
the  female  turned  around  at  the  entrance,  backed  in  and  oviposited. 

As  she  backed  into  the  cell,  she  inserted  her  ovipositor  into  the 
upper  half  of  the  hillock,  appearing  to  anchor  to  the  provision.  A 
series  of  pumping  motions  forced  the  egg  onto  the  hillock  where  it 
appeared  to  sink  into  the  nectar.  When  the  egg  was  about  halfway 
extruded  from  the  female  the  pumping  motions  ceased  and  she 
pulled  away,  leaving  the  anterior  portion  of  the  egg  free  and  at 
about  a 45°  angle  (Fig.  3).  During  oviposition  the  female  remained 


200 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


fairly  rigid  with  the  exception  of  the  abdominal  pumping  motion 
and  a slight  rocking  of  the  body.  The  head  was  cocked  downward 
somewhat  and  the  antennae  wiggled  slightly.  The  whole  process 
lasted  about  60  seconds. 

Immediately  after  oviposition  the  female  left  the  nest  and 
returned  with  leaf  material.  Most  often  this  was  a large  oval-shaped 
piece  that  was  sealed  to  the  leaf  pulp  ring.  An  occasional  female 
returned  with  Oenothera  strips  and  added  to  the  ring  but  most  often 
the  entrance  to  the  cell  was  immediately  closed  by  adding  the  oval- 
shaped pieces.  Once  the  cell  was  closed,  the  apical  partition  was 
constructed  in  the  same  manner  as  the  basal  partition. 

In  almost  all  nests  at  least  1 partition,  not  associated  with  a 
provisioned  cell,  was  constructed  in  the  front  of  the  nest  to  form  a 
vestibular  and  an  intercalary  cell.  This  partition  was  constructed  in 
the  same  manner  as  partitions  defining  provisioned  cells,  i.e.,  soil, 
leaf  pulp,  and  whole  leaf  pieces  were  incorporated.  The  nest  plug 
made  to  close  the  entrance  was  also  constructed  of  the  same  mate- 
rial as  partitions  but  was  considerably  thicker.  The  behaviors 
involved  in  plug  construction  were  identical  to  those  involved  in 
partition  formation.  In  addition  to  size,  the  closing  plug  differed 
from  partitions  in  that  it  was  often  a series  of  partitions  interspersed 
with  soil  and  leaf  pulp  placed  one  atop  the  other.  The  outside  sur- 
face of  the  plug  was  also  different  in  that  it  contained  much  more 
soil  than  partition  surfaces.  Often  what  appeared  to  be  pure  soil  was 
found  on  the  outside  surface  of  the  plug,  although  leaf  pulp  was  still 
used  as  the  binding  matrix. 

Usually  E.  pugnata  built  1 cell  a day,  but  occasionally  some 
females  began  provisioning  a second  cell.  In  the  greenhouse  E.  pug- 
nata provisioned  cells  in  the  morning  when  pollen  was  available  and 
built  partitions  and  plugs  in  the  afternoon  and  early  evening  hours. 
Cell  provisioning  took  3.5  hours  on  the  average.  The  number  of 
pollen-nectar  trips  per  cell  varied  from  36-44.  Nectar  and  pollen 
deposition  took  roughly  the  same  amount  of  time;  nectar  deposition 
= 38.7  sec.  (standard  deviation,  sd  = 12.3),  pollen  deposition  = 32.4 
sec.  (sd  = 6.6).  Foraging  trips  ranged  from  2 min.  28  sec.  to  9 min.  22 
sec.  and  averaged  4 min.  59  sec.  (sd  = 1 min.  38  sec.).  Plug  and 
partition  construction  took  approximately  the  same  amount  of  time 
as  provisioning  so  that  a nest  with  1 cell,  1 intercalary  partition  and 


1983] 


Frolich  & Parker  — Eumegachile 


201 


a plug  took  about  7 hours  to  complete.  Approximately  15  Oeno- 
thera, 15  soil,  and  3-4  large  oval  leaf  collecting  trips  were  required 
per  partition.  Plug  construction  required  roughly  twice  those  num- 
bers. Collection  of  oval  leaf  pieces  took  longer  than  collection  of 
Oenothera  strips  (x  = 1 min.  23  sec.,  sd  = 49  sec.  vs  x = 40  sec.,  sd  = 
9.4  sec.)  and  soil  collecting  trips  were  shortest  of  all  (x  = 22.5  sec.,  sd 
= 7.7  sec.). 

In  most  cases  females  constructed  nests  in  hollow  sticks.  How- 
ever, when  undrilled  sticks,  with  shallow  (5  mm)  starter  holes  drilled 
in  the  side,  were  placed  in  the  greenhouse  for  use  by  another  bee  2 
E.  pugnata  widened  the  cavities  and  nested  therein. 


Development 

Egg  Hatching.  The  egg,  which  was  attached  to  the  provision  by 
its  posterior  Va,  was  opaque  when  deposited  but  gradually  became 
translucent  as  it  developed.  It  measured  \-\V2  mm  wide  anteriorly 
and  posteriorly,  3-4  mm  in  length,  and  was  straight  (Fig.  3). 
Embryogenesis  took  an  average  of  5.1  days  at  30°  C (Table  1)  and 
some  structures  became  grossly  visible  through  the  chorion  approxi- 
mately 1 day  before  eclosion. 

Eclosion  usually  took  from  10  to  12  hours  and  became  evident  with 
the  appearance  of  a clear  fluid-filled  area  in  the  region  of  the  poste- 
rior attachment.  At  this  time  the  dorsal  vessel,  spiracles  and  major 
tracheal  branches  were  visible.  As  the  fluid  increased  in  the  poste- 
rior pole  the  embryo  exhibited  undulating  waves  that  passed  from 
anterior  to  posterior  and  perhaps  aided  in  concentrating  the  fluid  in 
the  posterior  region.  Thus,  the  chorion  was  stretched  very  tightly 
over  the  head  of  the  enclosed  embryo.  After  fluid  disappeared  from 
the  posterior  pole  the  embryo  appeared  to  remain  quiescent  for  a 
short  time.  Fluid  then  began  to  collect  at  the  anterior  pole  of  the 
egg,  accompanied  by  undulating  waves  moving  in  the  opposite 
direction  (posterior  to  anterior).  As  the  chorion  became  tightly 
stretched  over  the  posterior  embryo  a longitudinal-lateral  split  in 
the  chorion  became  visible  at  the  level  of  the  spiracles.  This  rupture 
divided  the  chorion  into  upper  and  lower  halves.  As  the  pressure 
and  peristaltic  waves  receded  the  lower  half  of  the  chorion  slipped 
from  the  larva  and  came  to  lay  directly  between  it  and  the  pollen 


202 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


mass  under  most  of  the  body  (except  the  head).  The  top  half  of  the 
chorion  including  that  surrounding  the  head  seemed  to  dissolve.  If 
the  larva  swallowed  any  portion  of  the  chorion  it  was  not  evident. 
As  eclosion  continued  the  larva  came  to  lay  directly  on  top  of  the 
pollen  mass,  with  all  segments  touching  it,  and  began  to  feed. 

Feeding  Stages.  The  second  stadium  was  short  (Table  1)  and  the 
second  instar  fed  differently  than  the  other  instars.  The  larva 
remained  nearly  motionless  with  the  head  in  direct  contact  with 
food  in  an  area  of  the  provision  that  was  considerably  higher  in  fluid 
and  nectar  content  than  other  areas.  As  the  larva  fed,  a back  and 
forth  motion  of  the  head  was  apparent  and  it  appeared  to  suck  up 
fluid  like  a small  pump.  The  mouthparts  were  partially  buried  in  the 
provision  but  almost  no  movement  was  detectable  in  that  area  dur- 
ing feeding. 

The  actual  process  of  molting  was  not  observed  but  larvae 
marked  with  powder  on  the  dorsal  side  of  the  body  were  noticed 
lying  on  the  old  exuvium  that  bore  the  powder  mark  after  a molt.  It 
appeared  then  that  the  entire  old  integument  was  sloughed  off  and 
not  dissolved  away.  The  instars  molted  in  the  same  manner  so  that 
after  molts  the  body  was  attached  to  old  exuviae  which  in  turn  were 
attached  to  the  provision. 

Ingestion  of  solid  food,  aided  by  the  mandibles,  began  in  the  third 
stadium.  Subsequent  instars  fed  in  a similar  manner  but  the  last 
instar  consumed  the  bulk  of  the  provision.  As  the  larva  fed,  bi- 
dentate  mandibles  shovelled  food  into  the  mouth  and  appeared  to 
be  aided  by  a pumping  motion  of  the  head  capsule.  As  the  head 
capsule  retracted  the  mandibles  pulled  the  food  in  and  as  the  head 
capsule  extended  the  mandibles  opened  outwardly.  Larvae  tended 
to  feed  in  bouts  of  approximately  5 minutes,  stopping  to  swallow 
and  pass  food  into  the  gut  with  a series  of  peristaltic  waves  between 
feeding  bouts.  As  the  provision  was  consumed  the  larva  began  to 
turn  from  white  to  yellow  and  the  pollen-filled  gut  became  visible. 

The  third  instar  began  feeding  in  the  place  where  the  second  instar 
fed.  The  fourth  instar  fed  in  the  same  place,  hollowing  out  a cavity 
beneath  itself.  By  the  middle  of  the  fourth  stadium  many  larvae  had 
become  detached  from  the  provision  but  were  much  more  mobile 
and  continued  to  feed.  Regardless  of  position  (attached,  detached 
with  venter  on  floor,  detached  with  dorsum  on  floor)  the  last  3 


1983] 


Frolich  & Parker  — Eumegachile 


203 


Table  I.  Life  history  and  developmental  times  (days)  for  stages. 


Stage 

X 

sd 

range 

n 

Oviposition  to  Eclosion 

5.1 

1.0 

4-7 

12 

Eclosion  to  Solid  Food 

1.2 

.4 

1-2 

12 

Solid  Food  to  First  Defecation 

6.5 

1.9 

5-9 

8 

First  Defecation  to  Cocoon  Spinning 

14.9 

2.1 

10-18 

19 

Cocoon  Spinning  to  Complete  Cocoon 

3.7 

.5 

3-4 

11 

Oviposition  to  Complete  Cocoon 

26.6 

1.5 

24-28 

7 

instars  appeared  to  feed  in  a similar  manner:  with  the  body  of  the 
larva  extended,  the  mouthparts  were  planted  on  the  provision,  then 
the  body  closed  into  a ‘C’  shape  and  several  mouthfuls  of  food  were 
taken  in  while  contracting,  forming  a trough  on  the  provision.  The 
body  then  extended  and  the  process  was  repeated  in  the  same 
groove  cut  previously  or  adjacent  to  it  so  that  the  whole  provision 
was  systematically  consumed.  Feeding  continued  into  the  last  sta- 
dium after  the  onset  of  defecation  and  lasted  up  to  about  3 days 
before  cocoon  spinning.  The  time  from  the  first  ingestion  of  solid 
food  (3rd  instar)  to  first  defecation  (last  instar)  averaged  6.5  days 
(Table  1).  The  3rd  stadium  averaged  1.6  days. 

Defecation.  Defecation  began  a few  hours  after  molting  into  the 
last  larval  instar.  The  midgut  in  the  early  instars  was  a blind  sac,  not 
continuous  with  the  hindgut.  At  the  molt  to  the  last  instar  the  gut 
was  connected  and  defecation  was  possible.  The  last  instar  was  also 
distinguishable  from  other  instars  by  its  longer  body  setae. 

Most  of  the  feeding  and  growth  took  place  during  the  last  sta- 
dium. The  average  length  of  time  from  first  defecation  to  the  onset 
of  cocoon  spinning  was  14.9  days  (Table  1). 

Feces  were  small,  squat,  yellow  cylinders  and  were  deposited 
away  from  the  provision  while  feeding  continued.  As  the  provision 
was  nearly  consumed  the  cell  began  to  fill  with  pellets  and  the  larva 
smeared  fresh  feces  on  the  walls  instead  of  depositing  them  behind 
it.  Defecation  continued  for  about  3 days  after  feeding  ceased  up  to 


204 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


the  time  the  cocoon  was  spun.  Most  of  the  pellets  were  incorporated 
into  the  cocoon. 

Cocoon  Spinning.  Before  fecal  pellets  were  spun  together  a web- 
like matrix  was  laid  down  on  the  walls.  The  larva  pressed  its  salivary 
lips  onto  various  points  of  the  walls  and  partitions  and  deposited  a 
small  droplet  of  material  from  which  a short  strand  of  silk  was 
pulled  and  anchored  elsewhere.  The  apical  partition  was  covered 
with  many  more  strands  than  the  walls  or  basal  partition.  Most  of 
the  strands  were  attached  anteriorly  to  the  apical  partition  which 
was  also  that  portion  of  the  cell  where  most  of  the  fecal  pellets  had 
been  deposited.  The  larva  anchored  a pellet  by  holding  it  with  the 
mandibles,  depositing  a small  drop  of  material  with  the  mouth, 
pulling  away  and  attaching  the  other  end  to  another  pellet,  leaf  hair 
or  portion  of  the  wall.  As  the  salivary  component  was  daubed  onto 
various  structures  by  the  salivary  lips,  the  labium  appeared  to  be 
split  so  that  the  silk  was  pulled  through  as  if  being  threaded,  and  a 
steady  pressure  was  maintained.  The  fecal  pellets  were  spread  evenly 
across  the  anterior  portion  of  the  cell  and  when  all  were  anchored  a 
cavity  lined  by  white  threads  covering  the  entire  cell  had  been 
formed.  During  this  time  the  larva  showed  much  mobility  and  agil- 
ity, moving  freely  about  the  cell  and  turning  completely  around 
several  times  as  necessary. 

Once  the  fecal  pellets  were  spun  together  more  tiny  strands  were 
laid  down  within  the  cavity  until  a fairly  dense  network  of  threads 
that  would  be  the  template  for  the  cocoon  was  formed.  The  cocoon 
was  composed  of  one  thin  transparent  and  cellophane-like  layer. 
The  larva  deposited  the  layer  in  one  of  two  ways.  Either  a single 
thread  was  grasped  with  the  mandibles  and  a clear  liquid  was 
exuded  as  the  head  moved  up  and  down  the  strand  or  the  mandibles 
separated  2 or  more  strands,  depositing  the  liquid  between  them, 
moving  the  head  back  and  forth  until  the  layer  dried.  A few  fecal 
pellets  were  incorporated  into  the  matrix  and  flattened  and  spread 
out.  No  recognizable  nipple  was  formed  anteriorly.  Instead,  an  area 
somewhat  more  transparent  and  of  similar  thickness  to  the  rest  of 
the  cocoon  was  formed  (Fig.  4).  The  average  time  from  initiation  of 
cocoon  spinning  to  completed  cocoon  was  3.7  days  (Table  1). 

Pupation  and  Adult  Emergence,  On  27  July  1981,  10  overwinter- 
ing larvae  were  placed  in  an  incubator  at  30°  C in  order  to  observe 


1983] 


Frolich  & Parker  — Eumegachile 


205 


pupation.  Average  time  from  incubation  to  pupation  was  9.7  days 
(sd  = 4.3,  range  = 7-18,  n = 9).  The  transformation  from  overwinter- 
ing larva  to  adult  took  an  average  of  22.3  days  (sd  = 2.9,  range  = 
20-27,  n = 6),  with  males  completing  development  prior  to  females. 
Pigmentation  changes  were  first  observed  in  the  eyes  which  turned 
yellow  in  approximately  11  to  13  days.  At  13  to  14  days  both  com- 
pound eyes  and  ocelli  had  turned  dark  brown.  Wing  buds  became 
evident  and  turned  yellow  at  1 1 to  14  days.  Mouthparts  began  to 
darken  at  15  days  and  had  usually  turned  black  within  16-161/2  days. 
Coloration  of  general  body  regions  started  at  16  days  and  began 
with  patches  of  integument  at  the  bases  of  hairs  on  the  vertex,  frons, 
thoracic  terga  and  abdominal  sterna.  Hairs  quickly  turned  dark  and 
pigmentation  spread  to  the  remaining  portion  of  the  head  and 
thorax  followed  by  the  abdomen.  Generally  proximal  portions  of 
appendages  changed  color  first  with  distal  portions  of  the  legs 
changing  color  last.  From  16  to  20  days  the  body  remained  dull 
black  while  wings  darkened.  A shiny  appearance  to  the  body  and 
hairs  did  not  appear  until  just  prior  to  ecdysis.  Bees  emerged  from 
cells  shortly  after  wings  had  darkened  and  proboscides  had  been 
retracted. 


Discussion 

The  incorporation  of  glandular  secretions  into  nest  linings, 
widespread  in  the  Apoidea,  is  believed  to  have  evolved  as  a mecha- 
nism to  protect  larvae  and  provisions  from  dehydration  and/ or  the 
microbial  consequences  of  excessively  humid  environs.  Batra  (1972, 
1980),  Cane  (1981),  and  Eickwort  et  al.  (1981)  have  discussed  the 
inclusion  of  salivary  and/or  Dufour’s  gland  components  into  cell 
linings  and  provisions  of  the  ‘short  tongued  bees’ (Colletidae,  Halic- 
tidae,  Andrenidae)  and  the  Anthophoridae.  While  the  phenomenon 
has  likely  figured  prominently  in  the  evolution  of  these  groups,  little 
or  no  attention  has  been  directed  toward  similar  behaviors  in  the 
Megachilidae.  Indeed,  the  evolution  of  the  megachilidae  has  been 
viewed  in  a different  framework.  Eickwort  et  al.  (1981)  see  the  bulk 
of  the  megachilids  (Megachilinae)  as  having  evolved  from  a soil 
dwelling  ancestor  that  developed  the  ability  to  gather  foreign  mate- 
rials (leaf  pieces,  mud,  resin,  etc.)  to  line  cells  as  an  alternative  to 


206 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


glandular  secretions  in  overcoming  the  constraints  of  humidity. 
While  Eickwort  et  al.’s  (1981)  hypothesis  of  nesting  evolution  in  the 
Megachilidae  is  interesting,  more  recent  evidence  points  to  the  fact 
that  glandular  secretions  are  important  features  of  megachild  nest- 
ing biologies.  Parker  and  Tepedino  (1982)  observed  the  application 
of  salivary  secretions  to  bare  walls  of  Osmia  marginata  Michener 
nests.  Frohlich  (1983)  observed  the  incorporation  by  Osmia  bruneri 
Cockerell  of  an  abdominal  secretion  into  the  provision,  and  also 
noted  the  application  of  a salivary  secretion  to  partitions.  Dianthi- 
dium  ulkei  ulkei  (Cresson)  also  incorporates  an  opaque  viscous  sub- 
stance, originating  from  the  abdomen,  into  resinous  cell  walls  and 
spreads  the  material  over  bare  areas  of  the  cell  (Frohlich  and 
Parker,  in  prep.). 

Since  the  twig  nesting  megachilids  probably  arose  from  soil  nest- 
ing megachilids  (Eickwort  et  al.  1981)  and  since  the  Megachilidae  is 
distantly  related  to  the  other  soil  nesting  families  (Michener  1974) 
we  propose  that  the  Megachilidae  have  retained  the  habit  of  using 
glandular  secretions  to  line  cells.  It  seems  likely  that  a waterproof 
layer  of  some  sort  is  necessary  to  maintain  the  humidity  of  the  cell 
within  tolerable  limits.  Lining  cells  with  leaves  in  soils  that  are 
particularly  moist  would  have  little  effect  on  reducing  humidity  and 
controlling  fungal  growth  nor  would  lining  pre-existing  cavities 
such  as  twigs  prevent  dehydration.  It  is  important,  therefore,  that 
we  thoroughly  examine  the  behavioral,  and  more  importantly  chem- 
ical, components  of  nesting  in  order  to  gain  an  understanding  of  the 
role  of  nest  architecture  in  evolution. 

The  paucity  of  information  available  on  the  nesting  biologies  of 
other  species  of  Eumegachile  make  it  difficult  to  confirm  (or,  refute) 
Mitchell’s  (1981)  recent  revision  of  the  old  genus  Megachile  on  the 
basis  of  behavior  or  nest  architecture.  The  available  data  does  con- 
firm the  separation  of  Eumegachile  from  Megachile,  since  the  nest 
architectures  of  the  two  are  radically  different.  Eumegachile  pug- 
nata  nests  are  similar  to,  though  somewhat  more  elaborate  than, 
known  nests  of  other  species  in  the  subgenus.  Krombein  (1967) 
reported  that  E.  inimica  inimica  Cresson  makes  unlined  cells  with 
partitions  of  agglutinated  sand  a little  larger  than  the  inner  circum- 
ference of  the  nest.  Eumegachile  inimica  sayi  Cresson  also  uses  a 
single  leafcutting  as  a partition  but  covers  it  with  leaf  pulp,  incorpo- 
rating five  pebbles  (Krombein  1967).  Eumegachile policaris  Say  lays 


1983] 


Frolich  & Parker  — Eumegachile 


207 


more  than  one  egg  per  provision,  makes  partitions  and  plugs  com- 
posed of  leaf  pulp  and  two  layers  of  small  compressed  leaflets  with 
no  soil  or  pebbles,  and  constructs  no  vestibular  or  intercalary  cells. 
No  other  biologies  in  the  subgenus  Sayapis  are  known  and  no  biol- 
ogies or  nest  architectures  are  known  in  the  other  subgenera  of 
Eumegachile. 

The  manner  in  which  E.  pugnata  constructs  individual  cells  rend- 
ers its  adoption  as  a potential  pollinator  of  commercial  sunflower 
somewhat  problematical  under  certain  circumstances.  Eumegachile 
pugnata  construct  cells  that  are  separated  from  each  other  by  parti- 
tions and  are  not  surrounded  by  a leaf  envelope.  This  is  unfortunate 
because  E.  pugnata  is  susceptible  to  a chalkbrood  fungus,  Ascos- 
phaera  aggregata  Skou,  the  treatment  of  which  in  other  bees  takes 
advantage  of  nest  architecture.  The  disease  sometimes  decimates 
populations  of  the  alfalfa  leafcutting  bee.  Megachile  rotundata 
(Fabricius),  which  construct  cells  that  are  completely  leaf  lined. 
During  treatment,  nests  are  opened,  individual  cells  are  separated  as 
discrete  leaf  lined  units,  treated,  and  stored  (Parker  and  Torchio 
1980).  When  M.  rotundata  emerge  only  egress  from  individual  cells 
is  necessary  and  adults  are  not  required  to  chew  through  cells  con- 
taining dead  larvae  with  infectious  spores.  Since  E.  pugnata  are 
protected  only  by  a thin  cocoon  and  no  leaf  lined  envelope,  removal 
from  the  nest  would  cause  excessive  mortality.  This  “loose  cell” 
management  is  also  used  to  control  various  M.  rotundata  parasites. 
In  the  case  of  E.  pugnata  parasites  could  emerge  from  individual 
cells  and  reparasitize  other  cells  without  leaving  the  nest. 

A second  point  that  will  have  to  be  considered  in  commercial 
pollination  is  the  fact  that  E.  pugnata  incorporates  a fair  amount  of 
nectar  into  the  provision.  If  growers  are  going  to  increase  bee  popu- 
lations, sunflower  cultivars  that  provide  adequate  nectar  will  have 
to  be  available. 

Finally,  one  trait  that  makes  E.  pugnata  a good  candidate  for 
sunflower  pollination  is  its  habit  of  provisioning  cells  early  in  the 
day.  Male  fertile  sunflower  cultivars  dehisce  overnight  and  in  the 
early  morning.  Thus,  the  greatest  amount  of  pollen  is  available 
during  the  time  that  E.  pugnata  are  provisioning  and  pollinating 
flowers. 


208 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Acknowledgments 

Critical  comments  by  G.  C.  Eickwort,  V.  J.  Tepedino,  and  P.  F. 
Torchio  substantially  improved  and  benefited  our  manuscript.  We 
thank  them  for  their  conscientious  efforts.  Additionally,  B.  Pei- 
tersen,  C.  Schmitz,  D.  Veirs  and  T.  Griswold  rendered  invaluable 
field  assistance. 


References  Cited 

Batra,  S.  W.  T.  1972.  Some  properties  of  the  nest-building  secretions  of  Nomia, 
Anthophora,  Hylaeus  and  other  bees.  J.  Kans.  Entomol.  Soc.  45:  208-218. 

1980.  Ecology,  behavior,  pheromones,  parasites  and  management  of 

sympatric  vernal  bees  Colletes  inaequalis,  c.  thoracicus  and  C.  validus.  J.  Kans. 
Entomol.  Soc.  53:509-538. 

Cane,  J.  H.  1981.  Dufour’s  gland  secretion  in  the  cell  linings  of  bees  (Hymenop- 
tera:  Apoidea).  J.  Chem.  Ecol.  7:403-410. 

Eickwort,  G.  C.,  R.  W.  Matthews,  and  J.  Carpenter.  1981.  Observations  on 
the  nesting  behavior  of  Megachile  rubi  and  M.  texana  with  a discussion  of  the 
significance  of  soil  nesting  in  the  evolution  of  megachilid  bees  (Hymenoptera: 
Megachilidae).  J.  Kans.  Entomol.  Soc.  54:557-570. 

Frohlich,  D.  R.  1982.  The  biology  and  ecology  of  Eumegachile  (Sayapis)  pug- 
nata  (Say)  (Hymenoptera:  Megachilidae),  a pollinator  of  commercial  sun- 
flower. M.S.  Thesis.  Utah  State  University,  Logan,  Utah.  1 10  pp. 

1983.  On  the  nesting  biology  of  Osmia  (Chenosmia)  bruneri  Cockerell 

(Hymenoptera:  Megachilidae).  J.  Kans.  Entomol.  Soc.  56:  123-'130. 

Hurd,  P.  D.,  Jr.  1979.  Superfamily  Apoidea.  Pp.  1741-2209  in  K.  V.  Krombein, 
P.  D.  Hurd,  Jr.,  D.  R.  Smith,  and  B.  D.  Burks,  eds.  Catalog  of  Hymenoptera  in 
America  North  of  Mexico.  Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  Washington. 

Krombein,  K.  V.  1967.  Trapnesting  wasps  and  bees:  life  histories,  nests,  and 
associates.  Smithsonian  Press,  Washington,  570  pp. 

Medler,  j.  T.  1964.  A note  on  Megachile  (Sayapis)  pugnata  pugnata  Say  in 
trap-nests  in  Wisconsin  (Hymenoptera:  Megachilidae).  Can.  Entomol.  96: 
918-921. 

Michener,  C.  D.  1974.  The  social  behavior  of  the  bees.  Harvard  University 
Press,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts.  404  pp. 

Mitchell,  T.  B.  1981.  A generic  revision  of  the  megachiline  bees  of  the  Western 
Hemisphere.  Cont.  Entomol.  Dep.  N.  Carolina  State  University,  Raleigh.  95 
PP- 

Parker,  F.  D.  and  D.  R.  Frohlich.  1983.  Hybrid  sunflower  pollination  by  a 
manageable  composite  specialist:  The  sunflower  leafcutter  bee  (Hymenoptera: 
Megachilidae).  Environ.  Entomol.  12:  576-581. 

Parker,  F.  D.  and  V.  J.  Tepedino.  1982.  The  behavior  of  female  Osmia  margi- 
nata  Michener  in  the  nest  (Hymenoptera:  Megachilidae).  Pan-Pac.  Entomol.  In 
press. 


1983] 


Frolich  & Parker  — Eumegachile 


209 


Parker,  F.  D.  and  P.  F.  Torchio.  1980.  Management  of  wild  bees.  pp.  144-160 
In:  Beekeeping  in  the  United  States.  USDA  Agriculture  Handbook  335.  193  pp. 

Tepedino,  V.  J.  AND  D.  R.  Frohlich.  1982.  Mortality  factors,  pollen  utiliza- 
tion, and  sex  ratio  in  Megachile pugnata  Say  (Hymenoptera:  Megachilidae),  a 
candidate  for  commercial  sunflower  pollination.  J.  N.  Y.  Entomol.  Soc. 
90:269-274. 

Torchio,  P.  F.  1972.  Sapyga  pumila  Cresson,  a parasite  of  Megachile  rotundata 
(F.)  (Hymenoptera:  Sapygidae;  Megachilidae).  I:  Biology  and  description  of 
immature  stages.  Melanderia  10:1-22. 


■J  ■ 

1 , 

, 

@1 

■ ■ ■■  ■:  ■ ■■  ■ '■  ■■^•!  ■< .- 


Vj- 


^ Vr'  -^■•*-  - V,  ‘ ’"- 

I?  ;v..  .r,,  ■■  vr-  'V-‘‘'^  -w:«:Tr.>' 


s«i«  1H  j,;- rijgi-j 


f*  , Tte-^  r-  , ^ Stf-.t_  .^  . - f ' ''■■■  ' ■»  ■ ; 


St 


M;’ 

' i'  ' ■ i “■ 

■ ^,M"v’’^‘'^j|  ^ r:..^ 

■,.,  ||»»^  r,  ;•:  j K*  ■!*_;■  I Ml  ^ *S  . 


•.'*1 


ANTHICIDAE  OF  THE  GREATER  ANTILLES, 
AND  A NEW  SPECIES  FROM  VENEZUELA 
(COLEOPTERA)' 


By  Floyd  G.  Werner 
Department  of  Entomology 
University  of  Arizona 
Tucson  85721 

Thirteen  of  the  29  species  that  are  known  or  reported  from  the 
Greater  Antilles  appear  to  be  endemic.  Five  (Anthicus  darlingtoni, 
hispaniolae,  macgillavryi,  soledad  and  subtilis)  make  up  the  subtilis- 
group,  which  does  not  seem  to  have  near  relatives  on  the  mainland. 
Three  others  stand  quite  isolated  in  their  genera:  Acanthinus  schwarzi 
in  an  almost  exclusively  neotropical  genus,  Anthicus  blackwelderi 
and  russoi  in  a world-wide  genus  that  contains  many  diverse  ele- 
ments. A.  blackwelderi  is  counted  among  the  endemic  species 
because  it  has  different  color  patterns  on  the  islands  that  it  is  known 
to  inhabit;  the  form  of  the  internal  sac  of  the  male  genitalia  is  very 
different  from  that  of  possible  relatives  on  the  mainland.  A.  russoi  is 
probably  not  properly  placed  in  Anthicus,  and  is  unlike  any  anthicid 
known  to  me  in  several  details;  Menozzi’s  (1930)  evidence  that  it  is  a 
myrmecophile  with  a native  ant  makes  local  origin  seem  logical. 

The  5 other  endemic  species  are  similar  to  mainland  New  World 
species.  Mecynotarsus  hispaniolae  and  jamaicanus  belong  to  the 
elegans-group,  which  has  species  from  Florida  to  Central  America. 
Notoxus  bipunctatus  and  jamaicus  have  been  assigned  to  the 
monodon-group  (Chandler  1978),  which  ranges  from  Canada  to 
northern  South  America.  Finally,  Anthicus  antilleorum  seems  to 
have  originated  in  the  Greater  Antilles  and  spread  to  the  Virgin 
Islands  and  Bahama  Islands;  its  nearest  relatives  are  found  around 
the  southern  Caribbean. 

Within  the  13  endemic  species,  there  is  inter-island  variation  in 
color  pattern  in  3:  Anthicus  antilleorum,  blackwelderi  and  soledad: 
in  each  instance  the  Jamaican  population  is  different  from  that  of 


'Arizona  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Journal  paper  No.  3662. 
Manuscript  received  by  the  editor  August  30,  1982. 


211 


212 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


the  adjacent  island  of  Cuba  (and  Hispaniola  in  antilleorum  and 
blackwelderi). 

Two  of  the  other  16  species  listed  are  based  on  records  that  can- 
not be  verified:  Acanthinus  ebeninus  on  an  old  specimen  with  a 
“Cuba”  label,  and  Amblyderus  sp.  on  some  specimens  from  Puerto 
Rico  that  cannot  now  be  located.  Ten  are  shared  with  continental 
areas  of  the  New  World:  Acanthinus  angusticollis,  concinnus,  quin- 
quemaculatus  and  scitulus,  Anthicus  pallidus,  Sapintus  similis  and 
teapensis,  Thicanus  texanus,  and  Vacusus  holoxanthus  and  vicinus. 
These  may  have  reached  the  Greater  Antilles  without  human  help, 
but  Vacusus  holoxanthus  is  found  mainly  from  Chile  to  Bolivia,  and 
Acanthinus  scitulus  seems  not  to  have  been  present  in  the  lowland 
localities  that  were  extensively  collected  in  the  1930’s,  so  is  probably 
of  recent  introduction.  Finally,  4 species  of  Anthicus  are  of  Old 
World  origin:  floralis  and  formicarius,  which  are  almost  cosmopoli- 
tan; tobias,  which  is  expanding  its  range  in  several  parts  of  the 
world;  and  crinitus. 

Two  large  genera,  the  world-wide  Tomoderus  and  the  New  World 
Ischyropalpus,  are  conspicuous  by  their  absence.  The  latter  genus, 
at  least,  should  have  been  collected  if  it  was  present;  mainland  spe- 
cies are  often  abundant  on  blossoms.  That  the  fauna  has  not  been 
completely  sampled  is  indicated  by  the  addition  of  a species  of 
Mecynotarsus  from  Hispaniola  through  the  recent  collecting  of  J. 
and  S.  Klapperich. 


Acknowledgements 

A critical  part  of  the  material  reported  here  was  collected  by 
Philip  J.  Darlington,  Jr.  in  the  1930’s.  I wish  to  thank  Dr.  Darling- 
ton and  subsequent  curators  of  the  M.  C.  Z.  for  permission  to  retain 
these  specimens  until  they  could  be  studied  in  comparison  with 
continental  faunas.  The  second  large  lot  came  from  the  collecting  of 
Richard  E.  Blackwelder  and  Edward  A.  Chapin,  and  was  made 
available  by  the  U.  S.  National  Museum;  it  was  collected  in  the  same 
period.  The  largest  recently  collected  lot  originated  in  the  collecting 
of  J.  and  S.  Klapperich  in  the  Dominican  Republic,  and  was  made 
available  by  Dr.  M.  Branucci  of  the  Naturhistorisches  Museum  in 
Basel. 


1983] 


Werner  — Anthicidae 


213 


Key  to  Greater  Antilles  Anthicidae 

1.  Prothorax  with  an  anterior  horn  that  extends  over  the 

head 25 

— Prothorax  without  a horn 2 

2.  Sides  of  mesosternum  curved  outward  to  form  a broad  plate, 

with  a variably  developed  fringe  of  setae  along  its 
edges 15 

— Mesosternum  with  sides  diagonal  and  nearly  or  quite 

straight,  without  fringe  setae 3 

3.  First  visible  abdominal  sternum  with  a transverse,  pubescence- 

lined  invagination  behind  each  hind  coxa.  Elytral  pubescence 
double,  the  under  layer  more  appressed,  diagonal 24 

— First  visible  abdominal  sternum  without  invaginations.  Elytral 

pubescence  usually  single,  double  in  Anthicus  pallidus 4 

4.  Elytral  pubescence  double,  undercoat  more  diagonal.  Pale, 

somewhat  flattened,  elytra  with  dark  brown  midband  and 
suture,  markings  usually  isolating  a pale  zone  in  basal  and 
apical  fourth  of  each  elytron;  head  truncate.  2.25-2.35  mm. 
Hispaniola,  Puerto  Rico Anthicus  pallidus  Say 

— Elytral  pubescence  simple 5 

5.  Vertex  of  head  somewhat  produced,  edge  nearly  straight 

from  middle  to  weak  temporal  angles  (Fig.  11).  Uniform 
pale  brown,  somewhat  shiny,  elytra  sometimes  with  a weak 
median  cloud.  Ca.  2.6  mm.  Hispaniola,  Puerto  Rico 

Thicanus  texanus  (LaFerte) 

— Base  of  head  from  truncate  to  evenly  rounded 6 

6.  Base  of  head  truncate,  temporal  angles  narrowly  rounded 

7 

— Base  of  head  rounded,  temporal  angles  broadly  rounded  or 

not  evident 10 

7.  Head  microreticulate  between  punctures.  Rufescent  to 

brown,  elytra  usually  brown  except  across  base.  Elytral 
pubescence  very  short  and  inconspicuous.  2. 9-3. 2 mm. 
Jamaica Anthicus  formicarius  (Goeze) 

— Head  smooth  and  shiny  between  punctures 8 

8.  Elytral  setae  sparse  and  as  long  as  width  of  a femur,  subde- 

cumbent.  Rufescent,  shiny,  elytra  with  dark  markings  that 


214 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


usually  isolate  a common  pale  spot  in  apical  third,  2, 5-3. 2 
mm.  Puerto  Rico,  Virgin  Islands 

Anthicus  crinitus  LaFerte 

— Elytral  pubescence  shorter  than  width  of  a femur;  dark 

elytral  markings  not  enclosing  a common  pale  spot  in  apical 
area 9 

9.  Elytral  pubescence  short  and  even,  the  erect  tactile  setae 
extending  well  above  the  decumbent  setae.  Prosternum  with 
uniformly  distributed  punctures  and  pubescence  in  front  of 
coxae.  Elytra  pale  at  base  and  usually  in  an  obliquely  oval 
spot  in  apical  third  of  each.  2.0-2. 3 mm.  Jamaica,  Cuba, 
Hispaniola,  Virgin  Islands  and  Bahama  Islands;  elytra 
usually  lacking  posterior  pale  spots  in  Jamaican  popula- 
tion   Anthicus  antilleorum,  sp.  n. 

— Elytral  pubescence  longer  and  less  decumbent,  the  tactile 

setae  barely  evident  among  the  setae.  Prosternum  with  front 
half  of  portion  in  front  of  coxae  smooth,  back  half  bearing 
some  coarse  punctures  and  setae.  Uniformly  dark  (Jamaica) 
or  elytra  pale  across  base  and  at  apex,  the  posterior  marking 
rounded  in  front  (Cuba,  probably  Hispaniola).  2.27-2.55 
mm Anthicus  blackwelderi,  sp.  n. 

10(6)  Rufescent  or  paler,  with  pale  appendages;  elytra  usually 
with  suture  and  whole  apical  half  black  except  for  a round, 
very  pale  spot  on  each  in  apical  third.  2. 6-3.0  mm.  $ tegmen 
with  apex  knob-like,  lacking  lateral  tufts  of  setae.  Jamaica, 
Virgin  Islands Anthicus  tobias  Marseul 

— Elytra  usually  with  a complete  or  interrupted  dark  midband 

and  an  oblique  pale  subapical  band,  never  with  a round  pale 
spot  on  each  in  apical  third.  $ tegmen  pointed,  with  a tuft  of 
setae  on  each  side.  Anthicus  subtilis-group 11 

11.  $ front  tibiae  excavated  in  apical  2/5.  Elytral  midband  often 

complete.  2.11-2.24  mm.  Cuba 

Anthicus  macgillavryi  Buck 

— S front  tibiae  simple  12 

12.  $ tegmen  gradually  tapered  to  apex,  slender.  Elytral  mark- 

ings dark,  all  connected  along  suture,  including  a dark  zone 
across  base.  Ca.  2.5  mm.  Hispaniola 

Anthicus  hispaniolae,  sp.  n. 

— $ tegmen  not  evenly  tapered  to  apex 13 


1983] 


Werner  — Anthicidae 


215 


13.  $ tegmen  very  bluntly  truncate  at  apex  except  for  a small 

median  point.  Elytral  midband  complete  in  Cuban  specimens 
seen,  interrupted  at  suture  in  Jamaican  specimens.  2.22-2.53 
mm.  Cuba,  Jamaica Anthicus  soledad,  sp.  n. 

— (5  tegmen  with  sides  slightly  constricted  beyond  middle  .... 

14 

14.  Antennae  unusually  long  and  slender.  Elytral  midband 

reduced  to  a pale  brown  triangle  with  point  toward  suture, 
on  each  side.  2.47-2.76  mm.  Hispaniola 

Anthicus  subtilis  LaFerte 

— Antennae  not  so  slender.  Elytral  midband  interrupted  at 

suture,  but  mark  truncate  toward  suture  on  each  side.  Elytra 
slightly  inflated.  2.02-2.42  mm.  Hispaniola 

Anthicus  darlingtoni,  sp.  n. 

15(2)  Pronotum  with  a pair  of  small  bumps  near  anterior  edge  of 
disc.  Fringe  setae  of  mesosternum  closely  appressed  to 
mesepisterna.  Rufous,  elytra  black  or  brown  with  basal 
fourth  rufous  in  a well-demarcated  zone;  appearing  glabrous 
and  subopaque.  2. 6-3. 2 mm.  Jamaica,  Puerto  Rico,  Virgin 
Islands Anthicus  floralis  (L.) 

— Pronotum  without  such  bumps.  Fringe  setae  of  meso- 

sternum at  least  slightly  raised  from  surface  of  mesepi- 
sterna   16 

16.  Sides  of  prothorax  not  constricted,  almost  evenly  tapered 

from  widest  part,  near  front,  to  basal  impressed  line 17 

— Sides  of  prothorax  at  least  slightly  constricted  anterior  to 

basal  impressed  line 18 

17.  Shiny,  only  erect  tactile  setae  very  obvious;  luteous  to 

rufous,  elytra  with  apex  and  an  interrupted  submedian  band 
dark.  2. 3-2. 8 mm.  Jamaica,  Cuba,  Hispaniola,  Puerto  Rico, 
Virgin  Islands Vacusus  vicinus  (LaFerte) 

— Shiny  but  with  surface  partly  obscured  by  appressed  pubes- 

cence; tactile  setae  short  and  inconspicuous.  Moderately 
slender,  entirely  tannish.  1. 8-2.0  mm.  Jamaica  

Vacusus  holoxanthus  (Fairmaire  & Germain) 

18(16)  Pubescence  fine,  silky,  moderately  dense,  appressed,  cover- 
ing all  of  elytra.  Dull  rufescent  to  brown,  elytra  with  dark 
midband  and  apex,  markings  usually  connected  along  su- 
ture   ,19 


216 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


— Pubescence  very  sparse,  or  dense  pubescence  confined  to 

postbasal  transverse  impression  of  elytra 20 

19.  $ fifth  visible  abdominal  sternum  excavated  on  disc;  lobes 

of  visible  sternum  6 moderately  broad.  2.6-3. 2 mm.  Cuba, 
Puerto  Rico Acanthinus  quinquemaculatus  (LaFerte) 

— $ fifth  visible  abdominal  sternum  simple;  lobes  of  visible  ster- 
num 6 narrow.  2. 4-3.0  mm.  Hispaniola 

Acanthinus  concinnus  (LaFerte) 

20(18)  Elytra  with  a dense  patch  of  white  pubescence  in  postbasal 
transverse  impression.  Dark  brown,  shiny,  otherwise  gla- 
brous with  erect  tactile  setae;  head  triangular,  it  and  prono- 
tum  longitudinally  strigose.  Ca.  2.8  mm.  Cuba?  

Acanthinus  ebeninus  (LaFerte) 

— Elytra  without  patch  of  dense  pubescence  in  postbasal 

transverse  impression 21 

21.  Head  and  prothorax  strongly  sculptured 22 

— Whole  dorsal  surface  smooth,  shiny,  punctures  fine  and 

indistinct,  setae  very  short,  sparse  and  inconspicuous,  only 
erect  tactile  setae  evident 23 

22.  Dark  brown  with  quadrate  yellowish  white  mark  laterally  in 

cuticle  of  postbasal  transverse  of  elytra;  head  unusually 
large,  it  and  prothorax  with  some  longitudinal  striations. 
2.0-2. 8 mm.  Jamaica,  Cuba 

Acanthinus  angusticollis  (LaFerte) 

— Head  and  prothorax  rufescent,  elytra  rufescent  at  base,  with 

a complete  luteous  band  in  postbasal  impression,  brown 
behind.  Head  and  prothorax  rugose-punctate.  2.4-2.8  mm. 
Cuba Acanthinus  schwarzi  Werner 

23(21)  Rufescent,  elytra  paler  with  brownish  to  almost  black  mark- 
ings, at  least  in  narrow,  interrupted  bands  at  basal  and  apical 
thirds,  to  dark  with  postbasal  impression  and  a narrow  post- 
median band  pale.  Prothorax  with  a strong  constriction  that 
continues  weakly  across  dorsum.  Edge  of  mesosternal  shelf 
visible  from  above,  in  front  of  elytral  humeri.  Head  nar- 
rower than  semicircular  behind  eyes.  2.0-2.9  mm.  Cuba  . . . 

Acanthinus  scitulus  (LeConte) 

— Pale  rufescent,  elytra  pale  rufescent  at  base,  dark  brown  on 
humeri  and  behind  postbasal  transverse  impression.  Pro- 


1983] 


Werner  — Anthicidae 


217 


thorax  weakly  constricted,  almost  evenly  globular  from 
basal  impressed  line  to  collar.  Only  fringe  setae  of  mesoster- 
num  visible  from  above.  Ca.  2.0  mm.  Hispaniola 

Anthicus  russoi  Krekich 

24(3)  $ fifth  visible  abdominal  sternum  shallowly  dished  out  on 
disc,  the  excavation  flanked  with  some  erect  setae.  Ca.  2.0 
mm.  Jamaica,  Cuba,  Hispaniola,  Puerto  Rico,  Virgin 
Islands Sapintus  teapensis  (Champion) 

— (5  visible  sternum  5 simple.  Ca.  2.7  mm.  Jamaica 

Sapintus  similis  Werner 

25(1)  Each  side  of  prothoracic  horn  with  3 teeth,  the  apex  about 
equal  to  a tooth.  Visible  abdominal  sternum  1 without  a 
pubescence-lined  invagination  behind  each  hind  coxa. 
Length  ca.  2 mm.  Mecynotarsus  elegans-group 26 

— Each  side  of  prothoracic  horn  with  3-7  teeth,  the  apex  con- 

siderably broader  than  any  tooth.  Visible  abdominal  sternum 
1 with  a pubescence-lined  invagination  behind  each  coxa. 
Prothoracic  horn  with  a few  ventrolateral  pits.  Notoxus  monodon- 
group 27 

26.  Elytra  slightly  inflated.  Pubescence  cinereous  but  with  some 
intermixed  ferrugineous  scales  on  disc  of  pronotum  and 
basal  half  of  elytra;  elytra  piceous  at  base,  in  a postmedian 
band,  and  in  a large  posterior  triangular  marking  on  each. 
Jamaica Mecynotarsus  jamaicanus  Werner 

— Elytra  strongly  inflated.  Pubescence  cinereous,  with  diffuse 

slightly  darker  to  pale  rufescent  markings  on  disc  of  pronotum, 
dull  brown  on  elytra  from  base  along  a broad  zone  to  an 
apical  pale  cordate  mark,  and  in  a feeble  slightly  postmedian 
band  and  subapical  band  delimiting  the  cordate  mark. 
Markings  very  weak  in  some  individuals.  Hispaniola 

Mecynotarsus  hispaniolae,  sp.  n. 

27(25)  Dark  elytral  markings  usually  including  some  on  sides  that 
curve  inward  toward  suture  at  apex.  Tip  of  $ aedeagus  trun- 
cate. Jamaica Notoxus  jamaicus  Pic 

— Dark  elytral  markings  not  including  any  on  sides  behind  an 

irregular  transverse  midband.  Tip  of  $ aedeagus  deeply  split. 
Puerto  Rico Notoxus  bipunctatus  Chevrolat 


218 


Psyche 

Description  of  Species 


[Vol.  90 


Measurements  are  given  in  0.01  mm  as  head:  length  from  vertex 
to  clypeofrontal  suture  over  width  across  eyes  and  behind;  pro- 
thorax: length  including  collar  over  width  at  collar,  maximum,  at 
constriction,  and  across  base;  elytra:  length  over  width  at  humeri 
where  45°  angle  would  touch  them,  and  maximum.  Total  length  as 
given  is  the  sum  of  head,  prothorax  and  elytra. 

Anthicus  antilleorum,  sp.  n. 

Fig.  9,  19. 

2.01-2.24  mm,  rufescent,  the  legs  luteous,  elytra  with  a brown 
midband,  the  base  and  an  oblique  apical  mark  on  each  luteous. 
Head  quadrate,  antennae  moderately  thick  toward  apex;  elytra 
somewhat  inflated,  even  in  fully  winged  individuals.  Pubescence 
moderately  short,  almost  appressed,  the  tactile  setae  evident  above 
the  setae. 

Holotype  2.11  mm.  Head  39/46,42;  eyes  16/13,  32  apart,  16 
from  base,  which  is  straight,  the  temporal  angles  narrowly  rounded; 
sides  almost  straight  behind  eyes.  Disc  slightly  flattened,  with  mod- 
erately large,  deep  punctures  ca.  3 apart,  except  on  midline  of  front; 
pubescence  almost  appressed,  moderately  conspicuous.  Antennae 
ca.  77  long,  7 thick  at  segment  10,  segments  7-1 1 forming  a feeble 
club  that  is  thicker  than  segment  1.  Prothorax  47/24,44,32,  its  sides 
just  perceptibly  concave  at  usual  level  of  constriction;  anterolateral 
portion  narrowly  curved.  Punctures  strong,  denser  than  on  head,  ca. 

2 apart.  Elytra  perceptibly  swollen,  125/53,73;  punctures  strong,  ca. 

3 apart;  setae  5 long,  slightly  curved,  almost  appressed;  tactile  setae 
5,  suberect,  slightly  curved.  Legs  unmodified.  Apical  margin  of  vis- 
ible abdominal  sternum  5 just  perceptibly  convex. 

Holotype:  cuba:  Baragua  (IV-25-28,  at  light,  C.  F.  Stahl)  in 

MCZ.  Paratypes:  Cuba:  Baragua  (same  data,  6;  11-10-26,  L.  C. 
Scaramuzza),  Soledad  nr.  Cienfuegos  (Apr.  1936,  P.  J.  D.;  V,VI-’39, 
C.  T.  Parsons),  Cayamas  (Mar.-May,  E.  A.  Schwarz),  Camagiiey 
Prov.:  Monte  Imias  nr.  California  (at  light,  June  7,  1959,  M.  W. 
Sanderson).  Hispaniola:  rep.  dom.:  Bani  (65m),  Boca  Chica  (10m), 
and  Ocoa  (475m),  all  J.  & S.  Klapperich,  1971-73.  Paratypes  in 
MCZ,  USNM,  Basel  Museum  and  collection  of  FGW.  Not  desig- 
nated as  paratypes:  Jamaica:  Morant  Bay  (Chapin  and  Blackwelder, 
4).  VIRGIN  islands:  Tortola  (BVI,  Brandywine  Bay,  J.  F.  G.  Clarke, 


1983] 


Werner  — Anthicidae 


219 


1).  BAHAMA  islands:  Cat  Island  (Bennets  Harbour,  E.  B.  Hayden  & 
L.  Giovanolli,  2). 

The  specimens  from  Jamaica  are  darker  than  those  from  Cuba 
and  Hispaniola,  only  one  of  them  having  the  posterior  pale  elytral 
mark.  The  pubescence  may  be  less  appressed  but  the  specimens  are 
so  abraded  that  they  were  identified  with  difficulty.  This  species  is 
probably  most  closely  related  to  A.  pauxillus  Champion, panamen- 
sis  Werner,  and  margaritae,  sp.  n.,  from  Guatemala,  Panama,  and 
eastern  Venezuela,  respectively.  The  color  pattern  is  similar.  The  $ 
genitalia  are  similar,  but  the  simple  internal  sac  provides  few  clues 
to  relationship.  A.  panamensis  has  the  tegmen  step-tapered. 

Anthicus  margaritae,  sp.  n. 

Fig.  8,  20. 

1.90-2.20  mm,  of  form  of  Anthicus  panamensis  Werner  and  antil- 
leorum,  sp.  n.,  differing  from  both  species  in  having  the  head 
broader  behind  the  eyes  and  gradually  widened  to  the  narrowly 
rounded  temporal  angles.  Tegmen  of  $ genitalia  convexly  tapered 
as  in  antilleorum,  but  with  the  apex  slightly  more  pointed.  Antero- 
lateral angles  of  prothorax  quite  narrowly  rounded,  as  in  the  above 
2 species,  differing  mainly  in  this  feature  from  A.  exiguus  Champion. 

Holotype  S,  1.92  mm;  head  33/44,40;  eyes  16/14,  separated  by 
29,15  from  base.  Punctures  of  head  ca.  3 apart,  on  slightly  convex 
disc.  Antennae  75  long,  7 thick  at  segment  10.  Prothorax 
46/20,42,31.  Elytra  slightly  swollen  but  with  very  distinct  humeri, 
1 13/51,65.  Punctures  slightly  sparser  than  on  head,  intervals  smooth 
and  slightly  convex;  setae  ca.  9 long,  not  quite  so  decumbent  as  in 
antilleorum,  tactile  setae  9 and  erect. 

Holotype:  Venezuela:  I.  Margarita:  Puerto  Fermin  (12.48, 

Marcuzzi),  in  CASC,  San  Francisco.  Paratypes:  Venezuela:  I Mar- 
garita: Puerto  Fermin  (same  data,  10),  Juan  Griego  (3.48,  2).  Sucre: 
Carupan  (9.48,  2).  I am  indebted  to  K.  S.  Hagen  for  the  loan  of 
these  specimens,  and  for  some  additional  specimens  without  labels. 
Paratypes  in  CASC  and  collections  of  KSH  and  FGW. 

Anthicus  blackwelderi,  sp.  n. 

Fig.  10,  13,21. 

2.27-2.55  mm,  of  aspect  of  a Vacusus  species,  head  truncate, 
prothorax  without  a constriction,  and  elytra  subparallel.  Jamaican 


220 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


individuals  brown,  with  slightly  paler  legs,  antennae  and  palpi. 
Cuban  individuals  with  pale  marking  at  base  and  apex  of  elytra. 
Moderately  coarsely  punctured. 

Holotype  2.34  mm.  Head  44/51,47;  eyes  19/ 15,  35  apart,  20 
from  base,  which  is  truncate  with  a slight  impression  at  midline,  the 
temporal  angles  narrowly  rounded;  disc  slightly  flattened,  smooth, 
with  strong  punctures  ca.  4 apart  except  on  midline  of  front;  setae 
decumbent.  Antennae  ca.  97  long,  7 thick  at  segment  10,  which  is 
slightly  longer  than  thick.  Prothorax  49/ 16,40,31,  with  even  punc- 
tures denser  than  on  head,  ca.  2 apart,  about  as  wide  as  intervals. 
Elytra  141/56,73,  with  feeble  omoplates,  as  deeply  punctured  as 
head  and  prothorax,  punctures  ca.  3 apart;  setae  decumbent,  8, 
slightly  curved;  tactile  setae  4,  suberect.  Underside  of  thorax  with 
punctures  slightly  smaller  than  above;  front  part  of  prosternum, 
anterior  to  coxae,  smooth  in  front  half,  with  some  punctures  and 
suberect  setae  in  back  half.  First  visible  abdominal  sternum  finely 
punctured,  rest  punctulate.  Visible  sternum  5 with  its  apex  gently 
convex,  as  in  $;  6 with  no  indication  of  even  an  emargination;  last 
visible  tergum  shiny,  its  edge  beaded,  almost  concealed  by  the  ter- 
gum  before  it,  which  is  densely  short-pubescent  and  has  an  almost 
evenly  rounded  apex,  as  in  9- 

Holotype:  Jamaica:  Kingston  (no  date,  Chapin  & Black- 

welder)  in  USNM.  Paratypes:  Jamaica:  Kingston  (C  & B,  4;  P J D, 
1),  Morant  Bay,  Gordon  Town,  Trinityville,  Bath  St.  Thomas,  Blue 
Mts.  (nr.  4500',  P.J.D.).  Paratypes  in  USNM,  MCZ  and  FGW  col- 
lection. Not  designated  paratypes:  Cuba:  Oriente  Prov.:  coast  below 
Pico  Turquino  (1);  Soledad  nr.  Cienfuegos  (2).  Hispaniola:  Rep. 
Dom.:  Constanza  (19)-  The  Constanza  specimen  has  very  reduced 
dark  elytral  markings,  with  rounded  posterior  emargination.  Even 
teneral  Jamaican  specimens  have  uniformly  colored  elytra. 

Anthicus  russoi  Krekich 
Fig.  5,  22. 

Anthicus  russoi  Krekich  in  Menozzi  1930:  93  (type-locality:  Moca,  Rep.  Domini- 

cana). 

Stricticomus  russoi:  Bonadona  1981:  275. 

(5,  Jarabacoa,  2.20  mm,  very  smooth,  shiny,  appearing  somewhat 
glabrous  except  for  long,  erect  tactile  setae;  body  and  basal  36  of 
elytra  pale  rufescent  (abdomen  brown  in  another  specimen);  humeri 


1983] 


Werner  — Anthicidae 


221 


and  apical  area  of  elytra  brown.  Head  semicircular  behind  eyes; 
prothorax  evenly  swollen  in  profile  at  level  of  widest  portion. 

Head  42/45,39;  eyes  prominent,  17/13,  27  apart,  20  from  base. 
Disc  evenly  convex,  punctures  ca.  4 apart,  small  but  distinct  on 
front,  very  fine  behind;  setae  ca.  1,  decumbent,  almost  invisible, 
tactile  setae  erect,  7,  fine.  Antennae  105  long,  7 thick  at  segment  10, 
gradually  thickened,  with  moderately  conspicuous  suberect  curved 
setae  ca.  4 and  erect,  nearly  straight  tactile  setae  ca.  7.  Prothorax 
47/18,36,25,28;  portion  anterior  to  strong  basal  impressed  line 
almost  globular,  rising  1 1 above  line  from  top  of  base  to  top  of 
strong  collar.  Elytra  131/50,67;  humeri  well  defined,  omoplates 
slightly  swollen;  postbasal  transverse  impression  well  indicated  but 
with  punctures  and  pubescence  like  rest  of  elytra;  punctures  very 
fine,  ca.  5 apart,  setae  decumbent,  fine,  ca.  1,  barely  visible,  tactile 
setae  erect,  nearly  straight,  11.  Mesosternum  extremely  smooth, 
flat,  with  lateral  expansion  15  wide  and  reaching  almost  to  epi- 
pleura  of  elytra,  bearing  a fringe  of  slightly  curved  setae  ca.  1 1 long, 
partly  visible  from  above,  the  lateral  and  posterolateral  setae  lap- 
ping onto  sides  of  elytra  and  mesepisterna.  Metasternum,  abdomen 
and  legs  with  sparse,  decumbent  setae  ca.  4 long,  slightly  denser  on 
tibiae.  Visible  sternum  5 with  disc  evenly  convex,  its  apex  shallowly 
emarginate  and  bearing  several  long  setae;  6 ca.  11  wide,  divided 
into  almost  parallel,  deeply  separated  lobes,  which  are  deeply 
grooved  mesally.  Last  visible  tergum  thin,  nearly  flat.  Wings  ap- 
parently absent.  Cuticle  very  translucent,  some  parts  almost 
transparent. 

Records:  Hispaniola:  rep.  dom.:  Jarabacoa  (530m,  23.1.1972), 
and  Boca  Chica  (10m,  6. X.  1971),  both  on  single  $ specimens,  col- 
lected by  J.  & S.  Klapperich,  and  in  the  Basel  Museum.  These 
specimens  agree  in  general  with  the  original  description,  which  may 
have  suffered  from  being  translated  from  German  into  Italian,  and 
finally  from  my  translation  to  English.  The  original  figure  is  not 
helpful.  Professor  M.  Princippi  informs  me  that  there  is  a specimen 
of  russoi  in  the  Menozzi  Collection  at  the  Istituto  di  Entomologia  of 
the  Universita  di  Bologna.  This  must  be  the  holotype,  since  the 
species  was  described  from  a single  specimen. 

I am  leaving  russoi  in  Anthicus  for  lack  of  a better  place  to  put  it. 
The  mandibles  and  gonopore  armature  are  different  from  Acanthi- 
nus,  and  the  mesothorax  differently  designed  from  Formicilla.  In 


222 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


that  genus  the  setae  on  the  sides  of  the  mesothorax  arise  from  a 
ridge  above  the  side  of  the  expanded  mesosternum.  Bonadona  has 
placed  it  in  Stricticomus,  an  Old  World  group  characterized  by  the 
shape  of  the  prothorax.  While  this  is  a convenient  way  to  split  up 
the  numerous  species  of  Anthicus,  the  division  has  not  been  defined 
on  a phylogenetic  basis. 

Anthicus  subtilis-group 

Five  species  of  Anthicus  in  the  Greater  Antilles  form  a very  dis- 
tinctive group.  The  males  have  a unique  tuft  of  long  setae  on  the 
sides  of  the  tegmen  and  the  species  share  enough  external  features 
that  two  of  them  are  indistinguishable  in  the  female  sex.  Of  the  five, 
two  have  been  taken  only  on  Hispaniola,  one  only  on  Cuba,  one  on 
Hispaniola  and  Cuba,  and  one  on  Cuba  and  Jamaica,  the  last  with 
some  geographical  variation  on  the  two  islands.  All  three  species  on 
Hispaniola  are  at  least  partly  sympatric,  as  indicated  by  the  labels, 
as  are  two  on  Cuba. 


Anthicus  subtilis  LaFerte 
Fig.  1,  18. 

Anthicus  subtilis  LaFerte  1848:  135-6  (type-locality:  LaFerte  states  it  as  Colombia, 
collected  by  Moritz,  but  the  specimens  probably  originated  in  the  Greater 
Antilles). 

2.47-2.76  mm,  pale  rufescent,  legs,  antennae  and  palpi  dull  lute- 
ous,  tibiae  obscurely  darker  at  base,  elytra  with  pale  brown  median 
marking  widely  interrupted  at  suture  and  more  or  less  triangular 
with  a mesal  point,  and  a narrow,  usually  paler,  diagonal  subapical 
band.  Pubescence  short,  fine,  almost  appressed,  dulling  the  gener- 
ally shiny  surface;  punctures  fine  and  not  very  evident  except  on  base 
of  pronotum.  On  the  elytra  the  pubescence  in  this  and  the  other 
species  of  the  subtilis-group  is  slightly  diagonal  over  most  of  the 
surface,  to  ca.  45°  in  the  postbasal  transverse  impression  and  nearly 
transverse  on  rear  of  the  weak  omoplates. 

(5,  Ennery,  Haiti,  2.66  mm.  Head  44/53,47,  almost  semicircular 
behind  prominent  eyes,  with  a slight  impression  at  midline.  Eyes 
22/16,  35  apart,  16  from  base.  Disc  evenly  convex,  shiny,  with 
small,  well-defined  punctures  ca.  5 apart,  and  more  numerous  very 
fine  punctures  on  intervals,  punctures  collectively  ca.  1 apart.  Setae 
fine,  silky,  decumbent.  Antennae  unusually  slender,  segments  16/7, 


1983] 


Werner  — Anthicidae 


223 


9/5,  11/5,  15/5,  16/5,  16/5,  15/5,  14/6,  14/7,  13/7,  17/6,  base  to 
apex.  Prothorax  54/20,44,33,35,  with  well-defined  collar  and  slight 
constriction.  Collar  without  dense  pubescence  ventrally.  Disc  evenly 
convex,  punctures  ca.  1 apart,  finer  and  with  intervals  nearly  flat  on 
anterior  1 / 3,  larger  and  grading  to  finely  rugulose  in  region  of  basal 
impressed  line.  Elytra  169/64,86,  widest  near  middle,  tapering  to 
moderately  narrow  apex;  omoplates  distinct,  transverse  impression 
weak.  Surface  almost  evenly  covered  with  fine,  slightly  elevated 
punctures  ca.  2 apart,  intervals  flat;  setae  fine,  appressed,  ca.  3, 
tactile  setae  suberect,  7.  Setae  of  2 slightly  different  lengths  and 
thicknesses,  the  longer  and  thicker  slightly  less  appressed  and  dis- 
cernible with  backlighting.  Punctures  and  setae  of  impression  no 
different  from  those  of  adjacent  areas  except  for  the  setae  being 
more  perpendicular  to  the  midline.  Legs  slender,  not  modified.  Vis- 
ible sternum  5 simple,  its  apex  truncate. 

The  median  dark  elytral  markings  on  this  individual  are  37  long, 
separated  by  30  across  suture,  and  9 from  side  margin;  subapical 
band  ca.  1 1 wide,  paler  than  median  marks,  slightly  oblique,  extend- 
ing forward  along  suture  for  ca.  18,  pale  and  evanescent  laterally,  to 
7 from  margin.  All  of  the  specimens  have  rather  similar  markings, 
and  none  has  the  median  markings  connected  across  the  suture. 

Records:  All  individuals  are  fully  winged  and  apparently  capable 
of  flight.  HISPANIOLA:  HAITI:  Ennery  (nr.  1000'  (4(J,  5?),  Camp  Per- 
rin (nr.  1000',  2(5),  N.E.  foothills  of  La  Hotte  (3000',  1(5).  rep.  dom.: 
Villa  Altagracia  (1(5),  Pto.  Plata  (25  km.  S.  of,  2?),  San  Jose  de  las 
Matas  (1-2000',  1$).  cuba:  Loma  (Pico)  del  Gato  (Sierra  Maestra, 
Oriente  Prov.,  2(5),  Soledad  nr.  Cienfuegos  (1$).  Almost  all  col- 
lected by  P.  J.  D. 

I am  applying  LaFerte’s  name  to  this  species  largely  on  the  basis 
that  his  description  matches  it  quite  well  and  that  he  particularly 
noted  unusually  slender  antennae.  He  had  two  specimens  to  study, 
one  in  the  Dejean  collection  and  one  in  his  own,  the  source  of  both 
being  a series  in  the  museum  at  Berlin,  and  ultimately  the  collecting 
of  Moritz.  I have  seen  the  specimen  in  the  LaFerte  collection  and 
compared  it  with  West  Indian  material,  but  did  so  before  I realized 
that  there  are  several  species  in  the  subtilis-group.  I have  never  seen 
a specimen  of  this  group  from  a continental  area.  According  to  W. 
Horn’s  Entomologische  Sammlungen,  C.  Moritz  collected  in  both 
Colombia  and  Puerto  Rico  in  the  1830’s.  It  is  likely  that  some  labels 
got  mixed. 


224 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Anthicus  darlingtoni,  sp.  n. 

Fig.  3,  17. 

Generally  similar  to  subtilis  but  smaller,  2.02-2.42  mm,  head 
slightly  truncate  and  with  more  distinct  punctures,  antennae  not  so 
slender,  elytra  more  rounded  at  apex,  median  elytral  markings  usu- 
ally darker  and  barely  narrowed  mesally,  and  subapical  band  very 
faint.  Some  individuals,  including  the  holotype,  lack  wings  and  have 
the  elytra  slightly  inflated. 

Holotype  <5,  2.06  mm.  Head  36/46,41,  subtruncate  with  broadly 
rounded  temporal  angles.  Eyes  17/13,  31  apart,  15  from  base.  Disc 
evenly  convex,  shiny,  with  evenly  distributed  punctures  ca.  1 apart, 
small  but  well  defined;  diameter  of  punctures,  including  down- 
curved  borders,  about  equal  to  intervals.  The  larger  punctures  de- 
scribed in  subtilis  are  barely  larger  than  those  on  the  intervals. 
Antennae  not  unusually  slender,  segments  13/6,  7/5,  9/5,  10/5, 
11/5,  11/5,  11/5,  11/5,  11/6,  10/7,  16/7,  base  to  apex.  Prothorax 
similar  to  subtilis,  44/16,41,27,31.  Elytra  126/49,69,  similar  but 
apex  more  rounded  and  impression  weaker.  Fully  winged  individu- 
als are  more  similar.  Surface  slightly  more  deeply  punctured,  punc- 
tures ca.  2 apart;  setae  similar,  ca.  4,  tactile  setae  ca.  7.  Legs  not 
modified.  Apex  of  visible  sternum  5 very  feebly  excavated.  Median 
elytral  markings  29  long,  separated  by  ca.  18  across  suture,  4 from 
side  margin;  subapical  band  much  paler,  barely  a cloud,  ca.  1 1 wide. 

Holotype,  Haiti;  Etang  Lachaux  (under  1000',  Oct.  26-21,  ’34, 
P.  J.  Darlington,  WL)  in  MCZ.  Paratypes:  Haiti:  Etang  Lachaux 
(same  data,  2 WL  1 WL  9),  Camp  Perrin  (nr.  1000',  1 F 5,  1 WL 
5,  2 F 9),  Damien  (2  F 9),  Port-au-Prince  (1  WL  $),  Miragoane  (2 
WL  9),  Ennery  (nr.  1000',  2 WL  9),  Mt.  La  Hotte  (Tardieu,  3000',  1 
WL  9),  Kenskoff  (nr.  Port-au-Prince,  4-6000',  1 F 9).  All  speci- 
mens were  collected  by  P.  J.  Darlington  between  September  and 
November,  1934. 

In  at  least  two  localities  this  species  is  sympatric  with  subtilis,  but 
it  appears  to  have  a narrower  range.  Six  of  the  specimens  have  full 
wings  (F)  and  1 1 are  entirely  wingless  (WL). 

Anthicus  hispaniolae,  sp.  n. 

Fig.  2,  16. 

Larger  than  subtilis  and  the  other  species  of  the  group,  2.68-3.1 1 
mm,  and  with  more  extensive  and  darker  markings  on  the  elytra. 


1983] 


Werner  — Anthicidae 


225 


these  tending  to  be  connected  along  the  suture  but  not  along  the 
sides.  Most  of  the  head  and  prothorax  brown,  elytra  with  base  to 
transverse  impression,  a midband  and  an  oblique  subapical  band 
brown,  these  connected  at  least  narrowly  along  suture;  subapical 
band  paler  in  part  of  the  series.  Rest  of  elytra,  legs,  palpi,  antennal 
segments  1 & 2,  and  usually  labrum,  mandibles  except  for  tips,  and 
head  adjacent  to  antennal  insertions  luteous.  Dark  midband  and 
subapical  band  not  reaching  side  margins.  Underside  and  abdomen 
pale  brown.  Head  and  prothorax  densely,  finely  punctured.  Tegmen 
of  $ genitalia  very  slender  and  tapering  almost  evenly  to  narrow  tip. 

Holotype  2.68  mm.  Head  42/56,49.  Eyes  25/18,  36  apart,  15 
from  base,  which  is  subtruncate  with  a shallow  median  impression, 
the  temporal  angles  broadly  rounded.  Disc  evenly  convex,  shiny, 
but  punctures  ca.  2 apart  and  broader  than  intervals.  Antennal 
segments  1-2  pale,  1 heavier  than  usual;  segments  18/11,9/5/  12/5, 
13/5,  15/5,  17/6,  15/6,  14/6,  13/7,  13/7,  18/7,  base  to  apex.  Pro- 
thorax 52/22,47,37,42;  punctures  very  dense,  2 apart,  intervals  very 
narrow,  especially  in  back  half.  Elytra  175/69,95,  with  distinct 
omoplates  and  postbasal  impression;  punctures  small,  ca.  2 apart, 
intervals  flat  and  about  as  wide  as  punctures;  setae  moderately 
dense,  decumbent,  4,  part  slightly  less  decumbent,  5;  tactile  setae  ca. 
6.  Legs  simple;  visible  sternum  5 truncate. 

Holotype,  <5,  rep.  dom.:  Constanza  to  Jarabacoa  (2-4000',  Aug., 
38,  P.  J.  Darlington)  in  MCZ.  Paratypes:  rep.  dom.:  same  data 
(2(5),  foothills  of  Cordillera  Central  (S.  of  Santiago,  1^).  Haiti: 
N.E.  foothills  of  La  Hotte  (2-4000',  1(5).  The  last  locality  is  almost 
the  same  as  where  one  subtilis  was  collected.  All  collected  by  P.  J. 
Darlington  in  Oct.,  1934,  and  June  and  Aug.  1938.  All  specimens 
are  fully  winged,  and  apparently  capable  of  flight. 

Anthicus  soledad,  sp.  n. 

Fig.  4,  14. 

Generally  similar  to  subtilis  but  smaller,  2.22-2.53  mm,  elytral 
markings  darker,  median  elytral  markings  nearly  or  quite  a com- 
plete band  in  Cuban  individuals,  interrupted  at  suture  in  those  from 
Jamaica.  Head  slightly  more  truncate  and  deeply  punctured,  anten- 
nae not  unusually  slender.  Unique  in  having  the  apex  of  the  $ 
tegmen  nearly  truncate,  with  a median  point.  Cuban  specimens  are 
so  similar  to  macgillavryi  Buck  that  females  cannot  be  identified. 


226 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Holotype  2.33  mm.  Head  40/49,44,  subtruncate  with  broadly 
rounded  temporal  angles,  slightly  impressed  at  middle.  Eyes  19/14, 
33  apart,  16  from  base;  surface  similar  to  subtilis  but  with  fine  but 
distinct  punctures  ca.  2 apart,  most  slightly  narrower  than  intervals, 
with  gradually  downcurved  borders.  Antennal  segments  13/6,  7/5, 
9/5,  11/5,  12/5,  13/5,  14/5,  13/5,  13/6,  11/7,  16/6,  base  to  apex. 
Prothorax  similar,  47/18,39,27,33.  Elytra  145/55,79,  shiny,  punc- 
tures distinct,  ca.  3 apart  and  almost  as  wide  as  intervals;  setae  ca.  4 
long,  tactile  setae  6.  The  midband  on  this  and  other  Cuban  speci- 
mens is  complete,  slightly  paler  at  suture;  subapical  band  broad  and 
dark,  connected  to  midband  at  sides  and  narrowly  at  suture,  leaving 
a diagonal  mark  on  each  elytron  and  apex  pale;  base  onto  omo- 
plates  somewhat  darkened.  Jamaican  individuals  lack  the  basal 
darkening,  have  the  midband  interrupted  at  the  suture,  and  the 
subapical  band  connected  to  it  only  at  the  sides.  Legs  unmodified. 
Apex  of  visible  sternum  5 feebly  excavated. 

Holotype,  Cuba:  Soledad  nr.  Cienfuegos  (Oct.  21,  ’26,  P.  J. 
Darlington,  F)  in  MCZ.  Paratypes:  Cuba:  Soledad  (2  F Caya- 
mas  (5  R 5).  Jamaica:  Rio  Cobre  (5  mi.  above  Spanishtown,  1 F 
1 R 5,  1 WL  5),  Ocho  Rios  (1  WL  5),  Blue  Mts.  (Whitefield  Hall, 
nr.  4500',  1 R (J),  Milk  River  (1  F ^).  Five  of  the  males  are  fully 
winged  (F),  7 have  reduced  wings  (R),  and  2 are  wingless  (WL).  In 
addition  5 fully  winged  females  from  Jamaica  are  identified  with 
this  species  but  not  included  as  paratypes:  Whitefield  Hall  (2),  Milk 
River  (2),  and  Mandeville  (1,  dead  in  light  globe).  Paratypes  in 
MCZ,  USNM  and  collection  of  FGW. 

Anthicus  macgillavryi  Buck 
Fig.  12,  14. 

Anthicus  macgillavry  Buck  1960:  69-70  (type-locality:  Manicaragua,  cuba,  but  holo- 
type is  a 9 and  not  conclusively  identifiable  as  the  species  redescribed  here). 

2. 1 1-2.24  mm,  extremely  similar  to  sympatric  soledad  individuals 
on  Cuba,  $ differing  in  having  the  front  tibiae  excavated  in  apical 
2/5  and  in  having  the  tegmen  of  the  genitalia  slightly  constricted 
beyond  middle,  similar  to  subtilis  and  darlingtoni.  Elytra  with  dark 
midband  complete  in  all  specimens  identified. 

5,  Soledad,  2.20  mm.  Head  36/48,41;  eyes  18/15,  31  apart,  13 
from  base;  antennal  segments  13/7,  8/5, 9/4,  11/5,  13/5,  13/5,  13/5, 


1983] 


Werner  — Anthicidae 


221 


12/5,  12/5,  11/7,  17/5,  base  to  apex.  Prothorax  47/ 17,40,27,31;  ely- 
tra 138/56,75;  setae  ca.  4,  tactile  setae  5.  Front  tibiae  gradually 
thickened  from  base  to  6 thick  at  16  from  base,  zone  beyond  thickest 
portion  moderately  abruptly  thinned  to  slightly  more  than  4 in  a 
gently  concave,  flattened  zone  ca.  6 wide,  this  lined  with  moderately 
dense,  pale,  decumbent  setae.  Front  tarsi  not  modified.  Apex  of 
visible  sternum  5 feebly  excavated. 

Records:  Cuba:  Soledad,  nr.  Cienfuegos  (5  F 5,  5 WL  5),  Bara- 
gua  (at  light,  1 F <5),  Cayamas  (2  F 5,  6 R 5),  Limones  ( 1 WL  3)-  Of 
the  20  specimens  identified,  8 have  full  wings,  6 reduced  wings,  and 
6 are  wingless. 

This  species  is  more  abundant  than  soledad  on  Cuba,  so  is  the 
more  likely  one  to  be  associated  with  Buck’s  name.  The  holotype 
and  all  15  paratypes  sent  from  the  Amsterdam  collection  are 
females,  so  no  part  of  the  type  series  can  be  included  in  the  records. 

Mecynotarsus  hispaniolae,  sp.  n. 

Fig.  6,  7. 

1.56-2.04  mm  (elytra  plus  prothorax  including  horn).  Brown, 
appendages  rufescent,  surface  largely  concealed  by  appressed  scales, 
which  are  cinereous  but  with  a median  rufescent  cloud  on  the  pro- 
notum  and  dull  brown  markings  on  the  elytra.  The  darkest  of  the 
elytral  markings  are  lateral,  one  rounded  and  close  to  middle,  the 
other  larger,  oval  and  subapical,  both  isolated  from  sides  by  a broad 
cinereous  zone.  Paler  brown  markings  extend  from  the  omoplate 
area  to  the  level  of  the  front  of  the  subapical  mark,  with  vague 
connections  to  both  sets  of  dark  marks.  The  background  color  of 
the  elytra  is  slightly  rufescent  dorsally.  Prothorax  with  a sparse 
fringe  of  long,  erect,  flattened,  slightly  clavate  setae,  on  sides  and 
onto  base.  Elytral  scales  of  2 different  widths,  the  wider  ca.  1 Vi  times 
as  wide,  the  2 widths  tending  to  be  in  alternate  rows  and  the  wider 
just  perceptibly  elevated. 

Holotype:  2.04  mm;  head  39/45,45;  eyes  small,  12/9,  their  curved 
scales  ca.  1.5;  29  apart,  12  from  base  of  head.  Upperside  of  head  flat, 
with  sparse  setae  and  some  12  long,  suberect  setae  and  well- 
developed  erect,  flattened  setae  on  horn  outline,  10-14  long.  Pro- 
thorax 39  long,  82  with  horn,  63  wide;  horn  31  wide  at  widest,  12 
thick.  Marginal  setae  9 long,  the  ones  on  base  slightly  shorter.  Horn 


Figures  1-13.  Fig.  1.  Anthicus  subtilis,  described  specimen.  Fig.  2.  A.  his- 
paniolae,  holotype.  Fig.  3.  A.  darlingtoni.  holotype.  Fig.  4.  A.  soledad,  holotype. 
Fig.  5.  A.  russoi,  described  specimen.  Fig.  6.  Mecynotarsus  hispaniolae,  holotype. 
Fig.  7.  Same  specimen,  oblique  lateral  view  of  elytra.  Fig.  8.  Anthicus  margaritae, 
holotype.  Fig.  9.  A.  antilleorum,  holotype.  Fig.  \0.  A.  blackwelderi,  holotype. 
Fig.  11.  Thicanus  texanus,  Barahona,  Rep.  Dom.,  forebody.  Fig.  12.  Anthicus 
macgillavryi,  front  leg  of  described  S-  Fig-  13.  A.  blackwelderi,  elytral  markings  of 
Cuban  population,  from  coast  below  Pico  Turquino. 


1983] 


Werner  — Anthicidae 


229 


Figures  14-22.  $ genitalia  of  Amhicus  spp.,  in  ventral  view,  most  with  tegmen  in 

left  lateral  view,  details  of  internal  sac  and  gonopore  armature  to  sides.  Fig.  14.  /I. 
soledad,  paratype,  Soledad,  Cuba.  Fig.  15.  A.  macgillavryi,  Soledad,  Cuba. 
Fig.  16.  A.  hispaniolae,  paratype.  Fig.  \1.  A.  darlingtoni,  paratype,  Damien,  Haiti. 
Fig.  18.  A.  subtilis.  Villa  Altagracia,  Rep.  Dom.  Fig.  19.  A.  antiUeorum,  paratype, 
Cayamas,  Cuba.  Fig.  20.  A.  margaritae,  paratype,  Carupano,  Venez.  Fig.  21. 
A.  blackwelderi,  paratype,  Kingston,  Jam.  Fig.  22.  A.  russoi,  Boca  Chica,  Rep. 
Dom. 


230 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


with  a well-developed  crest  of  2 ridges,  these  up  to  8 apart,  and  with  3 
strong  teeth  on  each  side.  Underside  of  horn  with  a sparse  brush  of 
suberect,  anteriorly  directed  simple  setae  10  long.  Elytra  122/65,87, 
strongly  inflated,  punctures  ca.  3 apart  but  obscured  by  dense  scales 
ca.  4 long;  no  tactile  setae  discernible.  Hind  tibia  47  long,  tarsus  61, 
front  tarsus  29. 

Holotype,  $,  rep.  dom.:  Las  Salinas  b.  Bani  ( 10. X.  1979,  J.  & S. 
Klapperich)  in  Natural  History  Museum,  Basel,  Switzerland.  Para- 
types;  2 9,  same  data,  Basel  and  FGW  collection. 

Relationships:  The  species  of  Mecynotarsus  in  the  elegans-group 
seem  assignable  to  at  least  3 subgroups.  The  first,  already  noted 
(Werner  1962),  has  the  sutural  area  of  the  elytral  apex  pale,  this 
zone  restricted  anteriorly  by  oblique  dark  bands.  To  this  group 
belong  elegans  LeConte,  intermixtus  jamaicanus  Werner, 

and  probably  falcatus  Chandler.  In  this  group  the  male  genitalia  are 
distinctive,  the  phallobase  bearing  rounded  lateral  lobes.  The  male 
antennae  are  not  expanded  and  the  prothoracic  horn  is  relatively 
narrow. 

A second  subgroup  has  the  markings  at  the  tip  of  the  elytra  based 
on  a pale  sutural  mark  and  lateral  spots,  with  a narrow  extension 
from  the  oblique  subapical  bands  tending  to  reach  the  very  apex  on 
each  side,  where  there  may  be  a tiny  development  of  a pit  in  the 
male.  This  subgroup  contains  balsasensis  Werner  and  salvadoren- 
sis  Werner.  These  2 species  have  a distinctive  pale  strip  through 
discal  clouding  on  the  pronotum.  Werner  (1962)  indicates  that  the 
phallobase  is  simple  but  Chandler  (1977)  states  that  there  are  lateral 
lobes  in  salvadorensis.  Very  small  size  of  the  genitalia  makes  inter- 
pretation difficult.  The  antennae  are  simple  in  the  male  and  the  horn 
is  relatively  narrow. 

Finally,  a third  subgroup  has  each  elytron  pale  at  the  apex,  with  a 
convex  anterior  border  to  the  pale  zone.  The  most  distinctive  fea- 
ture is  expansion  of  the  intermediate  antennal  segments  in  the  male, 
and  simple  phallobase  of  the  male  genitalia.  The  prothoracic  horn  is 
broader  than  in  the  other  2 subgroups,  and  any  clouding  on  the 
pronotum  lacks  a median  pale  stripe.  This  last  subgroup  contains 
nevermanni  Werner,  alvarado  Chandler,  and  vafer  Chandler,  with 
sexnotatus  Champion  assignable  to  it  on  male  characters  but  having 
the  elytral  markings  so  reduced  that  they  are  difficult  to  interpret. 

M.  hispaniolae  is  probably  a member  of  this  third  subgroup,  but 


1983] 


Werner  — Anthicidae 


231 


no  males  have  been  collected.  However,  the  more  posterior  dark 
mark  on  the  elytra  shows  no  sign  of  a posterior  excavation,  as  is 
present  in  alvarado  and  vafer.  The  distinctive  erect  setae  on  the  sides 
of  the  prothorax  are  matched  in  alvarado  and  approached  in  vafer, 
but  are  also  approached  in  salvadorensis  in  the  second  subgroup. 
No  other  species  has  such  differences  between  the  broad  and  narrow 
scales,  but  there  is  some  difference  in  vafer,  alvarado  and  salva- 
dorensis; the  tendency  may  be  more  a function  of  denseness  of  scales 
than  relationship.  The  long  setae  on  the  underside  of  the  horn  are 
matched  in  vafer  and  hinted  at  in  some  others  in  the  third  subgroup, 
salvadorensis  in  the  second,  and  intermixtus  in  the  first.  The  setae 
on  the  horn,  and  matching  setae  on  top  of  the  head,  as  well  as  the 
erect  setae  on  the  top  of  the  head  that  outline  the  horn,  probably 
have  an  adaptive  value  in  keeping  sand  grains  out  of  the  space 
between  head  and  horn  when  the  beetle  is  digging.  Degree  of  devel- 
opment might  very  well  be  habitat-related. 

Checklist  of  Species  and  Greater  Antilles  Records 

Acanthinus  angusticollis  (LaFerte)  1848:  120-1.  Werner  1966b: 
747-9,  fig.  1,  3,  6,  synonymy.  Southern  Brazil  to  northern 
South  America.  Introduced?  Cuba:  Bahia  Honda,  Camaguey, 
Cayamas,  Havana,  Santa  Clara.  Jamaica:  Kingston. 

Acanthinus  concinnus  (LaFerte)  1848:  123.  Werner  1970a:  123,  fig. 
7,  21.  Bolivia  to  eastern  Mexico.  Introduced?  Cuba:  on  ship 
from  Cuba.  Hispaniola:  Rep.  Dom.:  Boca  Chica,  Colonia 
(1000  m),  Haina,  San  Cristobal  (35  m),  San  Francisco  Mts., 
San  Jose  de  las  Matas,  Trujillo  Valdes  (Boni),  Villa  Altagirica. 

Acanthinus  ebeninus  (LaFerte)  1848:  117.  Werner  1970a:  119,  fig. 
17. 

Pseudoleptaleus  cubanensis  Pic  1917:  8 (type-locality:  Cuba). 
Venezuela  and  Colombia;  reported  from  Guatemala  without 
exact  locality  (specimen  not  seen).  Cuba:  only  the  Pic  specimen, 
without  specific  locality. 

Acanthinus  quinquemaculatus  (LaFerte)  1848:  115-6.  Werner 
1970a:  121-2,  fig.  6,  20.  Bolivia  to  eastern  Mexico.  Introduced? 
CUBA:  Sabanilla.  Hispaniola:  Rep.  Dom.:  Boca  Chica,  Colonia 
(1000  m).  PUERTO  Rico:  Flamboyant,  Puerca  Bay. 


232 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Acanthinus  schwarzi  Werner  1967:  1232,  fig.  10,  23.  Probably 
endemic.  Cuba:  Cayamas,  Pinar  del  Rio,  Soledad  nr. 
Cienfuegos. 

Acanthinus  scitulus  (LeConte)  1852:  94-5.  Werner  1970b:  724-5, 
fig.  20-22,  34. 

Formicilla  cubana  Pic  1944:  9-10  (type-locality:  Cuba). 
Formicillia  gracillipes  (sic):  Buck  1960:  64,  in  part,  Cuban 
specimens. 

Honduras  to  southeastern  U.S.A.  Probably  a recent  intro- 
duction. CUBA.  Hormiguero,  Pinar  del  Rio.  Through  the 
courtesy  of  Ben  Brugge,  of  the  Zoological  Museum  of  Am- 
sterdam, I have  examined  most  of  the  specimens  reported  by 
Buck.  His  specimen  from  Colombia  belongs  to  Acanthinus 
leporinus  (LaFerte).  Hispaniola:  Rep.  Dom.:  Boca  Chica 
(10  m). 

Amblyderus  sp.  Wolcott  1936:  210.  Puerto  rico:  Ponce  (on  Randia 
mitis  and  other  flowers).  Identification  was  provided  by  H.  S. 
Barber,  but  specimens  cannot  now  be  located.  The  blossom 
association  makes  the  identification  suspect,  since  the  usual  asso- 
ciation of  Amblyderus  is  sand  dunes. 

Anthicus  antilleorum  Werner.  Native.  Also  in  Virgin  and  Bahama 
Islands.  Cuba,  Hispaniola. 

Anthicus  blackwelderi  Werner.  Probably  endemic.  Jamaica,  cuba, 

HISPANIOLA. 

Anthicus  crinitus  LaFerte  1848:  204-5.  Werner  1975b:  472-3,  fig.  2, 
5.  Old  World,  becoming  cosmopolitan.  Hispaniola:  Rep.  Dom.: 
Bani,  Mao  Val-Verde,  San  Cristobal,  St.  Domingo,  all  near  sea 
level.  PUERTO  Rico:  Fortuna  A.  E.  S.,  La  Parguera,  Ponce. 

Anthicus  darlingtoni  Werner.  Endemic.  Hispaniola. 

Anthicus  floralis  (L.)  1758:  420.  Werner  1964:  233-4,  fig.  18,  71. 
Cosmopolitan.  Jamaica:  Trelawney.  hispaniola:  Rep.  Dom.: 
San  Cristobal,  St.  Domingo.  Puerto  rico:  Ponce. 

Anthicus  formicarius  (Goeze)  1977:  705.  Werner  1964:  234-5,  fig. 
19,  72.  Cosmpolitan.  Jamaica:  St.  Andrew. 

Anthicus  hispaniolae  Werner.  Endemic,  hispaniola. 


1983] 


Werner  — Anthicidae 


233 


Anthicus  macgillavryi  Buck.  Endemic.  Cuba. 

Anthicus  pallidus  Say  1826:  245.  Werner  1964:  230-1,  fig.  1,  2,  64, 
synonymy.  Coastal  areas,  Florida  to  northern  South  America; 
Lesser  Antilles.  Probably  native,  cuba:  Maisi  in  Oriente  Prov. 
HISPANIOLA:  Haiti:  Grande  Anse.  Rep.  Dom.:  Barahona. 
PUERTO  Rico:  Bayamon. 

Anthicus  russoi  Krekich.  Probably  a myrmecophilous  endemic. 

HISPANIOLA. 

Anthicus  soledad  Werner.  Endemic,  cuba,  Jamaica. 

Anthicus  subtilis  LaFerte.  Endemic,  cuba,  Hispaniola. 

Anthicus  tobias  Marseul  1879:  125.  Werner  1964:  235,  fig.  12.  Old 
World,  becoming  cosmopolitan;  Virgin  Islands.  Jamaica:  Gor- 
don Town,  Morant  Bay,  Spanish  Town.  Hispaniola:  Rep. 
Dom.:  Boca  Chica,  San  Cristobal,  Santo  Domingo,  all  near  sea 
level. 

Mecynotarsus  hispaniolae  Werner.  Endemic.  Hispaniola. 

Mecynotarsus  jamaicanus  Werner  1962:  84,  fig.  3,  10.  Probably 
endemic.  Jamaica:  Kingston. 

Notoxus  bipunctatus  Chevrolat  1877:  ix.  Chandler  1978:  35,  fig.  26, 
57.  Probably  endemic.  Puerto  rico:  Alsina,  Anaso  District, 
Coama  Springs,  Ponce,  Rio  Piedras,  San  Juan. 

Notoxus  jamaicus  Pic  1913:  8-9.  Chandler  1978:  36,  fig.  27,  57. 
Probably  endemic.  Jamaica:  Alligator  Pond  Bay,  Bull  Run  in 
St.  Andrew  Parish,  Milk  River,  Morant  Bay,  Santa  Cruz,  Span- 
ish Town,  Trelawney. 

Sapintus  similis  Werner  1983:  420.  Mexico  to  Panama.  Introduced? 
JAMAICA:  Spanish  Town. 

Sapintus  teapensis  (Champion)  1890:  249.  Southeastern  Mexico  to 
southern  Brazil.  Introduced?  cuba:  Baracoa,  Cayamas,  Vinales. 
HISPANIOLA:  Haiti:  Desbarriere-Mt.  La  Hotte,  Port-au-Prince. 
Rep.  Dom.:  Bani,  Haina,  La  Romana,  Monte  Cristi,  Puerto 
Plata.  JAMAICA:  Orange  Bay,  Santa  Cruz,  Spanish  Town. 
PUERTO  Rico:  Tortuguero  Lake. 


234 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Thicanus  texanus  (LaFerte)  1848:  301.  Werner  1975a:  290,  synony- 
my. Southeastern  U.S.A.  to  eastern  Texas,  primarily  coastal. 
Probably  native.  Hispaniola:  Rep.  Dom.:  Barahona,  Lake 
Enriquillo.  Puerto  rico:  Ensenada. 

Vacusus  holoxanthus  (Fairmaire  & Germain)  1860:  3.  Werner  1961: 
808-9;  1966a:  219,  synonymy. 

Vacusus  jamaicanus  Werner  1961:  809. 

Chile  to  southern  Brazil.  Probably  introduced.  Jamaica: 
Gordon  Town,  Milk  River,  Morant  Bay,  Spanish  Town. 

Vacusus  vicinus  (LaFerte)  1848:  157-8.  Werner  1961:  799-801, 
synonymy.  Southern  U.S.A.  to  Venezuela.  Lesser  Antilles. 
Introduced?  Cuba:  Baragua,  Camaguey,  Cayamas,  Havana, 
Hormiguero,  Jatabonica,  Manicaragua,  Soledad  nr.  Cien- 
fuegos.  HISPANIOLA:  Rep.  Dom.:  Bani,  Boca  Chica,  Mao  Val- 
Verde,  San  Cristobal,  Santo  Domingo.  Jamaica:  Bath  St. 
Thomas,  Clarkstown,  Milk  River,  Morant  Bay,  Santa  Cruz, 
Spanish  Town,  Trinityville.  Puerto  rico:  Ensenada,  La  Gua- 
nica,  Lajas,  Mayaguez,  Sabena  Grande,  Salinas,  virgin 

ISLANDS. 

References  Cited 

Buck,  F.  D.  1960.  Anthicid  beetles  from  Venezuela,  Colombia,  Cuba,  and  the 
Netherlands  Antilles.  Studies  on  the  Fauna  of  Curasao  and  other  Caribbean 
Islands:  No.  47,  pp.  64-71.  Martinus  Nijhoff,  The  Hague. 

Champion,  G.  C.  1890.  Anthicidae  (pp.  203-50,  pis.  9-10).  In:  Biologia  Centrali- 
Americana.  Insecta,  Coleoptera  Heteromera,  vol.  4,  part  2 (1889-1893).  R.  H. 
Porter,  London,  x + 494  pp. 

Chandler,  D.  S.  1977.  New  with  a key  to  the  New  World  species 

(Coleoptera:  Anthicidae).  Coleop.  Bui.  31:  363-70. 

1978.  A revision  of  the  Central  and  South  American  Notoxus  and  de- 
scription of  a new  genus,  Plesionotoxus  ....  Contrib.  American  Entomol.  Inst. 
16(3):  i-iv,  1-83  (as  1977). 

Chevrolat,  a.  L.  a.  1877.  Description  d’espfeces  nouvelles  d’Heteromferes 
provenant  Hie  de  Porto  Rico  ....  Bui.  Soc.  Entomol.  France  7:  viii-ix. 
Fairmaire,  L.,  and  P.  Germain.  1860.  Coleoptera  Chilensia.  Part  2.  Sect.  1. 
8 pp.  Paris, 

Goeze,  a.  E.  1777.  Entomologische  Beitr^ge  zu  des  Ritter  Linne  12.  Ausgabe  des 
Natursystems,  vol,  1.  Weidmann,  Leipzig.  736  pp. 

LApERTfe-SfeNECTfeRE,  F.  T.  de.  1848.  Monographie  des  Anthicus  et  genres  voisins 
...  , De  Sapia,  Paris,  xxiv  + 340  pp.,  16  pis. 


1983] 


Werner  — Anthicidae 


235 


LeConte,  J.  L.  1852.  Synopsis  of  the  anthicites  of  the  United  States.  Proc.  Acad. 
Natur.  Sci.  Philadelphia  6:  92-104. 

Linnaeus,  C.  1758.  Systema  Naturae  ...  , ed.  10,  vol.  1.  Laurentii  Salvii,  Holm. 
2 + 824  pp. 

Marseul,  S.  a.  de.  1879.  Monographie  des  anthicides  de  I’ancien-monde. 
L’Abeille  17:  1-268,  2 pis. 

Menozzi,  C.  1930.  Una  nuova  specie,  probabile  mirmecophila,  di  Anthicus  . . . 
della  R.  Dominicana.  Boll.  Lab.  Zool.  gen.  et  agraria  del  R.  Inst.  sup.  agrario 
— Portici  25:  92-4. 

Pic,  M.  1913.  Descriptions  de  29  especes.  Mel.  Exotico-Entomol.,  fasc.  5:  8-9. 

1917.  Descriptions  abregees  diverses.  Mel.  Exotico-Entomol.,  fasc.  22: 

2-20. 

1944.  Opuscula  Martialia,  Xlll.  Echange,  Numero  special:  1-16.  Les 

Imprimeries  Reunies,  Moulins. 

Say,  T.  1826.  Descriptions  of  new  species  of  coleopterous  insects  inhabiting  the 
United  States.  J.  Acad.  Natur.  Sci.  Philadelphia  5:  237-84,  293-304  (continued 
from  1825,  op.  cit.  5:  160-204.). 

Werner,  F.  G.  1961.  A revision  of  the  genus  Vacusus  ....  Ann.  Entomol.  Soc. 
America  54:  798-809. 

1962.  The  species  of  Mecy  no  tarsus  related  to  elegans  ....  Proc.  Entomol. 

Soc.  Washington  64:  79-86. 

1964.  A revision  of  the  North  American  species  of  Anthicus,  s.  str.  Misc. 

Publ.  Entomol.  Soc.  America  4(5):  195-242. 

1966a.  Notes  on  the  South  American  species  of  Vacusus  ...  . Ann. 

Entomol.  Soc.  America  59:  218-22. 

1966b.  A revision  of  Acanthinus  ...  II  ....  Op.  cit.  59:  746-51. 

1967.  A revision  of  Acanthinus  ...  VI  ....  Op.  cit.  60:  1217-34. 

1970a.  A revision  of  Acanthinus  ...  VII.  Op.  cit.  63:  1 1 1-28. 

1970b.  A revision  of  Acanthinus  ...  IX  ...  . Op.  cit.  63:  718-31. 

1975a.  New  synonymy  in  the  nearctic  Anthicidae  ....  Proc.  Entomol. 

Soc.  Washington  77:  290. 

1975b.  Additions  to  the  nearctic  Anthicus  ....  Op.  cit.  77:  472-7. 

1983.  Neotropical  Sapintus,  with  a general  key  to  species.  Proc.  Entomol. 

Soc.  Washington  85:  405-425. 

Wolcott,  G.  N.  1936.  Insectae  Borinquenses  ....  Journ.  Agric.,  Univ.  Puerto 
Rico  20:  1-627. 


,4!  *>.  \il  j^ 

I/.  , ' *-<.>  ' • s"-*^ '■'■ 

.■^i.id;ji>#E'-’;‘'£#‘ 

> . .-vV'.i' 

,•  • :,][,  ■.j^ikfi'  ; * 'i^'  •■*  *■  • i‘*'' — 


^■> 

■ '^‘'¥fe*'r:''  .:if-‘  ;= 

•■■  - ..•'T^y  • 


, ^;' . v; 

*V' 

/-€'  t ■ 


NEST  ARCHITECTURE  AND  BROOD  DEVELOPMENT 
TIMES  IN  THE  PAPER  WASP,  POLISTES  EXCLAMANS 
(HYMENOPTERA:  VESPIDAE)  * 

By  J.  E.  Strassmann  and  M.  C.  Ferreira  Orgren 
Biology  Department, 

Rice  University, 

Houston  TX  77251 

One  of  the  distinctive  features  of  social  insects  is  that  they  rear 
their  brood  in  nests.  In  the  Vespidae  these  nests  are  typically  con- 
structed of  paper;  they  have  one  or  several  layers  of  cells,  and  may 
have  an  outer  envelope  of  paper  (Jeanne  1975).  Nest  architecture 
has  been  interpreted  as  a means  of  minimizing  vulnerability  to  nest 
predators,  particularly  ants  (Jeanne,  1975;  1979).  Another  factor 
that  may  contribute  to  nest  design  is  a limitation  on  efficient  food 
distribution  to  larvae  when  there  are  many  cells  in  a single  layer.  For 
example  if  foragers  tend  to  land  on  one  part  of  the  nest  and  then 
begin  feeding  the  nearest  larvae,  unequal  food  distribution  would 
result.  The  purpose  of  this  study  was  to  examine  the  influence  of  cell 
location  on  brood  development  times  of  Polistes  exclamans  Vie- 
reck.  Also  examined  were  the  roles  of  time  of  year,  numbers  of 
workers,  and  larvae  per  worker  as  factors  influencing  development 
times.  P.  exclamans  was  chosen  as  a study  organism  because  all  cells 
are  in  one  layer,  without  an  envelope;  nests  are  approximately 
circular,  and  have  a single  off-center  pedicel  usually  located 
towards  the  top  of  the  nest.  Cells  near  the  pedicel  are  the 
oldest.  These  features  make  nests  of  P.  exclamans  among  the 
more  simple  types  of  nests.  In  central  Texas  nests  of  P.  exclamans 
vary  greatly  in  size,  reaching  an  upper  limit  of  about  500  cells 
(Strassmann,  personal  observation). 

Methods 

Three  nests  representing  small,  average  and  large  nests  were 
chosen  for  observation  at  Brackenridge  Field  Laboratory  of  the 
University  of  Texas  at  Austin,  Texas.  These  nests  appeared  to  be 


* Manuscript  received  by  the  editor  May  15,  1983. 


237 


238 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


generally  representative  of  their  size  classes.  In  1978  nest  83  (44 
cells)  and  nest  22  (220  cells)  and  in  1979  nest  27  (345  cells)  were 
observed  (Fig.  1).  Contents  of  cells  were  scored  every  other  day  on  a 
cell  map,  and  numbers  of  females  associated  with  the  nest  were 
marked  and  counted.  Nest  22  was  observed  from  12  June  to  14 
August;  nest  83  was  observed  from  19  June  to  14  August;  and  nest 
27  was  observed  from  6 June  to  18  August.  From  mid  June  to  mid 
August  mean  daily  termperatures  changed  very  little.  Average 
monthly  temperatures  were  23.5° C for  June,  24.7° C for  July  and 
24.8°  C for  August  (30  year  averages  for  Austin,  Texas,  National 
Weather  Service).  When  an  adult  emerged  from  a cell  an  egg  was 
laid  in  it  so  all  cells  contained  brood.  In  the  rest  of  this  paper  the 
nests  will  be  referred  to  as  the  small  (nest  83)  medium  (nest  22)  and 
large  (nest  27)  nest. 

For  the  purposes  of  analysis  the  medium  and  large  nests  were 
divided  into  4 regions,  and  the  small  nest  was  divided  into  3 regions 
(Fig.  1).  The  regions  were  chosen  by  first  mapping  development 
times  of  brood  in  every  cell  on  a cell  map,  and  then  choosing  regions 
that  were  homogeneous  within  themselves  and  as  different  as  pos- 
sible from  other  regions.  This  technique  maximized  the  probability 
that  differences  among  regions  would  be  found.  On  all  nests  region 
1 is  the  oldest,  directly  in  front  of  the  nest  pedicel.  Region  2 is  the 
center  of  the  nest.  Regions  3 and  4 are  edge  regions.  The  medium 
nest  may  appear  in  the  figure  to  have  two  lobes  to  it  but  they  were 
actually  contiguous.  The  cells  were  deformed  somewhat  due  to 
contact  with  1 inch  chicken  wire  mesh  which  ran  down  the  center  of 
the  nest. 

Large  sample  sizes,  normal  distribution  of  data  and  nearly  equal 
variances  allowed  us  to  use  parametric  statistics  in  this  study. 
Because  of  its  size  the  small  nest  was  omitted  from  some  of  the 
analyses.  All  statistical  analyses  were  performed  using  Statistical 
Analysis  System  (SAS)  or  Statistical  Package  for  the  Social 
Sciences  (SPSS). 


Results 

Average  development  times  of  eggs  varied  from  9 to  14  days 
depending  on  the  nest  (Table  1).  Eggs  took  significantly  longer  to 
develop  on  the  small  nest  (small  compared  to  medium  nest  t = 5.45. 


1983] 


Strassmann  & Orgren  — Polistes 


239 


SMALL  NEST 


Figure  1.  Cell  maps  of  nests  in  the  study  indicating  nest  regions. 


240 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


df  = 38 1 , p <0.00 1 ; small  compared  to  large  nest,  t = 8.55,  df  = 542, 
p <0.001).  There  were  no  differences  in  egg  development  times 
between  the  medium  and  large  nests  (t  = 0.57,  df=839,  n.s.).  Aver- 
age larva  development  times  varied  from  13  to  18  days  depending  on 
nest  (Table  1).  The  small  nest  and  the  large  nest  did  not  differ  in 
average  larva  development  times  (t  = 0.68,  df=343  n.s.).  However 
they  both  had  longer  larva  development  times  than  did  the  medium 
nest  (small  compared  to  medium,  t = 4.84,  df=322,  p <0.001; 
medium  compared  to  large,  t = 8.89,  df=611,  p <0.001).  Pupa 
development  times  averaged  13  days  on  all  nests,  and  there  were  no 
significant  differences  among  the  nests. 

Development  times  of  eggs,  larvae  and  pupae  did  not  vary  signifi- 
cantly from  one  region  of  the  nest  to  another  on  the  small  and 
medium  nests  (Tables  2-4,  Fig.  2).  In  the  large  nest  both  eggs  and 
larvae  developed  most  quickly  in  region  1 (the  oldest  part  of  the 
nest),  and  most  slowly  in  the  edge  regions  3 and  4 (Tables  2-4,  Fig. 
2).  In  no  case  did  region  of  nest  explain  more  than  10%  of  the 
variance  in  development  time. 

Date  did  not  have  a consistent  effect  on  development  times.  Eggs 
developed  more  slowly  towards  the  end  of  the  season  in  the  large 
nest,  and  more  quickly  towards  the  end  of  the  season  in  the  small 
nest  (Table  5).  There  was  no  change  in  egg  development  time  with 
date  in  the  medium  nest.  Larva  development  time  increased  with 
date  in  both  the  large  and  the  medium  nest,  and  decreased  with  date 
in  the  small  nest  (Table  5).  Development  times  of  pupae  did  not 
change  with  date  in  the  large  nest,  but  decreased  with  date  in  the 
medium  and  small  nests  (Table  5).  Date  explained  35%  to  51%  of 
the  variance  in  larva  development  times  depending  on  nest.  It 
explained  smaller  percentages  of  the  variance  in  egg  and  pupa 
development  times  except  on  the  small  nest  (Tables  2-4). 

Interaction  between  date  and  region  of  nest  was  examined  using  a 
2-way  ANOVA  (Tables  2-4).  There  was  a significant  (p  <0.05) 
interaction  between  date  and  region  of  nest  for  egg  and  larva  devel- 
opment times  in  the  large  nest  that  explained  7%  and  5%  of  the 
variance  respectively  (Tables  2-4).  This  interaction  thus  explains  a 
trivial  amount  of  the  variance  in  development  compared  to  that 
explained  by  date. 

The  effect  of  numbers  of  females  tending  the  nest  was  found  to 
be  quite  variable.  Looking  only  at  the  medium  and  large  nests,  it 


1983] 


Strassmann  & Orgren  — Polistes 


241 


TABLE  1.  Average  brood  development  times  per  nest. 


X 

S.D. 

N 

Egg  development  time 

Small  nest 

13.81 

5.67 

43 

Medium  nest 

9.58 

4.67 

340 

Large  nest 

9.43 

2.92 

501 

Larva  development  time 

Small  nest 

18.18 

3.71 

28 

Medium  nest 

13.39 

5.09 

296 

Large  nest 

17.39 

6.03 

317 

Pupa  development  time 

Small  nest 

12.74 

2.18 

19 

Medium  nest 

13.05 

4.31 

218 

Large  nest 

13.00 

3.83 

268 

TABLE  2.  ANOVA  of  the  effects  of  date  and  location  in  nest  on  egg  devel- 
opment times. 


Main  Effects  Interaction 

Location  in  nest 


Location  in  nest 

Date 

X date 

Small  nest 

Sum  of  squares 

68 

648 

76 

F 

2.1 

1.31*** 

1.5 

df 

2 

3 

3 

% of  variance  explained 

5 

48 

6 

Medium  nest 

Sum  of  squares 

56 

1184 

319 

F 

1.0 

16.3*** 

1.5 

df 

3 

4 

12 

% of  variance  explained 

16 

4 

Large  nest 

Sum  of  squares 

105 

100 

278 

F 

4.5** 

3.2* 

3.2*** 

df 

3 

4 

11 

% of  variance  explained 

3 

2 

7 

df  = degrees  of  freedom,  *p  <0.05,  **p  <0.0 1 , ***p  <0.00 1 


242 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


was  found  that  egg  development  time  increased  with  number  of 
females  on  the  large  nest  and  decreased  on  the  medium  nest  (Table 
5).  Larva  development  times  increased  with  numbers  of  females  on 
both  large  and  medium  nests.  Pupa  development  time  decreased 
with  increasing  numbers  of  females  on  the  large  nest,  and  did  not 
change  significantly  on  the  medium  nest  (Table  5). 

Partial  correlations  of  development  time  with  date  were  calcu- 
lated controlling  for  numbers  of  females,  since  numbers  of  females 
increased  with  date.  Development  times  of  larvae  increased  signifi- 
cantly (p  <0.01)  with  date  on  the  large  and  medium  nests  when 
numbers  of  females  were  controlled  for  (Table  5).  Development 
times  of  eggs  decreased  with  increasing  numbers  of  females  on  the 
medium  nest  when  date  was  controlled  for.  Development  times  of 
larvae  and  pupae  decreased  with  increasing  numbers  of  females  on 
the  large  nest  when  date  was  controlled  for. 

The  ratio  of  larvae  to  females  on  the  large  nest  was  3. 1 1 ± S.D.2.05, 
and  on  the  medium  nest  it  was  1.23  ± S.D.0.47.  Development  time 
of  larvae  was  slower  when  there  were  more  larvae  per  female  on  the 
large  nest  (r  = -0.13,  p<0.03,  N = 317).  The  correlation  was  in  the 
same  direction  on  the  medium  nest,  but  was  not  significant 
(r  = -0.10,  p >0.1,  N = 296)  perhaps  because  there  averaged  more 
females  per  larva. 


Discussion 

The  results  presented  here  do  not  offer  strong  support  for  the 
hypothesis  that  location  of  brood  affects  development  rates.  Cen- 
trally located  brood  developed  no  more  quickly  than  did  edge 
brood.  Feeding  efficiency  does  not  appear  to  be  limiting  the  size  of 
nests.  Foragers  arriving  on  the  nest  with  prey  typically  share  it  with 
3 or  4 other  females  who  each  visit  many  larvae  (Strassmann, 
unpub.).  The  result  seems  to  be  even  distribution  of  food.  Though 
the  largest  nest  did  show  a significant  region  effect  for  egg  and  larva 
development,  it  explained  less  than  7%  of  the  variance.  Perhaps  an 
even  larger  nest  would  show  a more  marked  effect.  West  Eberhard 
(p.  38,  1969)  suggested  that  7 pupae  in  the  center  of  a nest  she 
observed  and  8 pupae  towards  the  edge  of  the  nest  had  long  and 
short  pupal  periods  respectively  because  of  differences  in  larva 
nutrition.  She  suggested  that  better-fed  larvae  in  the  center  of  the 
nest  would  have  longer  pupa  development  periods.  This  study  does 


LARVA  DEVELOPMENT  TIME  IN  DAYS 


1983] 


Strassmaun  & Orgren  — Polistes 


243 


123  1234  1234 

SMALL  NEST  MEDIUM  NEST  LARGE  NEST 

NEST  REGION 


Figure  2.  Development  times  of  larvae  in  different  regions  of  each  nest.  Bars 
indicate  means  and  lines  indicate  standard  deviations. 


244 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


TABLE  3.  ANOVA  of  the  effects  of  date  and  location  in  nest  on  larva 
development  times. 


Main  Effects 
Location  in  nest  Date 

Interaction 
Location  in  nest 
X date 

Small  nest 

Sum  of  squares 

25 

148 

22 

F 

1.4 

5.6 

1.3 

df 

2 

3 

2 

% of  variance  explained 

7 

40 

6 

Medium  nest 

Sum  of  squares 

35 

2631 

49 

F 

0.7 

37.0*** 

0.3 

df 

3 

4 

II 

% of  variance  explained 

I 

35 

1 

Large  nest 

Sum  of  squares 

821 

5842 

568 

F 

19.4*** 

138.1*** 

5.0*** 

df 

3 

3 

8 

% of  variance  explained 

7 

51 

5 

df  = degrees  of  freedom,  *p  <0.05,  **p  <0.0 1 , ***p  <0.00 1 


not  support  her  conclusions. 

High  mean  daily  temperatures  characterized  the  entire  period  of 
this  study,  essentially  eliminating  temperature  as  a variable.  The 
slight  increase  in  temperature  over  the  season  would  be  expected  to 
speed  up  development  if  it  had  any  effect  at  all.  The  increase  in 
development  time  with  date  may  best  be  explained  by  a gradual 
seasonal  decrease  in  abundance  of  prey.  Later  in  the  season  larvae 
may  take  in  less  nutrition  per  day,  which  results  in  longer  times 
spent  as  larvae.  Also  there  is  usually  a gradual  increase  in  size  of 
adults  over  the  season  in  P.  exclamans  (Strassmann,  unpub.). 
Larvae  destined  to  become  larger  adults  may  require  longer  feeding 
periods.  In  P.  metricus  midsummer  workers  are  as  large  as  queens 
(Haggard  and  Gamboa,  1980).  These  large  workers  were  larvae 
when  worker  to  larva  ratios  were  at  their  maximum  (Haggard  and 
Gamboa,  1980). 

Development  times  of  larvae  were  shortest  on  the  medium  nest 
which  had  the  fewest  larvae  per  worker.  There  are  probably  advan- 


1983] 


Strassmann  & Orgren  — Polistes 


245 


TABLE  4.  ANOVA  of  the  effects  of  date  and  location  in  nest  on  pupa  development. 


Main  Effects 
Location  in  nest  Date 

Interaction 
Location  in  nest 
X date 

Small  nest 

Sum  of  squares 

7 

33 

3 

F 

1.1 

11 

1.1 

df 

2 

1 

1 

% of  variance  explained 

8 

39 

4 

Medium  nest 

Sum  of  squares 

21 

333 

180 

F 

0.4 

4.8** 

1.0 

df 

3 

4 

10 

% of  variance  explained 

8 

5 

Large  nest 

Sum  of  squares 

57 

278 

105 

F 

1.4 

5.0 

0.8 

df 

3 

4 

9 

% of  variance  explained 

2 

7 

3 

df= degrees  of  freedom,  *p<0.05,  ♦♦p<0.01,  ***p  <0.001 


tages  to  flexibility  in  development  time  of  larvae  which  allow  more 
time  for  development  when  food  is  limiting,  either  because  there  are 
fewer  females  to  harvest  it,  or  because  of  a general  scarcity  of  prey  in 
the  environment. 

Data  on  development  times  were  found  in  the  literature  for  4 
populations  of  P.  fuscatus,  and  1 each  of  P.  hunteri,  P.  annularis,  P. 
gallicus  and  P.  exclamans  (Table  6).  Development  times  varied  from 
10  to  25  days  for  eggs,  from  15  to  25  days  for  larvae  and  from  13  to 
22  days  for  pupae  (Table  6).  P.  exclamans  in  this  study  falls  towards 
the  faster  end  of  this  range,  particularly  for  pupa  development  time. 
All  reports  of  pupa  development  times  averaged  over  18  days  except 
Rabb’s  study  of  P.  exclamans  in  N.  Carolina.  P.  exclamans  was 
studied  in  the  most  southern  climate,  so  it  is  possible  that  the  differ- 
ences are  due  to  temperature.  There  is  a trend  in  P.  fuscatus  towards 
shorter  pupa  development  times  in  more  southern  populations.  P. 
exclamans  and  P.  annularis  are  the  only  two  members  of  the  subge- 
nus Aphanilopterus  represented  here.  It  is  possible  that  Aphanilop- 
terus,  which  generally  has  larger  nest  sizes  and  more  adults  tending 


246 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


TABLE  5.  Correlations  between  development  time,  date  and  number  of  females  on 
the  nest. 


(U 


(U 

0> 

X) 

E 

c 

Vi 

S3 

•o 

E 

3 

3 

3 

"o 

Si 

j= 

CQ 

C 

X 

i 

£ 

b. 

<2 

3 

O 

c 

c 

o 

c 

_o 

&0 

c 

Vi 

C 

u 

Vi 

.rt 

k- 

“E 

"3 

.3 

JD 

o 

E 

U 

E 

k. 

b. 

o 

U 

date 

b. 

k. 

o 

U 

E 

3 

C 

k. 

o 

U 

c 

o 

o 

2 

‘o 

O 

U 

kM 

o 

Egg  development  time 
Small  nest 

-0.31* 

43 

Medium  nest 

-0.07 

-0.15** 

0.13** 

-0.18*** 

340 

Large  nest 

0.10* 

0.10* 

0.01 

0.04 

501 

Larva  development  time 
Small  nest 

-0.58** 

28 

Medium  nest 

0.46*** 

0.40*** 

0.25*** 

-0.04 

296 

Large  nest 

0.65*** 

0.30*** 

0.96*** 

-0.93*** 

317 

Pupa  development  time 
Small  nest 

-0.59** 

19 

Medium  nest 

-0.15* 

-0.11 

-0.11* 

0.05 

218 

Large  nest 

-0.04 

-0.16** 

0.25** 

0.29*** 

268 

*p  <0.05;  **p  <0.01;  ***p  <0.001 


the  nest,  also  has  faster  development  times  (Strassmann,  unpub.). 
This  is  not  contradicted  by  the  very  long  development  times 
reported  by  Jeanne  for  P.  annularis  since  these  were  early  spring 
data,  and  are  therefore  not  strictly  comparable.  Another  factor  that 
may  result  in  selection  for  fast  pupa  development  times  is  that  nests 
of  P.  exclamans  are  very  vulnerable  to  predation,  and  to  loss  of  the 
nest  due  to  death  of  all  workers  (Strassmann,  1981).  Short  pupa 
development  times  may  reduce  the  probability  of  nest  loss.  But  this 


1983] 


Strassmann  & Orgren  — Polistes  247 


U CQ 

E ^ 

'Z1  c 


c > 

fc  60 

(U  (U 
> 60 
U C 
T3  es 

y.  « 

§ :£ 

CO 

^ t 

tU 

-j  a; 

< o 
H U, 


Ov 

SO 

Os 

■H  ■§  xi 

ca  3 o.  3 

d.  o ^ o ^ o — ^ 

reference 

West  Eb( 
Klahn,  u 
Rabb,  19 
Morgan, 
Rabb,  19 
Jeanne,  u 
Rabb,  19 
Pardi,  19 

Z 

124 

96 

6 

192 

8 

15 

6 

106 

Os  rn  \0  T}- 

-sa-  <N  — : _■  — 

ea 

+1  +1  +1  +1  *7 

o. 

<Nrsj»oosTtr^r^^ 

3 

D. 

pi  Os"  od  Os’  r^’  CTs’  Tj-  m 

z 

58 

05 
4 

92 

6 

42 

6 
17 

~ — — 

— <N  <N  ^ 

r-  m «ri  r*~i 

ea 

+1  •+!  +1  +1  7 

> 

«^so«n(N<NTtr^^ 

-2 

^ vS  Os'  vo 

(N 

Z 

36 

22 

5 

95 

6 

96 
8 

01 

Os  --  OS  Tt  

fN  <N  — ' Tt 

+1  +1  +1  +1  7 

60 

OfNOOinoosTtw 

60 

2 o — Tt  f*S  o 

U 

3 ca 

3 -s  .£  .E  .£ 

c 

_o 

.3)  2 = 2-22 

ta 

u 

•i|U§U"5)U>s 

^ z 5 z z 2 

c/3 

i/> 

u 

‘o 

(U 

D. 

a ^ c/3  cn  'c  a 

5HHa"=fl|s 
2 S S .2  « 3 « .2 

;SJ303C><15 

^'*.v,>JS(g4^6U 

^ 0."  CL  CL  CL  CL  CL  O," 

248 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


may  also  be  the  case  for  the  other  species  of  Polistes  where  data  on 
nest  failure  rates  are  not  available. 

Polistes  has  slightly  longer  development  times  than  other  social 
wasps.  Paravespula  vulgaris,  Dolichovespula  sylvestris  and  Vespa 
crabro  all  have  summer  egg  development  times  of  about  5 days, 
larva  development  times  of  10  to  15  days  and  pupa  development 
times  of  1 1 to  15  days  (Spradbery,  1973).  The  shorter  development 
times  in  these  species  as  compared  to  Polistes  may  be  due  to  the 
much  larger  colony  sizes  found  in  these  species,  as  well  as  their 
ability  to  eat  a greater  variety  of  arthropods  and  carrion. 

Acknowledgements 

We  thank  Christi  Steinbarger  and  Dana  Meyer  for  help  with  field 
work,  and  Bill  Mueller  and  Colin  Hughes  for  their  comments  on  the 
manuscript.  This  research  was  supported  by  NSF  Postdoctoral  Fel- 
lowship #SPI-7914902  and  NSF  #DEB80-05739  to  JES. 

References  Cited 
Haggard,  C.  M.  and  G.  J.  Gamboa 

1980.  Seasonal  variation  in  body  size  and  reproductive  condition  of  a paper 

wasp,  Polistes  (Hymenoptera;  Vespidae).  Canadian  Entomolo- 

gist 112:239-248. 

Jeanne,  R.  L. 

1975.  The  adaptiveness  of  social  wasp  nest  architecture.  Quarterly  Review  of 
Biology  50:267-287. 

1979.  A latitudinal  gradient  in  rates  of  ant  predation.  Ecology  60: 121 1-1224. 
Pardi,  L. 

1951.  Studio  dell  attivita  e della  divisione  di  lavoro  in  una  societa  di  Polistes 
gallicus  (L.)  dopo  la  comparsa  delle  operaie.  (Ricerche  sui  Polistini  XII). 
Archivio  zoologico  italiano  36:361-431. 

Rabb,  R.  L. 

1960.  Biological  studies  of  Polistes  in  North  Carolina  (Hymenoptera:  Vespi- 
dae). Annals  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  America  53:111-121. 
Spradbery,  J.  P. 

1973.  Wasps:  an  account  of  the  biology  and  natural  history  of  social  and 
solitary  wasps.  University  of  Washington  Press,  Seattle,  Washington, 
408  pp. 

Strassmann,  j.  E. 

1981.  Parasitoids,  predators,  and  group  size  in  the  paper  wasp,  Polistes  excla- 
mans.  Ecology  62:1225-1233. 

West  Eberhard,  M.  J. 

1969.  Social  biology  of  polistine  wasps.  University  of  Michigan,  Museum  of 
Zoology,  Miscellaneous  Publications  No.  140:  1-101. 


NEW  SPECIES  OF  THE  ANT  GENUS  MYOPIAS 
(HYMENOPTERA:  FORMICIDAE:  PONERINAE) 


By  Robert  B.  Willey'  and  William  L.  Brown,  Jr.^-^ 

The  work  reported  upon  here  began  in  the  early  1950’s  as  a 
revision  of  genus  Myopias,  including  as  a synonym  Trapeziopelta. 
For  a year  or  more  it  served  as  the  trial  focus  of  RBW’s  doctoral 
thesis  research,  until  his  interests  shifted  into  other  channels,  and  he 
laid  the  revisionary  work  aside.  Meanwhile,  WLB’s  interest  in  the 
revision  continued,  but  he  had  no  opportunity  at  that  time  to  do 
much  more  than  supervise  the  drafting  of  a set  of  illustrations  by 
artist  Nancy  Buffler — many  of  which  are  now  offered  here — and  to 
make  some  of  the  dissections  of  mouthparts,  etc. 

As  WLB’s  work  on  the  reclassification  progressed  for  over  25 
years  through  the  tribes  of  subfamily  Ponerinae,  much  new  material 
was  added  to  what  had  been  available  for  the  original  Myopias 
study,  and  additional  new  synonymies  and  new  species  were  discov- 
ered, as  well  as  valuable  information  on  the  larvae,  males,  distribu- 
tion and  bionomics  of  species  new  and  old.  Even  the  status  of 
Myopias  as  a genus  apart  from  Pachycondyla  came  into  question. 
Although  in  some  ways  it  would  be  best  if  the  old  findings  to  which 
we  both  contributed  could  simply  be  incorporated  in  the  reclassi- 
fication part  dealing  with  tribe  Ponerini  5.  str.,  there  seemed  in  this 
course  no  convenient  way  to  recognize  the  legitimate  claim  of  RBW 
to  authorship  based  on  the  considerable  amount  of  work  he  had 
done  on  Myopias  in  1955. 

The  compromise  reached  sees  the  larger  Myopias  review,  with 
keys  to  species  and  discussions  of  synonymy,  biology,  etc.  to  be 
included  in  Brown’s  forthcoming  Part  VII  of  “Contributions  toward 
a Reclassification  of  the  Formicidae,’’  while  descriptions  of  the  new 
species  included  in  various  drafts  of  our  joint  manuscript  of  the 


'The  University  of  Illinois  at  Chicago  Circle,  Biological  Sciences,  P.O.  Box  4348, 
Chicago,  IL  60680. 

^Department  of  Entomology,  Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  NY  14853.  (Address  cor- 
respondence here.) 

3A  report  of  research  from  the  Cornell  Agricultural  Experiment  Station.  Research 
supported  by  National  Science  Foundation  Grant  DEB-8003722. 

Manuscript  received  by  the  editor  March  15,  1983 


249 


250 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


1950’s  are  presented  here,  together  with  a few  notes  on  variation,  on 
bionomics,  and  on  the  distribution  of  certain  species.  Figures  of 
some  old  species  are  included  with  those  of  the  new  ones. 

Collections  and  Collectors,  with  Abbreviations 

The  main  collection  used  is  that  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative 
Zoology  at  Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts  (MCZ), 
for  Myopias  based  mainly  on  collections  by  Eric  Mjoberg,  Edward 
O.  Wilson,  James  W.  Chapman,  William  L.  Brown,  Jr.  and  Philip 
S.  Ward.  Secondary  sources  were  the  British  Museum  (Natural  His- 
tory) in  London  (BMNH),  collected  by  Barry  Bolton  and  others, 
and  the  Australian  National  Insect  Collection  at  Canberra  (ANIC), 
collected  by  Robert  W.  Taylor  and  others.  For  the  collectors  named 
above,  only  surnames  are  cited  in  the  text.  Our  thanks  go  to  all  who 
provided  us  with  specimens. 

The  drawings  provided  here  were  mostly  done  during  the  mid- 
1950’s  by  Nancy  Buffler.  Fig.  4 is  by  James  S.  Miller.  We  are  also 
grateful  for  a copy  set  of  Edward  Wilson’s  wonderful  New  Guinea 
field  notes  of  1955,  which  have  yielded  most  of  what  we  know  about 
Myopias  bionomics,  here  published  for  the  first  time. 

Measurements  and  Ratios 

Where  series  were  available,  measurements  were  usually  taken  on 
the  largest  and  smallest  (worker)  specimens  in  each  locality-series. 
The  measurements  and  indices  are  mostly  those  standard  in  ant 
taxonomy  for  the  past  30  years. 

TL  (total  length)  axial  length  of  body,  including  closed  mandi- 
bles; summed  ML  + HL  + WL  + petiole  L + length  of 
gaster. 

HL  (head  length)  maximum  measurable  length  of  head  as  seen 
in  dorsal  full-face  view,  using  the  anterior  edges  of  the  fron- 
tal lobes  as  the  anterior  reference  point,  and  the  posterior- 
most  point  or  points  of  the  cranial  outline  as  the  posterior 
reference  point. 

HW  (head  width)  maximum  measurable  width  of  head,  not 
including  the  eyes,  as  seen  in  dorsal  full-face  view. 

Cl  (cephalic  index)  HW  X 100/ HL. 

ML  (mandibular  extension)  maximum  measurable  distance  be- 


1983] 


Willey  & Brown  — Genus  Myopias 


251 


tween  the  most  distal  apex  of  the  closed  mandibles  and  the 
anterior  edges  of  the  frontal  lobes,  as  seen  in  same  (dorsal 
full-face)  view  from  which  HL  is  taken. 

Ml  (mandibulo-cephalic  index)  ML  X 100/ HL. 

MLO  (mandibular  outside  length)  maximum  absolute  chord 
length  of  left  mandible  measured  from  lateral  insertion  to 
apex. 

CLL,  (length,  width  of  median  clypeal  lobe)  as  measured  in  dorsal 
CLW  full-face  view. 

SL  (scape  length)  chord  length  of  antennal  scape,  excluding 
radicle. 

SI  (scape  index)  SL  X 100/  HW 

EL  (eye  length)  maximum  measurable  length  of  facetted  part  of 
eye. 

WL  (trunk  length)  diagonal  length  of  trunk  as  measured  from 
side  view,  from  anterodorsal  slope  of  pronotum  (excluding 
cervix)  to  most  posterior  extremity  of  propodeum. 

Myopias  gigas,  new  species 
(Figures  1,  12) 

Diagnosis,  worker:  A very  large  species  of  the  M.  loriai  group, 
even  larger  than  M.  loriat,  with  proportionately  longer  mesonotum 
and  petiolar  node,  and  with  the  head  dorsally,  trunk  dorsum  and 
pleura  of  posterior  section  of  trunk  sharply  and  regularly  striate; 
body  otherwise  prevailingly  smooth  and  shining.  Funicular  segment 
II  very  long,  longer  than  I. 

Worker,  holotype:  TL  16.9,  HL  2.50,  HW  2.60  (Cl  104),  ML  2.26 
(MI  90),  SL  2.62  (SI  101),  EL  0.45,  WL  4.61,  petiole  L 1.7,  hind 
femur  L 3.7,  hind  tibia  L 3.16  mm. 

This,  the  largest  known  species  of  Myopias,  has  the  broad,  poste- 
riorly narrowed  head  of  the  loriai  group;  long,  slender,  curved 
mandibles  and  rather  large  eyes  with  many  fine  facets.  A scape, 
when  held  straight  back  as  seen  in  full-face  view,  surpasses  the 
posterior  border  of  the  head  by  nearly  IVi  times  the  apical  scape 
width.  The  posterior  border  of  the  head  is  transverse  and  nearly 
straight,  varying  from  very  feebly  concave  to  subsinuate  in  slightly 
different  views.  As  in  M.  loriai,  the  median  clypeal  lobe  is  apically 
biconvex,  with  a shallow  median  notch;  the  lobe  is  shorter  and 
broader  than  in  M.  loriai,  and  tapers  slightly  from  base  to  apex. 


252 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Antennal  funicular  segment  11  is  longer  than  1,  111  and  all  other 
funicular  segments  except  the  apical,  and  it  is  2.5  times  longer  than 
its  maximum  (apical)  width.  No  differentiated  antennal  club. 

Labrum  with  a sharp  erect  tooth  at  the  apex  of  each  labral  lobe; 
no  median  labral  tubercle.  Palpi  concealed,  not  seen.  Mandibles  as 
shown  in  Figure  1;  apical  tooth  followed  closely  basad  by  2 coarse 
denticles  and  a blunt  tooth;  middle  tooth  followed  basad  by  a low, 
rounded  basal  angle.  Strix  (mandibular  groove)  well-developed 
from  base  to  apex. 

Trunk  long  and  robust;  mesonotum  longer  than  in  loriai,  but 
wider  than  long  (L/W  ~ 0.7).  Metanotum  present  as  a deeply 
impressed  groove,  widening  laterad  on  each  end.  In  side  view  pro- 
file, pronotum  strongly  convex,  although  transversely  impressed 
just  in  front  of  the  raised,  cariniform  posterodorsal  margin;  meso- 
notum feebly  convex  and  sloping  downward  behind,  but  its  anterior 
margin  raised  slightly  above  the  posterior  pronotal  margin,  espe- 
cially (as  in  the  type)  when  the  two  somites  are  flexed  against  each 
other.  Promesonotum  (without  cervix)  and  propodeum  subequal  in 
length;  propodeum  broadly  convex  from  front  to  rear,  with  its  de- 
clivity steeper  than  its  dorsum,  but  passing  into  dorsum  through  a 
gentle  curve.  Mesopleural  suture  distinct  and  complete,  moderately 
deeply  impressed  (more  distinct  than  in  M.  loriai).  Propodeal  spira- 
cle elongate  and  oblique,  its  opening  about  IVi  times  longer  than 
wide. 

Petiole  (Fig.  12)  loaf-shaped,  longer  than  broad  and  longer  than 
high;  exact  shape  of  subpetiolar  process,  if  any,  not  determined 
because  the  extreme  anterior  end  of  the  segment  is  hidden  by  the 
coxae.  Gaster  long,  gently  downcurved,  with  a distinct  constriction 
between  first  and  second  segments;  dorsally  viewed,  second  seg- 
ments longer  and  a little  wider  than  first.  Sting  long  and  strong, 
distinctly  upcurved. 

Dorsum  of  head  completely  finely  and  regularly  striate  in  a longi- 
tudinal direction,  the  striae  mesal  to  and  behind  the  eyes  tending  to 
curve  slightly  outward.  Dorsum  and  declivity  of  trunk  similarly 
striate,  but  in  a transverse  direction,  arching  on  pronotum.  Sides  of 
trunk  behind  pronotum  with  similar,  oblique  striation,  continued 
from  the  propodeal  dorsum  through  a curve.  Remainder  of  head, 
body  and  appendages  smooth  and  shining,  including  mandibles, 
cervical  border  of  vertex  and  sides  of  pronotum.  Coarse,  spaced. 


1983] 


Willey  & Brown  — Genus  Myopias 


253 


Figs.  1-3,  Myopias  spp.,  heads  of  workers,  sculpture  and  pilosity  omitted.  Fig.  1, 
M.  gigas  holotype  in  full-face  view.  Fig.  2,  M.  lobosa,  paratype  in  full-face  view.  Fig. 
3,  M.  lobosa,  another  paratype  in  side  view.  Scale  bars  for  Figs.  2 and  3 are  0.5  mm. 


254 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


piligerous  punctures  are  conspicuous  in  smooth  areas,  particularly 
the  sides  of  the  head,  mandibles,  femora  and  tibiae,  petiole,  and 
normally  exposed  surfaces  of  gastric  terga. 

Pubescence  appressed  and  decumbent,  generally  very  sparse, 
except  on  antennal  flagella,  coxae,  tarsi,  flexor  surfaces  of  fore 
tibiae,  flexor  surfaces  of  mid  femora,  extensor  surfaces  of  mid 
tibiae,  and  apex  of  hypopygium.  Rather  abundant  erect  or  suberect, 
fine,  tapered  hairs,  from  short  to  over  0.5  mm  long,  occur  on  almost 
all  normally  exposed  surfaces  of  body  and  appendages.  Color  deep 
reddish  brown,  appendages  mainly  clear  light  red. 

Holotype  (MCZ)  a unique  worker  from  Dobodura,  Papua  New 
Guinea  (P.J.  Darlington  leg.). 

This  magnificent  species  is  even  larger  than  M.  loriai,  and  has 
very  different  sculpture,  but  the  two  forms  are  obviously  closely 
related.  Because  of  the  long  mandibles  and  large  size,  we  guess  that 
M.  gigas  may  be  a millipede  predator,  but  we  have  no  direct  evi- 
dence of  feeding  behavior  for  this  species. 

Myopias  julivora  new  species 
(Figs.  5,  22) 

Diagnosis,  worker:  Similar  to  M.  tenuis,  but  larger  (HW  0.80- 
1.01),  with  relatively  longer  mandibles  and  antennae,  MI  > 65, 
scapes  overreaching  posterior  border  of  head  (when  held  straight 
back,  full  face  view)  by  about  their  own  apical  width  to  nearly  twice 
their  apical  width;  all  antennomeres  longer  than  broad.  Shafts  of 
mandibles  approximately  straight  over  middle  half  of  their  length. 

Worker,  holotype:  TL  6.2,  HL  1.04,  HW  0.94  (Cl  90),  ML  0.73 
(MI  70),  MLO  1.01,  SL  0.90  (SI  96),  EL  0.09,  WL  1.74,  hind  femur 
L 1.00,  hind  tibia  L 0.94  mm. 

Worker,  paratypes  (n  = 6 of  34  representing  7 colonies  from  6 
localities,  including  largest  and  smallest  specimens):  TL  5. 8-6. 7, 
HLO.91-1.14,  HW 0.81-1.01  (Cl  88-90),  ML 0.62-0.83  (MI  66-73), 
MLO  0.86-1.14,  SL  0.86-1.09  (SI  96-108),  EL  0.06-0.10,  WL 
1.66-1.93,  hind  femur  L 0.89-1.15,  hind  tibia  L 0.87-1.12  mm. 

Description  limited  to  details  not  covered  in  diagnosis  and  mea- 
surements. Median  frontal  sulcus  extends  approximately  to  middle 
of  HL,  followed  posteriad  after  a gap  by  a shallow  pit  marking 
location  in  queen  of  anterior  ocellus;  this  pit  is  usually  absent  in  M. 
tenuis,  but  is  occasionally  faintly  indicated  there.  Compound  eye 


1983] 


Willey  & Brown  — Genus  Myopias 


255 


essentially  reduced  to  a single  convex  lens,  but  at  high  magnifica- 
tions, traces  of  an  ommatidial  grid  can  be  made  out;  reduction 
approaches  the  state  in  M.  tenuis,  but  does  not  go  quite  so  far. 
Median  clypeal  lobe  trapezoidal,  widest  near  apex  (CLL  0. 12,  CLW 
0. 16  mm),  but  by  optical  illusion  may  seem  as  long  as  or  longer  than 
wide;  free  corners  rounded;  anterior  margin  straight,  convex,  or 
even  slightly  sinuate.  Basal  oblique  mandibular  groove  (strix)  sub- 
lateral in  origin,  difficult  to  see  in  dorsal  view,  but  distinct  with  its 
ventrolateral  extension  in  side  view.  Submedian  tooth  situated  in 
seventh  tenth  of  the  shaft  length,  counting  from  base.  Basal  angle 
obsolete. 

The  upturned  tooth  on  each  labral  lobe  and  3,3  palpal  segmenta- 
tion formula  are  as  in  tenuis. 

Trunk  formed  much  as  in  M.  tenuis;  promesonotum  subequal  in 
length  to  propodeum;  side  view  outline  rather  low  and  weakly  con- 
vex, with  a distinctly,  but  not  deeply,  impressed  metanotal  groove; 
propodeal  dorsum  only  feebly  convex,  and  sometimes  very  feebly 
impressed  near  midlength.  Petiolar  node  slightly  longer  than  broad, 
about  as  broad  as  long,  or  slightly  broader  than  long,  in  different 
series  (as  in  M.  tenuis  also),  summit  convex,  slightly  higher  behind. 

Caster  with  first  segment  strongly  rounded  above,  tergum  rising 
caudad;  segment  II  distinctly  constricted  in  front  at  juncture  with  its 
acrotergite;  about  as  high  at  maximum  height  as  segment  I,  and 
slightly  wider.  As  seen  from  above,  anterior  margin  of  segment  I 
straight  or  feebly  convex;  shallowly  concave  in  Vanimo  worker  (and 
queen).  Sting  long  (extruded  up  to  0.6  mm),  sharp,  upcurved. 

Sculpture  prevailingly  smooth  and  shining;  punctures  minute  and 
widely  spaced,  more  numerous  and  coarser  on  head,  especially  in 
Vanimo  worker  and  queen,  and  on  propodeum,  but  even  here  still 
obscure.  Pilosity  of  uneven  length,  fine,  tapered,  erect  to  suberect 
hairs,  mostly  0.05  to  0.30  mm  long;  pubescence  decumbent  to  sub- 
erect, very  dilute  on  anterior  dorsum  of  head,  but  more  abundant  on 
antennae  and  legs,  especially  extremities. 

Color  averaging  lighter  than  in  fully  pigmented  M.  tenuis 
workers,  light  to  medium  brownish  red  to  dark  brownish  red,  light 
orange  brown  in  some  workers,  possibly  callow.  Appendages  usu- 
ally lighter,  more  yellowish,  than  basic  body  color. 

Worker  variation,  as  mostly  discussed  already  above,  involves 
mainly  size-related  features  and  shape  of  clypeal  lobe,  distinctness 


256 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


and  density  of  the  obscure  puncturation,  length  and  degree  of  apical 
taper  of  petiolar  node,  size  and  pigmentation  of  compound  eyes, 
length  of  antennal  scapes,  and  depth  of  body  color. 

Queen,  dealate  (from  type  nest  series,  Wilson  No.  905),  TL  7.1, 
HL  1.10,  HW  0.97  (Cl  88),  ML  0.74  (MI  67),  MLO  1.02,  SL  0.96 
(SI  99),  EL  0.26,  WL  2.03  mm.  Combined  measurements  for  the 
largest  queen  specimen  (above),  another  queen  from  the  type  local- 
ity, colony  No.  1048,  and  a smaller  queen  from  near  Vanimo,  are: 
TL  5.6-7. 1 , HL  0.93-1 . 10,  H W 0.84-0.97  (Cl  88-90),  ML  0.63-0.76 
(MI  67-72),  MLO  0.87-1.03,  SL  0.87-0.96  (SI  99-104),  EL  0.22- 
0.26,  WL  1.78-2.03  mm. 

The  queen  differs  from  accompanying  workers  by  the  usual  pone- 
rine  characters,  and  is  also  darker  in  color,  prevailingly  piceous,  or 
even  blackish  in  the  Vanimo  specimen.  On  trunk,  centers  of  scutum 
and  scutellum  are  infuscated,  while  marginal  areas  of  these  and 
other  sclerites  are  lighter  and  more  reddish.  Appendages  lighter, 
more  yellowish. 

Male  unknown. 

Described  from  material  representing  seven  separate  collections 
from  six  localities  in  Papua  New  Guinea.  Holotype  (MCZ)  from 
Wilson’s  colony  No.  905,  lower  Busu  River,  Huon  Peninsula,  Papua 
New  Guinea,  3 May  1955,  a nest  in  rain  forest  in  a small  Zoraptera- 
stage  rotten  log,  in  a part  of  the  log  somewhat  raised  off  the  ground, 
containing  one  queen,  about  30-40  workers,  and  brood  of  all  stages, 
with  pupae  predominating.  Abundant  remains  of  millipedes  were 
found  in  the  brood  chamber  and  galleries  leading  away.  One  fresh 
millipede  corpse  was  among  larvae;  the  prey  all  seemed  to  belong  to 
one  kind. 

Another  colony  (Wilson  No.  1048)  also  came  from  the  lower  Busu 
River  tract,  15  May  1955,  from  cavities  in  an  old,  hard  polypore 
fungus  growing  on  a large  Passalus-^idigt  log,  containing  a queen 
and  about  75  workers,  plus  abundant  brood  of  all  stages,  without 
notable  preponderance.  Half  of  a freshly  dead  millipede  was  found 
with  the  brood;  the  midden  remains  were  collected  (but  later  lost 
with  the  nest  residue  in  alcohol). 

A worker  and  a dealate  queen  were  found  in  lowland  (40  m)  rain 
forest  next  to  the  quarry  at  Km  2 on  the  Bewani  Road,  near 
Vanimo,  West  Sepik  District,  Papua  New  Guinea,  27  February 
1981,  leg.  Brown  (No.  81-48).  The  nest  was  in  a small  rotten  stick 


1983] 


Willey  & Brown  — Genus  Myopias 


251 


lying  on  the  ground,  and  contained  larvae  as  well  as  the  remains  of 
small  millipede  prey.  (Paratypes  in  MCZ,  BMNH,  ANIC,  etc.) 

In  addition,  single  strays  come  from  three  widespread  localities: 
Dobodura,  March  to  July  1944,  leg.  P.  J.  Darlington,  Jr.;  lora 
Creek,  17  km.  S.  of  Kokoda  at  1400  m,  leg.  Ward  (No.  1831)  rotten 
log,  montane  rain  forest;  Baiyer  River,  Western  Highlands,  about 
1200  m,  6 July  1974,  leg.  S.  Peck,  berlesate  B-28 1 . The  last  specimen 
is  the  largest  one  of  the  species  seen;  it  is  also  the  darkest  in  color, 
has  somewhat  coarser  punctures  than  usual  on  the  head,  and  has  the 
longest  scapes,  so  that  it  might  be  thought  transitional  to  M.  media, 
but  the  form  of  the  mandibles  and  clypeal  lobe  is  typical  for 
julivora. 

The  name  of  this  species  derives  from  the  Latin  julus,  a millipede, 
and  vorare,  to  devour.  The  new  species  is  close  to  the  very  variable 
M.  tenuis,  but  seems  constantly  distinct  from  it,  even  where  the  two 
species  occur  in  intimate  sympatry,  as  they  do  in  the  Busu  River 
tract.  For  relationship  to  M.  media,  see  under  that  species  below. 

Myopias  media  new  species 
(Figs.  6,  23) 

Diagnosis,  worker:  member  of  tenuis  group,  very  similar  to  M. 
julivora  in  habitus,  color,  etc.,  but  larger,  head  wider,  with  more 
robust  and  more  strongly  curved  mandibles,  the  submedian  tooth 
situated  closer  to  the  midlength  (at  the  seventh  twelfth  from  base 
along  MLO).  Antennae  long;  scapes  overreaching  posterior  border 
of  head  (when  held  straight  back)  by  nearly  twice  their  apical  width. 

Worker,  holotype:  TL  7.6,  HL  1.25,  HW  1.24  (Cl  99),  ML  0.93 
(MI  74),  MLO  1.26,  SL  1.27  (SI  102),  EL  0.13,  WL  2.20,  hind  femur 
L 1.40,  hind  tibia  L 1.35  mm. 

Details  additional  to  diagnosis:  Viewed  at  apparent  full-face,  pos- 
terior border  of  head  feebly  convex,  almost  straight,  but  even  a 
slight  tilting  of  the  cranium  forward  yields  a concave  border,  and  an 
increase  in  HL  to  1 .30,  so  that  from  this  view.  Cl  would  be  about  95. 
Anterolateral  corners  of  head  more  prominent  (at  a lower  level  of 
focus),  so  that,  excluding  eyes,  head  is  widest  just  behind  clypeus. 
Median  frontal  sulcus  continuing  past  mid-HL  to  include  anterior 
clypeal  pit.  Eyes  as  in  M.  julivora,  but  relatively  a little  larger,  and 
with  remnants  of  facetting  a bit  more  evident.  Median  clypeal  lobe 
very  obviously  broader  than  long  (CLL  0.13,  CLW  0.20),  with 


258 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


weakly  concave  sides,  nearly  straight  apical  margin,  and  one  free 
corner  rounded,  the  other  rectangular.  Mandibles  thicker,  particu- 
larly in  the  stretch  between  the  obsolescent  basal  angle  and  the 
submedian  tooth,  which  is  also  feebly  convex  mesally  (concave  or 
straight  along  mesal  margin  in  M.  julivora).  Labrum  toothed  as  in 
M.  julivora. 

Sculpture  as  in  M.  julivora,  but  small,  widely  spaced  punctures 
(diameter  0.01-0.02  mm)  are  perhaps  more  distinct  on  head  and 
trunk.  A small  patch  of  longitudinal  costulation  lies  below  spiracle 
on  side  of  propodeum  (as  in  M.  julivora).  Posterior  corners  of 
propodeum  less  broadly  rounded,  tending  more  towards  angularity, 
both  in  side  and  dorsal  views,  than  in  M.  julivora,  and  both  the 
pilosity  and  pubescence  seem  to  be  less  copious  and  a trifle  longer. 

Color  deep  brownish  red;  legs  yellowish  red;  antennae  and  man- 
dibles dark  yellowish  brown. 

Holotype  and  only  known  specimen  (MCZ)  a stray  collected  from 
rotten  wood  at  Joangeng,  a village  in  the  Mongi  River  Watershed  of 
the  Huon  Peninsula,  Papua  New  Guinea,  at  about  1500  m,  7-8 
April  1955,  in  montane  rain  forest,  leg.  Wilson,  No.  752. 

We  describe  this  species  with  some  misgiving  because  it  is  based 
on  a unique,  and  because  it  is  so  similar  to  M.  julivora,  especially  to 
the  largest  (Baiyer  River)  specimen  of  the  lattter.  The  mandibles, 
however,  differ  enough  that  we  feel  inclusion  of  the  big  Joangeng 
specimen  in  M.  julivora  would  unduly  strain  the  concept  of  that 
species.  Further  collections  will  of  course  help  to  demonstrate 
whether  our  decision  is  correct  or  not.  The  name  media  refers  to  the 
size  of  the  body,  intermediate  in  the  tenuis  group  between  M.  tenuis 
and  such  large  forms  as  loriai  and  gigas. 

Myopias  concava  new  species 
(Figs.  4,  18) 

Diagnosis,  worker  and  queen:  A medium-sized,  stout-bodied  spe- 
cies with  head  slightly  broader  than  long,  widest  just  behind  eyes. 
Median  labral  tooth  absent,  but  an  erect  apical  tooth  on  each  labral 
lobe.  Eyes  of  worker  large  and  multifacetted,  occupying  more  than  a 
quarter  of  the  length  of  the  sides  of  the  head.  Posterior  margin  of 
head  weakly  concave;  sides  convex.  Median  lobe  of  clypeus  distinct 
but  very  short,  rectangular.  Mandibles  short  and  stout,  each  with  2 


1983] 


Willey  & Brown  — Genus  Myopias 


259 


small  teeth  at  apex,  2 large  blunt  teeth  basad  of  these,  and  an 
obtusely  rounded  basal  angle.  Antennal  scapes  overreaching  poste- 
rior margin  of  head.  Trunk  compact,  promesonotum  and  propo- 
deum  subequal  in  length,  forming  separate  weak  convexities 
meeting  at  a distinct  and  depressed  metanotal  groove.  Petiolar  node 
massive,  subcuboidal,  broader  than  long.  Anterior  face  of  gastric 
segment  I weakly  concave  as  seen  from  dorsal  view.  Integument 
prevailingly  smooth  and  shining,  but  with  abundant,  coarse  piliger- 
ous  foveolae,  sometimes  contiguous  on  head,  and  tending  to 
become  elongate  on  first  two  gastric  terga.  Color  brownish  red. 

Worker,  holotype:  TL  7.1,  HL  1.25,  HW  1.31  (Cl  105),  ML  0.71 
(Ml  57),  MLO  1.26,  SL  1.1 1 (SI  85),  EL  0.33,  WL  2.16,  hind  femur 
L 1.25,  hind  tibia  L 1.20  mm. 

Worker,  paratypes  (n  = 6 of  42  from  4 colonies,  including  largest 
and  smallest  specimens):  TL  6.5-S.6,  HL  1.17-1.43,  HW  1.21-1.47 
(Cl  100-105),  ML  0.67-0.81  (Ml  53-66),  SL  1.00-1.24  (SI  83-88), 
EL  0.30-0.40,  WL  2.00-2.46  mm. 

Head  broader  than  long,  with  sides  convex,  broadest  immediately 
behind  eyes,  and  narrowed  slightly  in  front  of  eyes;  posterior  border 
broadly  and  shallowly  concave.  (The  head  can  be  lengthened 
slightly  by  tilting  it  forward  from  the  full-face  plane;  this  has  the 
effect  of  foreshortening  the  mandibles  and  deepening  the  concavity 
of  the  posterior  margin,  and  of  course  decreasing  CL)  Eyes  large 
and  convex,  with  about  18-19  ommatidia  in  the  longest  diagonal 
row,  each  eye  occupying  nearly  3/10  of  the  length  of  its  side  of  the 
head,  situated  about  2/3  its  own  length  from  mandibular  insertion. 

Clypeal  lobe  distinctly  projecting  but  short,  rectangular,  more 
than  twice  as  broad  as  long,  with  parallel  sides,  a nearly  straight 
anterior  margin,  and  subrectangular  free  corners  (in  Wau  Creek 
series,  anterior  margin  weakly  convex,  free  corners  more  rounded). 
Labrum  with  the  transverse  ridge  feebly  sinuate  in  front  view,  lack- 
ing a median  tubercle;  labral  lobes  each  with  a small  upturned  apical 
tooth.  Maxillary  palpi  each  3-merous;  basal  segment  broadest,  with 
one  subapical  lateral  sensillum;  apical  segment  with  a single  apical 
sensillum.  Labial  palpi  each  with  3 subequal  segments;  basal  seg- 
ment with  2 adjacent  submedian  sensilla;  II  with  one  subapical  lat- 
eral sensillum;  III  with  the  same,  plus  2 apical  sensilla. 

Mandibles  stout,  gently  bowed,  each  with  two  small  teeth  at  apex, 
a blunt  tooth  near  apical  quarter  of  ML,  a large,  blunt  submedian 


260 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Fig.  4,  Myopias  concava,  head  of  worker  paratype  in  full-face  view.  Scale  bar  is  0.5 
mm. 

tooth,  and  a distinct  but  rounded  basal  angle.  Oblique  groove  at 
base  continued  as  a broad  lateral-marginal  groove  (strix)  to  apex. 

Median  frontal  sulcus  of  head  extends  to  or  nearly  to  posterior 
quarter  of  head  length.  Scapes  gently  curved,  moderately  incrassate 
apicad,  overreaching  posterior  border  by  more  than  their  apical 
width  when  head  is  viewed  full-face.  Funiculus  relatively  slender,  all 
segments  longer  than  broad;  apical  segments  not  forming  a club; 


1983] 


Willey  & Brown  — Genus  Myopias 


261 


pedicel  (funiculus  1)  longer  than  II  as  4:3. 

Trunk  robust,  with  a weakly  convex  dorsal  profile  as  seen  from 
the  side;  propodeum  subequal  in  length  to  promesonotum;  mesono- 
tum  convex,  about  half  as  long  as  propodeal  dorsum,  and  separated 
from  it  by  a distinct  but  only  moderately  impressed  metanotal 
groove.  Propodeal  dorsum  only  very  feebly  convex,  passing  into 
declivity  through  a rounded  obtuse  angle.  Declivity  almost  flat,  with 
bluntly  subangular  lateral  edges,  densely  punctate  in  upper  2/5, 
smooth  and  shining  below  this. 

Petiolar  node  massive,  subcuboidal,  slightly  higher  and  broader 
behind  than  it  is  long  (disregarding  sternital  keel);  front  and  rear 
faces  flat,  vertical,  dorsal  face  gently  convex  and  sloping  slightly 
anteriad.  Sternite  forming  a sharp,  recurved  (hooklike)  anterior 
subpetiolar  process,  followed  by  a short  concavity  and  then  by  a 
long,  low,  feebly  convex  keel. 

Postpetiolar  segment  (gaster  I)  wider  than  long  (roughly  about  as 
4:3)  and  very  slightly  wider  than  gaster  II;  anterior  face  abruptly 
vertical,  its  dorsal  margin  gently  concave  as  seen  from  above.  Gaster 
II  (ignoring  acrotergite  normally  covered  by  gaster  I)  longer  than  I, 
but  still  not  quite  as  long  as  wide.  In  side  view,  these  two  segments 
are  about  equally  high.  Apical  gastric  segments  short,  as  usual;  sting 
very  long  (and  is  found  extended  up  to  1.1  mm  in  some  paratype 
workers),  gently  upcurved.  Gonostylus  (in  paratypes)  long, 
2-merous. 

Body  basically  smooth  and  shining,  but  sown  with  deep,  conspic- 
uous, piligerous  foveolae,  mostly  round  or  oval  on  the  head  (here 
0.03  to  0.09  mm  in  diameter),  trunk  and  petiole,  becoming  more 
elongate  axially  on  first  two  gastric  terga.  Foveolae  on  head  smaller 
and  more  crowded,  forming  oblique  chains  interspersed  with  costu- 
lae  between  eyes  and  frontal  lobes,  but  those  caudad  of  eyes  larger, 
forming  vague,  oblique  chains,  separated  on  the  average  by  their 
diameters  near  the  cephalic  midline,  but  smaller  and  more  crowded., 
often  subcontiguous  laterad  and  caudad.  Foveolae  more  widely 
spaced  on  trunk  and  petiole,  especially  near  midline  and  on  sides  of 
pronotum;  metapleura  with  a few  coarse  longitudinal-oblique  cos- 
tae. Petiole  and  postpetiole  (first  gastric  segment)  with  smaller, 
crowded  foveolae  on  sides  and  ventrad,  but  on  second  gastric  seg- 
ment, the  foveolae  become  very  sparse  apicad  and  ventrad,  the  sur- 
faces here  virtually  smooth,  except  for  a crowded  band  of  small 
foveolae  along  the  apical  margin.  Apex  of  gaster,  antennal  scapes. 


262 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Figs.  5-7,  Myopias  spp.,  heads  of  workers  in  full-face  view,  sculpture  and  pilosity 
omitted.  Fig.  5,  M.  julivora  paratype.  Fig.  6,  M.  media  holotype.  Fig.  7,  M.  ruthae 
holotype.  All  to  same  scale;  bar  is  0.5  mm. 

mandibles  and  legs  prevailingly  smooth,  with  spaced  piligerous 
punctures. 

Body  and  appendages  clothed  with  numerous  fine,  tapered, 
decumbent  to  subdecumbent  hairs,  mostly  each  issuing  from  a 
foveola,  and  nearly  all  0.10  to  0.25  mm  long  (up  to  0.30  mm  on 
anterior  clypeal  lobe). 

Color  rich,  deep  brownish  red;  legs  a little  lighter  reddish. 

Worker  variation;  apart  from  size,  mainly  involves  slight  differ- 


1983] 


Willey  & Brown  — Genus  Myopias 


263 


ences  among  nest  series  in  the  shape  of  the  median  clypeal  lobe 
(convex  vs.  straight  apical  margins),  density  and  size  of  individual 
foveolae  of  sculpture,  and  depth  of  coloration. 

Queen,  dealate,  from  holotype  nest  series,  Wamuki:  TL  8.2, 
HL  1.37,  HW  1.50  (Cl  109),  ML  0.80  (Ml  58),  SL  1.20  (SI  80), 
EL  0.45,  WL  2.61.  Four  additional  queens  range  downwards  in  size 
slightly  from  this  (Collection  Nos.  887  (n  = 3)  and  990  (n  = 1)  from 
Busu  River,  the  smallest  having  HW  1.33.  A female  from  the  Wau 
Creek  series  is  ergatoid,  but  has  HW  about  1.50;  this  specimen  lacks 
ocelli,  but  has  small,  blackened  forewing  stumps.  The  queens 
resemble  the  workers  except  in  the  caste  difference  usual  for 
ponerines. 

Male  unknown. 

Described  from  material  from  four  separate  nest  series,  all  from 
what  is  now  Papua  New  Guinea:  holotype  from  Wamuki,  800  m,  on 
the  Mongi  River  watershed,  Huon  Peninsula,  19-20  April  1955 
(Wilson  No.  844;  MCZ).  No.  844,  a colony  containing  one  queen 
and  about  20  workers,  was  taken  from  a Zoraptera-stage  rotten  log 
in  hill  rain  forest.  Two  colonies  came  from  the  area  between  the 
lower  Busu  and  Bupu  rivers,  near  Lae,  at  the  base  of  the  Huon 
Peninsula,  in  lowland  rain  forest  (Wilson  Nos.  887  and  990).  No. 
887  was  a nest  in  a small  Passalus-siSLge  log,  28  April  1955,  and 
included  at  least  three  queens.  No.  990  was  in  a small  (10  cm 
diameter)  rotten  log  with  interior  crumbling,  but  bark  intact.  It  held 
50-60  workers,  two  queens,  eggs,  larvae  up  to  half-grown  (no  larger 
larvae)  and  one  cocoon.  The  brood  chamber  contained  an  unidenti- 
fied insect  larva,  also  an  adult  (cucujoid?)  beetle  that  was  still  alive 
and  feebly  moving;  this  beetle  could  possibly  have  fallen  or  walked 
in  during  excavation  of  the  nest.  (Unfortunately,  the  residues  from 
Wilson’s  collections  were  eventually  lost.) 

The  fourth  collection  comes  from  Wau  Creek,  at  about  1200  m 
elevation  in  a “Stage  HI”  [rotten]  log  (leg.  D.H.,  A.C.  and  A.H. 
Kistner,  No.  1213);  it  contained  at  least  10  workers  and  a more  or 
less  ergatoid  queen. 

This  very  distinct  species  shows  some  affinities  with  the  tenuis 
group  in  the  presence  of  upturned  teeth  on  the  labral  lobes  and  lack 
of  median  labral  tooth,  but  it  is  different  in  its  robust  build,  very 
prominent  foveolate  sculpture,  shorter  mandibles,  and  the  concave 
anterior  face  of  the  first  gastric  tergum,  which  gives  the  name 
concava. 


264 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Myopias  chapmani  new  species 
(Figs.  10,  26) 

Diagnosis,  worker:  A modest-sized  member  of  the  tenuis  goup; 
head  large,  nearly  square,  with  sides  almost  straight  and  nearly 
parallel;  posterior  margin  concave.  Eyes  small  but  distinctly  facet- 
ted. Mandibles  rather  short  and  stout;  antennal  scapes  distinctly 
overreaching  posterior  border  of  head.  Trunk  robust,  with  broad 
and  deeply  impressed  metanotal  groove;  propodeal  dorsum  less 
than  twice  as  long  as  mesonotum.  Node  of  petiole  higher  and  wider 
than  long,  convex  above.  Gaster  distinctly  constricted  between  first 
and  second  segments.  Sculpture  predominantly  smooth  and  shining, 
with  spaced,  indistinct  punctures,  especially  on  head,  but  sides  of 
propodeum  obliquely  costulate,  subopaque;  dorsal  propodeal  sur- 
face finely  roughened  in  part,  and  bearing  a few,  coarse,  indistinct 
grooves  and  punctures,  as  well  as  a weak  impression  just  caudad  of 
its  midlength.  Color  light  ferruginous  red. 

Worker,  holotype:  TL  5.7,  HL  1.12,  HW  1.07  (Cl  96),  ML  0.57 
(MI  51),  MLO  0.87,  SL  0.95  (SI  89),  EL  0.1 1,  WL  1.77,  hind  femur 
L 1.06,  hind  tibia  L 1.00  mm. 

Worker  paratypes  (21  from  type  nest  series)  range  downward 
from  the  size  of  the  holotype  to  the  smallest  individual,  which  has 
TL  5.2,  HL  1.03,  HW  0.98  (Cl  95),  ML  0.54  (MI  52),  MLO  0.81, 
SL  0.86  (SI  88),  EL  0. 1 1 , WL  1 .63,  hind  femur  L 0.94,  hind  tibia  L 
0.86  mm. 

Head  massive,  sides  only  feebly  convex,  widest  at  posterior  edge 
of  eyes  and  tapering  almost  imperceptibly  to  rather  abruptly 
rounded  posterior  corners;  posterior  border  moderately  concave 
across  its  middle  half.  Eyes  almost  round,  with  about  17  or  18 
facets,  each  situated  nearly  twice  its  own  diameter  away  from  man- 
dibular insertion;  an  indistinct  groove  extends  the  dorsal  (mesal) 
orbital  groove  forward  onto  clypeal  wing.  Median  clypeal  lobe 
slightly  longer  than  wide  (CLL  0.14,  CLW  0.13  mm),  widest  near 
apex,  its  anterior  margin  convex  and  free  corners  rounded.  Median 
frontal  sulcus  wide  and  deep,  extending  back  to  posterior  third  of 
HL. 

Antennal  scapes  slender,  gently  bowed,  slightly  incrassate  apicad, 
overreaching  the  posterior  border  of  the  head  by  about  the  same  as 
their  apical  width  when  held  straight  back  in  dorsal  full-face  view  of 
head.  Funiculus  slender,  but  with  an  indistinctly  4-merous  club;  all 


1983] 


Willey  & Brown  — Genus  Myopias 


265 


antennomeres  longer  than  wide;  funiculus  I about  twice  as  long  as  II. 

Mandibles  robust,  rather  short,  with  a sharp  apical  tooth  and  a 
minute  adjacent  companion  tooth;  one  subapical  and  one  subme- 
dian tooth  each  isolated,  blackened  and  rounded;  basal  angle  pres- 
ent, but  low  and  rounded.  Oblique  basal  groove  and  its  lateral 
continuation  very  distinct.  Labral  lobes  each  bearing  a delicate, 
upturned  apical  tooth,  practically  impossible  to  see  without  dissec- 
tion. Palpi  segmented  3,3;  basal  maxillary  palpomere  short  and 
broad,  last  two  subequal  in  length,  but  apical  broader,  fusiform, 
with  apical  sensillum;  labial  palpomeres  all  slender,  the  apical 
slightly  longer  and  thicker  than  the  basal  two,  and  with  an  apical 
sensillum. 

Trunk  robust,  divided  by  a broad  and  deeply  impressed  metano- 
tal  groove  into  a promesonotal  portion  and  a shorter  propodeal 
portion.  Mesonotum  convex,  rising  above  pronotum,  sloping  cau- 
dad,  nearly  2/3  as  long  as  propodeal  dorsum;  propodeum  weakly 
convex,  but  with  a feebly  impressed  area  in  the  posterior  half  of  its 
dorsum  (variably  distinct  in  paratypes);  dorsum  rounded  unevenly 
into  declivity  and  with  a feeble  median  impression  at  the  point 
where  they  meet;  declivity  more  or  less  flat,  with  lateral  boundaries 
distinct,  almost  submarginate. 

Petiolar  node  distinctly  higher  than  long,  its  curved  dorsal  face 
highest  behind  the  midlength;  anterior  face  in  side  view  straight  or 
feebly  concave,  sloping  caudad;  posterior  face  convex  in  side  view, 
sloping  cephalad.  In  dorsal  view,  anterior  cornuae  of  node  very 
prominent;  node  widest  behind,  with  convex  sides,  slightly  wider 
than  long.  Postpetiolar  (gastric  I)  segment  slightly  broader  than 
long;  its  anterodorsal  border  feebly  concave  in  the  middle;  gastric  II 
a little  wider  than  I,  but  equal  in  depth  in  side  view  after  a distinct 
constriction  between  the  two  that  is  boldly  scrobiculate.  Sting  long 
and  sharp,  gently  upcurved  (found  extended  up  to  0.60  mm  in  var- 
ious specimens. 

Sculpture  mainly  smooth  and  shining,  with  mostly  inconspicu- 
ous, separated,  piligerous  punctures,  distributed  as  follows:  on  dor- 
sum of  head,  on  each  side  of  midline,  numerous  small  ones, 
averaging  about  0.01  mm  in  diameter,  or  smaller,  mostly  in  the 
space  between  eye  and  median  sulcus;  small  punctures  distributed 
sparsely  on  mandibles,  back  and  sides  of  head,  fore  coxae,  prono- 
tum, mesonotum,  and  gastric  tergum  II.  Moderately  coarse,  often 


266 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


elongate,  punctures  on  propodeal  dorsum,  petiolar  node  and  first 
gastric  tergum.  Antennae  and  legs  largely  smooth  and  shining,  but 
with  very  fine  punctulation,  increasing  toward  extremities.  Sides  of 
propodeum  with  fine,  partly  broken,  oblique  costulation,  rising 
caudad,  surface  here  subopaque,  giving  way  on  dorsal  surface  to 
some  partial,  roughened  microsculpture  that  renders  the  surface 
between  coarse  punctures  only  weakly  shining.  Upper  propodeal 
declivity  feebly,  finely,  transversely  strigulose,  smooth  and  shining 
below. 

Pilosity  consisting  of  fine,  tapered,  erect  to  suberect  setae  of 
uneven  length,  mostly  0.03  to  0.25  mm  long,  distributed  abundantly 
over  dorsal  surfaces  of  body,  venter  of  head,  and  gaster,  fore  coxae, 
and  most  surfaces  of  appendages.  Decumbent  pubescence  is  dilute 
on  dorsum  of  head,  directed  mesad;  more  dense  on  anterior  surfaces 
of  mid  coxae,  and  on  all  tibiae  and  tarsi. 

Color  rich,  light,  ferruginous  red;  appendages  slightly  lighter. 

Worker  variation,  apart  from  the  slight  mensurable  spread,  is 
weak.  As  already  mentioned,  the  feeble  impression,  or  “saddle,”  in 
the  posterior  dorsal  surface  of  the  propodeum  varies  from  distinct 
to  almost  absent  in  different  workers. 

Queen,  dealate:  TL  5.2,  HL  1.00,  HW  1.00  (Cl  100),  ML  0.55 
(MI  55),  MLO  0.77,  SL  0.84  (SI  84),  EL  0.23,  WL  1 .65,  hind  tibia  L 
0.81  mm.  Notable  for  size  being  slightly  smaller  than  for  workers  of 
the  same  colony.  Otherwise,  differences  are  those  usual  between 
castes  in  Ponerini.  Nota  of  pterothorax  smooth  and  shining,  with 
dispersed,  small  punctures.  Propodeum  more  completely  and 
strongly  sculptured  than  in  worker,  subopaque,  finely  transversely 
strigulose,  with  a short,  longitudinal,  median  sulcus  or  impression; 
lower  declivity  smooth.  Color  slightly  darker  than  in  worker,  espe- 
cially lightly  infuscated  parts  of  cranium,  pronotum,  median  scu- 
tum, propodeum,  petiole,  and  first  two  gastric  segments. 

Male  unknown. 

Holotype  worker  (MCZ)  and  paratypes  (MCZ,  BMNH,  ANIC) 
from  a small  nest  in  a thick  fragment  of  a rotten  branch  lying  on  the 
ground  in  wet  rain  forest  along  Obi  Obi  Creek,  below  and  just  west 
of  Montville,  Blackall  Range,  Queensland,  Australia,  20  May,  1951, 
leg.  Brown.  The  nest  contained  20-30  workers,  larvae  (since  lost 
together  with  prey  remains),  and  two  dealate  queens.  The  forest  at 
the  type  locality  has  since  been  destroyed  (fide  P.J.  Darlington, 


1983] 


Willey  & Brown  — Genus  Myopias 


267 


Figs.  8-11,  Myopias  spp.,  heads  in  full-face  view,  sculpture  and  pilosity  omitted. 
Fig.  8,  M.  delta,  paratype  worker.  Fig.  9,  M.  nops,  holotype  worker.  Fig.  10,  M. 
chapmani,  paratype  worker.  Fig.  1 1,  A/,  densesticta,  paratype  queen  from  Kuranda, 
Queensland.  All  to  same  scale. 


268 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


personal  communication).  The  species  is  named  for  the  late  Dr. 
James  W.  Chapman,  who  collected  many  Myopias  series  in  the 
Philippines. 


Myopias  densesticta,  new  species 
(Figs.  11,29) 

Diagnosis,  worker  and  queen:  A member  of  the  M.  tenuis  group, 
similar  to  M.  chapmani,  but  with  much  more  distinct  and  abundant 
foveolate  sculpture  and  a shorter,  wider  median  clypeal  lobe  and 
shorter  antennae.  Also,  the  trunk  is  not  deeply  divided  at  the 
metanotal  groove,  the  petiolar  node  is  more  massive,  and  the  gaster 
is  gently  tapered,  not  sharply  constricted,  behind  the  first  segment. 

Worker,  holotype:  TL  5.6,  HL  1.03,  HW  0.97  (Cl  94),  ML  0.55 
(MI  53),  MLO  0.82,  SL  0.85  (SI  88),  EL  0.09,  WL  1 .62,  hind  femur 
L 0.87,  hind  tibia  L 0.83  mm. 

Worker,  paratypes  (n  = 3 of  9 from  two  colonies,  including  largest 
and  smallest,  the  holotype):  TL  5.6-5.7,  HL  1.03-1.07,  HW 
0.97-1.03  (Cl  94-97),  ML  0.55-0.56  (MI  51-54),  MLO  0.82-0.83, 
SL  0.85-0.86  (SI  83-88),  EL  0.09-0.1 1,  WL  1.62-1.71,  hind  femur  L 
0.87-0.89,  hind  tibia  L 0.83-0.84  mm. 

In  overall  size,  proportions  of  head,  and  mandibles,  this  species  is 
very  similar  to  M.  chapmani,  but  the  sides  of  the  head  are  a trifle 
more  convex,  and  the  basal  angle  of  the  mandible  is  a little  less 
distinct;  also  the  following,  more  definite  differences  from  M. 
chapmani: 

(1)  Antennae  shorter;  scapes  overreach  posterior  border  when  held 
straight  back  by  only  a slight  amount,  less  than  their  apical  width. 
Segments  II  through  VIII  of  funiculus  wider  than  long;  I (pedicel) 
more  than  twice  as  long  as  II. 

(2)  Median  clypeal  lobe  shorter,  wider  (CLL  0.08-0.10,  CLW 
0.16-0.17  mm),  with  sharply  angular  free  corners  terminating  the 
divergent  carinae  that  form  the  lateral  edges  of  the  lobe. 

(3)  Promesonotum  shorter  than  propodeum;  propodeal  dorsum 
about  twice  as  long  as  mesonotum,  and  nearly  on  the  same  level; 
both  only  weakly  convex  and  meeting  at  a distinct  but  not  deeply 
impressed  metanotal  groove,  so  that  the  side-view  dorsal  profile  is  a 
nearly  smooth,  gently  convex  outline  from  top  of  front  pronotal 
incline  to  top  of  propodeal  declivity. 

(4)  Petiolar  node  more  massive  and  more  nearly  cuboidal,  less  no- 


1983] 


Willey  & Brown  — Genus  Myopias 


269 


tably  longer  than  high;  seen  from  above  wider  than  long,  but  sides 
convex;  widest  near  midlength. 

(5)  Second  gastric  (true  abdominal  IV)  segment  narrower  and  lower 
than  first  segment  (postpetiole),  so  that  the  gaster  is  gradually 
tapered  caudad  of  I,  and  not  constricted  and  recovering  after. 

(6)  Body,  especially  head,  trunk  and  petiolar  node,  with  deeper  and 
much  more  distinctly  developed  foveolate  sculpture,  the  punctures 
mostly  0.01-0.02  mm  in  diameter  and  densely  crowded,  contiguous 
on  front  of  head  between  eyes  and  frontal  lobes,  becoming  larger, 
mostly  0.02-0.03  mm  in  diameter  and  narrowly  separated  on  poste- 
rior half  of  head,  at  times  with  intervening,  indistinct,  longitudinal 
strigulosity,  and  still  coarser  and  more  widely  spaced  on  sides  and 
underside  of  head  and  near  median  frontal  sulcus  (which  reaches 
back  to  near  the  posterior  quarter  of  HL).  Trunk  and  petiole  with 
abundant  foveolae,  mostly  0.02-0.04  mm  in  diameter,  separated  on 
the  average  by  a little  more  than  their  own  diameters,  but  more 
crowded  and  more  elongate  on  sublateral  strips  of  propodeal  dor- 
sum; truncal  midline  strip  partly  open,  with  few  foveolae.  In  gen- 
eral, interfoveolar  surfaces  smooth  and  shining,  but  lower  sides  of 
propodeum  indistinctly,  longitudinally  costulate,  and  sides  of  petio- 
lar node  coarsely  and  densely  foveolate  and  minutely  roughened, 
more  or  less  opaque.  Gaster  I smooth,  with  scattered  coarse  punc- 
tures, and  these  become  fewer  and  smaller  still  on  gaster  II.  Mandi- 
bles smooth  and  shining,  with  scattered  punctures.  Antennal  scapes 
and  legs  smooth  and  shining,  but  with  fine  punctulation.  Propodeal 
declivity  nearly  smooth,  but  peppered  with  many  small  foveolae. 
Clypeus  smooth  and  shining. 

(7)  Pilosity  and  pubescence  more  abundant  than  in  M.  chapmani, 
most  notably  on  mandibles  and  antennal  scapes;  decumbent  pubes- 
cence on  head  more  conspicuous,  directed  mesad. 

(8)  Color  perhaps  averaging  slightly  darker  than  in  M.  chapmani, 
but  legs  and  antennae  tending  to  be  lighter,  more  yellowish  red.  As 
in  chapmani,  the  palpi  are  segmented  3,3,  and  upturned  teeth  are 
present,  one  on  each  labral  lobe.  Worker  variation  is  very  slight 
overall.  The  Koombooloomba  series  averages  very  slightly  larger, 
and  the  compound  eyes  may  be  a trifle  larger  than  in  the  Shipton’s 
Flat  colony. 

Queen,  dealate,  a unique  taken  in  rotten  wood  in  a rain  forest 
patch  near  Kuranda,  Queensland,  31  October  1950,  leg.  Brown:  TL 


270 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


6.7,  HL  1.07,  HW  1.05  (Cl  98),  ML  0.52  (Ml  49),  MLO  0.81,  SL 
0.85  (SI  81),  EL  0.24,  WL  1.92  mm. 

Male  unknown. 

Holotype  [MCZ]  one  of  six  workers  from  Shipton’s  Flat,  south  of 
Cooktown,  Queensland,  during  June  1958,  leg.  P.F.  and  P.J.  Dar- 
lington. This  locality  is  savannah  woodland  grading  into  riparian 
rain  forest  (gallery  forest),  and  lies  at  an  elevation  of  about  300  m. 
(The  Kuranda  queen  is  from  a similar  elevation.)  A pin  of  three 
workers  comes  from  Koombooloomba,  near  the  dam  of  the  same 
name  south  of  Ravenshoe,  Queensland,  at  about  750  m in  rain 
forest,  “4/7/71,”  leg.  Taylor  and  J.  Feehan.  We  have  no  informa- 
tion about  possible  prey. 

The  name  densesticta  refers  to  the  characteristic  foveolate 
sculpture. 


Myopias  tasmaniensis 
(Fig.  16) 

Myopias  tasmaniensis  Wheeler,  1923,  Psyche  30:177-179,  fig.  I,  worker.  Type  loc: 
Hobart,  Tasmania. 

Trapeziopelta  tasmaniensis:  Brown,  1953,  Psyche  60:51,  records  from  Dandenong 
Range,  Victoria,  Australia. 

Trapeziopelta  diadela  Clark,  1934:  Mem,  Nat.  Mus,,  Melbourne,  Australia,  8:54-55, 
pi.  4,  f.,  7,8,  worker,  queen.  Type  loc.,  Turton’s  Track,  Otway  Ranges,  Victoria. 
(Syn,  by  Brown,  1953). 

Two  collections  made  by  Father  Bede  Lowery  extend  the  range 
far  to  the  north  in  eastern  Australia;  Minnamurra  Falls,  near 
Kiama,  New  South  Wales,  nest  in  soil  of  very  moist  forest,  behind 
rock  slab  set  in  a vertical  bank,  22  Dec.  1959;  Cunningham’s  Gap, 
southeastern  Queensland,  at  about  600  m in  rain  forest,.  22  Jan. 
1961. 


Myopias  tenuis  new  combination 
(Figs.  15,  17) 

Trapeiiopelta  tenuis  Emery,  1900,  Termeszetr,  Fliz.  23:313-314,  dealate  queen.  Type 
loc.:  Beliao  Island,  near  Berlinhafen  (now  Aitape),  Papua  New  Guinea.  1902,  155, 
worker,  Sattelberg,  Huon  Peninsula,  Papua  New  Guinea. 

Trapeziopelta  tenuis  \ar.  fulvescens  Emery,  1902:155,  worker,  dealate  queen.  Type 
loc,:  Sattelberg,  Huon  Peninsula,  Papua  New  Guinea.  New  synonym. 

This  is  the  smallest  of  the  known  Melanesian  Myopias  species, 
and  also  the  most  common  and  widespread.  The  typical  form  is 


1983] 


Willey  & Brown  — Genus  Myopias 


271 


Figs.  12-19,  Myopias  spp.,  petiolar  nodes  in  lateral  and  dorsal  view,  sculpture  and 
pilosity  omitted,  all  to  same  scale.  Fig.  12,  M.  gigas  holotype  worker.  Fig.  13,  M. 
loriai  worker  fro  Gemeheng,  Huon  Peninsula,  Papua  New  Guinea.  Fig.  14,  M. 
cribriceps  worker  from  Bubia,  near  Lae,  Papua  New  Guinea.  Fig.  15,  M.  tenuis 
queen  from  Bubia,  near  Lae,  Papua  New  Guinea.  Fig.  16,  M.  tasmaniensis  from 
Olinda,  Victoria,  Australia.  Fig.  17,  M.  tenuis  worker  from  Bubia,  near  Lae,  Papua 
New  Guinea.  Fig.  18,  M.  concava  paratype  worker  from  lower  Busu  R.,  near  Lae, 
Papua  New  Guinea.  Fig.  19,  M.  levigata  worker  from  Nganduo,  Huon  Peninsula, 
Papua  New  Guinea. 


272 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


small,  has  slightly  convex  sides  of  the  head,  scapes  that  just  fail  to 
reach  (or  just  barely  reach)  the  occipital  border  when  held  straight 
back,  and  a median  clypeal  lobe  that  is  as  long  as,  or  slightly  longer 
than,  wide  at  its  widest  (near  apex).  The  end  of  the  lobe  is  convex  or 
straight,  and  the  free  angles  may  be  rectangular  or  rounded.  Mea- 
surements for  Papua  New  Guinea  North  Coast  workers  are:  TL 
2.S-3.7,  HL  0.53-0.71,  HW  0.45-0.60  (Cl  81-91),  ML  0.30-0.43 
(MI  81-92),  MLO  0.40-0.57,  SL  0.42-0.58  (SI  87-95),  EL  0.03-0.06, 
WL  0.95-1 .25  mm.  Workers  of  a colony  series  from  Salawati  Island, 
at  the  western  end  of  New  Guinea,  fall  within  these  dimensions  and 
proportions.  Workers  from  Bisianumu,  in  the  hills  above  Port 
Moresby,  fit  the  North  Coast  dimension  range,  while  a sample  from 
Karema,  in  the  lowlands  north  of  Moresby,  tends  slightly  to  exceed 
the  North  Coast  samples  in  size. 

Samples  from  the  Cape  York  area  of  North  Queensland  average 
larger  than  any  of  the  New  Guinea  series;  a large  worker  from  the 
Black  Mt.  Road,  north  of  Kuranda,  measures  TL  4. 1 , HL  0.74,  H W 
0.67  (Cl  91),  ML  0.43  (MI  91),  MLO  0.58,  SL  0.59  (SI  88),  EL  0.04, 
WL  1.34  mm.  The  Australian  samples  often  have  the  laid-back 
scapes  reaching  the  posterior  border  of  the  head,  and  the  posterior 
border  is  more  distinctly  concave.  In  addition,  the  median  clypeal 
lobe  tends  to  be  wider,  often  as  wide  as  or  wider  than  long,  and  the 
minute  punctures,  especially  on  the  head,  are  a trifle  coarser  and 
more  distinct.  Several  of  these  series  have  sordid  yellowish  individu- 
als, undoubtedly  partly  callow,  that  correspond  to  Mdcc.fulvescem. 

New  locality  records:  papua  new  guinea:  Karema,  Brown  R., 
rotten  log,  lowland  rain  forest,  leg.  Wilson,  No.  552.  Bisianumu, 
near  Sogeri,  about  500  m,  hill  rain  forest,  Wilson  Nos.  637,  637A, 
litter  and  rotten  wood,  strays.  In  the  vicinity  of  Lae  (Didiman 
Creek,  Bubia  and  lower  Busu  R.),  several  nests  and  litter  strays, 
Wilson  Nos.  688,  689A,  690,  716,  939,  962,  978,  1037,  1045,  1058,  all 
in  lowland  rain  forest.  No.  689  was  a small  colony  in  a Zoraptera- 
stage  log,  with  about  ten  workers  and  two  queens.  No.  716  was  a 
worker  carrying  an  entomobryid  collembolan  about  its  own  length 
lengthwise  beneath  its  body,  army  ant  fashion.  No.  1037  was  a nest 
in  a cavity  in  the  under  surface  of  a hard,  barkless  log  in  leaf  litter. 
No.  1045,  a nest  in  a soft  Passalus-s\?igQ  log,  had  peripheral  galleries 
packed  with  unidentified  arthropodan  cuticular  fragments.  Nadzab, 
dry  evergreen  forest,  Wilson  No.  1 100.  Wau  north,  on  Bulolo  road. 


1983] 


Willey  & Brown  — Genus  Myopias 


273 


650  m,  leg.  S.  Peck,  B-278.  irian  jaya:  near  Phillips  Petroleum  Base 
Camp,  SE  Salawati  1.  (just  off  western  extremity  of  Vogelkop), 
swamp  forest  near  sea  level,  leg.  Brown  No.  81-189,  nest  in  rotten 
wood,  with  at  least  15  workers,  a dealate  queen,  a male,  about  a 
dozen  pupae  in  tan  cocoons,  and  a few  half-grown  larvae.  Austra- 
lia, N.  QUEENSLAND:  Black  Mt.  road  N.  of  Kuranda,  300-600  m,  leg. 
P.F.  Darlington,  in  rain  forest,  small  colony  with  at  least  two  deal- 
ate queens.  Mt.  Cudmore  Range,  1 1 mi.  N.  of  Ingham,  about  210  m, 
six  workers  from  rotten  log  in  small  roadside  patch  of  disturbed  rain 
forest,  leg.  Taylor,  Acc.  No.  1706.  Mulgrave  Forestry  Road, 
17°  18'S,  145°48'E,  leg.  Ward  No.  4366,  from  rotting  epiphyte  fern 
on  rain  forest  floor. 

From  the  Solomon  islands  we  have  three  scanty  samples  of 
forms  sent  from  anic  that  could  belong  to  M.  tenuis,  or  to  sibling 
species: 

(1)  A large  form,  extending  some  of  the  tendencies  seen  in  Aus- 
tralian series;  HW  0.80,  EL  0.09  mm;  scapes  reaching  posterior 
border  of  head.  Propodeal  dorsal  profile  a little  more  convex  than 
usual  in  M.  tenuis.  Color  castaneous.  Two  workers  from  Guadal- 
canal I.:  Mt.  Austen,  Feb.  1966,  leg.  P.M.  Greenslade,  No.  21095. 

(2)  A small  worker,  also  from  Mt.  Austen,  Guadalcanal, 
14/5/ 1963,  leg.  P.M.  Greenslade,  No.  6076;  HW  0.55,  EL  0.03  mm; 
scapes  very  short,  failing  to  reach  posterior  border  of  head  by  at 
least  the  apical  scape  width;  posterior  border  of  head  weakly  con- 
cave. Color  yellowish  brown.  Sides  of  head  straighter  and  more 
parallel-sided  than  in  the  other  Mt.  Austen  sample. 

(3)  A worker  from  San  Cristoval  L,  Humi  R.  est.,  N.E.  Wainoni, 
leg.  Royal  Society  Expedition,  1966-1,  HW  0.60,  EL  0.05  mm;  sides 
of  head  almost  perfectly  straight  and  parallel,  posterior  border  fee- 
bly convex;  scape  fails  to  reach  posterior  border  of  head  by  about 
half  of  apical  scape  width;  mandibles  unusually  short  (ML  0.37, 
MLO  0.47  mm)  and  broad;  basal  angle  forming  a distinct  convexity. 
Color  deep  brownish  red. 

I suspect  that  the  Solomons  will  eventually  yield  much  more  vari- 
ation in  the  tenuis  complex;  the  available  material  is  simply  inade- 
quate as  a basis  for  understanding  the  complex  in  this  archipelago. 


274 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Key  to  Known  Myopias  Species  of  Australia, 

Based  on  Workers 

1 . Small,  slender  species  (H W < 0.75  mm);  worker  compound  eye 
reduced  to  a single  smoothly  lenticular  dot  < 0.05  mm  long  (in 

Australia,  N.  Queensland) tenuis 

More  robust  species  (HW  > 0.75  mm);  worker  compound  eye 
0.05  or  more  long,  with  3-5  rows  of  distinct,  raised  ommatidia 
(Figs.  10,  11) 2 

2.  Second  gastric  segment  lower  and  narrower  than  the  first  and 
tapering  gently  apicad,  not  constricted  at  base  (N.  Queensland) 

densesticta 

Second  gastric  segment  wider  than  the  first  and  sharply  con- 
stricted from  its  own  acrotergite  basad 3 

3.  Antennae  shorter,  scapes  not  overreaching  posterior  border  of 
head  when  they  are  held  straight  back  from  insertions  as  head  is 
viewed  full-face;  small  funicular  segments  (funiculus  II-VII  at 

least)  broader  than  long  (Tasmania  to  SE  Queensland) 

tasmaniensis 

Antennae  longer,  scapes  distinctly  overreaching  posterior 
border  in  full-face  view  of  head;  all  antennal  segments  longer 

than  broad,  or  at  least  as  long  as  broad 

(S.  Queensland:  Blackall  Range) chapmani 

Myopias  ruthae  new  species 
(Figs.  7,  20) 

Diagnosis,  worker:  A modest-sized  Myopias;  head  longer  than 
broad,  with  nearly  parallel  but  gently  convex  sides  and  weakly  con- 
vex posterior  border;  scapes  curved,  barely  surpassing  posterior 
border;  funicular  club  indistinctly  6-merous.  Median  frontal  groove 
deep  and  wide,  reaching  to  the  posterior  quarter  of  head  length. 
Median  clypeal  lobe  broad,  short,  rectangular,  widest  basad. 
Labrum  without  a median  tubercle.  Eyes  fairly  large,  convex,  finely 
facetted.  Mandibles  robust,  gently  curved,  with  4 teeth  and  a low 
basal  angle.  Body  robust,  metanotal  groove  distinct  but  weakly 
impressed.  Petiolar  node  massive,  subcuboidal;  gaster  short  and 
thick.  Sculpture  of  numerous  coarse  punctures  or  foveolae,  dense 
and  contiguous,  or  nearly  so  on  most  of  head  and  sides  of  petiolar 
node;  foveolae  sparser  mesad  on  vertex,  trunk  and  succeeding  terga. 


1983] 


Willey  & Brown  — Genus  Myopias 


275 


the  surface  here  prevailingly  smooth  and  shining.  Color  piceous, 
nearly  black,  with  contrasting  tan  appendages. 

Worker,  holotype:  TL  5.2,  HL  0.96,  HW  0.86  (Cl  90),  ML  0.48 
(MI  50),  SL  0.73  (SI  85),  EL  0. 14,  WL  1 .60,  hind  femur  L 0.80,  hind 
tibia  L 0.83  mm. 

Description  mainly  directed  at  details  not  fully  covered  in  the 
diagnosis  and  figures.  Antennal  scape  broadly  curved  in  basal  half, 
incrassate  distad;  apical  width  about  0.12  mm,  or  slightly  less  than 
maximum  eye  length.  Funicular  segment  I about  twice  the  length  of 
II.  Eye  with  distinct  but  fine  ommatidia,  numbering  about  1 1 or  12 
units  in  the  longest  diagonal  row,  darkly  pigmented.  Median  clypeal 
lobe  about  0.05  mm  long  (CLL)  and  about  0.14  wide  (CLW)  at 
apex,  about  0.15  mm  wide  at  base  where  it  meets  frontal  lobes; 
anterior  border  straight,  free  corners  subrectangular.  In  examining 
the  single,  intact  specimen,  no  upturned  teeth  could  be  seen  at  the 
apex  of  each  labral  lobe,  but  a dissection  would  be  needed  to  make 
sure  that  they  are  really  absent.  Mandibular  armament  consists  of 
an  acute  apical  tooth  and  a small  adjacent  tooth,  then  after  a gap 
another  large,  blunt  tooth,  another  gap  and  a similar-sized  but  more 
acute  median  tooth,  then  halfway  from  this  to  the  base,  a low, 
rounded  basal  angle.  Oblique  groove  (strix)  near  dorsal  base  of 
mandible  distinct,  continuing  along  lateral  margin  to  near  apex. 
MLO  0.77  mm. 

Trunk  robust,  dorsal  outline  in  side  view  nearly  straight,  the 
mesonotum  feebly  sunken;  metanotal  groove  slightly  impressed,  but 
distinct;  propodeal  dorsum  very  feebly  convex,  rounding  obtusely 
into  declivity,  but  sides  of  declivity  forming  blunt  angles  with  pleu- 
ral faces  of  trunk.  Propodeal  spiracle  small  and  round,  situated  at 
mid  height.  Petiolar  node  massive,  subcuboidal,  slightly  wider 
behind  than  long;  slightly  higher  than  long  if  one  ignores  the  small, 
hooklike  anterior  subpetiolar  process;  dorsal  surface  convex  in  both 
directions. 

First  gastric  (postpetiolar)  segment  higher  and  wider  (by  about 
4:3)  than  long.  Succeeding  (gastric  II)  segment  about  as  wide  as  the 
first,  and  only  slightly  longer,  but  slightly  thinner  dorsoventrally. 
Sting  long  and  slender,  gently  upcurved. 

Sculpture  distinctive,  consisting  basically  of  a smooth,  shining 
integument  invaded  by  coarse,  mostly  umbilicate,  piligerous  foveo- 
lae.  The  foveolae  are  densest  and  smallest  (0.02-0.03  mm  diameter) 


276 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


26  CHAPMANI 


29  DENSESTICTA  ¥ 


Figs.  20-29,  Myopias  spp.,  petiolar  nodes  in  lateral  and  dorsal  view,  sculpture  and 
pilosity  omitted,  all  to  same  scale.  Fig.  20,  M.  ruthae  holotype  worker.  Fig.  21, 
M.  delta,  paratype  worker.  Fig.  22,  M.  Julivora,  paratype  worker  from  Papua  New 
Guinea.  Fig.  23,  M.  media,  holotype  worker.  Fig.  24,  M.  latinoda  queen  from  Maffin 
Bay,  Irian  Jaya.  Fig.  25,  M.  lobosa,  paratype  worker.  Fig.  26,  M.  chapmani,  para- 
type worker.  Fig.  27,  M.  latinoda  worker  from  Maffin  Bay,  Irian  Jaya.  Fig.  28,  M. 
nops,  holotype  worker.  Fig.  29,  M.  densestieta  paratype  queen  from  Kuranda, 
Queensland. 


1983] 


Willey  & Brown  — Genus  Myopias 


111 


on  anterior  and  sides  of  head,  where  most  are  contiguous  and  yield  a 
reticulate-foveolate  surface  that  is  subopaque  in  most  lights.  This 
kind  of  sculpture,  a bit  more  loosely  distributed,  covers  the  upper 
sides  and  dorsum  of  trunk  and  petiole,  except  for  median  posterior 
part  of  vertex,  midline  of  trunk,  and  dorsal  midline  of  petiole,  which 
have  wide  spaces  free  of  most  foveolae,  and  are  smooth,  shining. 
Sides  of  trunk  below  largely  smooth,  with  sparse  foveolae,  and 
posteriorly,  low  down,  with  a few  fine,  longitudinal  costulae.  Sides 
of  petiolar  node  foveolate-striate.  Caster  with  spaced  foveolae, 
becoming  smaller  (0.02  mm)  and  sparser  caudad,  interspaces 
smooth  and  shining,  but  a double  band  of  foveolae  along  apical 
margin  of  second  gastric  tergum.  Mandibles  and  legs  with  sparse 
punctures,  generally  otherwise  smooth  and  shining;  scapes  and 
middle  tibiae,  and  all  tarsi,  more  densely  punctulate,  but  still 
shining. 

Hairs  numerous,  fine,  tapered,  suberect  to  decumbent,  mostly 
0.04  to  0.25  mm  long;  those  on  head  and  appendages  mostly  short, 
while  those  on  clypeal  lobe,  trunk,  petiole,  and  especially  gastric 
apex  are  longer. 

The  species  is  named  for  Dr.  Ruth  Lippitt  Willey. 

Holotype  (MCZ)  a unique  worker  specimen  from  Bubia,  about  13 
km  NW  of  Lae,  Papua  New  Guinea,  about  20  m above  sea  level,  in 
high-graded  rainforest,  26  March  1955,  by  E.O.  Wilson  (MCZ).  The 
worker  was  foraging  under  the  bark  of  a large  Zoraptera-stage  (rot- 
ting) log. 

This  species  is  distinct  from  all  congeners,  but  difficult  to  place  to 
a group.  Probably  it  comes  closest  to  the  tenuis  group  than  any 
other  so  far  described,  but  the  longish  head,  bulging  eyes,  short 
scapes  and  coarsely  foveolate  sculpture  will  distinguish  it  from  all 
tenuis-gxoup  species. 

Myopias  lobosa  new  species 
(Figs.  2,  3,  25) 

Diagnosis,  worker  and  queen:  Head  distinctly  longer  than  broad; 
median  clypeal  process  obsolete;  labrum  without  median  tubercle. 
Mandibles  much  broadened,  each  with  the  two  major  teeth  before 
the  apex  exaggerated  into  triangular  lobes;  blades  of  mandibles 
sharply  curved  ventrad  and  rotated  so  that  their  blades  lie  nearly 
parallel  to  the  sagittal  plane  of  the  head  at  full  closure.  Antennal 


278 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


scapes  very  short.  Sculpture  composed  of  distinct  punctures,  fine 
and  densely  arranged  on  cephalic  dorsum,  with  smooth  to  finely 
shagreened  interspaces. 

Worker,  holotype  and  six  paratypes  from  type  nest  series:  TL 
6.0-6.3,  HL  1.27-1.31,  HW  0.98-1.04  (Cl  76-82),  ML  0.76-0.78 
(MI  75-83),  SL  0.74-0.77  (SI  75-80),  EL  0.22-0.25,  WL  2.01-2.09 
mm. 

Head  with  gently  convex  subparallel  sides,  straight  to  feebly  con- 
vex occipital  border,  and  broadly  rounded  posterior  angles.  Grea- 
test head  width  slightly  behind  midlength.  Eyes  oval,  only  feebly 
convex,  their  greatest  diameter  greather  than  maximum  width  of 
scape;  about  12-15  fine  facets  in  rows  across  the  short  axis;  eye 
separated  from  anterior  corner  of  head  by  about  2/3  its  own  length 
or  slightly  more.  Frontal  sulcus  extends  slightly  beyond  midlength 
of  head.  Median  clypeal  process  obsolete,  represented  only  by  a 
weak  convexity  between  the  frontal  lobes  with  two  or  three  minute 
piligerous  tubercles.  Form  of  mandibles  shown  in  Figs.  2,  3.  Scapes 
reaching  roughly  to  about  3/4  the  distance  between  their  insertions 
and  the  occipital  border;  segment  I of  funiculus  distinctly  longer 
than  II;  II  through  X increasing  rather  uniformly  in  size,  so  that  no 
club  is  formed. 

Trunk  as  seen  from  side  forming  gentle,  subequal  promesonotal 
and  propodeal  convexities,  separated  by  the  impressed  metanotal 
groove.  Petiolar  node  slightly  higher  than  long  seen  from  the  side 
(without  subpetiolar  process)  and  very  slightly  longer  than  broad 
seen  from  above.  Postpetiolar  segment  seen  from  above  about  4/5 
as  long  as  broad,  slightly  shorter  than  the  succeeding  segment. 

Dorsum  of  head  densely  sown  with  fine,  uneven-sized  punctures, 
close  together,  but  interspaces  mostly  smooth  and  shining;  region 
posteromesad  of  compound  eyes  with  densest  punctation.  Sides  and 
underside  of  head  smooth  and  shining  and  with  scattered  coarse 
punctures.  Mandibles,  gastric  apex,  scapes  and  legs  smooth  and 
shining. 

Trunk,  petiole,  and  first  two  gastric  segments  with  numerous 
coarse,  mostly  elongate  piligerous  punctures.  Between  punctures  the 
integument  is  mostly  smooth  to  shagreened  on  the  dorsum,  becom- 
ing striolate  and  subopaque  on  sides  and  rear  of  trunk  and  petiolar 
node,  and  to  some  extent  on  mesonotum  and  propodeal  dorsum. 

Pilosity  of  fine,  tapered,  erect  hairs,  moderate  in  length  and  gen- 
erally distributed.  Head  with  abundant,  mesally  directed  decumbent 


1983] 


Willey  & Brown  — Genus  Myopias 


279 


pubescence  over  most  of  the  dorsum;  scapes  and  legs  with  similar 
pubescence,  directed  apicad.  Color  bright  to  deep  brownish-red; 
mandibles  and  appendages  lighter,  more  yellowish. 

Holotype  (MCZ)  a worker  from  a uninidal  series  of  7 workers 
and  a queen  from  the  Cuernos  Mts.,  near  Dumaguete,  Negros,  Philip- 
pine Islands  (Chapman).  Paratype  workers  from  the  same  colony 
(MCZ,  BMNH). 

Queen,  dealate:  slightly  larger  than  the  worker.  Flight  sclerites 
and  wing  stumps  well  developed.  Petiolar  nodes  slightly  broader 
than  long  as  seen  from  above.  Mesonotum  and  propodeum  sha- 
greened  (finely  reticulate)  above  and  with  scattered  coarse  punc- 
tures. Ocelli  small.  Compound  eyes  large;  maximum  diameter  ca. 
1/5  the  full  head  length  (HL). 

Myopias  nops  new  species 
(Figs.  9,  28) 

Diagnosis,  worker:  A modest-sized,  depigmented  (dull  yellowish) 
species  without  eyes;  sculpture  opaque,  predominantly  densely 
reticulate-punctulate  over  head,  trunk,  node  and  first  gastric  seg- 
ment. Mandibles  short  and  stout,  with  basal  angle  distinct,  but 
rounded  and  close  to  submedian  tooth.  Median  clypeal  lobe  dis- 
tinct, short  with  subacute  free  corners  and  indented  apical  margin. 
Antennal  scapes  just  reaching  posterior  border  of  head.  Petiolar 
node  thick,  but  tapered  apicad,  its  sternal  keel  ending  behind  in  an 
abrupt  angle,  paired  bilaterally  as  in  Ponera. 

Worker,  holotype:  TL  4.4,  HL  0.85,  HW  0.77  (Cl  91),  ML  0.42 
(Ml  49),  MLO  0.59,  SL  0.65  (SI  84),  WL  1.30,  petiole  L 0.45,  hind 
femur  L 0.65,  hind  tibia  L 0.64  mm. 

The  two  paratype  workers,  both  dismembered,  hardly  differ  from 
the  holotype  by  more  than  the  usual  error  of  measurement  in  the 
standard  dimensions.  Since  the  three  specimens  of  the  type  series  are 
all  incomplete  (one  lacking  head,  another  without  gaster,  various 
legs  missing,  sculpture  in  part  obscured  on  holotype),  the  descrip- 
tion is  composite. 

Head  oblong  with  nearly  parallel,  weakly  convex  sides,  greatest 
width  a little  way  anterior  to  midlength;  posterior  corners  rounded; 
posterior  border  straight  in  full-face  view,  or  perhaps  just  the  slight- 
est bit  concave.  Median  frontal  sulcus  broad  but  short,  not  reaching 
back  to  mid-HL.  Eyes  obsolete,  or  at  least  unpigmented  and  not 


280 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


distinguishable  amid  the  sculpture  in  strong  light  at  SOX.  Antennae 
with  robust  scapes  that  just  reach  the  posterior  border  of  the  head 
when  held  straight  back;  funiculus  long,  with  an  indistinctly  4- 
merous  apical  club;  funicular  segments  II  through  V short,  wider 
than  long;  pedicel  (I)  is  3-4X  as  long  as  II;  VI-XI  longer  than  wide. 

Mandibles  short  and  stout,  strongly  downcurved,  with  acute  api- 
cal tooth  and  blunt  companion  tooth,  followed  after  long  gaps  by 
two  blunt  teeth,  of  which  the  submedian  is  followed  closely  basad  by 
a distinct  but  rounded  basal  angle.  Labrum  without  a distinct 
median  tooth,  but  the  two  lobes  each  bear  a delicate,  upturned  tooth 
at  apex.  Palpal  segmentation  not  determined.  Median  clypeal  lobe 
distinct  but  short,  CLL  0.08,  CLW  0.12,  with  indented  or  concave 
apical  margin  and  subacute  free  corners;  one  side  deformed  in 
holotype. 

Trunk  compact,  with  a weakly  convex  dorsal  outline  (in  side 
view)  between  steeply  sloping  pronotal  and  propodeal  declivities; 
promesonotum  distinctly  longer  than  propodeum;  mesonotum 
weakly  convex;  metanotal  groove  strong,  but  only  moderately 
impressed;  propodeal  dorsum  feebly  convex  overall,  but  with  a very 
shallow  impression  near  midlength.  Position  of  metapleural  suture 
indicated  by  a vague  sulcus.  Propodeal  declivity  rather  abruptly 
rounded  off  from  dorsum,  weakly  transversely  aciculate  above, 
smooth  and  shining  below,  meeting  sides  of  propodeum  through 
bluntly  subrectangular  curves.  Lengths  of  propodeal  dorsum:  meso- 
notum about  as  5:3. 

Petiolar  node  thick  but  higher  and  broader  than  long;  summit 
anterior,  dorsal  face  rounded,  but  meeting  steep  concave  anterior 
face  through  an  abrupt  curve,  rounding  broadly  caudad  into  poste- 
rior face,  which  is  low,  flat  and  smooth.  Ventral  keel  of  petiole  with 
a large,  obliquely  truncate  process  in  front  and  another,  lower,  rec- 
tangular or  obtuse  angle  farther  caudad;  this  last  angle  is  paired 
bilaterally  with  a mate,  and  together  they  appear  to  be  homologous 
with  the  similar  teeth  or  angles  diagnostic  of  the  genus  Ponera. 

Gaster  robust;  constriction  behind  first  segment  deep,  broad, 
scrobiculate.  First  segment  abruptly  truncate  in  front,  the  front  face 
vertical,  flat,  smooth  and  shining;  second  subequal  in  length  to  first, 
but  slightly  wider  than  first. 

Head,  trunk,  and  anterior  disc  of  first  gastric  segment  densely 
reticulate-punctulate  and  opaque,  with  a minutely  pitted  overlay; 


1983] 


Willey  & Brown  — Genus  Myopias 


281 


sides  of  trunk,  especially  mesopleura  and  metapleura,  and  sides  of 
node,  obscurely  striate-punctulate;  coxae  minutely  striate,  becom- 
ing smooth  anteroventrad.  Posterior  disc  of  gastric  tergum  I,  and 
most  of  11,  densely  covered  with  small,  round  punctures  with 
smooth,  shining,  but  very  narrow  interspaces,  becoming  wider 
behind;  undersides  of  the  same  two  gastric  segments  with  scattered 
coarse  punctures,  the  interspaces  in  part  minutely  roughened  (1)  or 
shining.  In  addition  to  the  other  surfaces  listed  above  as  smooth  and 
shining  may  be  added  the  gastric  apex,  mandibles  and  femora,  all 
with  scattered  punctures.  Antennae,  tibiae,  tarsi  mostly  finely  punc- 
tulate,  but  more  or  less  shining. 

Pilosity  reduced  to  a mostly  pubescence-like  vestiture,  abundant 
but  not  very  conspicuous,  of  appressed  to  subdecumbent,  fine  hairs; 
only  the  clypeal  and  paired  humeral  setae  as  long  as  0.10  mm,  but 
the  specimens  are  badly  rubbed,  and  probably  had  moderately, 
abundant,  but  still  fine  and  short,  erect  and  suberect  pilosity,  some 
of  which  can  still  be  seen  at  times  on  scapes,  legs,  and  dorsum  of 
trunk,  as  well  as  gastric  apex. 

Color  dull,  light  brownish  yellow. 

Queen  and  male  unknown. 

Holotype  (MCZ)  and  two  paratypes  workers  (MCZ,  BMNH) 
from  Taiwan;  Rarasan  (probably  the  same  as  the  mountain  now 
called  La  La  Shan,  24°44'N,  121°26'E,  to  the  southwest  of  T’ai  Pei), 
31  July  1933,  leg.  R.  Takahashi.  I have  no  information  concerning 
the  habitat,  nest  site,  or  prey.  This  is  obviously  a cryptic-foraging 
form,  probably  living  in  the  soil  or  in  rotten  wood.  A related  un- 
described species  has  been  found  in  Borneo. 

The  type  series  was  originally  three  workers  mounted  on  points 
on  a single  pin;  these  were  heavily  damaged  in  a laboratory  accident, 
but  the  species  is  so  interesting  that  we  decided  to  describe  it  from 
the  collectively  adequate  remains.  The  name  nops  is  from  a Greek 
word  meaning  blind. 

Myopias  delta  new  species 
(Figs.  8,  21) 

Diagnosis,  worker  and  queen:  A modest-sized  species,  completely 
distinct  from  all  congeners  in  possessing  downcurved  triangular 
mandibles  with  distinct  basal  and  masticatory  borders  meeting  at  a 
dentiform  basal  angle.  Head  oblong,  with  convex  sides  and  straight 


282 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


posterior  border,  and  broadly  rounded  posterior  corners.  Worker 
eyes  reduced  to  dots.  Frontal  lobes  and  median  clypeal  lobe  large; 
clypeal  lobe  squarely  truncate.  Antennae  very  robust;  scapes  over- 
reaching posterior  border  of  head;  funiculus  dominated  by  a long, 
thick,  4-merous  apical  club.  Trunk  compact,  weakly  convex,  sepa- 
rated into  two  subequal  parts  by  a distinct  but  not  sunken  metanotal 
groove.  Petiolar  node  short  and  high,  summit  posterior  and  acutely 
rounded,  posterior  face  vertical  and  feebly  concave.  Gaster  con- 
stricted behind  first  segment.  Integument  smooth  and  shining,  with 
separated  minute  punctures.  Color  dark  yellowish  brown. 

Worker,  holotype:  TL  4.1,  HL  0.79,  HW  0.70  (Cl  89),  ML  0.30 
(MI  38),  MLO  0.54,  SL  0.66  (SI  94),  EL  0.04,  WL  1.27,  hind  femur 
L 0.68,  hind  tibia  L 0.61  mm. 

Worker  paratypes  (15  from  type  nest  series)  range  downward 
from  size  of  holotype  to  smallest  individual,  TL  3.9,  HL  0.75,  HW 
0.68  (Cl  91),  ML  0.29  (MI  39),  MLO  0.49,  SL  0.62  (SI  91),  EL  0.04, 
WL  1.20  mm. 

Head  a little  longer  than  broad,  with  parallel  gently  convex  sides, 
straight  posterior  border,  and  rounded  posterior  corners.  Frontal 
lobes  broad,  median  clypeal  lobe  thick  and  wide  (CLL  0.07,  CLW 
0.14),  squarely  truncate  at  apex,  sides  slightly  convergent  towards 
apex.  Median  frontal  sulcus  very  short,  not  extending  rearward  past 
constricted  ends  of  frontal  carinae. 

Mandibles  basically  of  the  ordinary  ponerine,  rather  than  Myopias- 
like,  form,  triangular  and  strongly  downcurved,  with  distinct  basal 
and  oblique  masticatory  margins,  each  furnished  with  five  coarse, 
spaced  teeth,  the  most  basal  of  which,  corresponding  to  the  basal 
angle,  is  subacutely  dentiform;  apical  tooth  the  largest  and  most 
acute;  masticatory  margins  crossing  over  one  another  at  full  closure. 
Basal  oblique  groove  and  its  lateral  extension  (strix)  strongly 
developed. 

Eyes  small,  round  and  dot-like,  with  indistinct  facets,  only 
0.03-0.04  mm  long,  and  distant  from  mandibular  insertions  by 
about  0.20  mm.  Antenna  massive,  scape  thick,  especially  toward 
apex,  and  overreaching  posterior  border  of  head  (when  held  straight 
back  in  full-face  view)  by  more  than  half  apical  scape  width;  funicu- 
lus with  4-merous  club  (which  takes  up  more  than  0.6  of  funicular 
length)  following  six  short,  transverse  ring  segments  (II  through 
VII);  pedicel  (funiculus  I)  about  5X  length  of  II. 


1983] 


Willey  & Brown  — Genus  Myopias 


283 


Labrum  without  a median  tooth,  but  each  of  its  two  lobes  bears  a 
delicate,  upturned  apical  tooth.  Palpi  segmented  3,3. 

Trunk  compact;  aside  from  the  rounded  declivities  of  pronotum 
and  propodeum,  the  dorsal  profile  in  side  view  is  only  weakly  con- 
vex, with  moderate  interruptions  at  premesonotal  suture  (movable) 
and  metanotal  groove;  latter  is  moderately  wide  and  distinctly,  but 
not  very  strongly,  impressed,  and  it  divides  the  trunk  into  approxi- 
mately equal  anterior  (promesonotal)  and  posterior  (propodeal) 
halves.  Dorsum  of  propodeum  gently  convex,  about  twice  as  long  as 
mesonotum;  declivity  of  propodeum  steeply  sloping,  its  outline  con- 
vex in  side  view,  but  the  surface  feebly  concave,  and  weakly  sub- 
marginate  above  and  laterally,  as  seen  from  above. 

Petiolar  node  short  and  high,  highest  and  widest  behind  at  nar- 
rowly rounded  summit,  after  which  the  posterior  face  drops  off 
sharply  and  almost  vertically.  Anterior  face  nearly  as  steeply  sloping 
upward,  shorter,  meeting  sloping  dorsal  face  at  an  obtusely  rounded 
angle.  Sternal  keel  prominent,  with  a thick,  obliquely  truncate  ante- 
rior process,  pointed  behind,  then  diminishing  convexly  caudad  (see 
fig.  21).  In  holotype  and  two  of  the  paratypes,  the  posterior  convex 
portion  bears  an  additional  low  point  or  tubercle,  but  shape  of  keel 
is  variable  in  any  case. 

Caster  robust,  distinctly  constricted  after  first  segment;  segment 
II  about  as  high  as  I,  and  only  very  slightly  wider.  Sting  long, 
sharp,  upcurved,  capable  of  at  least  0.4  mm  extension.  Seen  from 
above,  anterior  border  of  gaster  1 transverse,  straight. 

Body  smooth  and  polished,  with  well-spaced,  small  (mostly  0.01 
mm  diameter  or  less),  piligerous  punctures,  most  numerous  on  dor- 
sum of  head  and  gaster.  Antennae,  frontal  lobes,  tibiae  and  tarsi 
densely  and  finely  punctulate.  Bullae  of  metapleural  glands  obs- 
curely striate. 

Longer  pilosity  abundant  on  body,  sparse  on  antennae  and  man- 
dibles, and  almost  lacking  on  legs;  mostly  0.03  to  about  0.20  mm 
long,  appressed  to  erect,  but  mainly  decumbent  to  suberect  on 
propodeum,  node,  and  first  two  gastric  segments;  longest  on  clypeal 
lobe,  propodeum,  node  and  gastric  apex.  Pubescence  mostly 
appressed  to  decumbent,  inconspicuous  and  mesally  inclined  on 
anterior  half  of  head,  more  abundant  and  conspicuous  on  antennae 
and  legs. 

Color  dark  yellowish  brown  or  orange  brown;  legs,  mandibles, 
antennal  scapes  slightly  more  yellowish. 


284 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Queen,  dealate,  from  holotype  nest  series:  TL  4.7,  HL  0.80,  HW 
0.71  (Cl  89),  ML  0.34  (MI  43),  MLO  0.57,  SL  0.70  (SI  99),  EL  0.18, 
WL  1.47  mm. 

Showing  the  usual  ponerine  differences  of  caste,  and  darker,  deep 
brownish  red,  in  color;  scutum  yellowish  brown,  with  a broad,  V-  or 
Y-shaped  median  fascia  of  deep  reddish  brown;  mandibles,  anten- 
nae, legs,  and  indefinite  patches  on  lateral  areas  of  pronotum  and 
upper  mesopleura  obscure  yellowish  brown.  Punctures  a little 
coarser  and  more  conspicuous  than  in  workers.  An  additional  deal- 
ate queen  apparently  belonging  to  this^species,  taken  in  1901  by  L. 
Biro  (Hungarian  Natural  History  Museum),  comes  from  Friedrich- 
Wilhelmshafen  (now  Madang,  Papua  New  Guinea);  it  is  notably 
smaller  (HL  0.62,  HW  0.50  mm.)  than  either  workers  or  queen  from 
the  type  colony;  and  was  found  in  the  Hungarian  collection  placed 
with  the  M.  tenuis. 

Holotype  (MCZ)  and  paratypes  (MCZ,  BMNH,  ANIC)  from  a 
colony  collected  in  rain  forest  just  west  of  the  lower  Busu  River, 
near  Lae,  Papua  New  Guinea  on  9 May  1955,  by  Wilson  (No.  983). 
Wilson’s  notes  on  this  colony  are  slightly  modified: 

“A  colony  of  one  queen  and  about  30  workers,  with  brood  at  all 
stages,  none  preponderant;  in  a crumbling  small  Passalus-sidigQ  log, 
diameter  about  5 inches,  held  in  shape  by  intact  bark.  Ants  rela- 
tively fast,  nervous,  similar  to  other  [Myopias']  species.  Workers  and 
brood  scattered  through  a number  of  indistinct  galleries  and 
chambers  in  the  crumbling  wood.  In  one  chamber  near  larvae  was  a 
fresh,  decapitated  worker  of  a small  Leptogenys  species.  Around 
another,  large  chamber  was  the  kitchen  midden,  consisting  of  dis- 
carded [Myopias]  cocoons  and  numerous  remains  of  ants,  mostly  or 
entirely  myrmicines,  including  at  least  two  genera  (q.v.).”The  “q.v.” 
refers  to  the  vial  containing  the  whole  colony.  Unfortunately,  the 
Myopias  brood  and  the  midden  remains,  left  in  alcohol  after  an 
adult  sample  had  been  mounted  from  the  vial,  was  lost  in  transit  by 
a colleague  who  had  borrowed  Wilson’s  and  Brown’s  Myopias  col- 
lection residues  for  study. 

From  the  circumstances  of  the  collection  as  noted  by  Wilson,  it 
seems  likely  that  M.  delta  is  an  ant  predator  specializing  on  Myrmi- 
cinae,  but  perhaps  occasionally  accepting  ponerines  or  other  sub- 
families. We  need  further  collections  and  field  and  laboratory 


1983] 


Willey  & Brown  — Genus  Myopias 


285 


observations  to  confirm  this  interesting  possibility  and  to  learn  the 
details  of  the  M.  delta  behavior  and  ecology. 

The  name  delta  refers  to  the  triangular  mandibles.  This  species 
cannot  easily  be  placed  to  species  group,  and  the  mandibular  form 
even  puts  generic  assignment  into  doubt.  The  3-merous  palpi  (both 
sets)  and  the  upturned  tooth  on  each  labral  lobe  probably  are 
derived  characters  shared  with  the  tenuis  group,  so  the  triangular 
mandibular  shape  may  well  be  secondarily  derived  from  the 
Myopias  plan;  it  seems,  indeed,  that  the  dentition  of  M.  delta  is 
more  easily  homologized  with  that  of  various  Myopias  species  than 
it  is  with  the  run  of  Pachycondyla  groups.  It  thus  becomes  doubly 
important  to  find  again  the  larvae  of  M.  delta. 


■ f/J 


-V-. 


h’W'T 


i9~r  . '■  *■  ■'  '.  . , ' , 


'■■'*■  jii'jPtVr'l;  -^Tii.  ••««%>•  ^“'  Cl  •«»»**i'' 
'1.5  f-rfe  - • ir-jt^lii 


LARVAE  OF  WRACK  COLEOPTERA 
IN  THE  FAMILIES  CORYLOPHIDAE, 
RHIZOPHAGIDAE,  AND  LATHRIDIIDAE* 


By  Donald  S.  Chandler 
Department  of  Entomology 
University  of  New  Hampshire 
Durham,  New  Hampshire  03824 

Wrack  studies  in  New  Hampshire  have  revealed  a number  of 
poorly  known  beetles.  The  temporary  habitat  produced  by  moist 
rotting  seaweeds  presents  an  environment  which  allows  certain 
insects  to  become  quite  abundant  for  a short  time.  After  processing 
with  a Berlese  funnel  the  siftings  of  several  square  meters  of  wrack 
from  Odiorne  Point  State  Park,  I noted  that  large  numbers  of  three 
unfamiliar  taxa  of  beetle  larvae  were  present.  Two  of  these  three 
taxa,  Orthoperus  scutellaris  LeConte  (Corylophidae)  and  Mono- 
tonia producta  LeConte  (Rhizophagidae),  were  subsequently  reared. 
The  third  taxon  is  associated  with  Corticaria  valida  Fall,  the  only 
adult  lathridiid  collected  in  or  near  this  habitat.  Generic  characters 
of  another  described  larva  of  Corticaria  confirm  this  placement. 
Descriptions  of  these  larvae  are  presented  in  this  paper  to  aid  those 
workers  studying  wrack  fauna. 

All  larvae  were  obtained  from  beach  wrack  by  the  author  on  June 
15,  1982,  at  Odiorne  Point  State  Park,  Rockingham  County,  New 
Hamsphire.  Adults  were  reared  by  July  1,  1982.  The  two  reared 
taxa  were  processed  with  a simple  program.  Plastic  boxes  with 
removable  tops  were  supplied  with  a thin  layer  of  sand,  enough 
water  to  saturate  the  sand,  and  a piece  of  rotting  wrack.  A number 
of  the  largest  larvae  of  the  taxa  were  separated  out,  placed  in  the 
containers,  and  left  undisturbed  except  for  the  occasional  addition 
of  water  every  3-4  days.  Examination  of  the  gut  contents  of  field 
collected  larvae  indicated  that  all  three  taxa  feed  on  the  spores  of 
two  species  of  Fungi  Imperfecti,  Helminthosporium  sp.  and  Alter- 
naria  sp.,  which  grow  on  the  rotting  kelp. 


♦Scientific  Contribution  Number  1227  from  the  New  Hampshire  Agricultural  Exper- 
iment Station. 

Manuscript  received  by  the  editor  May  8,  1983. 


287 


288 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Orthoperus  scutellaris  LeConte 
(Figs.  1,2) 

There  are  two  apparent  taxa  of  Orthoperus  found  in  wrack  at 
Odiorne  Point.  These  run  to  Orthoperus  s.  scutellaris  LeConte  and 
Orthoperus  s.  piceus  Casey  in  the  last  revision  of  the  family  (Casey 
1900).  I have  not  been  able  to  separate  these  two  taxa  when  examin- 
ing specimens  mounted  on  slides.  Both  forms  are  represented  in  the 
type  series  of  LeConte  for  scutellaris  at  the  Museum  of  Comparative 
Zoology. 

Their  collection  in  the  same  habitat  at  the  same  time  indicates 
that  the  differences  observed  may  be  no  more  than  normal  variation 
within  the  species.  All  of  the  reared  adults  were  assignable  to  the 
nominate  subspecies. 

Last  instar  larva:  length  1. 5-2.0  mm.  Body  elongate,  slightly  flat- 
tened dorso-ventrally,  white  with  grey  or  brown  patches  in  dorsal 
view.  Head  slightly  declined,  two  stemmata  to  each  side,  setae  acic- 
ulate,  frontal  arms  of  epicranial  suture  widely  V-shaped,  epicranial 
stem  absent,  gular  sutures  distinct  and  widely  separated  through 
length  to  head  base;  antennae  two-segmented,  sensorium  almost  as 
long  as  terminal  seta;  mandibles  symmetrical  with  several  teeth  at 
apex,  mola  well-developed  with  series  of  large  teeth  on  margin; 
sclerites  of  maxillary  base  fused,  palps  two-segmented,  mala  arcuate 
and  blunt  at  apex,  labial  palps  of  a single  segment;  hypopharyngeal 
sclerome  elongate,  the  arcuate  anterior  cap  may  be  the  reduced 
epipharynx.  Thorax  and  abdominal  segments  densely  covered  with 
short  spicules,  scattered  setae  are  apically  enlarged  and  truncate, 
fluting  is  visible  toward  the  apex,  aciculate  setae  are  found  only  on 
the  lateral  margins.  Prothorax  with  large  quadrate  shield  formed  by 
dense  clustering  of  larger  spicules;  medial  longitudinal  light  area 
dividing  shield  lacking  spicules;  the  remaining  thoracic  and  abdom- 
inal segments  each  with  dark  lateral  area  formed  by  dense  large 
spicules,  last  abdominal  segment  lacking  urogomphi,  somewhat 
explanate,  darkened  by  dense  large  spicules,  with  alternating  fluted 
and  aciculate  setae  on  margin;  abdominal  segments  1-7  with  large 
glandular  openings  on  lateroposterior  margins  of  lateral  darkened 
areas.  Spiracles  annular.  Legs  well-developed,  with  five  segments, 
coxae  widely  separated,  tarsungulus  with  single  seta. 

The  only  illustration  of  an  Orthoperus  sp.  was  by  Perris  in  1852  (in 
Klausnitzer  1978,  p.  275).  The  illustration  indicates  the  general  form 


1983] 


Chandler  — Wrack  Coleoptera 


289 


Figure  I.  Orthoperus  scutellaris  LeConte,  dorsal  view  of  larva;  line  equals  0.1 


of  members  of  the  genus,  but  differs  in  many  of  the  fine  details. 
Considering  the  age  of  the  description,  no  attempt  is  made  here  to 
contrast  it  with  the  description  of  O.  scutellaris. 

Monotoma  producta  LeConte 
(Figs.  3,  5,  6) 

Adults  were  identified  by  using  the  key  of  Horn  (1879),  and  com- 
paring specimens  with  the  LeConte  type.  Last  instar  larva:  length 
4.0-4.5  mm.  Body  elongate,  flattened  dorso-ventrally,  whitish,  all 
setae  aciculate.  Head  with  patches  of  darkly  sclerotized  tubercles, 
labrum  distinct,  single  stemma  on  each  side,  frontal  arms  of  epicran- 
ial suture  lyriform,  epicranial  stem  absent;  antennae  three-segment- 
ed, sensorium  two-thirds  length  of  third  segment;  maxillary  base 
divided  into  three  sclerites,  palps  three-segmented,  mala  bluntly 


290 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


2. 

Figure  2.  Orthoperus  scutellaris  LeConte.  A,  dorsal  view  of  head;  B,  ventral  view 
of  maxillae  and  labium;  C,  ventral  view  of  hypopharyngeal  sclerome;  D,  dorsal  view 
of  left  mandible;  E,  dorsal  and  lateral  views  of  enlarged  setae.  Line  equals  0.1  mm 
unless  otherwise  indicated. 


produced  at  apex,  row  of  thick  setae  in  inner  margin  to  apex; 
labium  transversely  divided,  palps  one-segmented;  mandibles  sym- 
metrical, with  large  prostheca,  prostheca  and  incisor  edge  of  mandi- 
ble serrate,  accessory  ventral  process  present  on  mandible  base, 
mola  with  series  of  fine  teeth  over  surface,  two  widely  separated 
long  setae  on  outer  margin;  the  area  of  the  hypopharyngeal  scle- 
rome and  epipharynx  very  complex,  only  outline  of  sclerome  is 
figured.  Prothorax  with  scattered  patches  of  dark  tubercles  on  ante- 
rior half,  notum  with  two  transverse  rows  of  four  multiply  tubercu- 


1983] 


Chandler  — Wrack  Coleoptera 


291 


Figure  3.  Monotonia  producta  LeConte.  A,  dorsal  view  of  head;  B,  ventral  view 
of  maxillae  and  labium;  C,  ventral  view  of  hypopharyngeal  sclerome;  D,  dorsal  view 
of  right  mandible;  E,  dorsal  view  of  right  antenna.  Line  equals  0.1  mm  unless  other- 
wise indicated. 


292 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


late  processes,  the  processes  of  the  posterior  row  being  reduced, 
basal  lateral  margins  posterior  to  other  lateral  tubercles  with  single 
tuberculate  process,  each  process  bearing  a single  long  seta;  the 
remaining  thoracic  segments  and  abdominal  segments  1-8  bear  dor- 
sally  two  transverse  rows  of  six  multiply  tuberculate  processes,  each 
process  bearing  a single  long  seta,  segment  9 possesses  an  anterior 
row  of  three  and  a posterior  row  of  two  processes  similar  to  those  of 
the  other  segments,  lateral  margins  of  all  segments  with  2-3  large 
palmate  tubercles  bearing  1-2  long  setae;  urogomphi  similar  in  form 
to  the  lateral  processes,  multiply  tuberculate  and  bearing  2-3  long 
setae;  spiracles  biforous,  bourne  on  short  tubes.  Legs  well-developed, 
with  five  segments,  coxae  moderately  separated,  tarsungulus  with 
two  short  adjacent  setae. 

This  is  the  first  member  of  the  genus  to  be  formally  described. 
Peacock  (1977)  presents  a brief  description  without  figures.  Her 
diagnosis  agrees  with  the  features  described  here  for  M.  producta. 

Corticaria  valida  Fall 
(Fig.  4) 

This  species  is  quite  distinctive  and  fits  the  characters  presented  in 
the  key  and  description  of  Fall  (1899).  This  identification  is  tenta- 
tive, however,  since  the  type  localities  of  Fall  were  the  Midwest  and 
Rocky  Mountain  states.  Last  instar  larva:  length  2. 5-3.0  mm.  Body 
elongate,  cylindrical,  whitish  with  scattered  long  setae  abruptly 
expanded  and  flattened  at  apex.  Head  slightly  declined,  with  scat- 
tered modified  setae,  the  few  aciculate  setae  on  or  near  anterior 
margin,  labrum  free,  four  stemmata  to  each  side,  three  in  vertical 
row,  the  fourth  posterior  to  the  lowest  stemma,  epicranial  suture 
moderately  long,  frontal  arms  broadly  V-shaped;  antennae  three- 
segmented,  sensorium  as  long  as  third  segment,  second  segment 
twice  as  long  as  first;  maxillae  and  labium  fused  at  base,  maxiliary 
palps  three-segmented,  mala  with  acute  hook  at  apex,  labial  palps 
one-segmented;  mandibles  lacking  apical  teeth,  with  lateral  enlarged 
fleshy  lobe  bearing  two  long  setae  at  apex,  mola  enlarged,  with 
series  of  fine  teeth  over  surface;  hypopharyngeal  sclerome  short, 
distinct.  Thorax  and  abdomen  dorsally  with  smoothly  raised  circu- 
lar sclerotized  patches  bearing  1-4  modified  setae,  abdominal  seg- 
ments 1-8  with  row  of  six  sclerotized  raised  areas  each  bearing  three 


1983] 


Chandler  — Wrack  Coleoptera 


293 


4. 


Figure  4.  Corticaria  valida  Fall.  A,  dorsal  view  of  head;  B,  ventral  view  of 
maxillae  and  labium;  C,  dorsal  view  of  mandible  and  hypopharyngeal  sclerome;  D, 
dorsal  view  of  abdomen  apex;  E,  dorsal  view  of  left  antenna.  Line  equals  0.1  mm 
unless  otherwise  indicated. 


294 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Figure  5.  Monotoma  producta,  dorsal  view  of  larva. 

modified  setae,  outer  sclerotized  patches  on  lateral  margin  visible 
dorsally,  segment  9 with  two  lateral  aciculate  setae  on  each  side, 
setae  on  segment  10  all  aciculate.  Spiracles  annular,  not  raised  on 
tubes.  Legs  well-developed,  with  five  segments,  coxae  widely  separ- 
ated, tarsungulus  with  one  seta. 

Hinton  (1945)  is  the  only  author  who  has  provided  a complete  set 
of  figures  describing  Corticaria.  The  form  of  the  mandibles  and 
mala,  and  the  four  stemmata  to  a side  seem  to  characterize  this 
genus.  The  most  obvious  difference  between  species  are  the  setal 
forms.  The  long  apically  expanded  setae  of  valida  are  most  similar 
to  those  in  C.  pubescens  (Gyllenhal)  (Hinton  1945).  Other  larvae 
have  been  poorly  or  briefly  described,  and  comparison  with  those 
species  is  not  attempted. 

Acknowledgments 

I would  like  to  thank  Dr.  Alan  L.  Baker,  Mary  Lou  Turner,  and 
David  Gadoury  for  their  efforts  in  the  identification  of  the  two 


1983] 


Chandler  — Wrack  Coleoptera 


295 


Figure  6.  Monotonia  producta,  dorsal  view  of  abdomen  apex. 


fungi.  Dr.  Ronald  J.  McGinley  permitted  the  examination  of  the 
LeConte  types  in  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard 
University.  Dr.  John  F.  Lawrence,  C.  S.  I.  R.  O.,  Australia,  offered 
comments  on  the  manuscript  and  graciously  sent  copies  of  his  char- 
acterizations of  the  three  families.  Drs.  John  F.  Burger  and  R. 
Marcel  Reeves,  University  of  New  Hampshire  are  thanked  for 
checking  the  manuscript.  Mrs.  Marilyn  Ecker,  University  of  New 
Hampshire,  kindly  provided  the  photomicrographs. 

Summary 

Wrack  inhabiting  larvae  of  three  species  of  Coleoptera  are  des- 
cribed for  the  first  time.  Orthoperus  scutellaris  LeConte  (Corylo- 
phidae)  and  Monotoma  producta  LeConte  (Rhizophagidae)  were 
reared,  with  the  third  larva  being  associated  with  Corticaria  valida 
Fall  (Lathridiidae).  Spores  of  Helminothosporium  sp.  and  Alterna- 
ria  sp.  (Fungi  Imperfecti)  were  found  in  the  guts  of  all  three  taxa. 


296 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Literature  Cited 

Casey,  T.L. 

1900.  Review  of  the  American  Corylophidae,  Cryptophagidae,  Tritomidae 
and  Dermestidae,  with  other  studies.  Journal  New  York  Entomological 
Society  8:51-172. 

Fall,  H.C. 

1899.  Revision  of  the  Lathridiidae  of  Boreal  America.  Transactions  American 
Entomological  Society  26:101-190,  plates  III-IV. 

Hinton,  H E. 

1945.  A monograph  of  the  beetles  associated  with  stored  products.  Vol.  1. 
Jarrold  and  Sons,  Norwich,  viii  + 443  pp. 

Horn,  G.H. 

1879.  Synopsis  of  the  Monotomidae  of  the  United  States.  Transactions  Amer- 
ican Entomological  Society  7:257-267. 

Klausnitzer,  B. 

1978.  Ordnung  Coleoptera  (Larven).  W.  Junk,  The  Hague,  vi  + 378  pp. 
Peacock,  E.R. 

1977.  Coleoptera  Rhizophagidae.  Handbooks  for  the  Identification  of  British 
Insects.  Vol.  V,  Part  5(a).  Royal  Entomological  Society  of  London.  19 

pp. 


THE  GUEST  ANT,  SYMMYRMICA  CHAMBERLINI, 
REDISCOVERED  NEAR  SALT  LAKE  CITY,  UTAH 
(HYMENOPTERA,  FORMICIDAE)* * 


By  Alfred  Buschinger'  and  Andr^  Francoeur^ 
Introduction 

In  a series  of  recent  papers  we  investigated  the  social  structures  of 
Formicoxenus  nitidulus,  F.  hirticornis,  and  Leptothorax  provan- 
cheri  (Buschinger  und  Winter  1976,  Buschinger  1979,  Buschinger, 
Francoeur  and  Fischer  1980).  They  are  all  so-called  guest  ants,  small 
species  living  in  independent  colonies  within  the  larger  nests  of  their 
host  species.  Formicoxenus  gains  its  food  by  soliciting  it  from  the 
Formica  hosts,  or  by  stealing  food  when  two  Formica  workers  feed 
each  other  (Stager  1925,  Buschinger  1976).  L.  provancheri  are  often 
seen  licking  the  head  and  body  of  their  Myrmica  hosts;  however,  it 
remains  uncertain  how  they  really  get  their  food.  Our  observations 
revealed  that  these  guest  ants  had  some  interesting  features  in  com- 
mon, such  as  a functional  monogyny,  a queen  polymorphism  with 
dealate  and  intermorphic  females,  and  a tendency  to  mate  within  or 
on  the  upper  surface  of  the  host  nest.  The  Formicoxenus  species 
recognized  up  to  now  have  wingless,  workerlike  males,  whereas  the 
L.  provancheri  male  exhibits  an  ordinary  winged  shape. 

It  was  a challenging  task,  therefore,  to  search  for  Symmyrmica 
chamberlini  Wheeler  (1904),  another  guest  ant  with  wingless  males 
and  living  together  with  Manica  mutica,  in  order  to  study  its  biology 
and  to  find  out  its  relationship  to  the  species  mentioned  above.  We 
took  the  opportunity  of  visiting  the  type  area  of  S.  chamberlini  in 
the  vicinity  of  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah,  after  the  9th  Congress  of  lUSSl 
in  Boulder,  Colorado.  We  were  able  to  rediscover  this  ant  and  to 
collect  some  new  material  which  yielded  additional  support  for  an 
incorporation  of  Symmyrmica  into  Formicoxenus. 


'Fachbereich  Biologic,  Institut  fur  Zoologie,  der  Technischen  Hochschule,  Schnitts- 
pahnstr.  3,  D 6100  Darmstadt,  FRG 

^Departement  des  sciences  fondamentales,  Universite  du  Quebec  Chicoutimi,  Chi- 
coutimi, Quebec,  Canada  G7H  2B1 

* Manuscript  received  by  the  editor  April  3,  1983. 


297 


298 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Field  Observations  and  Collecting  Site 

The  original  description  of  Wheeler  (1904)  indicates  the  type 
locality  only  inaccurately  as  “near  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah,  in  the 
flood-plains  of  Jordan  River”,  where  the  host  species,  Manica  mut- 
ica,  was  said  to  be  common  in  some  localities.  S.  chamberlini,  how- 
ever, was  found  only  in  one  particular  ten-acre  field  and,  despite  an 
intensive  search,  in  no  other  locality.  Unfortunately  Wheeler’s  paper 
(1904)  contains  no  further  details  on  the  exact  site  of  that  field. 

On  August  15,  16  and  17,  1982  we  located  about  30  flourishing 
Manica  mutica  populations  along  the  Jordan  River,  beginning  with 
our  search  near  Lehi  and  working  down  the  river  to  North  Salt 
Lake.  We  followed  the  roads  and  highways  crossing  the  river,  and, 
always  beginning  at  the  bridges,  we  looked  for  the  host  species  in  or 
near  the  banks.  M.  mutica  was  found  near  Lehi,  on  the  eastern  bank 
north  of  the  bridge  of  road  no.  73,  and  in  several  places  in  West 
Jordan  (between  5400  South  Street  and  7800  South  Street,  east 
bank),  in  Murray  and  South  Salt  Lake  (between  5300  and  3300 
South  Street).  Often  the  colonies  seemed  loosely  concentrated.  A 
search  in  Big  Cottonwood  Canyon  was  not  successful.  We  have 
heard  since  then  that  unfortunately,  late  in  following  September,  the 
Jordan  River  heavily  flooded  the  type  area,  the  only  known  nesting 
site  for  S.  chamberlini. 

The  species  was  detected  only  in  one  locality,  on  the  eastern  bank 
of  the  river,  about  200  m south  of  the  bridge  of  3300  South  Street, 
South  Salt  Lake.  Manica  mutica  there  forms  large  nests  in  the  silty 
soil  just  in  the  upper  edge  of  the  steep  river-bank  about  2 m above 
the  waterline.  The  area  is  a horse  pasture  with  poor,  short  vegeta- 
tion, which  was  quite  dry  in  August.  Between  two  nests  containing 
chamberlini  there  was  a willow  brush,  and  in  the  estate  adjoining  to 
the  north,  some  rose  bushes  covered  partly  a private  garbage  dump. 
One  very  large  mutica  colony  with  a chamberlini  nest  was  found 
there  underneath  a piece  of  concrete  (50  X 18  X 15  cm). 

Altogether  we  found  chamberlini  in  three  mutica  nesting  sites, 
with  distances  of  about  6 m between  one  other.  We  could  not  decide 
whether  the  flourishing  mutica  nests  belonged  to  separate  colonies, 
or  whether  they  were  parts  of  a large  supercolony.  However,  two 
samples  of  living  workers  from  two  similarly  adjacent  nest  sites  of 
another  locality  (3900  South  Street,  South  Salt  Lake  City)  were 
successfully  mixed  and  became  host  of  chamberlini  colony  no.  3. 


1983] 


Buschinger  & Francoeur  — Symmyrmica 


299 


Single  mutica  workers  or  groups  with  and  without  brood  were 
found  nearly  everywhere  in  that  area  when  we  dug  a few  centimeters 
into  the  soil. 

The  first  site,  the  southernmost  one  (Fig.  1),  yielded  just  30  chain- 
berlini  workers  and  intermorphs,  but  no  brood  (colony  no.  1 in  the 
following).  In  the  second  site,  about  6 m to  the  north  and  beyond 
the  willow  brush,  we  found  a chamberlini  nest  (no.  2)  about  15  cm 
below  the  surface,  in  the  soil  and  surrounded  by  larger  tunnels  with 
mutica  workers  and  brood.  The  chamberlini  nest  contained  larvae 
and  prepupae,  about  38  workers  and  intermorphs,  two  wingless 
males,  and  one  male  pupa.  The  prepupae  from  this  colony  were  used 
for  a karyotype  study.  In  the  third  site,  again  about  6 m to  the  north, 
in  the  garbage  dump,  we  found  a chamberlini  nest  (no.  3)  with  about 
30  workers  and  intermorphs,  pupae,  prepupae,  and  larvae.  One 
dealate  female  was  detected  but  escaped  capture.  The  relative 
importance  of  intermorphs  for  our  samples  is  given  in  table  1 in 
comparison  with  Wheeler’s  data. 


Fig.  1.  The  chamberlini  site  on  the  east  bank  of  Jordan  River,  looking  southward 
(upriver). 

a)  Site  of  chamberlini  colony  no.  1 within  a Manica  colony 

b)  Site  of  another  Manica  colony  which  extended  along  the  willow  brush  to  the 
right 

c)  willow  brush  between  chamberlini  colonies  1 and  2 


300 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Results  of  Dissecting  Symmyrmica  chamberlini 

The  three  samples  were  kept  alive  for  several  months.  However, 
numerous  specimens  died  during  the  first  few  weeks.  A number  of 
them  could  be  dissected  following  the  method  described  by  Busch- 
inger  and  Alloway  (1978). 

In  a total  of  15  ordinary  workers  without  any  vestiges  of  ocelli  on 
their  heads,  the  number  of  ovarioles  was  always  two,  except  in  one 
specimen  which  has  three.  No  spermatheca  could  be  found  in  any  of 
these  workers. 

On  the  contrary,  we  found  five  slightly  intermorphic  specimens, 
with  between  one  and  three  more  or  less  perceptible  ocelli,  with 
somewhat  deeper  thoracic  sutures,  and  with  6 ovarioles  and  a 
spermatheca  each.  Two  of  these  specimens,  both  from  colony  no.  2 
(where  males  had  been  present),  contained  living  sperm  in  their 
receptacles.  Their  ovarioles,  however,  were  short  and  transparent  as 
is  usual  in  young,  not  yet  egg-laying  females. 

Additional  observations  were  made  referring  to  the  abdominal 
glands  of  S.  chamberlini.  Thus,  the  poison  gland  reservoir  was 
always  of  usual  size  and  shape,  as  in  other  leptothoracine  ants.  The 
Dufour’s  gland,  however,  is  large  both  in  workers  and  intermorphic 
females.  Its  size  exceeds  considerably  that  of  independent  Lepto- 
thorax  species,  and  it  reaches  that  of,  e.g.,  Harpagoxenus  sublaevis 
(Buschinger  and  Alloway  1978). 

A karyological  study  of  7 prepupae  from  colony  no.  2 was  made 
following  the  method  of  Imai  et  al.  (1977).  The  results,  however, 
were  not  as  good  as  to  permit  the  presentation  of  a karyotype.  We 
could  only  determine  the  chromosome  number,  which  is  2n  = 28. 

Laboratory  Observations 

We  were  not  able  to  take  large  samples  of  the  Manica  host  species 
with  us  alive.  So  only  very  few  observations  of  interactions  between 
chamberlini  and  their  hosts  were  possible.  However,  following  a 
method  which  had  already  worked  with  Formicoxenus  nitidulus 
(Buschinger  1976),  we  tried  to  join  chamberlini  brood  and  adults 
with  an  unnatural  host  species.  We  chose  a Leptothorax  species 
which  was  nesting  within  dead  willow  stems  near  to  our  chamberlini 
site.  Apparently  it  represents  an  unknown,  new  species  belonging  to 
the  subgenus  Leptothorax  (=  Mychothorax  Ruzsky).  The  following 
experiments  and  observations  were  made: 


1983] 


Buschinger  & Francoeur  — Symmyrmica 


301 


a)  After  an  artificial  wintering,  four  S.  chamberlini  specimens  of 
colony  no.  3 were  isolated  with  5 pupae  of  the  Leptothorax  species. 
Honey  and  freshly  killed  Drosophila  were  provided.  However,  the 
chamberlini  did  not  survive.  Two  agonizing  chamberlini,  almost 
without  movement,  were  returned  to  the  Manica  mutica  artificial 
nest  arena.  The  Manica  workers  immediately  brought  them  into  the 
nest,  and  licked  them  all  over.  A few  hours  later,  the  two  chamber- 
lini could  feebly  walk.  Next  day,  they  were  running  normally  in  the 
nest  and  its  arena,  having  completely  recovered.  When  an  appar- 
ently dead  chamberlini  was  offered  to  mutica  workers,  they  put  it  in 
the  refuse  heap  confirming  its  death.  Trophallactic  exchange  be- 
tween chamberlini  nestmates  was  never  seen,  but  only  one  was 
noted  between  chamberlini  and  mutica. 

b)  The  larvae  and  pupae  of  colonies  no.  2 and  3 were  put  into  a nest 
together  with  20  workers  of  the  Leptothorax  species  mentioned 
above.  One  chamberlini  worker  hatched,  but  died  (or  was  killed?) 
after  two  weeks.  Chamberlini  larvae  survived  an  artificial  hiberna- 
tion from  27  October  to  1st  December  1982.  They  were  easily  distin- 
guished from  the  Leptothorax  larvae  which  developed  from  worker- 
laid  eggs:  the  chamberlini  larvae  are  much  hairier. 

After  the  hibernation,  the  colony  raised  numerous  alate  Lepto- 
thorax males,  but  no  chamberlini.  The  chamberlini  larvae  vanished 
one  after  the  other. 

c)  About  20  workers  and  intermorphs  of  colony  no.  2 were  placed 
together  with  25  white  and  brown  worker  pupae  and  a few  larvae  of 
the  Leptothorax  species  on  1st  September,  1982.  After  one  week, 
the  first  Leptothorax  workers  had  hatched,  and  \2  chamberlini  were 
still  alive.  Among  them  an  intermorph  which  had  lost  the  right 
antenna  seemed  to  become  fertile.  This  specimen,  later  on,  was 
observed  several  times  to  lay  an  egg.  Together  with  a second  inter- 
morph it  was  still  alive  on  12  April,  1983. 

The  first,  comparatively  long-shaped  eggs  of  chamberlini  ap- 
peared three  weeks  after  the  beginning  of  the  experiment.  Adult 
chamberlini  often  fought  with  each  other,  possibly  in  order  to  elimi- 
nate supernumerary  reproductives.  Some  of  the  victims  of  these 
fights  were  dissected,  when  they  were  not  too  much  decomposed.  In 
addition,  not  only  inseminated  intermorphs  but  also  ordinary 
workers  died  rapidly.  After  the  hibernation  (cf.  section  b),  only  two 
chamberlini  intermorphs  were  alive,  among  them  the  one  with  only 


302 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


the  left  antenna.  Both  became  fertile  again,  and  the  brood  still  con- 
tained some  hairy  chamberlini  larvae.  Between  15  December  and  26 
January,  in  a temperature  rhythm  of  12  hours/  15°C  and  12  hours/ 
25° C,  several  Leptothorax  males,  females  and  workers  hatched,  but 
no  chamberlini  larva  reached  the  pupal  instar. 

After  raising  the  temperature  to  lOh/  17°C  and  14h/28°C  on  2nd 
February,  1983,  three  chamberlini  larvae  became  prepupae,  and  on 
10  and  12  March  two  prepupae  molted  into  apterous  male  pupae. 
Nevertheless,  it  is  doubtful  whether  breeding  of  chamberlini  with 
that  Leptothorax  will  be  as  successful  as  the  experiments  with  For- 
micoxenus  nitidulus  and  Leptothorax  acervorum  as  host  species 
(Buschinger  1976),  since  both  pupae  and  the  remaining  prepupa 
were  eaten  during  the  following  three  days.  In  the  mixed  colony 
chamberlini!  Leptothorax  sp.  we  observed  quite  amicable  relations 
between  the  two  species.  Often  the  chamberlini  solicited  food  from 
Leptothorax  workers,  and  sometimes  they  were  seen  licking  the 
mouthparts  of  larvae.  We  never  saw  a chamberlini  foraging  outside 
the  nest,  where  honey  and  pieces  of  Tenebrio  or  Periplaneta  were 
offered  as  food.  The  chamberlini  larvae,  like  those  of  the  Lepto- 
thorax species,  are  fed  with  solid  particles  of  the  insect  pieces.  Lep- 
tothorax workers  place  the  particles  on  the  ventral  surface  of  the 
larvae,  which  then  chew  and  eat  them. 

Discussion 

Our  knowledge  of  the  biology  of  this  rare  ant  still  remains  frag- 
mentary. We  can  confirm  the  observation  of  Chamberlin,  as 
reported  by  Wheeler  (1904)  in  that  we  also  found  this  ant  in  mixed 
colonies  with  Manica  mutica,  in  the  flood-plains  of  Jordan  River 
near  Salt  Lake  City.  The  guest  ants  are  living  within  independent 
nests  in  the  midst  of  prosperous  Manica  colonies.  However,  we 
could  not  observe  whether  they  solicit  food  from  their  hosts,  or 
what  are  the  other  relations  of  the  two  species.  The  observation 
mentioned  in  the  previous  section,  experiment  a,  raises  questions  of 
whether  the  licking  of  chamberlini  by  the  mutica  hosts  is  linked  to 
any  important  cuticular  secretion. 

The  nesting  habits  of  S.  chamberlini  resemble  closely  those  of 
Leptothorax  provancheri,  the  guest  ant  of  Myrmica  incompleta 
Provancher  (Buschinger  et  al.  1980).  As  was  already  suggested  by 


1983] 


Buschinger  & Francoeur  — Symmyrmica 


303 


Table  1.  Ratios 
chamberlini 

of  workers  and  intermorphs 

in  colonies  of 

Symmyrmica 

Source 

Workers  (%) 

Intermorphs  (%) 

Total 

Wheeler  (1904) 

8(38) 

13(62) 

21 

Colony  no.  1 

20  (66) 

10(33) 

30 

Colony  no.  2 

16(42) 

22  (58) 

38 

Colony  no.  3 

13(43) 

17(57) 

30 

2 

57  (48) 

62  (52) 

119 

Wheeler  (1910),  S.  chamberlini  is  closely  allied  to  the  genus  Formi- 
coxenus,  guest  ants  of  Formica  species  in  Europe  and  North  Amer- 
ica. Since  the  wingless  male  of  chamberlini  nevertheless  is  not  as 
workerlike  as  the  Formicoxenus  male,  Wheeler  may  be  right  in 
suggesting  that  it  could  represent  an  archaic  form  of  Formicoxenus. 

The  close  relationship  of  S.  chamberlini  and  Formicoxenus  is 
further  corroborated  by  our  observations  of  intermorphic  queens  in 
our  new  material.  Such  queens,  which  often  look  like  ordinary 
workers  except  that  they  have  one  or  up  to  three  vestigial  ocelli  and 
sometimes  a little  bit  more  developed  thoracic  sutures,  occur  quite 
frequently  in  Formicoxenus  nitidulus  (Buschinger  and  Winter, 
1976),  in  F.  hirticornis  (Buschinger,  1979),  and  in  Leptothorax pro- 
vancheri  (Buschinger  et  al.  1980).  We  cannot  yet  determine  whether 
S.  chamberlini  also  has  a functional  monogyny  like  the  3 guest  ants 
we  mentioned  above.  This  would  mean  that  alongside  one  func- 
tional queen  in  each  nest,  there  exists  one  or  several  inseminated  but 
not  egg-laying  potential  queens.  However,  at  least  our  finding  of 
two  recently  inseminated  intermorphic  females  in  S.  chamberlini 
colony  no.  2 reveals  that,  as  in  the  other  guest  ants,  copulation  takes 
place  within  or  near  the  mother  colony,  and  that  newly  mated 
females  may  remain  for  a while  in  the  mother  nest. 

The  analysis  of  intermorph  composition  presented  in  table  2 
based  on  the  classification  of  Plateaux  (1970)  for  caste  polymorph- 
ism in  Leptothorax  nylanderi,  revealed  only  few  superior  inter- 
morphs  with  intermediate  trunk  between  a fully  developed  gyno- 
morph  and  a typical  ergatomorph.  Moreover  the  inferior  intermorph 
classes  seem  to  be  dominated  by  the  form  4 which  has  3 small  or 
minute  ocelli  in  any  combination,  a mesothorax  not,  or  slightly 
enlarged,  a promesonotal  suture  more  or  less  prominent.  The  indi- 
viduals with  a potential  or  actual  queen  function  capacity  are  found 


304 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Table  2.  Types  of  S.  chamberlini  intermorphs  according  to  Plateaux’ classification 
of  Leptothorax  nylanderi. 


Source 

Form  2 

Form  3 

Form  4 

Form  6-7 

Total  examined 

Wheeler  (1904) 

0 

1 

5 

0 

6 

Colony  no.  1 

3 

1 

4 

2+) 

10 

Colony  no.  2 

7 

0 

13 

2++) 

22 

Colony  no.  3 

2 

2 

13 

0 

17 

■'■)Both  with  thoracic  sutures  and  sclerites  according  to  Plateaux’ form  7,  except  for 
the  lack  of  wings.  One  specimen  with  very  short  forewing  rudiments. 

■*^)Two  specimens  between  Plateaux’  form  6 and  7,  without  traces  of  wings. 


mainly  in  that  class  of  intermorphs.  It  is  worthy  to  stress  that  Holli- 
day’s (1903)  data  for  1000  specimens  of  L.  provancheri  includes  37% 
of  intermorphs  without  the  microgynes;  the  intermorph  composi- 
tion exhibits  the  same  trends  as  in  chamberlini. 

The  karyotypes  cannot  yet  confirm  a closer  relationship  of  all 
these  guest  ants.  However,  they  also  do  not  contradict  such  an 
assumption.  F.  nitidulus  has  a haploid  number  of  n = 15  chromo- 
somes, L.  provancheri  has  n = 1 1,  and  S.  chamberlini  with  n = 14 
lies  in  between.  For  F.  hirticornis  and  diversipilosus  the  chromo- 
some numbers  are  not  yet  known. 

Summing  up  the  known  features,  queen  polymorphism  with  alate 
and  intermorphic  females,  males  with  their  tendency  to  reduce 
wings  and  to  become  ergatomorphic,  the  presence  of  inseminated 
young  (and  in  Formicoxenus  also  old)  potential  queens  in  the  nests, 
and  the  life  habits  as  guest  ants,  we  believe  that  Symmyrmica,  and 
also  L.  provancheri,  should  be  incorporated  in  the  genus  Formi- 
coxenus. A comparative  morphological  study  has  been  undertaken 
in  order  to  link  the  biological  informations  accumulated  on  the 
guest  ants  mentioned  above  in  a taxonomic  revision  of  the  genus 
Formicoxenus. 


Acknowledgements 

We  thank  Karl  Fischer  for  providing  the  chromosome  number  of 
Symmyrmica  chamberlini,  and  Robert  Loiselle  for  laboratory 
assistance.  Wheeler’s  specimens  were  loaned  by  the  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  (Mrs.  A.  Favreau),  and  by 
the  USNM,  Washington,  through  Dr.  D.R.  Smith  (USDA). 


1983] 


Buschinger  & Francoeur  — Synimyrmica 


305 


The  field  work  was  supported  by  a grant  of  the  Deutsche 
Forschungsgemeinschaft  (Buschinger)  and  a grant  of  the  Natural 
Science  and  Engineering  Research  Council  of  Canada  (Francoeur). 

Summary 

Symmyrmica  chamberlini  was  described  by  Wheeler  (1904)  from 
specimens  taken  by  C.V.  Chamberlin  in  1902  in  a colony  of  Manica 
mutica  (Emery)  near  Salt  Lake  City.  No  further  records  of  this 
species  are  known.  In  order  to  find  out  the  systematic  relations  of 
Symmyrmica  to  other  ants  like  Leptothorax  provancheri  Emery  or 
those  of  the  genus  Formicoxenus,  we  have  collected  some  new  mate- 
rial in  August  1982,  in  the  Salt  Lake  City  area.  The  morphology, 
female  polymorphism,  and  wingless  male  together  with  biological 
features  indicate  that  S.  chamberlini  is  a species  that  should  belong 
to  the  genus  Formicoxenus. 


References 

Buschinger,  A.  (1976):  Eine  Methode  zur  Zucht  der  Gastameise  Formicoxenus 

nitidulus  (Nyl.)  mit  Leptothorax  acervorum  (Fabr.)  als  “Wirtsameise”  (Hym., 
Form).  Ins.  soc.  23,  205-214. 

Buschinger,  A.  (1979):  Functional  monogyny  in  the  American  guest  ant  Formi- 

coxenus hirticornis  (Emery)  (=  Leptothorax  hirticornis),  (Hym.,  Form.).  Ins. 
soc.  26,  61-68. 

Buschinger,  A.  and  Alloway,  T.  M.  (1978):  Caste  polymorphism  in  Harpa- 

goxenus  canadensis  M.  R.  Smith  (Hym.,  Formicidae).  Ins.  soc.  25,  339-350. 

Buschinger,  A.,  Francoeur,  A.  and  Fischer,  K.  (1980):  Functional  monogyny, 

sexual  behavior,  and  karyotype  of  the  guest  ant,  Leptothorax  provancheri 
Emery  (Hymenoptera,  Formicidae).  Psyche  87,  1-12. 

Buschinger,  A.  und  Winter,  U.  (1976):  Funktionelle  Monogynie  bei  der  Gast- 

ameise Formicoxenus  nitidulus  (Nyl.)  (Hym.,  Fo'rm.).  Ins.  soc.  23,  549-558. 

Holliday,  M.  (1903):  A study  of  some  ergatogynic  ants.  Zool.  Jb.  Syst.  Gkol. 

Geogr.  Tiere  19:  293-328. 

Imai,  H.  T.,  Crozier,  R.  H.  and  Taylor,  R.  W.  (1977):  Karyotype  evolution  in 

Australian  ants.  Chromosoma  59,  341-393. 

Plateaux,  L.  (1970):  Sur  le  polymorphisme  social  de  la  fourmi  Leptothorax 

nylanderi  (FoQx^iQv).  1.  Morphologic  et  biologic  comparees  des  castes.  Ann.  Sci. 
Nat.  Zool.  I2e  S.,  12,  373-478. 

Stager,  R.  (1925):  Das  Leben  der  Gastemeise  {Formicoxenus  nitidulus  Nyl.)  in 

neuer  Beleuchtung.  Z.  Morph.  Okol.  Tiere  3,  452-476. 

Wheeler,  W.  M.  (1904):  Three  new  genera  of  inquiline  ants  from  Utah  and  Colo- 

rado. Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  20,  1-17,  pi.  1. 

Wheeler,  W.  M.  (1910):  Ants,  their  structure,  developent  and  behavior.  Colum- 

bia Univ.  Press,  New  York  and  London. 


« V 


rv*V5 


■ *■  I*  ■*■■'  ’ . *r*  ■ 


;.i'  ''w:,.''®’’  >teM:i0i^  .'%tfe'x 


./.vy-.4;i'-,>  HsTIIM  '*'r?: 


%$k 


. ,^  0 ^ ^ y •■ ' ■ 


!.-•  .•a-i*....^  st-’i 


IV  '*-.  , '•■'h\ 


■,'=*ky!^ 

f ^ 

J£n^ 

It  < ^ 

4Ly>n^' 

^"■i4  • ' 

. ■. 

9 


. ■>'•  ■-  * • ' -7u'^^ 


EMIGRATION  RAIDS  BY  SLAVE-MAKING  ANTS:  A 
RAPID-TRANSIT  SYSTEM  FOR  COLONY  RELOCATION 
(HYMENOPTERA:  FORMICIDAE) 


By  Ellen  C.  Kwait'  and  Howard  Topoff^ 
Introduction 

Polyergus  lucidus  Mayr  is  an  obligate  slave-making  ant,  found 
throughout  north  temperate  regions  of  the  world.  Their  slave  raids 
are  dramatic  events  in  which  columns  of  highly  aroused  workers 
penetrate  nests  of  the  related  ant  genus  Formica,  and  carry  the 
target  colony’s  pupae  back  to  their  own  nest  (Marlin  1969;  Talbot 
1967).  Although  many  of  these  pupae  are  consumed,  varying 
numbers  are  reared  through  eclosion  and  become  permanent  mem- 
bers of  the  mixed-species  nest.  During  the  evolution  of  social  para- 
sitism, Polyergus  workers  lost  the  ability  to  participate  in  the 
ordinary  chores  of  foraging,  nest  maintenance,  and  brood  rearing, 
all  of  which  are  left  to  the  Formica  slaves. 

Raiding  behavior  in  Polyergus  has  only  been  reported  in  the  con- 
text of  slave  raids,  or  of  intraspecific  territorial  raids  (Topoff  et  al. 
in  preparation).  Field  observations  of  colonies  in  late  summer, 
however,  have  revealed  an  entirely  new  function  of  raiding  be- 
havior: the  rapid  transport  of  colony  members  during  emigrations 
to  new  nests  at  the  end  of  the  slave-raiding  season.  During  such 
colony  movements,  the  low  level  of  mixed-species  ant  traffic  is 
periodically  interrupted  by  the  abrupt  emergence  of  Polyergus 
workers,  and  their  formation  into  a well-organized  swarm.  The 
Polyergus  workers  promptly  “raid”  the  old  nest,  and  transport 
adult  Formica  individuals  to  the  new  site.  For  such  group  processes, 
occurring  in  the  context  of  nest  relocation,  we  propose  the  term 
“emigration  raid.” 


'Department  of  Biology,  City  College  of  CUNY,  New  York,  N.Y.  10031. 
^Department  of  Psychology,  Hunter  College  of  CUNY,  New  York,  N.Y.  10021,  and 
The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York,  N.Y.  10024 
Manuscript  received  by  the  editor  May  28,  1983. 


307 


308 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Methods 

Emigration  raids  were  observed  in  three  mixed  colonies  of  P. 
lucidus  and  F.  schaufussi  Mayr,  located  in  a pine-barrens  habitat  in 
North  Centereach,  Long  Island,  N.Y.  The  most  detailed  data  were 
collected  from  a colony  monitored  continuously  from  July  through 
September,  1976.  The  emigrations  occurred  on  September  19  and 
20,  as  the  colony  moved  to  a previously-constructed  nest,  5.9  m 
southwest  of  the  old  site.  Movements  of  individual  ants  shuttling 
between  nests  were  monitored  with  hand-held  tally  counters.  Callow 
age  was  estimated  by  comparing  their  degree  of  pigmentation  with 
individuals  of  known  age  in  laboratory  nests  (Kwait  1982). 

Results  and  Discussion 

During  the  morning  and  early  afternoon  of  each  day,  the  popula- 
tion characteristics  of  the  emigrations  were  similar  to  those  described 
for  Polyergus  nest  movements  that  occasionally  occur  in  the  spring 
(Marlin  1971).  Thus,  only  Formica  workers  functioned  as  transpor- 
ters, carrying  adults  and  brood  of  both  species  to  the  winter  nest 
(Fig.  1).  As  the  afternoon  progressed,  however,  several  P.  lucidus 
workers  periodically  joined  the  emigration.  Although  these  Polyer- 
gus individuals  made  5-23  trips  between  nests,  the  important  point 
to  note  is  the  relatively  low  level  of  overall  activity  during  most  of 
the  afternoon  (Fig.  2A).  But  starting  about  1600  hrs  (EDT),  at 
approximately  the  same  time  as  the  onset  of  slave  raids  earlier  in  the 
season  (compare  Fig.  2A  and  2B),  groups  of  30-69  callow  and 
mature-  adult  Polyergus  abruptly  surged  out  of  the  new  nest  and 
formed  into  an  organized  swarm.  This  raid  swarm  backtracked  and 
penetrated  the  old  nest,  and  after  several  minutes  the  Polyergus 
workers  emerged  carrying  nestmates  (Table  1).  On  both  emigration 
days,  the  first  emigration  raid  was  promptly  followed  by  a second 
raid  (Fig.  2A).  Activity  levels  for  both  species  then  dropped 
abruptly,  as  they  typically  do  during  slave  raids  on  freeliving  colo- 
nies of  Formica. 

Aside  from  our  field  observations  on  emigration  raids,  the  only 
other  reference  to  Polyergus  carrying  adult  Formica  individuals  is 
Huber’s  (1810)  study  in  Switzerland,  of  an  emigration  into  an  aban- 
doned Formica  nest.  A more  recent  observation  of  comparable 
behavior  stems  from  studies  of  P.  breviceps- Formica  gnava  mixed 
colonies  in  a desert  habitat  in  southeastern  Arizona  (Topoff  et  al.  in 


1983] 


Kwait  & Topqff  — Slave-making  ants 


309 


511J 

!!;o| 

if  o' 


EMIGRATION  DAY  IT : Formica  Activity 

1100  1200  1300  1400  1500  1600  1700  1800 

TIME 


Figure  1.  Activity  of  Formica  schaufussi  during  colony  emigration.  Most  of  the 
workers  are  carrying  adults  and  brood  of  Polyergus  and  Formica  to  the  winter  nest. 


preparation).  On  August  14,  1981,  colony  #1  raided  another  mixed 
nest  (#2),  30  m to  the  east.  Fighting  between  resident  and  intruding 
Polyergus  workers  was  minimal,  and  only  about  1 1 pupae  were 
captured.  Early  in  the  afternoon  on  August  15,  Polyergus  workers 
emerged  from  colony  #2  and  backtracked  over  the  previous  day’s 
trail  towards  mixed  colony  #1.  At  1715  hrs  (MST),  traffic  again 
reversed  direction,  as  hundreds  of  Polyergus  workers  penetrated 
nest  #2.  This  time,  however,  the  Polyergus  emerged  carrying 
hundreds  of  Formica  brood,  callows,  and  mature-adult  individuals. 
All  of  the  adult  Formica  being  transported  had  their  appendages 
closely  appressed  to  the  body,  in  the  “pupa-like”  position  that  is 
typical  during  social  carrying  behavior  (Moglich  and  Holldobler 
1974).  The  adult  Formica  were  carried  into  mixed  nest  #1,  and  none 
had  re-emerged  by  the  end  of  the  observation  period  at  sunset. 

The  description  by  Huber  (1810)  of  adult  Formica  transport  by 
Polyergus  clearly  took  place  within  the  context  of  a colony  emigra- 
tion. Our  observation  of  similar  behavior  by  P.  breviceps  is  more 
difficult  to  interpret,  but  we  suggest  that  it  occurred  in  the  context 


Table  1.  Quantitative  Description  of  Emigration  Raids 


Date 

Raid  # 

Time 

Polyergus 
on  raid 

Adult  Formica 
retrieved 

Formica  pupae 
retrieved 

9/19/76 

1 

1525 

56 

37 

3 

2 

1625 

45 

35 

0 

9/20/76 

1 

1620 

69 

30 

0 

2 

1703 

30 

15 

0 

310 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


of  colony  reunification  shortly  after  division  by  budding.  The 
important  point  in  both  cases,  however,  is  that  adult  transport  of 
Formica  by  Polyergus  took  place  in  a staggered,  prolonged,  emi- 
gration-type column,  without  the  intervention  of  an  abrupt,  short- 
lived, and  full-scale  raid. 

That  the  P.  lucidus  emigration  raids  reported  in  the  present  study 
are  fundamentally  similar  behavioral  processes  to  their  slave  raids  is 
evidenced  by  the  congruence  of  several  parameters,  including:  (1) 
the  immediate  organization  of  the  emerging  workers  into  an  organ- 
ized swarm;  (2)  the  time  of  raid  onset;  (3)  the  occurrence  of  multiple 
raids;  and  (4)  the  participation  of  recently-eclosed  Polyergus  cal- 
lows. The  number  of  Polyergus  workers  in  the  emigration  raids  was 
lower  than  that  characteristic  of  most  slave  raids.  This  difference  is 
probably  not  significant,  because  it  is  known  that  even  slave-raid 
participants  decrease  to  as  few  as  13-50  individuals  towards  the  end 
of  the  raiding  season  (Talbot  1967).  Nevertheless,  the  social  context 
of  an  emigration  does  produce  at  least  one  major  difference  in  the 
behavior  of  the  Polyergus  workers.  During  emigration  raids,  it  is 
principally  Formica  adults  that  are  carried  by  the  Polyergus. 
Because  these  adult  slaves  were  reared  from  the  pupal  stage  in  the 
chemical  and  tactile  environment  of  the  mixed  nest,  the  communica- 
tory basis  for  social  carrying  behavior  is  well  established.  During 
slave  raids,  by  contrast,  Formica  adults  respond  to  the  intruding 
Polyergus  by  exhibiting  various  forms  of  withdrawal  behavior  (Wil- 
son 1971).  Asa  result,  it  is  principally  Formica  pupae  and  callows 
that  are  retrieved  during  slave  raids. 

Emigration  behavior  with  adult  transport  is  common  in  many  ant 
species  (Smallwood  1982),  including  free-living  colonies  of  Formica 
schaufussi.  Because  F.  schaufussi  is  considered  related  to  Polyergus, 
emigrations  probably  pre-date  the  evolution  of  slave-raiding  behav- 
ior. The  secondary  use  of  raiding  behavior  for  Polyergus  colony 
relocation  represents  an  adaptive  evolutionary  transition,  consistent 
with  Simpson’s  (1958)  principle  of  “transformation.”  Accordingly, 
when  changes  at  any  level  of  organization  take  place  during  a spe- 
cies’evolution,  previously  existing  adaptations  are  often  remodeled 
and  eventually  serve  new  functions.  Because  group  raiding  in 
Polyergus  involves  a complex  recruitment  process  specialized  for 
the  efficient  retrieval  of  other  ants,  it  is  clearly  advantageous  for  the 
colony  to  utilize  the  process  in  all  appropriate  behavioral  contexts. 


1983]  Kwait  & Topoff — Slave-making  ants  311 


TIME 


Figure  2.  (A)  Activity  of  Polyergus  lucidus  during  colony  emigration.  The  two 

consecutive  peaks  in  afternoon  activity  represent  emigration  raids  conducted  on  the 
old  nest  by  Polyergus  workers  that  were  transported  to  the  new  nest  by  Formica 
individuals.  (B)  Activity  of  P.  lucidus  during  typical  slave-raid  day.  Note  the  sim- 
ilarity in  timing  of  slave  raids  and  emigration  raids. 


312 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


The  rapid  transport  by  Polyergus  of  adult  Formica  slaves  to  an 
overwintering  site  shortens  the  emigration  time  during  a season 
characterized  by  increasingly  unfavorable  weather,  and  quickly  re- 
locates the  Formica  slaves  to  the  new  nest  where  they  are  needed  for 
overall  colony  maintenance. 

Acknowledgments 

This  study  is  part  of  a dissertation  by  the  senior  author,  submitted 
to  the  graduate  faculty  in  Biology  of  the  City  University  of  New 
York.  The  research  was  supported  by  NIMH  Training  Grant  14280. 
Special  thanks  go  to  Mr.  Raymond  Sanwald  for  his  field  assistance. 

References 


Huber,  P. 

1810.  Recherches  sur  les  moeurs  des  fourmis  indigenes.  J.  J.  Paschoud,  Paris. 

Kwait,  E. 

1982.  Raid  site  location,  recruitment,  and  polyethism  in  the  slave-making  ant 
Polyergus  lucidus  Mayr.  Ph.D.  thesis,  City  University  of  New  York. 

Marlin,  J.  C. 

1969.  The  raiding  behavior  of  Polyergus  lucidus  in  central  Illinois  (Hymenop- 
tera:  Formicidae).  J.  Kansas  Entomol.  Soc.  42:  108-1 15. 

1971 . The  mating,  nesting,  and  ant  enemies  of  Polyergus  lucidus  Mayr.  Amer. 
Mid.  Nat.  86:  181-189. 

MOglich,  M.  and  B.  HOlldobler 

1974.  Social  carrying  behavior  and  division  of  labor  during  nest  moving  in 
ants.  Psyche  81:  219-236. 

Simpson,  G.  G. 

1958.  The  study  of  evolution:  methods  and  present  status  of  theory.  In  A.  Roe 
and  G.  G.  Simpson,  eds..  Behavior  and  evolution.  Yale  University  Press, 
New  Haven,  Conn.  pp.  7-26. 

Smallwood,  J. 

1982.  Nest  relocation  in  ants.  Insectes  Sociaux  29:  138-147. 

Talbot,  M. 

1967.  Slave  raids  of  the  ant  Polyergus  lucidus.  Psyche  74:  299-313. 

Topoff,  H.,  B.  Lamon,  and  L.  Goodloe 

1983.  Behavioral  ecology  of  the  western  slave-making  ant  Polyergus  breviceps. 
(in  preparation) 

Wilson,  E.  O. 

1971.  The  Insect  Societies.  Belknap  Press  of  Harvard  University  Press,  Cam- 
bridge, Mass. 


DEFENSE  OF  BRACKEN  FERN  BY  ARTHROPODS 
ATTRACTED  TO  AXILLARY  NECTARIES 


By  Matthew  M.  Douglas 
Adjunct  Senior  Research  Scientist 
Snow  Entomological  Museum 
The  University  of  Kansas* 

Introduction: 

The  phenotypically  variable  bracken  fern,  Pteridium  aquilinum 
(L.)  Kuhn,  is  an  economically  important  plant  that  establishes  dense 
monocultural  stands  by  spore  dispersal  and  by  spreading  subterra- 
nean rhizomes  throughout  the  world,  except  for  hot  and  cold  desert 
regions  (Page,  1976).  Bracken  produces  a number  of  so-called 
“secondary  plant  compounds”  that  have  been  shown  to  protect  it 
from  some  nonadapted  insects  (Cooper-Driver  et.  al.,  1977).  These 
compounds  include  the  cyanogenic  glucoside,  prunasin  (Cooper- 
Driver  and  Swain,  1976;  Cooper-Driver  et.  al.,  1977),  lignins  and 
silica  (Lawton,  1976),  sesquiterpene  pterosins  (Jones  and  Firn, 
1979a),  phytoecdysteroids  (Jones  and  Firn,  1978),  and  the  protein 
thiaminase  (Evans,  1976).  Tannins,  flavonoids,  and  phenolics  have 
also  been  implicated  as  possible  defensive  compounds  in  bracken 
fern  (Cooper-Driver  et.  al.,  1977;  Jones  and  Firn,  1979b). 

Despite  bracken’s  well-developed  biochemical  arsenal,  adapted 
and  nonadapted  herbivorous  insects  in  experimental  plots  located  in 
Michigan  and  Massachusetts  often  destroy  up  to  30  percent  of  a 
frond’s  biomass  after  the  pinnae  are  completely  expanded.  In  addi- 
tion to  these  herbivores,  stands  of  Michigan  bracken  also  support  a 
diverse  community  of  ectoparasites,  parasitoids,  and  predators  of 
bracken  herbivores,  including  nearly  20  species  of  ants  and  spiders 
that  form  temporary  symbiotic  relationships  with  the  bracken 
croziers. 


♦Research  Address:  1503  Woodland  St.,  Jenison,  Michigan,  49428 
Manuscript  received  by  the  editor  May  2,  1983 


313 


314 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Methods  and  Study  SItes 

During  1980-1982,  Gordon  VanWoerkom  (Hope  College)  and  I 
observed  the  relationships  between  bracken  fern  and  its  associated 
arthropod  community  in  Michigan.  Our  original  intent  was  to 
determine  to  what  extent  seasonal  patterns  of  insect  species  diversity 
are  a reflection  of  quantitative  or  qualitative  changes  in  the  chemical 
composition  of  their  host  plant.  We  uncovered  an  arthropod  com- 
munity associated  with  bracken  that  is  much  more  complex  than 
expected.  These  arthropods  were  identified  to  species  whenever  pos- 
sible, and  their  behavior  was  recorded  by  16mm  and  35mm  cameras. 

The  bracken-arthropod  study  was  conducted  on  four  lOO-m^  plots 
of  bracken  occupying  different  environments  within  the  confines  of 
the  Hope  College  Field  Station.  This  80  acre  field  station  is  located 
in  Allegan  County,  2 miles  south  of  Holland,  Michigan.  The  mild 
climate  of  the  preserve  is  due  to  the  thermal  moderating  effect  of 
Lake  Michigan.  Primary  vegetation  consists  of  virgin  forest,  mature 
(second  generation)  deciduous  forest,  as  well  as  open  fields  punctu- 
ated with  sand  “blow-outs”  in  various  stages  of  ecological  suc- 
cession. 

In  upland  areas,  where  the  bracken  plots  are  located,  the  soil 
consists  of  a relatively  thin  layer  of  sandy-loam  topsoil  overlying 
what  was  formerly  extensive  sand  dunes  from  Lake  Nipissing. 
Bracken  fern  has  established  extensive  stands  in  discrete  patches 
throughout  the  preserve,  some  under  forest  canopy  and  others 
under  open  field  conditions. 

Results 

Although  predaceous  ants  and  spiders  are  abundant  during  the 
spring,  the  diversity  of  herbivorous  species  is  low,  supporting  Law- 
ton’s (1976)  observation  that,  “The  evidence  strongly  suggests  that 
bracken  in  May  and  June  may  not  be  an  easy  resource  for  herbi- 
vores to  exploit.”  However,  protein  levels  are  highest  in  the  spring 
(about  25  percent  of  the  dry  weight)  and  40  percent  lower  by 
August-September  (about  10  percent  of  the  dry  weight).  Further- 
more, concentrations  of  lignins,  tannins,  and  silicate  are  lowest  in 
the  early  spring  and  tend  to  increase  throughout  most  of  the  season, 
all  of  which  might  be  expected  to  make  the  plants  tougher  and 
therefore  less  palatable.  As  Lawton  (1976)  further  points  out. 


1983] 


Douglas  — Defense  of  bracken  fern 


315 


“...bracken-feeding  herbivores  face  progressive  deterioration  in 
“food  quality”  as  the  growing  season  progresses.”  Yet,  we  have 
found  that  herbivorous  species  diversity  and  abundance,  particu- 
larly of  adapted  herbivores,  increase  dramatically  after  the  second 
week  of  June,  and  peak  during  late  July  and  August. 

Bracken’s  palatability  early  in  the  spring  may  also  be  affected  by 
the  production  of  thiaminase  and  the  cyanogenic  glucoside,  pru- 
nasin  (Jones  and  Firn,  1978).  But  bracken  in  England  is  polymor- 
phic for  the  production  of  HCN:  some  bracken  clones  contain  the 
B-glucosidase  enzyme  and  not  prunasin,  while  others  contain 
neither  enzyme  nor  the  glucoside  (Cooper-Driver  and  Swain,  1976; 
Cooper-Driver  et  al.,  1977).  Likewise,  Zavitkovsky  (1979)  found 
uniformly  negative  results  for  cyanogenesis  in  Massachusetts  brack- 
en fern. 

Thiaminase  may  be  the  only  known  chemical  deterrent  in  bracken 
with  any  potential  for  disrupting  normal  insect  development,  since 
thiamine  is  essential  to  insect  development  (Dadd,  1973).  However, 
bracken  does  contain  thiamine  (Berti  and  Bottari,  1968),  and  thiam- 
inase activity  in  English  bracken  drops  from  a high  of  nearly  30  ug 
to  7 ug  thiamine  destroyed  per  min/g  dry  weight  between  the  last 
week  of  April  and  the  second  week  of  May  (Evans,  1976).  Even  so, 
populations  of  adapted  bracken  herbivores  increase  only  after  the 
second  week  of  June  in  Michigan,  perhaps  weeks  after  cyanogenic 
glucosides  (if  functional)  and  thiaminase  activity  have  fallen  to  low 
levels.  By  contrast,  most  other  diapausing  and  temperature  sensitive 
insects  such  as  butterflies  have  eclosed  from  the  pupae  by  early  May 
in  Michigan,  and  their  larvae  can  be  found  by  the  second  and  third 
weeks  of  May. 

Our  study  in  Michigan  suggests  that  bracken  has  evolved  another 
line  of  defense  that  complements  its  biochemical  defense  system, 
and  protects  it  from  serious  herbivorous  damage  during  the  rapidly- 
developing  crozier  stage.  This  second  line  of  defense  consists  of 
predaceous  arthropods,  particularly  ants  and  spiders  attracted  to  a 
sweet,  viscous  fluid  secreted  by  a number  of  axillary  nectaries.  The 
nectaries  are  dark  oval  enlargements  that  appear  in  the  axils  where 
the  pinnae  and  major  pinnules  branch  off  from  the  rachis.  Large 
numbers  of  “nonassociated”  arthropods  which  utilize  bracken  for 
purposes  other  than  food  are  also  attracted  to  the  developing 
bracken  canopy  and  their  oozing  nectaries  early  in  the  spring.  In 


316 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


turn,  these  nonassociated  arthropods  are  preyed  upon  by  the  pre- 
daceous ants  and  spiders.  Biochemical  analyses  of  nectary  secretions 
in  California  bracken  indicate  the  presence  of  relatively  large  con- 
centrations of  glucose  and  fructose,  minute  concentrations  of 
sucrose  and  maltose  (Irene  Baker  and  Peter  Atsatt,  pers.  comm.), 
and  an  undetermined  number  of  free  amino  acids. 

By  mid-May,  when  the  primary  nectaries  at  the  axils  of  the  pinnae 
are  secreting  microliters  of  “nectar”  daily,  the  thiaminase  activity  is 
declining  rapidly  and  the  cyanogenic  glucoside  may  or  may  not  be 
offering  protection.  In  addition,  the  levels  of  tannins  and  silicate  are 
still  at  low  levels,  while  proteins  are  at  optimal  level  (Lawton,  1976). 
Thus,  the  crozier  stage  of  bracken  may  at  once  present  a nutritious 
stage  to  attack  as  well  as  a “loophole”  in  the  biochemical  arsenal. 
The  potential  for  attack  at  this  time  by  nonadapted  polyphagous 
herbivores  is  great,  and  we  have  established  that  several  nonadapted 
herbivores  will  feed  readily  on  bracken  croziers  without  ill  effect. 
These  include  the  gypsy  moth,  Porthetria  dispar  (L.)  (Lepidoptera: 
Liparidae),  the  large  milkweed  bug,  Oncopeltus  fasciatus  (Dallas) 
(Hemiptera:  Lygaeidae),  the  common  rose  chafer,  Macrodactylus 
subspinosus  (Fabricius)  (Coleoptera:  Scarabaeidae),  and  a large 
tropical  cockroach,  Blaberus  giganteus  (L.)  (Orthoptera:  Blaberi- 
dae). 

Many  croziers  are  not  attacked  because  their  actively  secreting 
nectaries  are  quickly  located  by  at  least  five  species  of  ants  in  Michi- 
gan: Formica  subsericea  Say,  Formica  obscuriventris  Mayr,  For- 
mica pallidefulva  nitidiventris  Emery,  Camponotus  pennsylvanicus 
(De  Geer),  and  Camponotus  nearcticus  Emery.  Camponotus  pen- 
nsylvanicus, Formica  obscuriventris,  and  Formica  subsericea  in 
particular  defend  the  nectaries  and  the  developing  crozier  by  patrol- 
ling the  plant  in  a very  systematic  manner.  An  ant  patrol  typically 
begins  after  both  primary  nectaries  at  the  base  of  the  pinnae  are 
antennated  and  sampled  with  the  mouthparts  for  1-3  minutes.  The 
ant  then  proceeds  up  and  down  each  pinna,  investigating  the  pin- 
nules and  attenating  the  smaller  nectaries  even  though  these  rarely 
secrete  visible  quantities  of  nectar.  A single  patrol,  covering  the 
entire  frond,  may  last  from  2 to  15  minutes,  depending  upon  the  size 
of  the  crozier  and  the  length  of  the  time  spent  at  each  nectary. 

One  ant,  or  several  ants  from  the  same  colony  may  patrol  a given 
crozier,  but  all  other  “intruding”  arthropods  are  bitten  and  stung 


1983] 


Douglas  — Defense  of  bracken  fern 


317 


until  they  are  driven  off  or  killed  by  the  patrolling  ant(s).  Corpses 
are  removed  and  taken  down  to  the  nest.  Patrolling  predaceous  ants 
thus  obtain  both  a nutrient-rich  secretion  in  addition  to  arthropod 
prey  attracted  directly  to  the  plant  tissues  or  to  the  nectaries.  The 
result  is  that  the  croziers  are  protected  (to  an  unknown  extent)  from 
adapted  and  nonadapted  herbivores  during  this  most  susceptible 
stage  of  growth). 

Species  of  smaller  ants  such  as  Tapinoma  sessile  (Say),  Lepto- 
t borax  curvispinosus  Mayr,  Leptothorax  muscorum  (Ny lander)  and 
Lasius  alienus  (Foerster)  engorge  at  the  nectaries  as  well,  but  often 
in  non-aggressive  interspecific  groups.  However,  none  of  these  spe- 
cies appears  to  defend  the  bracken  croziers  from  other  arthropods, 
and  thus  they  may  be  “parasitic”  in  the  broad  sense  of  the  concept 
since  the  ants  obviously  benefit  by  gathering  nectar,  but  the  bracken 
potentially  suffers  because  it  loses  its  attraction  to  more  aggres- 
sively-defensive  ants.  Although  we  have  not  documented  any  defen- 
sive role  by  these  small  ants  in  Michigan,  it  is  possible  that  they 
remove  the  eggs  of  herbivores  (Susan  Koptur,  pers.  comm.). 

The  immatures  of  at  least  10  species  of  spiders  also  imbibe  at  or 
are  attracted  to  the  axillary  nectaries,  while  several  others  are  inti- 
mately associated  with  the  unfurling  pinnae.  For  example,  when  the 
immatures  of  Enoplognatha  ovata  (Clerck)  bind  the  3 pinnae 
together,  the  nectaries  become  effective  “baits”  within  the  pyramidal 
web,  ensnaring  many  smaller  nonassociated  dipterans  and  parasitic 
ants.  Other  spiders  such  as  the  thomisid  Tibellus  sp.  extend  their 
body  against  the  rachis,  cepthalothorax  pointing  towards  the  nec- 
tary, and  ambush  other  arthropods  as  they  arrive  to  extract  nectar. 
Finally,  several  species  of  salticid  spiders  (e.g.  Metaphiddipus  pro- 
tervus  Walckenaer),  prowl  the  developing  bracken  canopy,  leaping 
from  pinna  to  pinna  in  search  of  prey.  Encounters  between  spiders 
and  patrolling  ants  are  not  uncommon,  but  it  is  not  certain  which 
factors  predispose  one  or  the  other  to  dominate  a given  frond.  How- 
ever, the  small  parasitic  ants  are  common  prey  items  of  the  patrol- 
ling spiders  in  Michigan. 

By  the  second  week  of  June,  the  pinnae  have  completely  opened, 
and  the  nectaries  darken  and  desiccate.  Even  so,  patrolling  ants 
continue  to  defend  the  mature  plants  for  a few  more  days,  perhaps 
attracted  to  the  lingering  odor  of  the  nectaries.  But  the  ant  patrols 
are  erratic  and  the  ants  stay  on  the  plants  for  far  shorter  periods. 


318 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


usually  less  than  30  seconds.  At  the  end  of  June,  defending  ants  and 
spiders  cease  patrolling  the  fronds  entirely,  although  mature  Meta- 
phiddipus  protervus  spiders  and  Formica  subsericea  ants  can  occa- 
sionally be  found  on  new  croziers  which  emerge  periodically 
throughout  the  growing  season.  As  with  spring  croziers,  these 
summer  fiddleheads  are  also  patrolled  systematically  by  ants,  even 
though  their  nectaries  appear  to  dry  quickly  under  the  hot  sun. 

Concurrently  with  the  declines  in  the  ant  patrols  and  the  spider 
populations  associated  with  bracken,  there  is  a significant  increase 
in  herbivore  damage,  largely  from  adapted  insects.  Damage  in- 
creases as  adapted  insect  populations  peak  in  mid  to  late  summer, 
despite  the  “toughening”  of  the  bracken  with  increasing  concentra- 
tions of  tannins  and  silicate,  and  despite  the  fact  that  available 
protein  has  declined  by  over  40  percent  (Lawton,  1976).  Any  herbi- 
vore damage  done  at  maturity,  however,  will  affect  proportionately 
less  of  the  plant  biomass  than  if  the  plant  had  incurred  the  damage 
during  the  crozier  stage.  Even  minor  chewing  or  sucking  damage  on 
the  newly-emergent  croziers  can  destroy  part  or  all  of  the  apical 
bud,  or  cause  lodging  of  the  plant  at  maturity  if  the  rachis  is  wea- 
kened. Lodging  or  individual  pinna  or  the  entire  frond  is  especially 
common  in  bracken  plants  attacked  by  minute  gall-forming/ mining 
microlepidopterans,  as  yet  unidentified.  These  mining  insects  can 
stunt  50  to  90  percent  of  the  potential  growth  of  a given  pinna, 
possibly  because  they  feed  on  internal  vascular  tissues  and  cannot  be 
reached  by  patrolling  ants  or  predaceous  spiders. 

Summary 

Darwin  (1877)  was  among  the  first  to  point  out  that  the  secretion 
of  the  bracken  nectaries  is  very  attractive  to  ants  and  that  the  ants 
may  thus  serve  in  some  capacity  to  defend  the  ferns  (Lawton,  1976). 
The  arthropod  defense  system  found  in  Michigan  may  help  to 
explain  why  herbivorous  damage  from  both  adapted  and  non- 
adapted  insects  is  minimal  in  the  crozier  stage.  Bracken  fern  has  a 
well-developed  “arsenal”  of  potentially  toxic  secondary  plant  com- 
pounds that  may  also  serve  to  deter  or  inhibit  insects  from  attack. 
Yet,  despite  a relatively  herbivorous-free  period  during  its  early 
growth  stage,  a diverse  community  of  adapted  herbivorous  insects 
inflicts  moderate  to  heavy  damage  later  in  the  summer  months. 


1983] 


Douglas  — Defense  of  bracken  fern 


319 


Bracken  may  (in  part)  be  protected  by  compounds  such  as  thiam- 
inase  and  cyanogenic  glucosides,  but  our  research  of  the  past  three 
years  shows  that  bracken  at  the  very  least  supplements  its  passive 
chemical  defenses  with  a mobile,  predaceous  arthropod  defense 
community.  This  community  includes  at  least  5 species  of  ants  and 
10  species  of  spiders  that  are  initially  attracted  to  “axillary  nectar- 
ies” (AN)  secreting  a nutrient-rich  sap  of  sugars  and  amino  acids. 
Our  research  shows  that  bracken  “turns  on”  these  nectaries  during 
the  rapidly-growing  crozier  stage,  and  turns  them  “off”  after  the 
pinnae  are  fully  expanded.  During  the  secretory  stage,  ants  patrol 
and  defend  the  pinnae  from  all  intruders,  including  potential  herbi- 
vores, other  species  of  ants,  and  other  predaceous  arthropods  such 
as  spiders.  However,  the  immature  spiders  also  utilize  the  AN  secre- 
tions, stalk  arthropods  within  the  developing  canopy,  or  construct 
webs  over  the  opening  pinnae,  turning  them  into  effective  traps  with 
the  AN  enclosed  as  “baits.” 

Bracken’s  apparent  immunity  to  insect  attack  during  the  crozier 
stage  may  be  due  not  so  much  to  the  toxicity  of  its  secondary 
compounds,  but  to  the  continuing  coevolution  of  the  AN  and  their 
attendant,  predaceous  arthropods  that  patrol  the  pinnae  or  other- 
wise rid  them  of  herbivores  during  bracken’s  crozier  stage.  The 
bracken-arthropod  system  may  be  one  of  the  most  unique  and  com- 
plex hierarchies  of  symbiotic  relationships  to  be  found  in  a primitive 
plant-arthropod  system. 


Acknowledgments 

This  study  was  supported  in  part  by  NSF  grant  DEB-8005581 
(Gillian  Cooper-Driver,  Principle  Investigator),  and  conducted  at 
the  Hope  College  Research  Station,  Holland,  Michigan.  I thank 
Gordon  VanWoerkom  and  Annmarie  Baldiga  for  their  invaluable 
assistance  in  the  field  and  laboratory.  I also  thank  Drs.  Irene  Baker, 
Susan  Koptur,  and  Peter  Atsatt  for  use  of  unpublished  information. 
Drs.  O.  Taboada,  H.  D.  Blocker,  R.  E.  Beer,  M.  DuBois,  C.  D. 
Michener,  A.  Brady,  G.  Byers,  O.  R.  Taylor,  W.  H.  Wagner  and 
especially  G.  Cooper-Driver  assisted  me  in  various  stages  of  this 
project  and  the  preparation  of  the  manuscript. 


320 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Literature  Cited 


Berti,  G.  and  F.  Bottari 

1968.  Constituents  of  ferns.  In  L.  Reinhold  and  Y.  Liwschitz  (Eds.),  Progress 
in  Phytochemistry.  1:  589-685,  London:  Interscience. 

Cooper-Driver,  G.,  Finch,  S.,  Swain,  T.  and  E.  Bernays. 

1977.  Seasonal  variation  in  secondary  plant  compounds  in  relation  to  the 
palatability  of  Pteridium  aquilinum.  Biochem.  Syst.  Ecol.,  5:  21 1-218. 

Cooper-Driver,  G.  and  T.  Swain 

1976.  Cyanogenic  polymorphism  in  bracken  in  relation  to  herbivore  preda- 
tion. Nature  (London),  260:  604. 

Dadd,  R.  H. 

1973.  Insect  nutrition:  current  developments  and  metabolic  implications.  Ann. 
Rev.  Ent.,  18:  382-419. 

Darwin,  F. 

1877.  On  the  glandular  bodies  of  Acacia  sphaerocephala  and  Cecropia peltata 
serving  as  food  for  ants,  with  an  appendix  on  nectar-glands  of  the  com- 
mon braken  fern,  Pteris  aquilina.  J.  Linn.  Soc.  (Bot.),  15:  398-409. 

Evans,  W.  C. 

1976.  Bracken  thiaminase-mediated  neurotoxic  syndromes.  J.  Linn.  Soc. 
(Boty  73:  113-132. 

Jones,  C.  G.  and  R.  D.  Firn 

1978.  The  role  of  phytoecdysteroids  in  bracken  fern  Pteridium  aquilinum  (L.) 
Kuhn  as  defense  against  phytophagous  insect  attack.  J.  Chem.  Ecol.,  4: 
117-138. 

1979a.  Resistance  of  Pteridium  aquilinum  to  attack  by  non-adapted  phytopha- 
gous insects.  Biochem.  Syst.  Ecol.,  7:  95-101. 

1979b.  Some  allelochemicals  of  Pteridium  aquilinum  and  their  involvement  in 
resistance  to  Pieris  brassicae.  Biochem.  Syst.  Ecol.,  7:  187-192. 

Lawton,  J. 

1976.  The  structure  of  the  arthropod  community  of  bracken  Pteridium  aquili- 
num (L.)  Kuhn.  J.  Linn.  Soc.  {Bot.),  73:  187-216. 

Page,  C.  N. 

1976.  The  taxonomy  and  phytogeography  of  bracken — a review,  J.  Linn.  Soc. 
{Bot.\  73:  1-34. 


NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORKERLESS 
INQUILINE  ANT  POGONOMYRMEX  COLEI 
(HYMENOPTERA:  FORMICIDAE)* 


By  Steven  W.  Rissing 
Department  of  Zoology 
Arizona  State  University 
Tempe,  Arizona  85287 


At  least  10  workerless  inquiline  ant  species  are  known  from  North 
America  (Francoeur  1968,  1981;  Wilson  1971,  1976;  Talbot  1976; 
Buschinger  1979;  DuBois  1981;  Snelling  1981),  most  only  from 
original  collections.  In  this  paper  I present  field  and  laboratory 
observations  of  Pogonomyrmex  colei  Snelling  a new,  apparently 
workerless,  inquiline  ant  inhabiting  a colony  of  Pogonomyrmex 
rugosus. 

P.  colei  appears  to  be  a very  rare  species:  extensive  searching  of 
the  type  locality  for  4 yr  has  resulted  in  discovery  of  only  a single 
colony.  Nonetheless,  observations  on  this  colony  provide  insight 
into  several  important  aspects  of  inquiline  ant  biology.  P.  colei  is 
also  of  interest  since  it  is  the  second  apparently  workerless  con- 
generic inquiline  inhabiting  colonies  of  P.  rugosus.  Cole  discovered 
the  first  inquiline  species,  Pogonomyrmex  anergismus,  near  Silver 
City,  New  Mexico  apparently  prior  to  any  major  flight  since  he 
exposed  “more  than  one  hundred”  inquiline  reproductives  upon 
opening  the  host  nest  (Cole  1954,  1968).  Since  host  species  mating 
flights  occur  soon  after  rain  during  mid  to  late  summer  (Holldobler 
1976;  Rissing  personal  observation),  it  seemed  reasonable  to  suspect 
P.  anergismus  responds  to  the  same  environmental  cues  for  mating 
as  does  its  host.  Accordingly,  in  an  effort  to  rediscover  P.  anergis- 
mus, I routinely  checked  most  P.  rugosus  nests  on  a 25  ha  study  area 
in  Boulder  City,  Nevada  for  flight  activities  and  possible  presence  of 
inquilines  during  late  summer  1978  and  1979  (study  area  described 
in  Rissing  1981).  P.  colei  was  discovered  during  this  effort. 


* Manuscript  received  by  the  editor  June  7,  1983 


321 


322 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Observations 

Mating  Activities  and  Season.  Five  P.  colei  males  were  collected  at  a 
single  P.  nigosus  nest  during  the  morning  of  13  August  1978;  a 
series  of  thunderstorms  and  rain  had  occurred  12  hr  earlier. 
Frenzied  host  worker  activity  suggested  a mating  flight  or  similar 
activity  occurred  immediately  prior  to  my  arrival.  No  flights  of 
either  species  occurred  at  any  nearby  P.  rugosus  nests  observed 
simultaneously. 

I observed  a complete  inquiline  and  host  flight  at  this  same  nest 
on  15  September  1978  following  an  extensive  rain  storm  the 
preceding  day.  Flights  were  occurring  at  2 of  23  nearby  P.  rugosus 
nests;  P.  colei  was  not  found  at  any  other  nest.  Mating  activities 
began  with  accumulation  of  several  hundred  host  workers  in  and 
around  the  nest  crater.  These  workers  pugnaciously  defended  the 
area  throughout  both  flights  as  is  typical  during  P.  rugosus  flights 
(Rissing,  personal  observation).  As  ground  and  air  temperatures 
increased  male  P.  colei  climbed  to  the  crater  and  were  soon  joined 
by  much  larger  females.  While  both  sexes  of  P.  colei  are  winged, 
mating  occurred  at  the  nest  entrance  followed  by  females  flying 
from  the  area  and  males  re-entering  the  nest.  Such  in  situ  mating  is 
common  in  rare  ant  species  apparently  due  to  very  low  probability 
of  reproductives  finding  individuals  from  other  nests  with  which  to 
mate  (Wilson  1963).  Following  copulation  and  departure  of  P.  colei 
females,  male  and  female  P.  rugosus  flew  from  the  crater  as  the 
temperature  continued  to  climb.  Reproductive  forms  of  P.  rugosus 
fly  to  a site  away  from  the  nest  and  copulate  there  (Holldobler 
1976).  Mating  activities  of  host  and  inquiline  were  separated  by  at 
least  30  min  and,  perhaps  more  importantly,  3°  C ground  tempera- 
ture (Table  1).  Reproductive  forms  of  each  species  were  seen 
occasionally  in  the  nest  entrance  during  the  mating  activity  of  the 
other.  On  at  least  one  occasion,  P.  colei  males  tried  unsuccessfully 
to  mount  a P.  rugosus  female.  During  this  flight  I observed  no 
differences  in  behavior  of  host  workers  to  host  or  inquiline  repro- 
ductives. P.  rugosus  workers  frequently  encircled  copulating  pairs 
of  P.  colei  and  frantically  ran  around  them,  although  they  never 
interfered. 

During  1979  routine  observations  were  begun  at  the  study  area  on 
18  September.  A complete  P.  colei  flight  was  observed  at  the  host 
nest  during  the  afternoon  of  30  September  immediately  following  a 


1983] 


Rissing  — Pogonomyrmex  colei 


323 


trace  of  rain.  No  flights  of  either  species  were  observed  at  35  nearby 
P.  rugosus  nests  during  this  time.  On  8 October  1979  I poured 
approximately  7.5  1 of  water  directly  onto  the  host  nest  crater 
resulting  in  an  immediate  flight  of  P.  colei.  This  procedure  was 
repeated  unsuccessfully  on  17  and  18  September  1982.  Viability  of 
the  host  nest  (as  determined  by  worker  activity,  size  of  crater  and 
refuse  pile,  and  absence  of  plants  growing  in  the  crater)  has 
remained  constant  and  similar  to  that  of  nearby  P.  rugosus  colonies 
from  1978  to  1982.  I have  never  observed  any  forms  that  might  be 
considered  P.  colei  workers. 

Colony  foundation.  Ten  newly  mated  P.  colei  females  from  the  15 
September  1978  flight  were  placed  into  a 7.5  m high  flight  enclosure 
made  of  plastic  sheeting  and  permitted  to  fly.  Subsequent  to  this  all 
females  removed  their  wings  but  did  not  dig  burrows  when  placed 
into  laboratory  nest  boxes  containing  moist  sand.  Five  of  these 
dealate  inquilines  were  transferred  to  5 laboratory  nests  containing 
only  newly  mated  P.  rugosus  queens.  These  P.  rugosus  queens  had 
been  collected  one  week  earlier  at  a mating  site  3.2  km  from  the  host 
nest  making  it  unlikely  that  they  were  related  to  the  host  colony. 
Four  of  these  laboratory  nests  contained  a single,  mated  dealate  P. 
rogusus  queen;  the  fifth  contained  two  P.  rugosus  queens.  The  P. 
colei  queen  added  to  the  nest  with  two  P.  rugosus  queens  was 
immediately  attacked  and  removed  from  the  glass  tube  occupied  by 
the  P.  rugosus  queens.  Of  the  P.  colei  queens  added  to  the  single 
queen  P.  rugosus  colonies,  one  was  found  dead  within  several  hours 
(decapitated),  and  the  other  was  found  dead  (entire)  5 d later.  The 
other  two  P.  colei  queens  lived  peacefully  along  side  the  P.  rugosus 
queens  for  at  least  a month.  During  this  time  I frequently  observed 
the  P.  colei  queens  grooming  the  P.  rugosus  queens;  P.  rugosus 
queens  did  not  reciprocate.  These  last  two  colonies  ultimately  failed 
during  (or  possibly  in  response  to)  transportation  from  Boulder  City 
to  Seattle. 

Five  other  newly  mated,  dealate  P.  colei  queens  were  released  in 
the  field  at  the  entrance  of  large,  active  P.  rugosus  colonies  near  the 
host  nest.  Inquilines  were  always  removed  immediately  from  the 
nest  by  one  or  more  workers  and  dropped  several  meters  from  the 
crater.  The  P.  colei  queens  made  no  attempt  to  re-enter  these  nests 
following  removal. 


324 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Discussion 

Repeated  (and  continuing)  attempts  to  find  P.  colei  or  P. 
anergismus  around  Boulder  City,  NV,  or  Globe,  AZ,  where  a single 
P.  colei  male  has  been  collected  (Snelling  1981)  have  yet  to  be 
successful.  Nonetheless,  observations  of  P.  colei  from  the  type  nest 
in  Boulder  City  provide  insight  into  several  questions  of  general 
inquiline  biology  including  possible  method  of  inquiline  entry  into 
host  colonies  and  fate  of  host  queen. 

Inquiline  entry  into  host  colonies.  Newly  mated  P.  colei  queens  are 
accepted  into  1 week  old  workerless  host  nests  in  the  laboratory, 
while  they  appear  incapable  of  entering  established  host  nests  in  the 
field  (see  above).  Similar  observations  have  been  made  in  laboratory 
experiments  with  the  inquiline  Plagiolepis  xene  and  its  host, 
Plagiolepis  pygmaea  (Passera  1964).  This  suggests  that  at  least  some 
inquiline  species  enter  a host  colony  at  the  founding  stage  prior  to 
production  of  any  workers.  That  this  may  occur  in  the  field  is 
supported  by  discovery  of  a workerless  inquiline  queen  {Strumi- 
genys  xenos)  in  an  incipient  host  colony  containing  one  queen, 
brood  and  a single  worker  of  Strumigenys  perplexa  (Brown  1955). 

If  entry  into  host  colony  commonly  occurs  at  host  colony 
foundation  in  some  species  of  inquilines,  overlap  with  host  species 
flight  season  would  be  advantageous.  Since  all  nests  of  a given 
species  in  a locality  tend  to  have  a longer  “flight  season”  than  any 
single  nest  (e.g.  for  P.  rugosus  see  Holldobler  1976),  the  inquiline 
might  further  be  expected  to  lengthen  its  flight  season  relative  to 
that  of  its  host  colony  to  take  advantage  of  the  entire  flight  season 
and  availability  of  founding  nests  in  its  locality.  The  extended  flight 
season  of  P.  colei  relative  to  that  of  P.  rugosus  may  occur  for  these 
reasons.  Similarly,  occurrence  of  P.  anergismus  reproductives  dur- 
ing mid  September  in  the  type  nest  reported  by  Cole  (1954,  1968) 
may  also  indicate  inquiline-host  reproductive  overlap. 

Fate  of  host  queens.  Simultaneous  production  of  host  and  inquiline 
reproductives  during  the  1978  flight  (Table  1)  strongly  suggests 
coexistence  of  host  and  inquiline  queen(s)  at  that  time.  Continuing 
existence  of  the  host  colony  until  at  least  September  1982  further 
substantiates  this.  Estimates  of  maximum  longevity  of  worker  ants 
is  1-2  yr  (Rosengren  1971,  Brian  1972,  Nielsen  1972).  Further,  there 
has  never  been  a reported  case  of  queen  adoption  in  any  Pogono- 
myrmex  species.  For  the  host  colony  to  have  a normal  foraging 


1983] 


Rissing  — Pogonomyrmex  colei 


325 


Table  1.  Summary  of  mating  activities  of  P.  colei  and  P.  rugosus  in  Boulder  City, 
Nevada,  15  September  1978. 


Time 

Ground 

Air 

08:55 

Temp.  °C 

Temp.  °C2 

09:10 

20.5 

20.5 

09:37 

10:03 

21.0 

21.5 

10:45 

26.0 

23.8 

12:15 

29.2 

25.5 

12:47 

32.6 

26.4 

13:15 

33.4 

30.8 

Activity 

Reproductives  of  both  species  in  nest 
entrance 

P.  colei  reproductives  on  crater 

Number  of  P.  colei  increases 

First  P.  colei  copulation 

First  P.  colei  female  flies 

Last  P.  colei  female  flies 

First  P.  rugosus  male  and  female  fly 

Last  P.  rugosus  flies 


'Temperature  as  determined  by  holding  tip  of  a Yellow  Springs  Instruments  direct 
read  thermistor  (YSI  #405)  on  ground  surface;  temperature  read  on  a Yellow  Springs 
Instruments  telethermometer  (YSI  #43TA). 

^Temperature  determined  as  above  with  thermistor  30  cm  above  ground  and  shaded. 

group  size  in  1982,  the  host  queen  must  have  been  alive  during  the 
1978  and  1979  inquiline  flights.  Although  inquiline-host  coexistence 
has  been  regarded  as  a “primitive”  inquiline  trait  (Wheeler  1933, 
Haskins  and  Haskins  1964),  it  offers  the  obviously  adaptive  advan- 
tage of  a continuously  renewed  host  worker  force  for  the  inquiline. 
Coexistence  occurred  in  the  type  nest  of  P.  colei  and  appears 
common  in  other  workerless  inquiline  species  where  information 
regarding  fate  of  host  queen(s)  is  available  (Table  2). 

Host  queen  elimination  does  occur  in  at  least  two  well  docu- 
mented cases  (Table  2).  Wilson  (1971)  suggests  such  behavior  may 
develop  in  short-lived  inquiline  species;  inquiline  longevity,  how- 
ever, may  be  more  of  an  effect  than  a cause  of  this  behavior.  Host 
queen  elimination  may  be  adaptive  only  when  inquiline  entry  is 
gained  by  a queen  after  development  of  a host  worker  force.  Host 
workers  appear  to  be  the  primary  defense  against  inquiline  entry  in 
many  colonies.  In  order  to  be  accepted  by  host  workers,  it  may  be 
necessary  for  the  prospective  inquiline  queen  to  first  render  the 
prospective  host  colony  queenless.  In  those  cases  where  host  queens 
are  known  or  highly  suspected  of  being  eliminated  (Table  2),  the 
inquiline  queen  enters  an  established  colony  containing  workers.  In 
at  least  one  of  these  cases,  Epimyrma  vandeli,  the  inquiline  must 
fight  with  host  workers  until  she  is  able  to  kill  the  host  queen. 
Recent  discovery  that  E.  vandeli  is  a degenerate  slave-maker 


326 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Table  2.  Fate  of  host  queen(s)  for  workerless  inquilines.  Only  those  species  whose 
host  queen(s)  fate  is  known  are  listed. 


Inquiline  species 

Host  species 

Fate  of  host 
queen(s) 

Reference 

MYRMECIINAE 
Myrmecia  Myrmecia 

inquilina  vindex 

survives 

Douglas  and  Brown  1959 
Haskins  and  Haskins  1964 

MYRMICINAE 
Myrmica  Myrmica 

hirsuta  sabuleti 

survives 

Elmes  1974a,  1978 

Sifolinia 

laurae 

Myrmica 

sabuleti 

survive 

Brian  1972 

Pogonomyrmex 

colei 

Pogonomyrmex 

rugosus 

survive* 

this  study 

Anergates 

atratulus 

Tetramorium 

caespitum 

apparently 
killed  by  host 
workers 

Wheeler  1910,  Crawley  1912, 
Donisthorpe  1915,  Creighton 
1950 

Teleutomyrmex 

schneideri 

Tetramorium 

caespitum 

survives 

Stumper  1950+, 
Kutter  1969 

Leptothorax 

kutteri 

Leptothorax 

acervorum 

survive 

Buschinger  1965 

Leptothorax 

minutissimus 

Leptothorax 

curvispinosus 

survive 

Smith  1942, 
Buschinger  1981 

Epimyrma 

vandeli 

Leptothorax 

nigriceps 

killed  by 
inquiline 

Vandel  1927 

Stumper  and  Kutter  1951 

Doronomyrmex 

pads 

Leptothorax 

acervorum 

survive 

Kutter  1945+,  1969+ 

Monomorium 

pergandei 

Monomorium 

minimum 

survive* 

Creighton  1950 

Doronomyrmex 

pocahontas 

Leptothorax 

muscorum 

survive* 

Buschinger  1979 

Monomorium 

adulatrix 

Monomorium 

salomonis 

killed  by 
host  workers 

Wheeler  1910 
Forel  1930 

1983] 


Rissing  — Pogonomyrmex  colei 


327 


Table  2.  Continued. 


Inquiline  species 

Host  species 

Fate  of  host 
queen(s) 

Reference 

Mononiorium 

talbotae 

Mononiorium 

minimum 

survives 

Talbot  1979 

Struniigenys 

xenos 

Struniigenys 

perplexa 

survive 

Brown  1955,  Taylor  1967 

FORMICINAE 
Plagioiepsis  Plagiolepsis 

xene  pygmaea 

survive 

Le  Masne  1956; 

Passera  1964,  1966,  1972 

Aporotnyrmex 

ampeloni 

Plagiolepis 

vindohonensis 

survives 

Faber  1969+ 

♦Presence  of  host  queen(s)  determined  by  presence  of  host  reproductives 
+Cited  in  Wilson  (1971) 


(Buschinger  1981,  Buschinger  and  Winter  1982)  may  explain  this 
behavior  which  is  rather  unusual  among  most  other  inquilines 
(Table  2).  Only  the  extreme  inquiline  Teleutomyrmex  schneideh  is 
known  to  enter  established  host  nests  without  having  to  eliminate 
host  queens;  these  inquilines  may  produce  a substance  highly 
attractive  to  host  workers  (reviewed  in  Wilson  1971). 

Comparison  with  P.  anergismus  and  other  workerless  inquilines.  P. 
colei  may  represent  an  intermediate  form  between  its  host  P. 
rugosus  and  the  closely  related  workerless  inquiline  P.  anergismus 
(for  a complete  discussion  of  morphological  differences  see  Snelling 
1981).  Discovery  of  P.  colei  adds  the  genus  Pogonomyrmex  to  a 
growing  list  of  ant  genera  with  more  than  one  workerless  inquiline 
species  (Table  2).  Such  “concentration”  of  inquilines  into  a few 
genera  may  occur  either  due  to  non-random  search  by  myrmeco- 
logists  {P.  colei  was  discovered  during  an  intentional  search  for 
Pogonomyrmex  inquilines)  or  because  certain  genera  are  more 
likely  to  give  rise  to  inquilines.  The  basic  biology  of  the  inquiline- 
rich  genera,  however,  is  quite  variable  suggesting  several  evolution- 
ary routes  may  lead  to  workerless  inquilinism.  The  genus  Lepto- 
thorax,  for  example,  has  small,  ephemeral  colonies  subject  to  slave 
raids  from  numerous  species  and  has  given  rise  to  several  closely 


328 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


related  Epimyrma  inquiline  species,  themselves  degenerate  slave- 
makers  (Buschinger  1981,  Buschinger  and  Winter  1982).  Myrmica, 
on  the  other  hand,  has  larger  colonies  and  many  species  that  are 
highly  polygynous  (Brian  1972;  Elmes  1974a,b);  this  genus  has  given 
rise  to  at  least  7 workerless  inquiline  species:  Myrmica  faniensis  (van 
Boven  1970),  Myrmica  hirsuta  (Elmes  1974a,  1978),  Myrmica 
lampra  (Francoeur  1968,  1981),  Myrmica  myrmecophila  (Bernard 
1968),  Myrmica  quebecensis  (Francoeur  1981),  Sifolinia  karavajevi 
(Kutter  1969)  and  Sifolinia  laurae  (Brian  1972),  the  Sifolinia  species 
likely  being  congeneric  with  the  other  Myrmica  species  (Elmes 
1978).  Monomorium  is  similar  with  polygynous  species  (Dennis 
1938,  Cole  1940,  Gregg  1945)  and  a number  of  congeneric  inquilines 
(reviewed  in  Wilson  1971,  see  also  Talbot  1979  and  DuBois  1981). 
These  inquiline  species  may  have  evolved  through  a process  of  some 
polygynous  host  queens  acquiring  the  trait  of  laying  only  repro- 
ductive eggs  (Buschinger  1970,  Elmes  1978).  To  this  list  must  be 
added  the  genus  Pogonomyrmex  whose  basic  biology  is  unlike  any 
of  the  above  three  host  genera.  Colonies  are  substantially  larger 
than  Leptothorax,  Myrmica  or  Monomorium  (Lavigne  1969,  Ro- 
gers et  al.  1972,  Whitford  et  al.  1976,  MacKay  1981),  strictly 
monogynous  (Lavigne  1969,  Holldobler  and  Wilson  1977,  MacKay 
1981),  with  no  slave-making  or  similar  behavior  in  any  species. 
Evolutionary  processes  giving  rise  to  P.  colei  and  P.  anergismus  are 
likely  different  from  those  that  have  given  rise  to  the  Leptothorax, 
Myrmica  or  Monomorium  inquilines.  Certainly,  the  idea  of  mul- 
tiple evolutionary  pathways  leading  to  workerless  inquilinism  is  not 
new  (see  Wheeler  1919,  Buschinger  1970,  Wilson  1971).  Continued 
study  and  search  for  workerless  inquilines  can  only  serve  to  clarify 
this  challenging  evolutionary  process. 

Acknowledgements 

J.  Alcock,  G.  B.  Pollock,  R.  R.  Snelling,  G.  C.  Wheeler,  and  J. 
Wheeler  have  constructively  reviewed  earlier  drafts  of  this  manu- 
script. Laboratory  space  in  Boulder  City,  Nevada  was  kindly 
provided  by  the  University  of  Nevada  Desert  Research  Institute, 
Desert  Biology  Research  Center  and  the  U.S.  Bureau  of  Mines, 
Boulder  City  office.  Portions  of  this  work  have  been  supported  by 
an  NSF  Graduate  Fellowship,  NSF  grant  DEB  78-02069  (T.  W. 
Schoener,  principal  investigator),  NSF  grant  DEB  82-07052,  and  an 
Arizona  State  University  Faculty  Grant-in-Aid. 


1983] 


Rissing  — Pogonomyrmex  colei 


329 


Literature  Cited 

Bernard,  F. 

1968.  Les  fourmis  (Hymenoptera  Formicidae)  d’Europe  occidentale  et  septen- 
trionale.  Faune  de  I’Europe  et  du  Bassin  Meditteraneen,  No.  3.  Masson 
et  Cie,  Paris,  France. 

Boven,  J.  K.  a.  van 

1970.  Myrmica  faniensis,  une  nouvelle  espece  parasite.  Bull.  ann.  soc.  entomol. 
Belg.  106:  127-132. 

Brian,  M.  V. 

1972.  Population  turnover  in  wild  colonies  of  the  ant  Myrmica.  Ekol.  Pol.  20: 
43-53. 

Brown,  W.  L. 

1955.  The  first  social  parasite  in  the  ant  tribe  Dacetini.  Insectes  Soc.  2:  181- 
186. 

Buschinger,  a. 

1965.  Leptothorax  (Mychothorax)  kutteri  n.  sp.  eine  sozialparasitische  Ameise 
(Hymenoptera,  Formicidae).  Insectes  Soc.  4:  327-334. 

1970.  Neue  Vorstellungen  zur  Evolution  des  Sozialparasitismus  und  der 
Dulosis  bei  Ameisen  (Hym.,  Formicidae).  Biologisches  Zentralblatt  88: 
273-299. 

1979.  Doronomyrmex  pocahontas  n.  sp.,  a parasitic  ant  from  Alberta,  Canada 
(Hymenoptera,  Formicidae).  Insectes  Soc.  26:  216-222. 

1981.  Biological  and  systematic  relationships  of  social  parasitic  Leptothoracini 
from  Europe  and  North  America.  Pages  211-222  in  P.  E.  Howse  and  J.- 
L.  Clement,  eds.,  Systematics  Association  Special  Volume  No.  19, 
Biosystematics  of  Social  Insects.  Academic  Press,  New  York. 

Buschinger,  A.  and  U.  Winter. 

1982.  Evolutionary  trends  in  the  parasitic  ant  genus  Epimyrma.  in:  M.  D. 
Breed,  C.  D.  Michener  and  H.  E.  Evans,  eds..  The  biology  of  social 
insects,  pp.  266-269.  Westview  Press,  Boulder,  Colorado. 

Cole,  A.  C. 

1940.  A guide  to  the  ants  of  the  Great  Smoky  Mountains  National  Park, 
Tennessee.  Am.  Midi.  Natur.  24:  1-88. 

1954.  Studies  of  New  Mexico  ants.  VII.  The  genus  Pogonomyrmex  with 
synonymy  and  a description  of  a new  species  (Hymenoptera:  Formici- 
dae). J.  Tenn.  Acad.  Sci.  29:  115-121. 

1968.  Pogonomyrmex  harvester  ants.  University  of  Tennessee  Press,  Knox- 
ville. 

Crawley,  W.  C. 

1912.  Anergates  atratulus  Schnek.,  a British  ant,  and  the  acceptance  of  a $ by 
Tetramorium  caespitum,  L.  The  Entomol.  Rec.  24:  218-219. 

Creighton,  W.  S. 

1950.  The  ants  of  North  America.  Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Harvard  104:  1-585. 

Dennis,  C.  A. 

1938.  The  distribution  of  ant  species  in  Tennessee  with  (special)  reference  to 
ecological  factors.  Ann.  Entomol.  Soc.  Am.  31:  267-308. 

Donisthorpe,  H. 

1915.  British  ants,  their  life-history  and  classification.  Wm.  Breden  & Son, 
Plymouth,  England. 


330 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Douglas,  A.  and  W.  L.  Brown. 

1959.  Myrmecia  inquilina  new  species;  the  first  parasite  among  the  lower  ants. 
Insectes  Soc.  6:  13-19. 

DuBois,  M.  B. 

1981.  Two  new  species  of  inquilinous  Monomorium  from  North  America 
(Hymenoptera:Formicidae).  Univ.  Kansas  Sci.  Bull.  52:  31-37. 

Elmes,  G.  W. 

1974a.  The  effect  of  colony  population  size  in  three  species  of  Myrmica 
(Hymenoptera,  Formicidae).  Insectes  Soc.  21:  213-230. 

1974b.  Colony  populations  of  Myrmica  sulcinodis  Nyl.  (Hym.,  Formicidae). 
Oecologia  (Berl.)  15:  337-343. 

1978.  A morphometric  comparison  of  three  closely  related  species  of  Myrmica 
(Formicidae),  including  a new  species  from  England.  Syst.  Entomol.  3: 
131-145. 

Faber,  W. 

1969.  Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis  sozialparasitischer  Ameisen.  2.  Aporomyrmex 
ampeloni  nov.  gen.,  nov.  spec.  (Hym.  Formicidae),  ein  neuer  per- 
manenter  Sozialparasit  bei  Plagiolepis  vindobonensis  Lomnicki  aus 
Osterreich.  Pflanzenschutzberichte  39:  39-100. 

Forel,  a. 

1930.  The  social  world  of  the  ants  compared  with  that  of  man.  (Tr;  C.  K. 
Ogden).  Albert  & Charles  Boni,  New  York. 

Francoeur,  a. 

1968.  Une  novelle  espece  du  genre  Myrmica  au  Quebec  (Formicidae,  Hy- 
menoptera) Naturaliste  Can.  95:  727-730. 

1981.  Le  groupe  Nearctique  Myrmica  lampra  (Formicidae,  Hymenoptera). 
Can.  Ent.  113:  755-759. 

Gregg,  R.  E. 

1945.  Two  new  forms  of  Monomorium  (Formicidae).  Psyche  52:  62-69. 

Haskins,  C.  P.  and  E.  F.  Haskins. 

1964.  Notes  on  the  biology  and  social  behavior  of  Myrmecia  inquilina.  The 
only  known  myrmeciine  social  parasite.  Insectes  Soc.  11:  267-282. 

Holldobler,  B. 

1976.  The  behavioral  ecology  of  mating  in  harvester  ants  (Hymenoptera: 
Formicidae:  Pogonomyrmex).  Behav.  Ecol.  Sociobiol.  1:  405-423. 

HOlldobler,  B.  and  E.  O.  Wilson. 

1977.  The  number  of  queens:  an  important  trait  in  ant  evolution.  Natur- 
wissenschaften  64:  8-15. 

Kutter,  H. 

1945.  Eine  neue  Ameisengattung.  Mitt.  Schweiz.  Entomol.  Ges.  23:  81-94. 

1969.  Die  sozialparasitischen  Ameisen  der  Schweiz.  Neujahrsblatt  herausge- 
geben  von  der  Naturforschenden  Gesellschaft  in  Zurich  171:  1-62. 

Lavigne,  R.  J. 

1969.  Bionomics  and  nest  structure  of  Pogonomyrmex  occidentalis  (Hy- 
menoptera: Formicidae).  Ann.  Entomol.  Soc.  Am.  62:  1166-1175. 

Le  Masne,  G. 

1956.  Recherches  sur  les  fourmis  parasites  Plagiolepis  grassei  et  1’evolution  des 
Plagiolepis  parasites.  C.  R.  Acad.  Sci.  (Paris)  243:  673-675. 


1983] 


Rissing  — Pogonomyrmex  colei 


331 


MacKay,  W.  P. 

1981.  A comparison  of  the  nest  phenologies  of  three  species  of  Pogono- 
myremex  harvester  ants  (Hymenoptera;  Formicidae).  Psyche  88:  25-74. 

Nielsen,  M.  G. 

1972.  Production  of  workers  in  an  ant  nest.  Ekol.  Polska  20:  65-71. 

Passera,  L. 

1964.  Donnees  biologiques  sur  la  fourmi  parasite  Plagiolepis  xene  Starcke. 
Insectes  Soc.  1:  59-70. 

1966.  Fecondite  des  femelles  au  sein  de  la  myrmecobiose  Plagiolepis  pygmaea 
Latr. — Plagiolepis  xene  (Hymenopteres,  Formicidae).  C.  R.  Acad.  Sci. 
(Paris)  263:  1600-1603. 

1972.  Longevite  des  fourmilieres  de  Plagiolepis  pygmaea  Latr.  infestees  par  le 
parasite  social  Plagiolepis  xene  St.  (Hymenoptera,  Formicidae).  C.  R. 
Acad.  Sci.  (Paris)  275:  409-411. 

Rissing,  S.  W. 

1981.  Prey  preferences  in  the  desert  horned  lizard:  influence  of  prey  foraging 
methods  and  aggressive  behavior.  Ecology  62:  1031-1040. 

Rogers  L.,  R.  Lavigne  and  J.  L.  Miller. 

1972.  Bioenergetics  of  the  western  harvester  ant  in  the  shortgrass  plains 
ecosystem.  Environ.  Entomol.  1:  763-768. 

Rosengren,  R. 

1971.  Route  fidelity,  visual  memory  and  recruitment  behavior  in  foraging 
wood  ants  of  the  genus  Formica  (Hymenoptera,  Formicidae).  Acta 
Zool.  Fennica  133:  1-106. 

Smith,  M.  R. 

1942.  A new  apparently  parasitic  ant.  Proc.  Entomol.  Soc.  of  Washington  44: 
59. 

Snelling,  R.  R. 

1981.  The  taxonomy  and  distribution  of  some  North  American  Pogono- 
myrmex and  descriptions  of  two  new  species  (Hymenoptera:  Formici- 
dae). Bull.  Southern  California  Acad.  Sci.  80:  97-112. 

Stumper,  R. 

1950.  Les  associations  complexes  des  fourmis.  Commensalisme,  symbiose  et 
parasitisme.  Bull.  Biol.  Fr.  Belg.  84:  376-399. 

Stumper,  R.  and  H.  Kutter. 

1951.  Sur  I’ethologie  du  nouveau  myrmecobionte  Epimyrma  stumperi  (nov. 
spec.  Kutter).  C.  R.  Acad.  Sci  (Paris)  233:  983-985. 

Talbot,  M. 

1976.  The  natural  history  of  the  workerless  ant  parasite  Formica  talhotae. 
Psyche  83:  282-288. 

1979.  Social  parasitism  among  ants  at  the  E.  S.  George  preserve  in  southern 
Michigan.  Great  Lakes  Entomol.  12:  87-89. 

Taylor,  R.  W. 

1967.  The  Australian  workerless  inquiline  ant  Strumigenys  xenos  Brown 
(Hymenoptera-Formicidae)  recorded  from  New  Zealand.  New  Zealand 
Entomol.  4:  47-49. 

Vandel,  a. 

1927.  Observations  sur  les  moeurs  d’une  fourmi  parasite:  Epimyrma  vandeli 
Santschi.  Bull.  soc.  entomo.  Fr.  1927:  289-295. 


332 


Psyche 


[Vol.  90 


Wheeler,  W.  M. 

1910.  Ants:  their  structure,  development  and  behavior.  Columbia  University 
Press,  New  York. 

1919.  The  parasitic  aculeata,  a study  in  evolution.  Proc.  Am.  Philos.  Soc.  58: 
1-40. 

1933.  A second  parasitic  Crematogaster.  Psyche  40:  83-86. 

Whitford,  W.  G.,  P.  Johnson  and  J.  Ramirez. 

1976.  Comparative  ecology  of  the  harvester  ants  Pogonomyrmex  barbatus  (F. 
Smith)  and  Pogonomyrmex  rugosus  (Emery).  Insectes  Soc.  23:  1 17-132. 

Wilson,  E.  O. 

1963.  Social  modifications  related  to  rareness  in  ant  species.  Evolution  17:  249- 
253. 

1971.  The  insect  societies.  Belknap  Press  of  Harvard  University  Press,  Cam- 
bridge, Massachusetts. 

1976.  The  first  workerless  parasite  in  the  ant  genus  Formica  (Hymenoptera: 
Formicidae).  Psyche  83:  277-281. 


CAMBRIDGE  ENTOMOLOGICAL  CLUB 

A regular  meeting  of  the  Club  is  held  on  the  second  Tuesday 
of  each  month  October  through  May  at  7:30  p.m.  in  Room  154, 
Biological  Laboratories,  Divinity  Avenue,  Cambridge.  Entomolo- 
gists visiting  the  vicinity  are  cordially  invited  to  attend. 


BACK  VOLUMES  OE  PSYCHE 

Requests  for  information  about  back  volumes  of  Psyche  should 
be  sent  directly  to  the  editor. 


E.  M.  Carpenter 

Editorial  Office,  Psyche 
16  Divinity  Avenue 
Cambridge,  Mass.  02138 


FOR  SALE 

Reprints  of  articles  by  W.  M.  Wheeler 

The  Cambridge  Entomological  Club  has  for  sale  numerous  reprints 
of  Dr.  Wheeler’s  articles  that  were  filed  in  his  office  at  Harvard 
University  at  the  time  of  his  death  in  1937.  Included  are  about 
12,700  individual  reprints  of  250  publications.  The  cost  of  the 
reprints  has  been  set  at  5c  a page,  including  postage;  for  orders 
under  $5  there  will  be  an  additional  handling  charge  of  50c.  A list  of 
the  reprints  is  available  for  $1.00  from  the  W.  M.  Wheeler  Reprint 
Committee,  Cambridge  Entomological  Club,  16  Divinity  Avenue, 
Cambridge,  Mass.  02138.  Checks  should  be  made  payable  to  the 
Cambridge  Entomological  Club. 


FOR  SALE 

Republication  of  Frederick  Valentine  Melsheimer’s  1806  “A  Catalogue  of  Insects  of 
Pennsylvania”,  the  first  separate  work  devoted  to  American  insects.  The  facsimile 
lists  more  than  1300  species  of  Coleoptera  (other  orders  were  not  completed),  and 
includes  a short  biography  of  Melsheimer.  Price:  U.S.,  $5.00  (overseas,  airmail 
$6.50).  Checks  payable  to  Entomological  Society  of  Pennsylvania,  c/o  Entomology 
Dept.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  University  Park,  PA  16802,  U.S.A. 


ISSN  0033  2615 


PSYCHE^ 

A JOURNAL  OF  ENTOMOLOGY 

founded  in  1874  by  the  Cambridge  Entomological  Club 


Vol.  90 


CONTENTS 

Dedication:  Philip  J.  Darlington,  Jr.  Frank  M.  Carpenter  333 

The  biology  of  Myrnwxenus  t^ordiaf'ini  Ru/sky,  a slave-making  ant  (Hyme- 
noptera.  Formicidae).  Alfred  Buschinf^er,  Ursala  Winter,  and 
Walt  her  Faber  335 

Temperature-Induced  changes  in  the  calls  of  the  Green  Lacewing,  Chry.soperla 
plorahnnda  (Ncuropicra-.  Chr\sop\di\c).  Charles  S.  Henry  343 

Social  organization  in  l.eptothorax  ants:  within-  and  between-  species  pat- 
terns. Joan  M.  Her  hers  361 

‘Protest’  sounds  of  a grasshopper:  predator-deterrent  signal?  SyrH  A.  Blond- 
heini  and  Fllezer  Frankenherf'  387 

Age  poKethism:  its  occurrence  in  the  ant.  Pheidole  hortensis.  and  some  general 
considerations.  Prassede  Calahi.  Janies  F A.  Traniello.  and 

Michael  H.  Werner  395 

Dail\  rh\  thms  in  social  actix  ities  (d  the  harxester  ant.  Poyonotm  rniex  hadius. 
Deborah  M.  Gordon  413 

Behax  ior  of  the  slaxe-making  ant,  Harpayoxenus  aniericanns  (Fmery).  and  its 
host  species  under  “seminatural”  laboratorx  conditions  ( Hx menoptera. 
Formicidae).  Thomas  M.  AUowavixud 

Maria  Guadalupe  Del  Rio  Pesado 425 


1983 


Index  to  x olume  90 


449 


CAMBRIDGE  ENTOMOLOGICAL  CLUB 

Officers  for  1983-1984 

Margaret  Thayer 
Donald  S.  Chandler 
Scott  E.  Miller 
Frank  M.  Carpenter 
Andrew  Spielman 
Mary  Hathaway 

EDITORIAL  BOARD  OF  PSYCHE 

F.  M.  Carpenter,  (Editor),  Fisher  Professor  of  Natural  History, 
Emeritus,  Harvard  University 

W.  L.  Brown,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Entomology.  Cornell  University  and 
Associate  in  Entomology,  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 
P.  J.  Darlington,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Zoology,  Emeritus,  Harvard 
University 

B.  K.  HOlldobler,  Professor  of  Biology,  Harvard  University 
H.  W.  Levi,  Alexander  Agassiz  Professor  of  Zoology,  Harvard  University 
M.  D.  Bowers,  Assistant  Professor  of  Biology,  Harvard  University 
Alfred  F.  Newton,  Jr.,  Curatorial  Associate  in  Entomology,  Harvard 
University 

E.  O.  Wilson,  Baird  Professor  of  Science,  Harvard  University 


President  

Vice-President 

Secretary  

Treasurer  

Executive  Committee 


PSYCHE  is  published  quarterly  by  the  Cambridge  Entomological  Club,  the  issues 
appearing  in  March,  June,  September  and  December.  Subscription  price,  per  year, 
payable  in  advance:  $13.00  domestic  and  foreign.  Single  copies,  $4.00 
Checks  and  remittances  should  be  addresssed  to  Treasurer,  Cambridge 
Entomological  Club,  16  Divinity  Avenue,  Cambridge,  Mass.  02138. 

Orders  for  missing  numbers  notices  of  change  of  address,  etc.,  should  be  sent  to  the 
Editorial  Office  of  Psyche,  16  Divinity  Avenue,  Cambridge,  Mass.  02138.  For 
previous  volumes,  see  notice  on  inside  back  cover. 

IMPORTANT  NOTICE  TO  CONTRIBUTORS 
Manuscripts  intended  for  publication  should  be  addressed  to  Professor  F.  M. 
Carpenter,  Biological  Laboratories,  Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass.  02138. 

Authors  are  required  to  bear  part  of  the  printing  costs,  at  the  rate  of  $27.50  per 
printed  page.  The  actual  cost  of  preparing  cuts  for  all  illustrations  must  be  borne  by 
contributors:  the  cost  for  full  page  plates  from  line  drawings  is  ordinarily  $10.00 
each,  and  for  full  page  half-tones,  $12.00  each;  smaller  sizes  in  proportion.  There  is 
ordinarily  no  additional  charge  for  setting  tables  of  less  then  six  columns;  for  tables 
of  six  or  more  columns  the  cost  is  $25  per  page. 


Psyche,  vol.  90,  no.  3,  for  1983,  was  mailed  December  9,  1983 


The  Lexington  Press,  Inc.,  Lexington,  Massachusetts 


PHILIP  JACKSON  DARLINGTON,  JR. 
FHOTOGRAFIl  TAKHN  IN  1971 


This  issue  of  Psyche  is  dedicated  to  the  memory  of  Philip  J. 
Darlington,  Jr.,  who  died  in  his  80th  year  in  Cambridge,  Massa- 
chusetts, on  December  16,  1983. 

I first  met  Philip  Darlington  at  a meeting  of  the  Cambridge 
Entomological  Club  on  January  8,  1924,  held  at  the  Bussey  Institu- 
tion. The  event  was  a significant  one  for  us.  We  were  both  under- 
graduates in  the  same  class  at  Harvard  College  and  for  the  next 


333 


sixty  years  we  remained  close  friends,  as  well  as  colleagues  in  the 
Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology. 

Philip  was  very  active  in  the  Club.  He  was  secretary  in  1931, 
vice-president  in  1933  and  1940,  and  president  in  1934,  1941,  and 
1946,  and  a member  of  the  editorial  board  of  Psyche  for  thirty  years. 
His  first  talk  at  a Club  meeting,  in  March,  1927,  was  an  account  of 
insect  collecting  at  the  Harvard  Tropical  Laboratory  in  Soledad, 
Cuba.  At  many  other  meetings  over  the  years  we  enjoyed  hearing 
about  his  research  and  his  field  trips  in  Australia,  New  Guinea,  and 
Colombia,  as  well  as  on  various  Caribbean  islands. 

He  was  born  in  Philadelphia  in  1904.  After  attending  Exeter 
Academy  in  New  Hampshire,  he  entered  Harvard  University,  from 
which  he  received  his  A.B.  degree  in  1926  and  his  Ph.D.  in  1931.  The 
following  year  he  was  appointed  Assistant  Curator  of  Insects  in  the 
Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology.  In  1939  he  became  the  H.C.  Fall 
Curator  of  Coleoptera,  and  in  1952  he  assumed  the  position  of 
Curator  of  Insects,  which  he  held  until  his  appointment  as  Alex- 
ander Agassiz  Professor  of  Zoology.  He  retired  in  1971. 

Although  Philip  was  primarily  an  entomologist  and  chiefly  con- 
cerned with  Coleoptera,  he  had  very  broad  interests  in  all  aspects  of 
natural  history.  His  knowledge  of  plants  and  of  all  vertebrate 
groups  was  extraordinary.  With  such  interests  he  was  inevitably  led 
into  studies  on  evolutionary  theory  and  especially  zoogeography,  on 
which  he  published  several  outstanding  books  and  numerous  tech- 
nical papers. 

Frank  M.  Carpenter,  editor 


334 


PSYCHE 


Vol.  90 


1983 


No.  4 


THE  BIOLOGY  OF  MYRMOXENUS  GORDIAG/NI  RUZSKY, 
A SLAVE-MAKING  ANT  (HYMENOPTERA,  FORMICIDAE) 

By 

Alfred  Buschinger,  ' Ursula  Winter,'  and  Walther  Faber- 
Introduction 

Myrmoxenus  gordiagini  was  described  by  Ruzsky  (1902)  from 
material  which  he  had  collected  in  the  Akmolinsk  area  in  Soviet 
Russia,  near  the  town  of  Koktschetaw.  The  ant  was  always  found 
living  together  with  a newly  described  host  species,  Leptothorax 
serviculus  Ruzsky.  The  colonies  inhabited  narrow  galleries  between 
and  underneath  small  stones  in  the  rocky  slopes  of  a hilly  region, 
with  some  birch  and  spruce  trees.  Finzi  (1924)  described  a subspe- 
cies, Myrmoxenus  gordiagini  menozzii,  from  the  Yugoslavian  pen- 
insula of  Istria.  Only  one  male  and  one  female  were  found  within 
moss  and  soil  at  the  foot  of  an  oak  tree,  together  with  numerous 
females  and  workers  of  Leptothorax  unifaseiatus  (Latreille).  Finzi 
therefore  believed  that  his  new  subspecies  was  living  with  that  host 
species.  Finally,  in  1925,  Soudek  established  a new  genus,  Myrme- 
taerus,  for  a new  species,  mierocellatus,  that  he  had  collected  near 
Kotor  in  Dalmatia,  Yugoslavia.  Although  he  explicitly  discussed  the 
close  relationship  of  M.  mierocellatus  with  Myrmoxenus,  he  des- 
cribed this  ant  as  representing  a new  species  and  genus  “as  a provi- 
sional arrangement”  (Soudek,  1925).  M.  mierocellatus  was  found 
under  a stone  in  a deciduous  forest,  in  a mixed  colony  with  Lepto- 


'Institut  fur  Zoologie  der  Technischen  Hochschule  Darmstadt,  Schnittspahnstr.  3, 
D-6100  Darmstadt,  FRG. 

-Dr.  Walther  Faber,  Vienna,  died  in  June,  1979.  Among  his  papers  we  found  a 
description  of  the  colony  foundation  behavior  of  M.  f'ordia/^ini,  and  also  some 
important  information  on  localities  where  he  had  collected  this  species. 

Manuscript  received  by  the  editor  June  23,  1983. 


335 


336 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


thorax  nylancieri  (Forster).  All  our  material  also  was  collected  in 
Istria,  and  in  the  Dalmatian  island  Krk\  Since  the  descriptions  of  all 
the  three  forms  mentioned  above  are  nearly  identical,  we  assume 
that  Myrmetaerus  microcellatus  and  Myrmoxenus  gordiagini  men- 
ozzii  are  junior  synonyms  of  Myrmoxenus  gordiagini.  We  have  been 
unable,  however,  to  check  the  type  material. 

Nothing  has  been  known  of  the  biology  of  Myrmoxenus!  Myrme- 
taerus except  the  fact  that  they  were  always  found  living  together 
with  a host  species  belonging  to  the  genus  Leptothorax  Mayr,  sub- 
genus Myrafant  Smith  (1950),  and  thus  apparently  represent  so- 
cially parasitic  ants.  W.  Faber  in  1972  recorded  some  observations 
on  their  colony  foundation  behavior.  Recently  we  found  out  that  M. 
gordiagini  is  a slave-making  ant.  The  results  of  our  experiments  are 
presented  in  the  following  sections. 

Material  and  Methods 

W.  Faber  collected  a total  of  three  Myrmoxenus  colonies  on  25 
May  1972,  on  the  slopes  of  a small  valley  NW  of  Baska,  Krk.  In  the 
very  same  locality  we  found  nine  additional  colonies  between 
September  23  and  26,  1981.  Another  locality,  where  we  gathered 
two  colonies  on  4 August  1976,  and  one  colony  on  22  September 
1981,  is  near  the  ruined  town  Dva  grada,  a few  kilometers  east  of 
Rovinj  in  Istria,  and  just  35  km  south  of  the  type  locality  of  M. 
gordiagini  menozzii.  Ten  of  these  15  colonies  contained  a Myr- 
moxenus queen;  presumably  the  queens  of  the  other  five  colonies 
were  either  lost  during  collecting  or  were  missing  prior  to  our  col- 
lecting. Myrmoxenus  workers  were  present  in  varying  numbers  up 
to  about  40  (exact  numbers  cannot  be  given  since  all  colonies  were 
kept  alive  for  several  breeding  seasons,  and  thus  produced  addi- 
tional workers).  Two  colonies  contained  only  a queen  and  no 
workers;  supposedly  they  were  newly  founded. 

Male  and  female  as  well  as  worker  pupae  were  present  in  the 
colonies  collected  on  August  4,  1976,  and  a few  adult  sexuals  were 
found  in  field  colonies  on  September  22  and  23,  1981. 

^Recently  we  found  an  additional  population  on  the  island  Rab,  south  of  Krk.  Four 
colonies  were  collected  on  October  2,  1983.  in  an  oak  forest  south  of  Suha  Punta. 
They  contained  one  queen  each,  and  in  one  colony  we  found  two  additional  females 
that  were  dCcUate  but  not  inseminated. 


1983] 


Buschinger,  Winter,  & Faber  — Myrnio.xenus 


337 


The  host  species  in  all  15  colonies  was  Leptothorax  liehtensteini 
Bondroit  1918.  Up  to  about  200  host  workers  were  found  in  the 
Myrnioxenus  colonies.  Nest  sites  were  underneath  small,  flat  stones 
in  the  soil,  or  in  crevices  between  such  stones.  A common,  and,  in 
our  opinion,  quite  important  character  of  the  Myrmoxenus  habitats 
is  the  fact  that  they  all  were  situated  in  rather  shady  places  in  a 
deciduous  forest  or  in  the  underbrush.  We  cannot  reconstruct  the 
exact  experimental  device  by  which  W.  Faber  studied  the  colony 
founding  behavior.  From  his  records  we  conclude  that  the  colonies, 
which  he  had  collected  in  May,  produced  sexuals  until  September. 
On  September  9 and  22,  1972,  he  noted  “strong  flight  activities,” 
and  numerous  Myrnioxenus  females  were  dealate  in  the  nests  and 
arenas.  Several  times  he  put  five  dealate  Myrnioxenus  females 
together  into  the  feeding  arenas  of  L.  liehtensteini  colonies.  Others 
were  placed  into  formicaries  with  different  Leptothorax  species. 

Our  newly  collected  colonies  from  1976  and  1981  were  kept  in 
formicaries  and  under  artificial  daily  and  annual  temperature  cycles 
as  described  by  Buschinger  (1973,  1974,  1982)  and  Winter  (1979a). 
For  initiating  slave  raids,  we  used  arenas  as  depicted  by  Winter 
(1979a)  and  Buschinger  et  al.  (1980).  During  the  raids  the  room 
temperature  was  about  27°  C.  Contrary  to  our  experiences  with 
Harpagoxenus  or  Epimyrma,  which  need  bright  sunshine  or  at  least 
blue  sky  for  raiding,  the  Myrnioxenus  seem  to  prefer  a clouded  sky. 
Thus,  the  first  raid  which  we  observed  in  our  labroatory  took  place 
on  a cloudy  day;  for  the  second  one,  on  a sunny  day,  we  closed  the 
window  shades. 

Colony  Founding  by  Myrmoxenus  gordiagini 

As  indicated  above,  we  rely  on  the  quite  brief  notes  of  W.  Faber, 
who  observed  colony  founding  by  M.  gordiagini  females  in  1972. 
According  to  these  notes,  the  young  Myrnioxenus  queen  enters  a 
host  species  colony  {L.  liehtensteini),  apparently  soon  after  mating 
and  dealation,  in  late  summer.  Most  Myrnioxenus  females  were 
attacked  and  often  killed  by  workers  of  the  host  species.  In  a few 
experiments,  however,  a parasitic  queen  survived  the  attacks  and  at 
last  was  accepted  by  the  host  species  workers.  She  then  assaulted  the 
host  species  queen  in  a very  characteristic  manner  (Fig.  1).  She 
grasped  the  Leptothorax  queen’s  “throat”  with  her  mandibles,  and 


338  Psyche  [Vol.  85 


Fig.  1.  A queen  of  M vrmoxenus  f'ordiaf'ini  (right)  is  throttling  the  host  species 
queen  during  colony  foundation  (photograph:  Faber). 


throttled  her  repeatedly,  and  often  for  several  hours,  as  was  de- 
scribed for  Epimyrnia  ravouxi  females  (Gdsswald  1930).  Other 
Myrmoxenus  queens  were  seen  to  throttle  the  Leptothorax  queens 
by  seizing  their  necks  from  the  back.  Like  Epimyrma  stumperi 
females  (Kutter  1951)  the  Myrmoxenus  queens  also  scent  them- 
selves by  first  rubbing  their  legs  over  the  surface  of  the  victims,  and 
then  over  their  own  backs.  Sometimes  the  Myrmoxenus  queens 
throttled  some  host  species  workers,  too,  or  stung  them  to  death. 
Furthermore,  they  attacked  the  alate  Leptothorax  females  which 
were  present  in  the  nests,  and  killed  some  of  them.  In  one  L. 
Hchtensteini  colony,  where  five  Myrmoxenus  females  had  been  put 


1983] 


Buschinger,  Winter,  & Faher  — Myrmoxenus 


339 


on  September  12,  the  queen  was  dead  on  September  17, 

and  one  surviving  Myrmoxenus  female  was  observed  to  bite  the 
large  queen  larvae  of  the  host  species. 

Experiments  with  L.  parvulus  (Schenck  1852)  as  host  species  did 
not  succeed;  the  Myrmoxenus  queens  were  all  killed. 

Slave  Raids  of  Myrmoxenus  gordi acini 

We  observed  two  slave  raids  of  one  Myrmoxenus  colony,  on  June 
24  and  July  7,  1982.  The  colony  was  collected  in  September,  1981. 
After  an  artificial  hibernation  from  12  December  1981,  in  a constant 
6°C  until  22  April  1982,  the  colony  began  to  bring  up  its  larvae.  The 
first  prepupae  appeared  on  4 June,  six  weeks  after  the  end  of  hiber- 
nation, the  first  worker  and  sexual  pupae  were  recorded  on  1 1 June. 
Sexuals  hatched  towards  mid-July,  after  the  raids,  and  sexual 
activity  was  observed  in  the  beginning  of  September.  A second 
colony,  which  was  kept  under  identical  conditions,  exhibited  some 
scouting  activity  between  June  4 and  25,  but  did  not  conduct  a raid. 

The  first  colony  was  put  into  an  arena  on  4 June.  Simultaneously 
a colony  of  the  host  species,  L.  lichtensteini,  was  placed  into  another 
part  of  the  arena,  which  was  subdivided  by  a plastic  wall. 

No  Myrmoxenus  workers  were  seen  outside  the  nest  until  22 
June. 

On  June  23  and  24,  between  one  and  three  Myrmoxenus  workers 
appeared  in  the  arena.  Scouting  occurred  between  1000  and  1500  on 
June  23.  On  June  24,  a hole  in  the  separating  wall  of  the  arena  was 
opened,  and  a Myrmoxenus  scout  found  the  way  through  to  the 
host  species  territory  at  1740.  At  1754  this  scout  ran  across  the 
liehtensteini  nest.  It  returned  to  the  Myrmoxenus  nest,  entered  there 
at  1804,  and  suddenly  a mass  of  ants  was  whirling  around  inside  the 
nest  entrance. 

At  1808,  a file  of  about  20  Myrmoxenus  came  out  of  the  nest 
(Fig.  2)  and  walked  across  the  arena  towards  the  hole.  Sometimes 
the  procession  stopped,  milling  around,  apparently  until  the  leading 
scout  had  found  its  way  again. 

At  1905  the  group  had  reached  the  entrance  of  the  target  nest, 
and  entered  it  one  after  the  other.  Almost  no  fighting  could  be 
observed.  After  6 minutes,  the  liehtensteini  queen  and  most  of  the 
workers  had  left  their  nest,  carrying  a few  small  larvae  and  eggs. 
Only  two  Leptothorax  were  stung.  Some  Myrmoxenus  workers 


340 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


Fig.  2.  A raiding  party  of  Myniio.xenus  gordiaf'ini  has  just  arrived  at  the  nest  of 
the  host  species  (photograph:  Buschinger). 


returned  to  their  own  nest,  and  at  2030  another  file  of  5 Myrmoxe- 
nus  arrived  at  the  Leptothorax  nest.  By  the  next  morning,  the  Myr- 
moxenus  colony  had  moved  into  the  former  Leptothorax  nest. 

The  arena  was  then  subdivided  again,  and  a new  Leptothorax 
nest  was  placed  in  the  position  of  the  former  Myrmoxenus  nest. 

The  second  raid,  in  the  same  arena,  was  observed  two  weeks  later, 
on  10  July.  Scouting  began  at  0830  and  a successful  scout  returned 
to  the  Myrmoxenus  nest  at  0912.  However,  in  this  case,  a file  did  not 
form  before  0933.  At  1009  a total  of  14  Myrmoxenus  arrived  at  the 
target  nest,  entered  it  at  1012,  and  a few  minutes  later  they  had 
overwhelmed  the  colony  and  were  in  possession  of  its  brood.  Eight 
Leptothorax  were  immediately  stung  to  death.  Contrary  to  the  first 
raid,  this  time  the  Myrmoxenus  soon  began  to  carry  pupae  and 
large  larvae  back  into  their  own  nest.  One  returning  Myrmoxenus, 
at  1 150,  led  a further  file  of  15  conspecifics  to  the  raided  nest.  At 
1320  the  Leptothorax  nest  was  empty  except  for  a few  eggs  and  one 
Leptothorax  male.  A total  of  26  dead  Leptothorax  workers  were 
counted  in  the  arena,  indicating  that  during  this  raid  more  fighting 
had  occurred  than  during  the  first  one. 

Discussion 

Our  results,  despite  the  low  number  of  raids  observed,  reveal  that 
Myrmoxenus  gordiagini  is  a slave-making  ant.  The  organization  of 


1983]  Buschinger,  Winter,  & Faber  — Myrmoxenus  341 

the  raids  is  essentially  the  same  as  in  Epimyrma  ravouxi  (Andre) 
(Winter  1979b,  Buschinger  et  al.  1980),  and  in  the  North  American 
Leptothorax  duloticus  (Wesson  1940),  with  group  recruitment  and 
sting  fighting. 

The  colony  foundation  behavior  of  Myrmoxenus  also  corre- 
sponds to  that  observed  in  several  species  of  the  genus  Epimyrma 
(Kutter  1951,  Gosswald,  1930,  Buschinger  and  Winter,  in  press), 
where  the  queens  throttle  the  host  species  queens. 

The  only  major  difference  between  Myrmoxenus  and  Epimyrma, 
therefore,  pertains  to  antennal  segmentation.  Myrmoxenus  females 
and  workers  have  12-segmented  antennae  (males  13),  like  their  host 
species  group,  whereas  Epimyrma  has  11 -segmented  antennae 
(males  12).  We  have  not  yet  decided  whether  this  difference  can 
really  justify  the  maintenance  of  the  two  genera;  however,  we  are 
convinced  that  the  very  particular  raiding  and  colony  foundation 
behaviors  have  a monophyletic  origin. 

We  are  not  entirely  certain  that  Myrmoxenus  gordiagini  is  the 
correct  name  of  our  ants.  That  they  are  identical  with  Finzi’s  M.  g. 
menozzii  (1924)  seems  assured,  since  they  were  collected  in  the  same 
area.  We  are  also  sure  about  the  identity  of  this  M.  g.  menozzii  with 
Soudek’s  (1925)  Myrmetaerus  microcellatus.  However,  if  a later 
revision  reveals  that  M.  gordiagini  Ruzsky  and  M.  g.  menozzii  Finzi 
were  two  different  species,  then  our  material  should  be  named  M. 
menozzii. 

The  different  host  species  recorded  for  the  three  “forms”  represent 
a minor  problem.  Slave-making  ants  often  have  more  than  one  host 
species.  Thus,  Epimyrma  ravouxi  (Andre)  enslaves  Leptothorax 
unifasciatus  (Latr.),  L.  nigriceps  Mayr,  and  L.  qffinis  Mayr,  some- 
times having  two  slave  species  together  within  one  colony  (Gdss- 
wald  1930).  It  is  also  quite  conceivable  that  both  Finzi  and  Soudek 
found  their  ants,  as  we  did,  with  L.  lichtensteini  as  host  species;  L. 
lichtensteini  has  a superficial  resemblance  to  L.  unifasciatus,  and  it 
is  quite  often  confused  with  L.  nylanderi. 


Summary 


Myrmoxenus  gordiagini  Ruzsky  from  Dalmatia,  Yugoslavia, 
conducts  slave  raids  with  group  recruitment  and  sting  fighting. 


342 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


Young  queens  enter  the  host  species  colonies  {Leptothorax  lichten- 
steini  Bondroit)  and  kill  the  Leptothorax  queens  by  throttling  them. 
These  biological  features  correspond  well  with  those  observed  in  the 
genus  Epimyrma. 


Literature  Cited 


Bi  schinger,  a. 

1973.  The  role  of  daily  temperature  rhythms  in  brood  development  of  ants  of 
the  tribe  Leptothoracini  (Hymenoptera;  Formicidae).  In:  Effects  of 
Temperature  on  Ectothermic  Organisms,  ed.  W.  Wieser,  pp.  229-232. 

1974.  Experimente  und  Beobachtungen  zur  Griindung  neuer  Sozietaten  der 
sklavenhaltenden  Ameise  Harpaf^oxenus  suhlaevis  (Nyl.).  Ins.  Soc. 
21:  381-406. 

1982.  Stock  manipulation  in  leptothoracine  ants.  Handout  prepared  for 
Genetics  Workshop  (organized  by  R.  H.  Crozier),  9th  Int.  Congr. 
lUSSI,  Boulder,  Colorado. 

BrscniNGER,  A.,  Ehrhardt,  W.,  and  U.  Winter 

1980.  The  organization  of  slave  raids  in  dulotic  ants— a comparative  study 
(Hymenoptera;  Formicidae).  Z.  Tierpsychol.  53:  245-264. 

Bl  SCniNGER,  A.,  AND  U . WINTER 

In  press.  The  reproductive  biology  of  a slavemaker  ant,  Epimyrma  ravouxi,  and 
a degenerate  slavemaker,  E.  kraussei  (Hymenoptera:  Formicidae). 
Entom.  Gen.  9. 

Finzi  B. 

1924.  Secondo  contributo  alia  conoscenza  della  fauna  mirmecologica  della 
Venezia  Giulia.  Boll.  Soc.  Ent.  Ital.  56:  120-123. 

GbsswAi.D,  K. 

1930.  Die  Biologic  einer  neuen  Epimyrmaart  aus  dem  mittleren  Maingebiet.  Z. 
wiss.  Zool.  136:  464-484. 

Ki  tter,  H. 

1951.  Epimyrma  stumperi  Kutter(Hym.  Formicid.),  2.  Mitteilung.  Bull.  Soc. 
Ent.  Suisse  24:  153-174. 

RrzsKV,  M. 

1902-03.  Neue  Ameisen  aus  Russland.  Zool.  Jb.  Syst.  17:  469-484. 

Smith,  M.  R. 

1950.  On  the  status  of  Leptothorax  Mayr  and  some  of  its  subgenera.  Psyche  57: 
29  30. 

SOI  DEK,  S. 

1925.  Four  new  European  ants.  Ent.  Rec.  37:  33-37. 

Wesson,  E.  G , Jr. 

1940.  Observations  on  Leptothorax  duloticus.  Bull.  Brooklyn  Ent.  Soc.  35: 
73  83. 

Winter,  U. 

1979a.  Untersuchungen  zum  Raubzugverhalten  der  dulotischen  Ameise  Har- 
paf’oxenus  suhlaevis  Ins.  Soc.  26:  123-135. 

1979b.  Epimyrma  goessw  aUh  Menozzi,  eine  sklavenhaltende  Ameise.  Naturwis- 
senschaften  66:  58 1 


TEMPERATURE-INDUCED  CHANGES  IN  THE  CALLS 
OF  THE  GREEN  LACEWING, 
CHRYSOPERLA  PLORABUNDA  (NEUROPTERA: 
CHRYSOPIDAE)* 

By  Charles  S.  Henry 
The  Biological  Sciences  Group 
Box  U-43,  University  of  Connecticut 
Storrs,  Connecticut  06268 

Animals  communicate  acoustically  in  many  different  ways  and 
for  many  different  purposes;  in  fact,  a vast  literature  exists  on  the 
subject,  and  comprehensive  efforts  to  summarize  current  knowledge 
have  not  been  attempted  since  the  early  1960’s  (e.g.,  Lanyon  and 
Tavolga  1960,  Busnel  1963).  Insects  are  especially  rich  in  singing  or 
noise-making  species,  and  it  seems  likely  that  every  insect  order  will 
eventually  prove  to  include  acoustically  active  taxa.  Neuroptera  has 
long  been  regarded  as  a “silent”  order  of  primitive,  behaviorally 
simple  insects.  However,  recent  work  suggests  that  many,  if  not 
most,  species  of  the  large  neuropteran  family  Chrysopidae  are 
characterized  by  complex  courtship  displays  accompanied  by  a 
specialized  form  of  acoustical  signalling  (Smith  1922,  Toschi  1965, 
Ickert  1968,  Henry  1979  and  1983b).  Such  lacewing  calls  or  songs 
are  not  acoustical  in  the  traditional  sense,  but  instead  consist  of 
species-specific  substrate-borne  vibrations  produced  by  vigorous, 
stereotyped  jerking  motions  of  the  insects’  abdomens:  a phenome- 
non known  as  tremulation  in  other  insects  (Morris  1980;  Henry 
1980a,  c),  and  found  also  in  the  ancestral  neuropteroid  taxon 
Megaloptera  (Rupprecht  1975).  Calling  behavior  is  most  elaborate  in 
Chrysoperla  Steinmann;  conspecific  males  and  females  of  species 
within  that  genus  cannot  mate  without  first  reciprocally  exchanging 
similar  or  identical  vibrational  signals  in  a prolonged  courtship  duet 
(Henry  1980b,  1983b).  The  best  studied  species  in  this  regard  is 
Chrysoperla  plorabunda  (Fitch),  a common  North  American  form 
that  for  some  years  was  considered  synonymous  with  the  morpho- 
logically identical  Eurasian  species  Ch.  cornea  (Stephens)  (Tjeder 
1960,  Henry  1983a).  Both  sexes  of  this  species,  when  sexually 


* Manuscript  received  hy  the  editor  August  2.  1983. 


343 


344 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


receptive,  produce  brief,  repetitive  volleys  of  low-frequency  abdom- 
inal vibration  at  (approximately)  one-second  intervals  for  up  to 
several  minutes  at  a time  (Henry  1979,  1980c);  in  heterosexual  duets, 
the  two  partners  alternately  and  repeatedly  exchange  single  volleys 
until  copulation  is  achieved.  Each  volley  in  Ch.  plorabunda  is 
characterized  by  a smoothly  increasing  and  then  decreasing  ampli- 
tude envelope  and  by  pronounced  frequency  modulation  (see 
Fig.  1):  the  rate  of  abdominal  vibration  gradually  declines  to  less 
than  half  its  initial  value  during  the  course  of  the  volley  (Henry 
1980c). 

Green  lacewings  of  the  genus  Chrysoperla  are  unusual  among 
acoustical  animals  in  that  females  are  just  as  likely  to  sing  as  males 
(Henry  1983b).  In  contrast,  males  alone  (or  principally)  sing  and  call 
conspecific  females  to  them  in  most  species  of  the  best  studied 
animal  taxa  like  birds  (Catchpole  1982),  lizards  (Frankenberg  1982), 
frogs  (Littlejohn  1977),  katydids  (Dumortier  1963),  homopterans 
(Ossiannilsson  1949,  Young  1980),  and  crickets  (Walker  1962, 
Dumortier  1963).  Such  unilateral  male  signalling  has  been  inter- 
preted in  most  acoustical  animals  as  indicative  of  sexual  selection 
operating  on  the  higher  variance  in  reproductive  success  of  males 
(Halliday  1978,  Otte  1974,  Alexander  1975).  On  the  other  hand,  the 
unusual  presence  of  calling  behavior  in  both  sexes  of  Chrysoperla 
species  may  stem  from  the  proven  importance  of  their  vibrational 
signals  in  the  reproductive  isolation  of  closely  related  species.  For 
example,  neither  of  the  sibling,  interfertile  species  Ch.  plorabunda 
and  Ch.  downesi  (Banks)  will  respond  to  the  song  of  the  other,  thus 
precluding  courtship  duets  and  preventing  interspecific  mating 
under  natural  conditions  (Henry  1983b).  If  such  signals  are  to  be 
effective  as  reproductive  isolating  mechanisms,  however,  they  must 
remain  unambiguous  to  recipients  over  the  wide  range  of  tempera- 
ture typically  experienced  by  lacewings  in  the  field.  Abundant  doc- 
umentation exists  of  gross  alteration  in  chirp  rate,  wing-stroke 
frequency,  pulse  or  chirp  duration,  or  call  notes  by  temperature 
changes  in  many  taxonomically  disparate  insect  groups  (Brooks 
1882,  Hayward  1901,  Alexander  1956,  Walker  1962,  Dumortier 
1963,  Shaw  1968,  Booij  1982),  and  similar  temperature-related 
changes  should  be  characteristic  of  lacewing  songs  (see  Henry  1982b 
for  preliminary  work  on  Chrysopa  oculata  Say).  One  would  also 
predict  that  the  calls  of  the  two  sexes  of  a given  species  of  Chryso- 
perla should  vary  in  a closely  parallel  fashion  over  a wide  range  of 


1983] 


Henry  — Chrysoperla  plorabunda 


345 


temperatures,  since  mutual  recognition  of  highly  specific  call  fea- 
tures is  so  important  to  the  reproductive  success  of  both  members  of 
each  courting  pair.  Here,  1 report  on  the  effects  of  temperature 
change  on  the  principal  parameters  of  the  calls  of  individual  male 
and  female  Chrysoperla  phrahunda  from  North  America.  This 
paper  also  contains  the  first  complete  description  of  the  frequency 
structure  of  the  abdominal  volleys  of  that  species,  together  with  an 
experimental  analysis  of  the  effects  of  abdominal  mass  on  frequency 
characteristics.  Regressions  of  call  parameters  against  temperature 
in  Ch.  plorabunda  are  compared  with  those  described  for  other 
singing  insects,  in  an  attempt  to  identify  any  unifying  principles. 

Materials  and  Methods 

A breeding  colony  of  Chrysoperla  plorabunda  was  started  in  the 
fall  of  1982  from  seven  males  and  ten  females  collected  in  a field  of 
senescent  goldenrod  (Solidago  spp.)  at  Storrs,  Connecticut.  Subse- 
quently, adults  were  maintained  on  a WheasT“/ sucrose  diet  while 
larvae  were  fed  ether-killed  Drosophila  spp.  (see  Henry  1979,  1983a 
for  details).  Males  for  experimentation  were  drawn  from  second- 
generation  laboratory  stock,  while  females  were  third-generation 
insects;  five  unmated  individuals  of  each  sex  were  acoustically  moni- 
tored at  various  temperatures  between  19.5°C  and  29.8°  C.  For  each 
of  five  call  characteristics  of  interest,  1 analyzed  an  average  of  40 
volleys  of  abdominal  vibration  per  individual,  delivered  at  three  to 
six  different  temperatures  between  the  extremes  mentioned  above; 
in  no  case  was  a regression  line  for  an  individual  based  upon  fewer 
than  18  volleys.  Temperature  was  monitored  within  25  cm  of  the 
calling  insects,  and  was  controlled  by  heating  and  cooling  an  entire 
120  cubic  meter  room. 

Lacewings  were  induced  to  call  either  by  playing  back  to  them 
cassette  tape  recordings  of  conspecific  signals  or  by  simulating  such 
signals  by  means  of  a sweeping  audio  frequency  generator  (Tek- 
tronix^** FG  507)  gated  by  a physiological  stimulator  (Harvard 
340).  Patterns  of  abdominal  vibration  were  detected  and  analyzed 
with  techniques  and  equipment  described  in  other  papers  (Henry 
1980a,  1982b).  Details  of  call  parameters  were  obtained  from  Pola- 
roid photographs  of  oscilloscope  tracings,  using  conventional 
overlay  methods. 

Several  individuals  of  Ch.  plorabunda  from  a breeding  colony  of 
different  geographical  origin  were  selected  for  use  in  experiments 


346 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


testing  the  effect  of  abdominal  weight  on  vibrational  frequency. 
This  stock  was  bred  from  five  males  and  five  females  collected  in  the 
sagebrush  country  of  southwestern  Idaho  on  24  May,  1983  by  Dr. 
James  Johnson  (University  of  Idaho).  I tested  one  field-caught 
male,  two  first-generation  laboratory  males,  and  one  first-gener- 
ation laboratory  female  for  the  frequency  characteristics  of  their 
calls  at  two  different  temperatures;  after  ascertaining  that  all  were 
essentially  identical  to  one  another  and  to  Connecticut  plorahunda 
in  those  characteristics,  I weighed  each  individual  to  the  nearest 
tenth  of  a milligram  on  a Mettler^“  H6T  or  Sartorius^“  1212  MP 
balance  and  added  weight  to  the  middle  of  their  abdomens,  using 
water-based  Liquid  Paper^“.  Mass-loaded  specimens  were  then  re- 
weighed and  tested  again  for  the  vibrational  frequencies  of  their 
calls  at  temperatures  in  the  25-30°  C range.  All  such  frequency 
values  were  also  adjusted  to  27°  C using  linear  regression  C in  Fig.  3. 

Curve-fitting  of  paired  variables  to  linear,  exponential,  or 
logarithmic  functions  employed  a program  designed  for  a Hewlett- 
Packard^**  HP-25  pocket  calculator.  Any  reference  in  the  Results  or 


Figure  I.  Detailed  fragment  of  the  call  of  Ch.  plorahunda,  re-drawn  from  an 
oscilloscope  tracing,  showing  principal  parameters  A-E  defined  in  text.  A = initial 
volley  frequency,  B = median  volley  frequency,  C = terminal  volley  frequency,  D = 
volley  repetition  rate,  E = volley  duration. 


1983] 


Henry  — Chrysoperla  plorabunda 


347 


Discussion  sections  to  “significant  differences”  indicates  that  the 
means  of  two  normally  distributed  samples  were  demonstrated  to 
differ  from  one  another  by  a 2-tailed  t-test  using  confidence  limits  of 
95%  or  better.  Values  following  a +/-  sign  are  one  standard 
deviation  of  the  mean. 


Results 

I measured  five  different  characteristics  of  the  calls  of  Chryso- 
perla plorabunda  males  and  females.  These  are  listed  and  defined 
below  and  illustrated  in  Fig.  1 

A.  Initial  volley  frequency:  The  cycling  rate  per  second  of  the 

first  eight  strokes  of  the  abdomen,  at  the  start  of  a volley  of 
abdominal  vibration. 

B.  Median  volley  frequency:  The  cycling  rate  per  second  of  the 

eight  abdominal  strokes  following  the  initial  period  defined 
above. 

C.  Terminal  volley  frequency:  The  cycling  rate  per  second  of 

the  abdominal  strokes  that  remain  in  a volley  after  A and  B 
have  been  deleted. 

D.  Volley  repetition  rate:  The  rate  per  minute  at  which  a calling 

lacewing  produces  volleys  of  abdominal  vibration. 

E.  Volley  duration:  The  length  of  time  in  seconds  required  for 

completion  of  a volley  of  abdominal  vibration. 

Frequency  of  abdominal  vibration  versus  temperature  is  tabu- 
lated for  all  males  and  females  in  Table  1 and  expressed  as  linear 
regressions  for  each  sex  in  Figure  2.  Since  vibration  frequency 
decreases  during  the  course  of  a plorabunda  volley,  it  is  necessary  to 
subdivide  each  volley  into  the  three  portions  A,  B,  and  C,  defined 
above;  frequencies  measured  for  those  portions  are  plotted  sepa- 
rately on  the  graph.  Other  call  parameters  like  volley  repetition  rate 
and  volley  duration  are  similarly  plotted  separately  for  each  sex  on 
the  same  figure,  using  different  units  on  the  y-axis.  All  data  are 
combined  for  both  sexes  in  Figure  3,  which  also  displays  the  range 
of  variation  in  the  calculated  regression  lines  for  all  10  individuals. 

Several  obvious  features  emerge  from  these  tables  and  plots.  First 
of  all,  it  appears  (Table  1)  that  males  and  females  differ  from  each 


348 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


o .E  o 
E > 

® c/2 

E X)  ^ 
^ < 9 


o 2 i! 

> =5  c 

Q S 


L , Q 

C.  (U  ^ 

<u  c 

“ c ^ 

= .2  S. 

O ^ 0/ 

> ^ 


+ 1 


+ 1 


m m 
vn  Tt 

rsi  >/-i 
r*^ 

+1 


oc  — 

Tt  <N 

oo  — 
+1 


+1 


+1 


00  rn 
(N 

+ 1 


+ 1 


+ 1 


+1 


oo 

«/^  <N 
— O 
sD  od 
X 

+ 1 


+1 


+ 1 


+ 1 


+ 1 


+ 1 


+ 1 


+ 1 


X v-2 
1^ 

+1 


+1 


+1  +1  +1 


— o^ 

vO 

rsi  </-i 
m 

+1 


+1 


+1 


U-l 

a 

03 

C 

sD 

sD 

r*^ 

rsi 

ON 

«/-> 

r' 

ON 

OO 

CQ 

c/3 

OO 

OO 

oo 

r<-2 

OO 

'Ct 

r- 

ON 

C/3 

(U 

o 

u 

O'" 

</d 

(N 

<N 

(N 

rb 

rd 

sd 

rd 

id 

rd 

<u 

f- 

m 

+1 

+ 1 

+ 1 

+1 

Tt 

+1 

+1 

Tl- 

+ 1 

+1 


Table  1.  Principal  characteristics  of  the  calls  of  males  and  females  of  Chrv.soperla  plorahiinda,  as  measured  at  several 
different  temperatures.  Mean  values  and  their  standard  deviations  are  tabulated.  Sample  si/es  are  entered  parenthetically;  in 
each  row.  the  same  five  males  or  five  females  produced  the  given  number  of  measured  volleys.  Parameters  A E are  depicted 
in  Fig.  I and  defined  in  the  text. 


1983] 


Henry  — Chrysoperla  plorabunda 


349 


other  very  little,  at  any  temperature,  in  any  major  characteristics  of 
their  calls.  Particularly  coincident  between  males  and  females  are 
the  initial  volley  frequencies  and  the  volley  durations  (Table  1 and 
Fig.  2A  and  E)  of  Ch.  plorabunda  calls.  There  is  a consistent  ten- 
dency for  females  to  vibrate  their  abdomens  in  later  portions  of  their 
volleys  at  somewhat  lower  frequencies  than  do  males  (35  cycles/ sec. 
vs.  nearly  40  cps  at  20°C;  see  Fig.  2C)  and  for  volleys  to  be  produced 
rather  more  slowly  by  males  than  by  females  (about  66  volleys/  min 
vs.  nearly  70/ min  at  29.5°C;  same  figure,  D),  but  neither  of  these 
differences  is  statistically  significant. 

Secondly,  it  can  be  seen  from  Figures  2 and  3 that  the  slopes  for 
the  linear  regressions  of  frequency  versus  temperature  differ  radi- 
cally from  one  portion  of  a volley  to  another,  gradually  becoming 
less  steep  as  the  volley  progresses.  Thus,  initial  portions  of  volleys 
change  frequency  rapidly  with  temperature  (slope  = 4.27x;  Fig.  3A), 
while  terminal  portions  remain  within  a much  narrower  range  of 
values  over  equivalent  temperature  extremes  (slope  = 0.960x).  X- 
intercepts  also  differ  significantly  for  each  of  the  three  regressions 
calculated  from  pooled  frequency  data  on  all  ten  individuals:  inter- 
cepts of  3.60,  —1.27,  and  — 19.09°C  respectively  characterize  initial, 
median,  and  terminal  portions  of  volleys.  Regression  of  another  call 
parameter,  volley  repetition  rate,  against  temperature  produces  a 
line  with  a slope  of  3.25x  and  an  X-intercept  of  9.14°C  (Fig.  3D). 

Thirdly,  Figure  3E  demonstrates  that  volley  duration  decreases 
markedly  with  increasing  ambient  temperature,  and  that  the  mathe- 
matical relationship  between  the  two  can  equally  well  be  interpreted 
as  linear  or  exponential.  In  theory,  the  total  number  of  abdominal 
strokes  per  volley  could  remain  constant  as  temperature  varies, 
since  the  increased  frequency  of  abdominal  vibration  at  higher  tem- 
peratures would  automatically  shorten  volley  duration.  However, 
data  in  Table  1 suggest  that  higher  temperatures  induce  a slight  but 
significant  reduction  in  the  total  number  of  abdominal  strokes  pro- 
duced during  each  volley,  and  that  this  phenomenon  facilitates  the 
volley-shortening  process. 

Finally,  the  table  and  figures  all  support  the  view  that  deviation  is 
relatively  slight  between  the  temperature  data  for  each  of  the  var- 
ious call  parameters  and  the  linear  regressions  calculated  from  those 
data.  The  closest  fit  to  a mathematical  relationship  is  found  in  the 
initial  frequency  of  abdominal  vibration  during  a volley:  for  data 


350 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


Figure  2.  Regression  lines,  calculated  from  data  in  Table  1 . showing  the  effect  of 
temperature  on  the  five  principal  characteristics  A~  E of  the  calls  of  five  males  (dashed 
lines)  and  five  females  (solid  line)  of  Ch.  plorahuncla.  The  left-hand  “frequency”  axis 
applies  to  parameters  A C (strokes/sec)  and  to  D (volleys/ min),  while  the  right-hand 
axis  for  “duration”  applies  only  to  E. 


A, 

males: 

y 

= 4.I6x  - 1 1.74, 

r-’  = 0.96 

females: 

y 

= 4.37x  - 18.79, 

r2  = 0.95 

B, 

males: 

y 

= 2.57x+  7.89, 

r2  = 0.88 

females: 

y 

= 2.77x-  0.55, 

r2  = 0.92 

C, 

males: 

y 

= 0.87x  + 21.66, 

r^=  0.69 

females: 

y 

= l.OIx  + 15.40, 

r2  = 0.74 

D, 

males: 

y 

= 3.l2x  - 27.85, 

r-^  = 0.81 

females: 

y 

= 3.44X  - 32.32, 

r^=  0.88 

E, 

males: 

y 

= -40x  + 1650,  1 

2 = 0.80 

females: 

y 

= -37x  + 1580,  1 

= 0.89 

1983] 


Henry  — Chrysoperla  plorahunda 


351 


pooled  from  all  ten  individuals,  over  95  percent  of  variance  is 
explained  by  regression  line  A shown  in  Figure  3.  Even  for  the  worst 
case — terminal  volley  frequency — nearly  two-thirds  of  raw  data  var- 
iance is  compatible  with  the  calculated  linear  regression  (r-  = 0.65). 
And  data  for  individuals  are  neither  more  nor  less  variable,  on 
average,  than  pooled  samples:  for  the  five  principal  call  features 
graphed  in  Figure  3,  individual  r-  values  average  0.93,  0.84,  0.59, 
0.79  and  0.76  and  never  fall  below  0.40  for  any  single  insect.  Also 
shown  in  that  figure  is  the  close  congruence  of  all  individual  lines  for 
each  of  the  same  five  call  features  but  particularly  for  initial  volley 
frequency,  suggesting  that  such  temperature  relationships  are  con- 
sistent, repeatable,  and  predictable  on  an  individual  basis. 

Results  of  experiments  manipulating  abdominal  mass  in  individ- 
ual lacewings  are  shown  in  Figure  4 and  Table  2.  Table  2 presents 
the  raw  temperature-frequency  data  taken  from  four  insects,  while 
Figure  4 shows  how  those  data  relate  to  the  linear  regressions  gener- 
ated from  the  terminal  volley  frequencies  of  the  ten  unmodified 
individuals  tested  earlier.  Converting  the  frequency  measurements 
to  their  equivalent  values  at  27°C  (Table  2)  dramatically  reveals 
how  little  those  data  are  affected  by  mass-loading  of  the  abdomen: 
in  none  of  the  four  experimental  animals  was  the  terminal  volley 
frequency  altered  significantly  by  the  treatment.  Weight  increments 
(from  painting)  amounted  to  10-27%  of  total  body  mass;  however, 
abdominal  weights  were  only  2.8  mg  for  the  female  and  approxi- 
mately 2 mg  for  the  three  males,  so  increments  to  the  mass  of  the 
vibrating  structure  itself  in  each  insect  actually  ranged  from  36  to 
50%. 


Discussion 

The  results  described  above  amply  document  the  striking  similar- 
ity of  male  and  female  calls  of  Chrysoperla  plorahunda,  consistent 
with  the  proven  importance  of  such  signalling  behavior  to  the 
reproductive  isolation  of  this  species  from  several  of  its  morphologi- 
cally identical  siblings  in  the  genus  (Henry  1980b,  1983b).  Females 
closely  resemble  males  in  every  detail  of  volley  structure  and  spac- 
ing, and  those  few  differences  that  do  exist  in  pooled  samples  tend 
to  break  down  when  the  characteristics  of  individual  insects  are 
compared  (Figs.  3 and  4).  Also  as  predicted,  males  and  females 


352 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


Figure  3.  Total  range  of  individual  variation  of  temperature  regression  lines  for 
the  five  major  call  characteristics  A-E  of  Ch.  plorahunJa.  The  area  above  and  below 
each  straight  line  includes  within  it  the  linear  regresssions  for  all  10  individuals  tested, 
while  the  line  itself  summarizes  temperature  data  for  those  10  insects  in  a single 
regression  equation.  Axes  and  labels  as  in  Fig.  2. 

A:  y = 4.27x-  15.37,  r-’=  0.95 
B:y  = 2.69x+  3.41,  r^=  0.88 
C:  y = 0.96x  + 18.33,  r^=  0.65 
D;  y = 3.25x  - 29.72,  r^=  0.83 
E:y  = - 39x+  1620,  r^  = 0.83 


1983] 


Henry  — Chrysoperla  plorabunda 


353 


change  their  various  call  characteristics  in  precisely  parallel  ways  as 
temperature  is  altered,  so  that  the  sexes’ calls  remain  indistinguish- 
able over  the  range  of  temperatures  they  would  typically  encounter. 
The  only  apparent  exception  to  this  conclusion  concerns  the  slightly 
lower  vibration  frequencies  characteristic  of  the  terminal  portions  of 
the  volleys  of  females  at  all  temperatures  (Fig.  2C).  Such  a differ- 
ence is  expected  if  the  terminal  volley  frequency  of  a lacewing’s 
abdomen  is  determined  by  its  inherent  capacity  to  oscillate  like  a 
weight  on  a spring,  since  the  demonstrabty  heavier  abdomen  of  a 
female  would  resonate  at  a lower  frequency  than  that  of  a male. 
However,  artificially  mass-loading  the  abdomens  of  several  males 
and  females  produced  no  obvious  downward  deflections  of  their 
frequency  characteristics,  suggesting  that  neuro-muscular  mecha- 
nisms actively  “drive”  the  vibrating  system  for  the  entire  duration  of 
each  volley  (Table  2)  and  that  resonance  effects  have  relatively  little 
influence  on  resultant  frequencies.  Also,  as  mentioned  earlier,  the 
male-female  difference  in  terminal  volley  frequencies  is  considerably 
less  impressive  when  the  responses  of  individual  insects  are  dissected 
from  the  pooled  data  (Fig.  4),  thus  raising  the  suspicion  that  it  is  an 
artifact  of  some  sort. 

Studies  of  other  acoustical  insects  overwhelmingly  support  the 
existence  of  linear  functions  relating  temperature  to  most  song 
parameters  that  repeat  over  time,  as  best  exemplified  by  and 
documented  for  rates  of  wing-stroking,  chirping,  and  “rolling”  in 
crickets  (Alexander  1956,  Walker  1962,  Dumortier  1963,  Prestwich 
and  Walker  1981)  and  a few  katydids  and  homopterans  (Dumortier 
1963,  Shaw  1968,  Whitesell  and  Walker  1978,  Booij  1982).  Similarly, 
most  of  the  temperature  data  reported  here  for  Ch.  plorabunda 
conform  well  to  linear  statistical  models,  although  they  are  insufficiently 
detailed  to  discriminate  linear  from  exponential  interpretations.  The 
least  individual  or  pooled  variance  from  the  calculated  regression  is 
found  for  the  abdominal  vibration  frequency  of  the  first  eight  cycles 
of  a volley,  suggesting  that  this  feature  of  the  call  is  particularly 
crucial  to  unambiguous  communication  between  the  sexes;  otherwise, 
it  seems  there  would  exist  no  need  for  such  precision. 

In  his  1962  paper  on  cricket  song.  Walker  drew  attention  to  the 
apparent  convergence  of  many  of  his  linear  regressions  on  4°C; 
that  is,  it  seemed  that  for  many  different  cricket  species  the  chirp 


354 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


Table  2.  Effect  on  terminal  volley  frequency  (C),  in  abdominal  strokes/sec,  of 
artificially  mass-loading  the  abdomen  of  three  males  and  one  female  of  Ch.  plora- 
hunda.  Weight  gains  are  tabulated  in  column  3;  the  last  column  lists  n.  the  number  of 
volleys  measured.  Equivalent  frequencies  (at  27°C)  in  column  six  were  calculated 
from  the  slope  of  regression  line  C in  Fig.  3.  Superscript  “x”  denotes  lab-reared 
insects. 


Weight. 

mg. 

Temp.. 

°C. 

Vibration 
frequency. ±SD 

Equivalent 
at  27°C. 

n 

Male  1 

control 

7.5 

26.8 

39.78  ± 1.83 

39.98 

29 

mass-loaded 

9.0 

30.0 

47.08  ± 1.84 

44.00 

20 

Male  1" 

control 

6.7 

27.1 

44.49  ± 2.44 

44.51 

20 

mass-loaded 

8.5 

27.0 

44.59  ± 3.52 

44.59 

25 

Male  2^ 

control 

7.2 

27.3 

45.98  ± 2.44 

45.60 

36 

mass-loaded 

8.5 

26.8 

44.92  ± 2.80 

45.15 

36 

Female  1 ' 

control 

9.6 

27.3 

43.47  ± 2.31 

43.20 

28 

mass-loaded 

10.6 

27.0 

43. 14  ± 2.50 

43.14 

19 

and  pulse  (=wing  stroke)  rates  went  to  zero  at  about  4°C  when  their 
temperature  regressions  were  extrapolated  downward.  The  same 
phenomenon  can  be  seen  in  other  insects,  as  well,  including  several 
tettigoniids  studied  or  reported  by  Dumortier  (1963),  Shaw  (1968), 
and  Whitesell  and  Walker  (1978)  and  two  delphacid  homopterans 
studied  by  Booij  (1982).  Temperature  data  for  initial  volley  frequency 
and  volley  repetition  rate  of  lacewing  calls  are  also  reasonably 
consistent  with  the  concept  of  regression  convergence,  since  the 
x-intercepts  for  relevant  call  parameters  range  from  2.82° C to 
9.40° C in  Ch.  plorahunda  and  average  8.3 1°C  in  Chrysopa 
oculata  (Henry  1982b).  However,  the  flatter  slopes  of  the  temperature- 
frequency  regressions  for  middle  and  terminal  portions  of  plora- 
bunda  volleys  cause  those  lines  to  intersect  the  x-axis  at  — 1.27°C 
and  -19.09°C,  respectively,  which  does  not  fit  well  with  Walker’s 
generalization.  Moreover,  other  examples  from  the  literature  fail  to 
confirm  the  phenomenon,  even  in  certain  crickets  and  katydids 
recently  studied  by  Walker  himself  (and  collaborators):  for  instance, 
Anurogryllus  arhoreus  and  winter  races  of  Neoconocephalus  triops 
both  display  rather  flat  regression  lines  of  temperature  versus  wing 
stroke  rate  that  intersect  the  x-axis  well  below  — 5°C  (Prestwich  and 
Walker  1981,  Whitesell  and  Walker  1978).  Thus,  Walker’s  “four 


1983] 


Henry  — Chrysoperla  plorabunda 


355 


/ 


Figure  4.  Effect  on  terminal  volley  frequency  (C)  of  artificially  mass-loading  the 
abdomen  of  four  Ch.  plorabunda  individuals,  superimposed  on  a graph  showing  the 
calculated  temperature  regression  lines  of  terminal  volley  frequency  for  10  other 
insects  of  the  same  species. 


356 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


degree  rule”  is  intriguing  but  far  from  universal  and  applies  only 
partially  to  the  lacewing  calls  described  here;  why  the  rule  should 
apply  at  all,  to  any  insect  call  parameter,  is  still  unknown. 

It  should  not  be  assumed  from  the  discussion  above  that  linear 
regressions  characterize  the  temperature  relationships  of  all  insect 
song  parameters.  In  fact,  it  is  likely  that  all  temperature  regressions 
are  ultimately  exponential  in  form  when  based  upon  data  taken  over 
a sufficiently  wide  temperature  range,  since  the  kinetics  of  the  phys- 
iochemical  processes  underlying  song  production  are  non-linear 
with  respect  to  temperature.  One  conspicuous  example  is  the  pulse 
(or  chirp)  duration  of  the  French  tettigoniid  Ephippiger  provincia- 
lis  (Yers.),  which  varies  inversely  with  temperature  in  a “hyperbolic” 
manner  (Dumortier  1963,  fig.  229).  The  volley  duration  typical  of 
calling  Ch.  plorabunda  also  decreases  with  temperature  (Fig.  3E), 
but  the  function  describing  that  decrease  seems  more  linear  than 
hyperbolic  or  logarithmic  over  the  chosen  range  of  temperatures, 
and  the  slope  of  the  relationship  is  twice  as  steep  as  that  shown  for 
the  tettigoniid.  Unless  thermoregulation  by  the  larger-bodied  katy- 
dids accounts  for  these  differences,  one  can  conclude  only  that  dis- 
tinct physiological  mechanisms  determine  pulse,  chirp,  or  volley 
durations  in  different  insect  groups. 

Recently,  Michelson  et  al.  (1982)  published  a comprehensive 
theoretical  and  empirical  study  treating  general  aspects  of  the  phys- 
ics, transmissibility,  and  energetics  of  the  vibrational  songs  of 
insects.  This  study  provides  a rationale  for  the  observed  frequency 
modulation  of  Ch.  plorabunda  volleys,  and  by  implication  helps  to 
explain  why  lacewing  singers  strictly  control  the  frequencies  of  all 
portions  of  their  volleys,  rather  than  simply  allowing  their  abdo- 
mens to  oscillate  at  their  frequencies  of  resonance.  Viewing  the  plant 
substrates  of  vibrating  or  tremulating  insects  as  acoustical  filters, 
Michelson  et  al.  concluded  that  signals  consisting  of  multiple  fre- 
quencies should  propagate  more  uniformly  (and  effectively)  through 
their  substrates  than  narrow-bandwidth  calls,  since  a signal  of  rela- 
tively pure  tone  tends  to  excite  a certain  pattern  of  standing  waves  in 
its  substrate  and  will  therefore  vary  tremendously  in  its  intensity 
from  place  to  place  on  that  substrate.  Broad-bandwidth  or  frequency- 
modulated  signals,  on  the  other  hand,  are  ideally  suited  for  penetrat- 
ing such  acoustical  filters,  so  that  at  least  a portion  of  the  call’s 
energy  reaches  the  receptors  of  the  recipient  individual  or  partner. 
Although  the  authors  reported  frequency  changes  on  the  order  of 


1983] 


Henry  — Chrysoperla  plorabunda 


357 


30-40%  in  the  calls  of  their  bugs  and  small  cicadas,  lacewings  of  the 
species  Ch.  plorabunda  alter  their  rate  of  abdominal  vibration  by 
50-60%  during  each  volley,  suggesting  that  their  calls  can  propagate 
efficiently  and  evenly  through  a variety  of  substrate  types.  However, 
if  all  this  is  true,  it  remains  to  be  explained  why  other  lacewing 
species  like  Ch.  dow  nesi  and  Ch.  carnea  (central  Europe)  produce 
long  calls  of  nearly  constant  frequency  characteristics  (Henry  1980b, 
1983a).  Perhaps  specific  properties  of  the  typical  substrates  utilized 
by  those  species  have  shaped  and  narrowed  the  frequency  ranges  of 
their  calls  over  evolutionary  time:  for  example,  Ch.  downesi  may  be 
responding  to  some  inherent  acoustical  property  of  conifer  needles, 
since  its  ecological  niche  is  restricted  to  the  evergreen  forests  of 
North  America. 


Summary 

This  study  assesses  the  effects  of  temperature  on  the  major 
characteristics  of  the  vibrational  song  of  a North  American  green 
lacewing,  Chrysoperla  plorabunda  (formerly  Ch.  carnea).  Those 
parameters  include  the  volley  repetition  rate,  the  average  duration 
of  volleys,  the  total  number  of  abdominal  strokes  per  volley,  and  the 
vibrational  frequency  structure  of  volleys.  In  general,  temperature 
affects  the  call  in  a direct  linear  manner,  so  that  linear  regression 
equations  (of  differing  slopes)  can  be  used  with  confidence  to  des- 
cribe the  relationship  between  temperature  and  each  measurable 
trait  of  a lacewing’s  song.  Additionally,  variation  in  these  equations 
among  individuals  or  between  the  sexes  is  negligible,  so  all  members 
of  the  species  produce  calls  of  remarkably  similar  construction  at  all 
reasonable  ambient  temperatures — a prerequisite  to  unambiguous 
communication  among  conspecifics.  That  the  weight  of  an  in- 
dividual’s abdomen  has  no  effect  on  the  frequency  characteristics  of 
its  call  was  demonstrated  experimentally  by  mass-loading  the 
abdomens  of  several  sexually  receptive  insects.  The  relevance  of 
these  findings  to  the  biological  function  of  lacewing  calling,  as  well  as 
to  the  physics  of  substrate-borne  vibrations,  is  discussed  briefly. 

Acknowledgments 

This  study  was  supported  in  part  by  National  Science  Foundation 
award  #DEB-79-l  1537  to  the  author.  I thank  Dr.  James  Johnson, 
University  of  Idaho  (Moscow),  for  sending  me  living  Chrysoperla 


358 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


plorabunda  from  his  home  state.  Drs.  Theodore  Taigen  and  Stephen 
Pacala  (University  of  Connecticut)  provided  useful  suggestions 
throughout  the  study,  while  Ms.  Burma  Stelmak  generously  typed 
and  edited  the  manuscript.  Ms.  Jane  O’Donnell  (University  of 
Connecticut  Museum  of  Natural  History)  read  and  constructively 
criticized  an  early  draft  of  the  paper. 

Lithrati  ri:  Citkd 

Alexander,  R.  D. 

1956.  A comparative  study  of  sound  production  in  insects,  with  special 
reference  to  the  singing  Orthoptera  and  Cicadidae  of  the  eastern  United 
States.  Ph.D  dissertation,  Ohio  State  University.  529  pp. 

1975.  Natural  selection  and  specialized  chorusing  behavior  in  acoustical 
insects,  hi  Pimental,  D.,  ed..  Insects.  Science  and  Society,  pp.  35-77. 
Academic  Press,  N.Y. 

Boon,  C.  J.  H. 

1982.  Biosystematics  of  the  Muellerianella  complex  (Homoptera,  Delphaci- 
dae),  interspecific  and  geographic  variation  in  acoustic  behavior.  Z. 
Tierpsychol.  58:  31  52. 

Brooks,  M.  W. 

1882.  Influences  of  temperature  on  the  chirp  of  the  cricket.  Popular  Sci. 
Month.  20:  268. 

Busnei  , R.  G. 

1963.  Acoustic  Behavior  of  Animals.  Elsevier  Publ.  Co.,  N.Y.,  933  pp. 
Catc'HFole,  C.  K. 

1982.  The  evolution  of  bird  sounds  in  relation  to  mating  and  spacing  behavior. 
In  Kroodsma,  D.  E.,  and  E.  H.  Miller,  eds..  Acoustic  Communication  in 
Birds,  Vol.  1,  pp.  297-319.  Academic  Press,  N.Y. 

Di'mortier,  B. 

1963.  The  physical  characteristics  of  sound  emissions  in  Arthropoda.  In  Bus- 
nei, R.  G.,  ed..  Acoustic  Behavior  of  Animals,  pp.  346-373.  Elsevier 
Publ.  Co.,  N.Y. 

Frankenberg  E. 

1982.  Vocal  behavior  of  the  Mediterranean  house  gecko  Hemidactylus  turei- 
cus.  Copeia  1982(4):  770-775. 

Halliday,  T.  R. 

1978.  Sexual  selection  and  mate  choice.  In  Krebs,  J.  R.,  and  N.  B.  Davies,  eds.. 
Behavioural  Ecolof'v,  pp.  180-213.  Blackwell  Sci.  Pubis.,  Oxford. 

Hayward,  R. 

1901.  The  katydid’s  call  in  relation  to  temperature.  Psyche  9:  179. 

Henry,  C.  S. 

1979.  Acoustical  communcation  during  courtship  and  mating  in  the  green 
lacewing  Chrysopa  carnea  (Neuroptera:  Chrysopidae).  Ann.  Entomol. 
Soc.  Am.  72(1):  68  79. 


1983] 


Henry  — Chrysoperla  plorabunda 


359 


1980a.  Acoustical  communication  in  Chrysopa  rufilahris  (Neuroptera:  Chryso- 
pidae).  a green  lacewing  with  two  distinct  calls.  Proc.  Entomol.  Soc. 
Wash.  82(1):  1-8. 

1980b.  The  courtship  call  of  Chrysopa  downesi  Banks  (Neuroptera:  Chrysopi- 
dae):  its  evolutionary  significance.  Psyche  86(2-3):  291-297. 

1980c.  The  importance  of  low-frequency,  substrate-borne  sounds  in  lacewing 
communication  (Neuroptera:  Chrysopidae).  Ann.  Entomol.  Soc.  Am. 
73(6):  617-621. 

1982a.  Reply  to  Tauber  and  Tauber’s  “Sympatric  Speciation  in  Chrysopa: 
further  discussion.”  Ann.  Entomol.  Soc.  Am.  75:  3-4. 

1982b.  Reproductive  and  calling  behavior  in  two  closely  related,  sympatric 
lacewing  species,  Chrysopa  oculaia  and  C.  chi  (Neuroptera:  Chrysopi- 
dae). Proc.  Entomol.  Soc.  Wash.  84:  191-203. 

1983a.  Acoustic  recognition  of  sibling  species  within  the  holarctic  lacewing 
Chrysoperla  corncfl  (Neuroptera:  Chrysopidae).  Systematic  Entomol.  8: 
293-301. 

1983b.  (in  press).  Sexual  behavior  of  green  lacewings.  In  Semeria,  Y.,  and  T.  R. 
New,  eds..  Biology  of  Chrysopidae.  Junk  Publishers,  Netherlands. 

ICKERT,  G. 

1968.  Beitrage  7ur  Biologie  einheimischer  Chrysopiden  (Planipennia,  Chry- 
sopidae). Entomol.  Abh.  Dresden  36:  123-192. 

Lanvon,  W.  E.,  and  W.  N.  Tavoi.ga. 

1960.  Animal  Sounds  and  Communication.  Publ.,  #7,  A IBS,  Washington, 
D.C.  443  pp. 

Littlejohn,  M. 

1977.  Long-range  acoustic  communication  in  anurans:  an  integrated  and  evo- 
lutionary approach.  In  Taylor,  D.  H.,  and  S.  1.  Guttman,  eds..  The 
Reproductive  Biology  of  Amphibians,  pp.  263  294.  Plenum  Press,  N.Y. 

Miciiei.sen,  a.,  F.  Fink,  M.  Gogala,  and  D.  Trade. 

1982.  Plants  as  transmission  channels  for  insect  vibrational  songs.  Behav. 
Ecol.  Sociohiol.  11:  269-281. 

Morris,  G.  K. 

1980.  Calling  display  and  mating  behavior  of  Copiphora  rhinoceros  Pictet 
(Orthoptera:  Tettigoniidae).  Anim.  Behav.  28:  42-51. 

OSSIAANILSSON,  F. 

1949.  Insect  drummers.  Opusc.  Entomol.  Suppl.  X:  1 145. 

Otte,  D. 

1974.  Effects  and  functions  in  the  evolution  of  signaling  systems.  Ann.  Rev. 
Ecol.  Syst.  5:  385-417. 

Prestwicii,  K.  N.  and  T.  J.  Walker. 

1981.  Energetics  of  singing  in  crickets:  effect  of  temperature  in  three  trilling 
species  (Orthoptera:  Gryllidae).  J.  Comp.  Physiol.  143:  199-212. 

Rdfpre(  ht,R. 

1975.  Die  Kommunikation  von  Sialis  (Megaloptera)  durch  Vibrationssignale. 
J.  Ins.  Physiol.  21:  305-320. 


360 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


Shaw,  K.  S. 

1968.  An  analysis  of  the  phonoresponse  of  males  of  the  true  katydid,  Ptero- 
phylla  camellifolia  (Fabr.)  (Orthoptera:  Tettigoniidae).  Behaviour  31: 
203-259. 

Smith,  R.  C. 

1922.  The  biology  of  the  Chrysopidae.  Cornell  University  Agric.  Expt.  Stn. 
Mem.  58:  1291-1372. 

Tjeder,  B. 

1960.  Neuroptera  from  Newfoundland,  Miquelon,  and  Labrador.  Opusc. 
Entomol.  25:  146-149. 

Toschi,  C.  a. 

1965.  The  taxonomy,  life  histories,  and  mating  behavior  of  the  green  lacewings 
of  Strawberry  Canyon.  Hilgardia  36:  391-431. 

Walker,  T.  J. 

1962.  Factors  responsible  for  intraspecific  variation  in  the  calling  songs  of 
crickets.  Evolution  16:  407-428. 

Whiteseli.,  J.  J.  and  T.  J.  Walker. 

1978.  Photoperiodically  determined  dimorphic  calling  songs  in  a katydid. 
Nature  274(5674):  887-888. 

Young,  D. 

1980.  The  calling  song  of  the  bladder  cicada,  Cysiosoma  saundersii:  a compu- 
ter analysis.  J.  Exp.  Biol.  88:  407-41 1 . 


SOCIAL  ORGANIZATION  IN  LEPTOTHORAX  ANTS: 
WITHIN-  AND  BETWEEN-SPECIES  PATTERNS* 


By  Joan  M.  Herbers 

Department  of  Zoology,  University  of  Vermont 
Burlington,  Vermont  05405 

Recent  application  of  quantitative  techniques  to  behavior  (cf. 
Colgan  1978)  has  resulted  in  new  approaches  to  undertanding  social 
interactions  among  animals.  A technique  particularly  widely-used 
for  study  of  ant  colonies  is  development  of  the  colony  ethogram,  or 
behavioral  profile.  We  now  have  ethogram  information  for  a wide 
variety  of  species.  Most  reports  in  the  literature  focus  on  a single 
colony  (Table  1);  variation  within  a species  is  rarely  discussed.  In 
addition,  the  colony  time  budget,  an  important  second  class  of 
information,  is  generally  not  reported  (Table  1).  The  appropriate- 
ness of  behavioral  comparisons  across  species  is  thereby  severely 
limited  by  availability  of  only  one  type  of  behavior  frequency 
catalog,  for  only  one  colony  per  species. 

Caste  complexity  and  division  of  labor  related  to  morphological 
or  age  variation  comprise  another  type  of  information  contributing 
to  an  understanding  of  social  organization.  As  a rule,  queens  have 
smaller  repertoires  than  do  workers;  majors  have  different  etho- 
grams  than  minors;  and  older  workers  display  different  behavior 
frequencies  than  do  younger  workers.  Studies  of  morphology  affect- 
ing behavior  have  concentrated  on  polymorphic  species  for  which 
descrete  worker  castes  can  be  distinquished;  recent  work  has  shown 
that,  even  for  monomorphic  species,  worker  size  can  bias  behavior 
(Wilson  1978,  Herbers  and  Cunningham  1983). 

A reasonably  complete  description  of  social  organization  for  an 
ant  species  should  treat  ethograms,  time  budgets,  and  behavioral 
caste  specialization,  both  within  and  between  different  colonies. 
Here  I report  such  details  for  three  colonies  of  Leptothorax  atnbi- 
guus.  This  information  is  then  compared  to  data  from  the  closely- 
related  L.  longispinosus  to  arrive  at  an  understanding  of  between- 
and  within-  species  variation  in  social  behavior. 


Manuscript  received  hy  the  editor  July  22.  1983 


361 


Table  I.  Ethograms  for  many  ant  species  have  been  published,  but  variation  between  colonies  is  rarely  reported. 


362 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


o 

oc 

O'  o 
— oc 

c 2: 

c 

■y.  O 


C C 

> U U 


c 

Cl 

oc  atj 
r-  ss 
O'  U. 


S E 


os 


n X: 

sO  oc  oc  vO 
r-  r-  r- 

_ O'  O'  O'  O' 

atj  ^ 

S.  c c.  c.  o c 

c -E  o o o o 

j-  •—  ^ 

OJ  <U  3 ’-C  ‘-C 


■o 

o 

u. 

C 

c. 

Cl 

a: 


c c c ^ c c 


r 

^ i 

C 2 
X 


^ > 
c o 

c O 


— — — rsj 


C/5 


<3 

-C  :t 

it 


I 


S 2 

53  ^ 

II 


2 


s:  V- 

Ic-S 


.sn 


l>5  >5  O 

Ci.  ^ 

^ £3. 

C C r. 

^ a,  s 


^ O O 53 
O O,  N 


Zacryptocerus  varians  1 1 no  Cole  1980 


1983] 


Herbers  — Social  Organization  in  Leptothorax 


363 


Methods 

Colonies  of  L.  amhiguus  were  collected  in  May  1982  from  the  E. 
N.  Huyck  Preserve  (Albany  County,  NY).  These  colonies  were 
settled  in  artificial  nest  boxes  and  maintained  according  to  standard 
methods  (Herbers  and  Cunningham  1983);  in  addition,  frozen  fruit- 
flies  were  provided  as  a food  source. 

For  detailed  observations,  three  colonies  were  chosen  on  the  basis 
of  queen  and  worker  number  to  match  earlier  studies  of  L.  longispi- 
nosus  (Herbers  1982).  All  Leptothorax  colonies  studied  were  of 
approximately  equal  worker  number,  all  had  eggs  and  larvae,  and 
all  produced  alates  by  summers’  end;  only  queen  number  varied 
significantly  (Table  2). 

Behavioral  observations  were  conducted  June  9 — August  24, 
1982  through  a Wild  M5-A  stereomicroscope  as  follows:  a worker 
was  chosen  at  random  and  all  her  actions  were  recorded  over  a 
30-minute  period.  In  addition,  activities  of  individuals  around  her  in 
the  field  of  view  were  recorded.  Head  widths  of  the  randomly-chosen 
ants  were  measured  at  a standard  depth  of  field,  by  use  of  an  ocular 
micrometer. 

Data  analysis  followed  methods  outlined  by  Fagen  and  Goldman 
(1977)  for  behavior  catalogs;  Herbers  and  Cunningham  (1983)  for 
statistical  evidence  of  polyethism  and  morphological  bias;  and  Cole 
(1980)  for  producing  dendrograms. 


Table  2.  Colony  sizes  of  Leptothorax  used  in  this  comparative  study.  Data  on  L 
tongispinosus  were  reported  by  Herbers  (1982). 


Original 
# of 
Queens 


Leptothorax  amhiguus 

La-A  3 

La-B  1 

La-C  0 

Leptothorax  tong isp i n o sus 

Ll-A  1 

Ll-B  1 

Ll-C  5 

Ll-D  4 


Original 
n of 

Eggs 

Larvae 

Alates 

Workers 

Laid? 

Present? 

Reared? 

27 

yes 

yes 

yes 

28 

yes 

yes 

yes 

20 

yes 

yes 

yes 

30 

yes 

yes 

yes 

31 

yes 

yes 

yes 

28 

yes 

yes 

yes 

36 

yes 

yes 

yes 

364 


Psvche 


[Vol.  85 


Results  and  Discussion 

Social  Organization  ofL.  ambiguus  colonies 

A total  of  60  hours  were  recorded  over  the  three  colonies  for  a 
grand  total  of  3145  observations.  Ethograms  for  the  three  colonies 
of  L.  ambiguus  are  reported  in  Table  3.  A total  of  46  behaviors  were 
recorded  for  workers  and  13  for  queens.  Despite  the  large  catalog 
size,  no  behavior  was  unique  to  L.  ambiguus;  all  in  Table  3 are 
relatively  common  to  many  species  included  in  Table  1. 

As  expected,  queens  were  much  less  active  than  workers  (Table 
3).  Their  behavior  was  almost  exclusively  directed  towards  the 
brood;  the  exceptional  occasion  for  colony  La-B  occurred  when  a 
queen  was  observed  walking  outside  the  nest  and  taking  a drink;  she 
later  returned  inside.  Because  of  the  paucity  of  data  on  queen  behav- 
ior, analyses  below  concern  only  worker  behavior. 

Frequencies  of  observations  for  behaviors  over  three  colonies  are 
given  in  Figure  1.  Sample  coverages  were  uniformly  greater  than 
99%  (Figure  1).  Consequently  inferences  about  the  true  colony 
repertoire  can  safely  be  made.  There  was  considerable  variation 
among  colonies  (Figure  1),  yet  the  distributions  were  not  signifi- 
cantly different  from  each  other  (x^  = 13,80,  14  df,  P > .05).  Thus 
distributions  of  observations  over  all  behavior  categories  were 
roughly  equivalent. 

Comparisons  of  absolute  frequencies  among  colonies  showed  that 
many  worker  behaviors  were  observed  in  all  colonies  (Table  3).  For 
some,  ethogram  frequencies  were  nearly  equal  (IL,  CP,  ATW,  RW) 
whereas  for  others  the  correspondences  were  not  good  (RE,  IE, 
ALW).  A third  class  of  behaviors  included  those  observed  for  only 
one  or  two  nests  (CE,  FED,  AAE,  CR).  Thus  considerable  inter- 
nest variation  existed.  For  a given  colony,  some  behaviors  known  to 
occur  in  the  species  were  missing  from  the  ethogram,  some  were 
common  or  rare  relative  to  other  colonies,  and  some  were  equally 
frequent  to  others.  Despite  apparent  discrepancies  in  absolute  fre- 
quencies, the  rankings  of  behaviors  by  frequency  were  similar  over 
the  three  colonies  (Kendall’s  coefficient  of  concordance;  W = .864, 
27  df,  P < .001).  That  is,  behaviors  commonly  observed  in  one  col- 
ony were  also  common  in  others  whereas  those  rare  in  one  tended  to 
be  rare  in  all.  In  particular,  behaviors  missing  from  one  colony’s 
ethogram  were  generally  rare  in  others.  Therefore,  although  abso- 
lute frequency  varied  from  nest  to  nest,  relative  frequencies  were 
similar. 


1983] 


Herbers  — Social  Organization  in  Leptothorax  365 


o 


La-A 
e«  .9942 


Lq-B 

e».9974 


Lo-C 

e«.9980 


TOTAL 

e>9986 


NO.  OF  ACTS 
(OCTAVE) 


Figure  1 . Abundance  histograms  for  three  colonies  of  L anihiguus  and  for  pooled 
data.  The  abscissa  gives  the  number  of  observations  per  behavior,  to  the  base  2;  thus 
octave  0 indicates  behaviors  observed  once,  octave  1 refers  to  exactly  2 observations, 
octave  2:  3 or  4 observations,  octave  3:  5 through  8,  and  so  on.  The  largest  octave,  10 
refers  to  behaviors  observed  513-1024  times.  The  value  of  6 given  for  each  data  set  in- 
dicates the  sample  coverage,  as  described  by  Fagen  and  Goldman  (1977). 


Table  3.  Ethograms  for  three  colonies  of  L.  amhiguus.  Since  Colony  La-C  was  queenless,  no  data  on  queen  behavior 
are  reported. 


366 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


I r-  Tf  r- 
I o — o 


< 22 

CQ  II 


^ I 


CM  vC  — — : vC 

(NO  — — 1-0  I 


I ''  * 

I O 


OC  OC  Tj- 

r-  r-  oc 
O 

<N  — r*', 


oc  — — 
00  vO  vC 
O O O 
O O O 


fN  OC  O — Tt 

I C^<NTtvC  — 

(N  — O O 

o o o o o 


(N  — 

I O 'C  — 

— o o 
o o o 


O' 
flD  S 

i7 

z 


— 00 
O — O' 

— rsi  (N 

— fN  r<-, 


m oo  (N 

(N 

— o o 
o o o 


sC  'C  — <N 
r*-,  r*-, 

r*~,  O O 

o o o o 


sC  <N  O'  sC  O' 

O r*'.  O — 

o o o o o 

o o o o o 


< 2 

il 


O'  <N 

— O' 
m — oc 

— rsi  (N 


§ 


— oc  tT 
— sC  'O  oc 
Tt  Tt  o o 
o o o o 


'O  O'  O' 

(N  — f*-,  o I 

o o o o 
o o o o 


CO  15 


aij 

CJO  Wj 
UJ  iUj 


> > 


> CA 

J .-5  -5 

- O w 

^ C/2  — 


c.  c. 

3 3 

ol.  a. 


u - 

13 

o 

O UJ 


wJ  Jj  j « 5 

OU-i<£OU:0U,<£o 


E 

D.  g 


w O 


UJ  UJ  UJ  , 

O U -J  < - 


Q UJ 

"J  -J  — J J "J  A ^ 

o U CJi  U.  < ~ o 


3 5 

0,  < 

I—  'tA 

U < 
UJ 
Ol  < 
U < 


Social  Interactions 

BC  Be  Carried  — — .0007 

ATWAntennate  Worker  .0454  .0472  .0570 

ATB  Antennate  Body  .0058  .0084  .0061 


1983] 


Herbers  — Social  Organization  in  Leptothorax 


367 


I I I 


I 1 


I I 


I i 


I 1 


O >c  oc 

OC  TT 

r-,  — O 

o o o 


O'  r- 
(N  (N  I 

— 5 I 


§ § 


^ r'  ^ 
_ — o — 
o o o o 
o o o o 


— 
o o 
o o 


— O <N  sC  sO  m 

1^  — Tj-  O — 

(N  r<-.  — O O O 

o o o o o o 


iTi  — rn  iTi  OC  O 

vO  — Tt  — 

0<N  0 0 0 — 

o o o o o o 


OO  O'  vO  'C 

m 1 r>',  fN  1 sO  O 

o o o o o 

o o o o o 


— tn  O'  vO  r*~, 

Tj-  O'  — O , — 

Tt  — o o o 

o o o o ' o 


vO  sO  vO 
O (N  — O 

o o o o 
o o o o 


O'  — sO  sO  vO  O'  sO 

f*-i  O'  o o o — o 

o o o o o o o 

o o o o o o o 


OC  CM 


— (N  O' 

CnI  O'  'O  — r'  — — 

rs  — OOOOOOfN 

ooooooooo 


I I i 

aij  2 o 

ot)  o w 
<U  = (D 

CC  < Oi 

> -1  o 

cjs:  < oQ 


aO 
a E 
g § 

S ^ 

c = 

< < 

O'  O 
H -J 
< < 


<u 

3 

0 

V 

s 

2 ^ 

a o 

l-i, 

01  lI 


oa 
oc  u. 


JJ 

« 

E “ 

§ S 

^ t 

— w 

< U 

< u 


o — 


— <u 


■i! 

^ d> 

_(U  ^ 


>.  Z 


S £ 

E 


f2  X 
3 W 

O n 


3 -3 

S > z 7: 

w 3 a: 

tjj 

t ^ c t 

oj  cn  3 
(J  UJ  I U 


X X 

uu  uu 

-J  u 


3 a.  Si 

, O ^ D-  ^ c 

■£  o ^ g 3 £ ^ 
o Ll  S — U UJ  U. 


— o 


ig  I 


5 Q P ^ ^ 

2 — U uu  u. 


£ Q 

T3  ^ 

t Q 


Colony  l.a-C  was  queenless. 


Code  Behavior 

Personal  Behavior 
RE  Rest 
SC  Self-Groom 
MO  Move  inside  Nesi 


{N=18)  (N=t4) 


1519  1104  2078 
.2155  .2211  .1378 
.2892  .3298  .3584 


Brood  Care 
IE  Inspeci  Egg 
CE  Groom  Egg 
CE  Carry  Egg 
LE  Lay  Egg 
AL  Assist  Egg-Lay 


ying 


GL  Groom  Larva 
CL  Carry  Larva 
RL  Regurgitate  w Larva 
FLD  Feed  Larva  Solid 
ALE  Assist  Larval  Eedysis 
IP  Inspect  Pupa 


CP  Groom  Pupa 
CP  Carry  Pupa 
AAE  Assist  Adult  Eclosion 


.0058 

.0032 


.0088 

.0061 

.0061 


.0415  .03.36  0292 
,0461  03.36  0428 
.0058  .0071  0149 
.0084  0052  0061 


.22 

.06 


.07 

07 

.07 


0026  0006 

.0019  .0052 

0039  0039 

0006  0006 

0019 


.05 


ALWAIIogroom  Worker 
BC  Be  Groomed 
ATQ  Aniennaie  Queen 
ALQ  Allogroom  Queen 
RQ  Regurgitate  w/Queen 
FQ  Fight  Queen 


0142 

0026 

0006 

.0013 


0048 


ATM  Aniennate  male 
ALMAIIogroom  Male 
CM  Carry  Male 
RM  Regurgitate  w/  Male 
ALF  Allogroom  Alale  Female 

Physical  Nest  Maintenance 
LN  Lick  Nest  Walt 
LOT  Look  Outside  Nest 
LEx  Inspect  Exuvium 
CEx  Carry  Exuvium 
EEx  Eat  Exuvium 
HM  Handle  Nest  Material 
CR  Carry  Refuse 

FF  Forage 
MOTMovc  Outside 
IDr  Inspect  Prey 
CDr  Carry  Prev 
EDr  Eat  Prey 
FdN  Feed  Inside  Nest 
FDO  Feed  Outsde  Nest 
IFd  Inspect  Food 
DR  Drink 


.07 


0045 


Social  Organization  in  Lepioi 


368 


Psyche 


Table  4.  Time  budgets  for  L.  amhiguus  workers. 


Behavior 


RE 

La-A 

.6362 

SG 

.0565 

MO 

.1453 

IE 

.0016 

GE 

.0003 

CE 

IL 

.0144 

GL 

.0282 

CL 

.0022 

RL 

.0077 

ELD 

— 

ALE 

- 

IP 

.0007 

GP 

.0017 

CP 

— 

AAE 

.0008 

ATW 

.0048 

ATB 

.0011 

RW 

.0235 

ALW 

.0039 

BG 

.0055 

ATQ 

- 

ALQ 

— 

RO 

— 

ATM 

— 

ALM 

— 

CM 

RM 

ALE 

— 

BC 

— 

LN 

.0028 

LOT 

.0013 

lEx 

.0001 

CEx 

— 

EEx 

— 

HM 

CR 

FF 

0010 

MOT 

.0293 

IDr 

.0001 

Proportion  of  Time  (p^) 

La-B 

La-C 

.5985 

.8157 

.0922 

.0153 

.1384 

.1281 

.0056 

— 

.0018 

.0013 

.0117 

,0051 

.0115 

.0034 

.0018 

— 

.0012 



.0018 

.0024 

.0030 

.0012 

.0009 



.0070 

.0066 

.0013 

.0015 

.0167 

.0103 

.0153 

.0005 

.0449 

.0058 

.0001 

- 

.0024 

.0002 

.0100 

.0001 

.0008 

.0024 

.0012 

.0020 

.0014 

.0020 

.0007 

.0120 

— 

.0030 

.0001 

[Vol.  85 


Total 

.68064 

.05520 

.13753 

.00242 

.00072 

.00044 

.01052 

.01478 

.00078 

.00331 

.00040 

.00158 

.00196 

.00029 

.00611 

.00129 

.01704 

.00658 

.01864 

.00002 


.00184 

.00378 

.00032 

.00119 

.0011! 

.00089 

.00036 

.01424 

.00107 


1983] 


Herbers  — Social  Organization  in  Leptothorax 


369 


Table  4.  Time  budgets  for  L.  amhiguus  workers.  (Continued) 


Beha\  ior 

Proportion 

of  Time  (pj) 

l.a-A 

l.a-B 

1 a-C 

Total 

CDr 



.0042 



.00139 

EDr 

.0291 

— 

— 

.01021 

FdN 

— 

.0065 

.0004 

.00229 

FdO 

.0005 

— 

— 

.00016 

IFd 

.0005 

— 

— 

.00017 

DR 

.0008 

— 

— 

.00027 

Time  budgets  for  workers  of  the  three  colonies  are  given  in  Table 
4.  The  largest  elements  in  Table  4 correspond  to  resting;  overall, 
workers  spent  68%  of  the  time  motionless.  It  is  interesting  to  note 
that  the  most  sedentary  colony  was  La-C,  which  had  no  queen; 
perhaps  the  high  rate  of  inactivity  was  related  to  a lower  rate  of  egg 
production  or  overall  lack  of  queen  stimulation.  Even  so,  resting 
was  predominant  for  all  nests.  The  second  dominant  behavior  was 
moving  inside  the  nest,  on  average  accounting  for  13.8%  of  the 
worker  time  budget.  In  addition,  self  grooming  was  a large  contribu- 
tor in  all  colonies  observed,  consuming  on  average  5%  of  worker’s 
time.  Thus  personal  behavior  accounted  for  the  vast  majority  of  the 
time  budget;  activities  which  can  be  called  “social”  consumed  less 
than  15%  of  the  workers’  time. 

Among  social  behaviors,  time  budget  variation  among  colonies 
was  minimal  for  some  types  (GP,  ATW,  ATB).  Proportions  of  time 
spent  in  other  behaviors  were  quite  different  among  colonies;  the 
most  extreme  case  was  LOT,  which  varied  by  two  orders  of  magni- 
tude (pj  = .0100  for  La-B  and  .0001  for  La-C).  Kendall’s  test  for 
concordance  showed  that,  despite  differences  in  absolute  proportion 
of  time,  rankings  of  behaviors  by  relative  proportions  were  similar 
over  all  colonies  (W  = 0.763,  13  df,  P < .005).  That  is,  behaviors 
consuming  a large  portion  of  the  time  budget  in  one  colony  tended 
to  be  important  for  other  colonies,  and  behaviors  rare  in  one  colony 
were  usually  rare  in  all.  Despite  quantitative  differences  in  specific 
types  of  activity,  overall  qualitative  agreement  in  time  budgets  was 
strong. 


370 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


To  sum,  no  significant  differences  in  relative  importance  of 
behaviors  were  observed  over  the  three  colonies.  Histograms  of 
behavior  frequency  (Fig.  1 ),  rankings  of  ethogram  frequency  (Table 
3)  and  relative  time  budget  frequencies  (Table  4)  were  not  signifi- 
cantly different.  Therefore,  in  subsequent  analyses  of  within-species 
social  organization  below,  data  were  pooled  over  three  colonies.  1 
will  return  to  consideration  of  between-colony  variation  below. 

Division  of  labor  among  workers  was  investigated  by  considering 
the  matrix  of  transition  frequencies  among  behaviors  listed  in  the 
ethogram.  Within  this  46  x 46  matrix,  elements  indicate  how  often 
each  behavior  followed  and  preceded  every  other  behavior.  To  sim- 
plify presentation  of  the  results,  transitions  among  behaviors  listed 
in  the  ethogram  are  synopsized  in  Table  5.  Diagonal  elements 
represent  the  frequencies  by  which  behaviors  in  the  same  categories 
followed  each  other  whereas  off-diagonal  elements  represent  transi- 
tion frequencies  between  behaviors  in  different  groups  (Herbers  and 
Cunningham  1983).  Division  of  labor  is  implicated  if  nonzero  tran- 
sition frequencies  are  clustered  in  diagonal  blocks  of  the  matrix  and 
zeroes  occur  in  off-diagonal  blocks. 

Examination  of  Table  5 shows  that  transitions  from  (column  1) 
and  into  (row  1)  Personal  Behavior  commonly  occurred.  This  is  no 
surprise,  since  virtually  all  workers  displayed  a form  of  personal 
behavior.  However,  among  social  behaviors,  the  overall  distribution 
of  nonzero  transitions  deviated  strongly  from  random  expectation 
(G  = 55.24,  1 6 df,  P<.00 1 ),  in  a pattern  consistent  with  organization 
of  behaviors  into  roles:  behaviors  within  the  group  Brood  Care  were 
positively  correlated  in  time,  as  were  those  within  the  groups  Social 
Interactions,  Physical  Maintenance,  and  Colony  Provisioning. 
Between  these  groups,  there  were  significantly  fewer  transitions  than 
random  expectation  (Table  5).  The  pattern  of  overabundance  of 
nonzero  transitions  in  diagonal  blocks,  and  under-representation  in 
off-diagonal  blocks  was  absolutely  consistent  with  expectation. 
Overall,  nonzero  transitions  clustered  in  diagonal  blocks,  thereby 
providing  statistical  evidence  of  polyethism. 

Worker  behavior  can  be  provisionally  categorized  into  four  roles: 
brood  care,  social  interactions,  physical  nest  maintenance,  and  pro- 
visioning, since  transitions  among  behaviors  within  a role  occurred 
more  often  than  random  expectation  whereas  links  between  roles 
occurred  less  often  than  by  chance.  Information  from  the  single-step 


Behavior  i 


1983] 


Herbers  — Social  Organization  in  Leptothorax 


371 


Table  5.  Synopsis  of  one-step  transition  probabilities  among  worker  behaviors. 
Entries  indicate  the  number  of  nonzero  transitions  from  Behavior  i to  Behavior  j 
observed  over  three  colonies. 


Behavior  j 


Personal 

Brood 

Social 

Physical 

Provision- 

Category 

Behavior 

Care 

Inter- 

Main- 

ing 

actions 

tenance 

Personal  Behavior 

9 

20 

15 

8 

9 

Brood  Care 

16 

33^ 

6“ 

2~ 

0“ 

Social  Interactions 

14 

8 

17+ 

0“ 

2' 

Physical  Maintenance 

7 

2“ 

r 

7+ 

r 

Provisioning 

8 

0" 

2~ 

3~ 

21  + 

^ more  than  expected  by  chance 
“ fewer  than  expected  by  chance 
G = 55.24,  16  df,  P<  .001 


transition  matrix  therefore  gave  important  insights  to  the  nature  of 
polyethism  in  L.  ambiguus.  However,  Table  5 must  be  interpreted 
with  caution,  since  it  does  not  report  linkage  over  several  acts. 
Analysis  of  per-second  transition  probabilities  cannot  detect  transi- 
tions between  behaviors  intervened  by  other  acts.  That  is,  over  a 
relatively  long  period,  workers  may  switch  roles,  which  would  not 
be  disclosed  by  single-step  transition  analysis  (Herbers  and  Cun- 
ningham 1983).  While  single-step  transitions  suggest  patterns  of 
polyethism,  inferences  must  be  corroborated  by  long-term  observa- 
tions of  behavior. 

Information  on  worker  behavior  over  30-minute  periods  is  given 
in  Table  6.  There  is  indicated  the  number  of  ants  (out  of  a total  of 
57)  that  executed  two  behaviors  within  a 30-minute  period.  It  is  clear 
from  Table  6 that  behaviors  provisionally  assigned  to  different  roles 
were  often  displayed  by  one  worker  over  30-minutes’  time.  Results 
of  statistical  testing  of  Table  6 are  summarized  by  Venn  diagrams  in 
Figure  2.  Behaviors  intersecting  in  this  figure  co-occurred  more 
often  than  expected  by  chance  (x^  tests)  whereas  sets  not  intersect- 
ing were  observed  for  the  same  individuals  at  a rate  no  different 
from  chance  expectation.  Thus  behaviors  involved  in  egg  care  were 
related,  as  were  those  concerning  care  of  larvae  and  those  related  to 


372 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


care  of  pupae.  However,  no  greater  proportion  of  egg-workers  also 
tended  for  larvae  and  pupae  than  chance  expectation.  That  is,  indi- 
viduals specializing  on  eggs  were  not  necessarily  those  specializing 
on  pupae  or  larvae.  The  final  set  of  behaviors  is  a large  but 
loosely-connected  cluster.  Regurgitation,  grooming,  and  antenna- 
tion  were  closely  interconnected  (Figure  2);  these  were  also 
peripherally  connected  with  inspecting  the  nest  exterior  and  moving 
outside,  since  individuals  returning  from  an  outside  foray  elicited 
interest  and  grooming  from  nestmates.  Similarly,  LN  and  HM  do 
not  directly  intersect,  since  they  co-occurred  no  more  often  than 
chance  expectation;  these  two  behaviors  were  indirectly  linked 
through  ATW  and  RW  (Figure  2).  Behaviors  in  the  roles  of  social 
interactions,  physical  maintenance,  and  provisioning  were  therefore 
not  strongly  separated. 

Thus  analysis  of  sets  of  behaviors  displayed  over  30-minute  peri- 
ods illustrated  the  expectation  that  individual  workers  tended  to 
specialize,  particularly  within  the  brood  care  role.  An  ant  grooming 
larvae  was  more  likely  to  also  carry  or  regurgitate  to  larvae  than 
chance  expectation.  By  a similar  token,  a worker  guarding  the  nest 


Figure  2.  Sets  of  behaviors  that  co-occurred  within  30-minutes.  Two  intersecting 
behaviors  were  observed  more  often  than  expected  by  chance  (x“  tests;  for  all 
intersections  P <.05).  Behaviors  not  intersecting  occurred  as  often  or  less  than 
random  expectation. 


1983] 


Herbers  — Social  Organization  in  Leptothorax 


373 


entrance  (LOT)  was  likely  to  move  outside  the  nest,  then  to  be 
groomed  by  nestmates  upon  reentry.  Thus  some  components  of 
polyethism  were  statistically  verified  by  examination  of  long-term 
individual  worker  behavior.  However,  the  division  of  labor  inferred 
from  Table  6 was  considerably  weaker  than  the  instantaneous  transi- 
tion matrix  (Table  5)  suggested.  Individuals  involved  in  brood  care 
acts  also  displayed  behaviors  in  other  roles  over  a 30-min.  period. 
Likewise,  co-occurrences  of  behaviors  in  other  roles  were  very 
common.  The  pattern  emerging  from  consideration  of  all  data  is 
that  workers  strongly  specialized  in  the  short-term  but  over 
30-minutes  the  specialization  was  weakened. 

A final  component  of  social  organization  is  morphological  bias  in 
polyethism.  Worker  size  is  known  to  be  correlated  with  behavior  in 
many  species,  including  the  monomorphic  L.  longispinosus  (Her- 
bers and  Cunningham  1983).  The  range  of  worker  sizes  in  L.  ambi- 
guus  is  indicated  in  Figure  3.  Pooled  data  are  drawn  there,  since 


Figure  3.  Morphological  variation  in  L.  amhiguus  workers.  Head  width  distribu- 
tion was  normal,  and  the  largest  worker  was  less  than  1.5  times  that  of  the  smallest. 


374 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


distributions  were  not  significantly  different  among  colonies 
(ANOVA,  F = .09,  2 df,  P < .05).  Head  widths  were  relatively 
invariant  in  this  species  (x  = .552  mm,  s = .043  mm)  such  that  the 
largest  individual  was  less  than  1.5X  the  smallest  (Figure  3).  Thus 
the  potential  for  size-biased  polyethism  was  quite  restricted. 

Head  widths  of  workers  displaying  different  ethogram  behaviors 
were  considered.  Data  were  again  pooled  over  three  colonies  since 
mean  head  widths  did  not  differ  significantly  for  any  behavior 
(ANOVA  with  variable  df;  in  all  cases  P < .05).  Figure  4 illustrates 
statistics  of  head  width  for  workers  displaying  each  behavior.  No 
obvious  differentiation  of  head  width  according  to  roles  can  be 
discerned.  Analysis  of  data  in  Figure  4 is  summarized  in  Table  7, 
which  is  based  on  ANOVA’s  for  differences  between  mean  head 
widths  (LSD  tests).  Most  of  the  significant  differences  separate 
workers  regurgitating  with  larvae  from  other  behaviors  (row  and 
column  headed  RL  in  Table  7).  That  workers  displaying  RL  were  on 
average  larger  than  others  is  evident  from  Figure  4.  Starred  entries 
of  Table  7 are  sporadic;  certainly  patterns  of  differences  in  mean 
head  width  showed  no  clear  segregation  by  roles.  Workers  exhibit- 
ing a brood  care  behavior  were  not  more  similar  in  size  to  those 
displaying  other  brood  care  behaviors  than  they  were  to  workers 
involved  in  social  interactions  or  provisioning.  Thus  there  was  no 
apparent  morphological  bias  underlying  polyethism  for  L.  am- 
biguus. 

The  overall  picture  that  emerges  of  L.  ambiguus  social  organ- 
ization is  short-term  specialization  of  individual  on  task  according 
to  four  roles:  brood  care,  social  interactions,  physical  nest  mainte- 
nance, and  provisioning  (Table  3).  However,  the  division  of  labor 
was  rather  loose,  since  switching  between  roles  was  often  observed 
over  30-minute  periods  (Table  4).  The  nonrandom  co-occurrence  of 
sets  of  behaviors  (Figure  2)  statistically  reinforced  inferences  about 
polyethism  from  the  transition  matrix.  Finally,  no  strong  morpho- 
logical bias  was  demonstrated  for  ants  specializing  on  specific  tasks. 

Comparison  with  L.  longispinosus 

Results  of  this  study  were  compared  with  data  from  its  closely- 
related  congener  L.  longispinosus;  such  comparisons  were  valid 
since  all  observations  were  conducted  in  the  same  laboratory  using 
standard  husbandry  techniques.  The  major  difference  in  culture 
conditions  between  species  was  the  addition  of  fruitflies  to  L.  ambi- 
guus diets.  The  earlier  study  had  not  incorporated  feeding  insect  prey 


1983] 


Herbers  — Social  Organization  in  Leptothorax 


375 


Table  6.  Number  of  workers  observed  to  exhibit  two  behaviors  over  a 
30-minute  period.  Numbers  in  the  left  column  refer  to  total  number  of 
ants  observed  to  display  each  behavior. 


RG 

SG 

MO 

IE 

GE 

CE 

IL 

GL 

CL 

RL 

ALE 

56 

RG 

— 

45 

SG 

44 

— 

51 

MO 

50 

43 

— 

6 

IE 

6 

5 

6 

- 

4 

GE 

4 

3 

4 

4 

— 

1 

CE 

1 

1 

1 

I 

I 

— 

21 

IL 

21 

18 

20 

3 

2 

0 

16 

GL 

5 

13 

16 

3 

2 

0 

14 

2 

CL 

2 

2 

2 

1 

0 

0 

2 

2 

— 

4 

RL 

4 

4 

4 

0 

0 

0 

4 

4 

1 

— 

1 

ALE 

1 

1 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

0 

0 

— 

10 

IP 

10 

8 

9 

1 

I 

0 

7 

5 

0 

1 

1 

5 

GP 

5 

4 

4 

0 

0 

0 

3 

3 

0 

0 

1 

1 

AAE 

1 

1 

1 

1 

I 

0 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

36 

ATW 

36 

30 

36 

3 

2 

0 

14 

9 

2 

3 

1 

14 

ATB 

14 

13 

14 

1 

0 

0 

7 

5 

2 

2 

1 

25 

RW 

24 

25 

25 

2 

1 

0 

12 

8 

2 

3 

1 

7 

ALW 

7 

6 

7 

1 

0 

0 

3 

3 

1 

0 

1 

15 

BG 

15 

14 

15 

1 

1 

0 

9 

6 

0 

1 

1 

1 

ATQ 

1 

1 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

9 

LN 

9 

9 

9 

I 

1 

I 

5 

4 

1 

2 

1 

8 

LOT 

8 

8 

8 

1 

1 

0 

0 

1 

0 

0 

0 

2 

lEx 

2 

2 

2 

1 

1 

0 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

3 

CEx 

3 

3 

3 

1 

1 

0 

2 

1 

0 

0 

0 

4 

EEx 

4 

4 

4 

1 

1 

0 

2 

1 

0 

0 

0 

6 

HM 

6 

2 

6 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

0 

0 

0 

1 

FF 

1 

1 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

6 

MOT 

6 

6 

6 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

0 

0 

1 

3 

IDr 

3 

3 

3 

0 

0 

0 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

CDr 

1 

1 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

EDr 

1 

1 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

2 

FdN 

2 

2 

2 

0 

0 

0 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

F'dO 

1 

1 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

IFd 

1 

1 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

DR 

1 

1 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

376 

56 

45 

51 

6 

4 

1 

21 

16 

2 

4 

1 

10 

5 

1 

36 

14 

25 

7 

15 

9 

8 

2 

3 

4 

6 

1 

6 

3 

1 

1 

2 

1 

1 

1 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


Table  6 (continued). 


IP  GP  AAE  ATW  ATB  RW  ALW  BG  ATQ  LN  LOT 


RG 

SG 

MO 

IE 

GE 

CE 

IL 

GL 

CL 

RL 

ALE 

IP  — 

GP  5 

AAE  I 

ATW  7 

ATB  2 

RW  4 

ALW  I 

BG  2 

ATQ  0 

LN  0 

LOT  0 

lEx  1 

CEx  2 

EEx  2 

HM  2 

FF  0 

MOT  0 

IDr  0 

CDr  0 

EDr  0 

FdN  0 

FdO  0 

IFd  0 

DR  0 


0 - 

2 1 - 

I 0 13 

I 1 21 

1 0 7 

1 0 13 

1 0 I 

0 0 8 

0 0 7 

0 I 2 

0 1 3 

0 I 4 

1 0 6 

0 0 0 

0 0 5 

0 0 2 

0 0 1 

0 0 0 

0 0 2 

0 0 0 

0 0 0 

0 0 1 


II  - 
5 6 
5 10 
0 0 
3 7 

2 5 
0 2 
1 2 
1 2 
1 3 
0 0 

3 4 
I 0 
1 0 
0 0 
1 0 
0 0 
0 0 
0 0 


5 — 

0 0- 
2 6 0 — 

2 4 0 2 — 
0 0 0 0 0 
0 10  0 0 
0 2 0 0 0 
0 3 110 
0 0 0 0 1 

3 5 0 2 5 
0 10  0 1 
0 0 0 0 0 
0 0 0 0 1 
0 10  0 0 
0 0 0 0 1 
0 0 0 0 1 
10  0 0 0 


1983] 


Herbers  — Social  Organization  in  Leptothorax  377 


Table  6 (continued). 


lEx  CEx  EEx  HM  EE  MOT  IDr  CDr  EDr  FdN  FdO  IFd 


56  RG 
45  SG 
51  MO 

6 IE 
4 GE 

1 CE 
21  IL 
16  GL 

2 CL 

4 RL 

I ALE 
10  IP 

5 GP 

I AAE 
36  ATW 

14  ATB 
25  RW 

7 ALW 

15  BG 

1 ATQ 
9 LN 

8 LOT 

2 lEx 

3 CEx 

4 EEx 

6 HM 
1 FF 

6 MOT 
3 IDr 
I CDr 

1 EDr 

2 FdN 
I FdO 
I IFd 

I DR 


1 — 

1 2 

0 I 

0 0 

0 0 

0 0 

0 0 

0 0 

0 0 

0 0 

0 0 

1 0 


2 - 

0 0 

0 0 

0 I 

0 I 

0 0 

0 I 

0 0 

0 0 

0 0 


I - 
I I 
0 0 
I I 
0 0 
I I 
I I 
0 0 


1 — 
0 0 

2 I 
I 0 
I 0 
0 0 


I — 

I I 

I I 

0 0 


I — 

0 0 


378 


Psvche 


[Vol.  85 


HEAD  WIDTH  (mm.) 

.46  48  50  .52  54  56  .58  60  ,62  .64  .66  .68  .70 

! I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 


REST 

SELF-GROOM 
MOVE  INSIDE  NEST 
INSPECT  EGG 
GROOM  EGG 
CARRY  EGG 
INSPECT  LARVA 
GROOM  LARVA 
CARRY  LARVA 
REGURGITATE  W/LARVA 
ASSIST  LARVAL  ECDYSIS 
INSPECT  PUPA 
GROOM  PUPA 
ASSIST  ADULT  ECLOSION 
ANTENNATE  W/WORKER 
ANTENNATE  BODY 
REGURGITATE  W/WORKER 
ALLOGROOM  WORKER 
BE  GROOMED 
ANTENNATE  QUEEN 
LICK  NEST  WALL 
GUARD  NEST  ENTRANCE 
INSPECT  EXUVIUM 
CARRY  EXUVIUM 
EAT  EXUVIUM 
HANDLE  NEST  MATERIAL 
FORAGE 

MOVE  OUTSIDE  NEST 
CARRY  PREY 
EAT  PREY 
INSPECT  PREY 
FEED  IN  NEST 
FEED  OUTSIDE 
INSPECT  FOOD 
DRINK 


• 




♦ 


Figure  4.  Head  width  distributions  for  workers  exhibiting  behaviors  in  the  etho- 
gram.  Means  and  standard  deviations  are  plotted. 


1983] 


Herbers  — Social  Organization  in  Leptothorax 


379 


Table  7. 


RE 

SG 

MO 

IE 

GE 

CE 

IE 

Gl, 

CL 

RE 

ALE 

IP 

GP 

AAE 

ATW 

ATB 

RW 

ALW 

BG 

ATQ 

LN 

lEx 

LOT 

CEx 

EEx 

HM 

FF 

MOL 


Results  of  ANOVA  tests  of  mean  head  widths  for  workers  exhibiting 
different  behaviors.  Starred  entries  indicate  average  head  widths  were  signifi- 
cantly different  (LSD  tests;  *P  < .05). 


RE 


SG 


MO 


IE 


GE 


CE 


IL 


GL 


CL 


IDr 

CDr 

EDr 

FdN 

FdO 

IFd 

DR 


RL 


K< 


* 

♦ 

* 


* 


* 

* 


* 

* 

* 

* 


* 


to  L.  longispinosus  (Herbers  and  Cunningham  1983);  to  correct  for 
this  different  rearing  condition  comparisons  below  deleted  the  prey- 
handling behaviors  reported  for  L.  amhiguus  (Table  3:  IDR,  EDR, 
CDR).  In  addition,  colonies  had  been  matched  with  respect  to 
worker  number  in  order  to  eliminate  variation  correlated  with  col- 
ony size  (Table  2).  Therefore,  comparisons  between  these  studies 


380 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


were  not  confounded  by  variation  between  observers,  husbandry 
techniques,  or  colony  size. 

The  two  species  are  ecologically  similar.  Both  inhabit  temperate 
forests  throughout  eastern  North  America,  nest  in  small  plant  cavi- 
ties such  as  acorns,  twigs,  and  hollow  roots,  and  scavenge  for 
arthropod  parts.  On  the  Huyck  Preserve,  L.  longispinosus  is  more 
common,  preferring  deep  woods,  while  L.  amhiguus  appears  re- 
stricted to  relatively  open  habitats;  despite  some  microhabitat  segre- 
gation, the  two  do  co-occur  in  many  places. 

A subjective  analysis  of  their  overall  demeanor  suggests  that  L. 
amhiguus  is  the  higher-tempo  species  (sensu  Oster  and  Wilson 
1978).  That  is,  they  are  more  excitable  and  appear  to  move  faster 
than  L.  longispinosus.  While  this  study  was  not  designed  to  detect 
tempo  differences,  one  set  of  behaviors  clearly  illustrated  it:  for  the 
L.  amhiguus  colonies,  certain  workers  were  often  stationed  at  the 
nest  entrance.  While  there,  they  periodically  roused  to  inspect  the 
entrance,  moving  a few  cm  outside  the  opening  before  returning  to 
their  position.  This  combination  (LOT,  MOT)  was  observed  for  all 
3 colonies  (Table  3).  By  constrast,  L.  longispinosus  workers  only 
occasionally  positioned  themselves  near  the  nest  entrance,  and  the 
apparent  guarding  behavior  was  observed  for  only  one  of  four  colo- 
nies watched  (Herbers  1982).  Thus  the  more  excitable  nature  of  the 
presumed  higher  tempo  species  was  evident  in  the  colony  etho- 
grams. 

Both  species  displayed  a division  of  labor,  with  similar  patterns  of 
polyethism.  Roles  of  brood  care,  social  organization,  and  nest  main- 
tenance were  identified  in  each.  For  L.  longispinosus,  though, 
foragers  comprised  a unique  caste  whereas  in  L.  amhiguus  foragers 
displayed  other  provisioning  behaviors  as  well.  Moreover,  in  L. 
longispinosus  the  division  of  labor  was  much  tighter:  very  few 
instantaneous  transitions  between  roles  were  observed,  most  of 
them  between  brood  care  and  nest  maintenance  (Herbers  and  Cun- 
ningham 1983).  For  L.  amhiguus,  transitions  among  roles  were 
more  frequent  (Table  5),  although  less  common  than  chance  expec- 
tation. Over  30-min.  periods,  workers  of  both  species  switched  roles, 
but  again,  role-switching  was  far  more  common  for  L.  amhiguus 
than  for  L.  longispinosus.  Therefore,  although  specialization 
occurred  in  both  species,  division  of  labor  was  considerably  tighter 
for  one. 


1983] 


Herbers  — Social  Organization  in  Leptothorax 


381 


A startling  difference  between  species  was  the  strong  morphologi- 
cal bias  underlying  polyethism  in  L.  longispinosus  but  lacking  in  L. 
anihiguus.  Size  differentiation  according  to  task  was  clear  in  L.  lon- 
gispinosus-, the  pattern  strongly  corroborated  influences  of  role  and 
caste  delineation  from  the  transition  matrix  (Herbers  and  Cun- 
ningham 1983).  For  L.  anihiguus,  however,  there  were  relatively  few 
differences  in  average  worker  size  among  behaviors,  and  those  few 
significant  differences  were  not  correlated  with  roles  inferred  from 
behavior  transitions.  Perhaps  the  absence  of  morphological  correla- 
tion was  due  to  the  fact  that  the  range  of  worker  size  was  narrower 
for  L.  anihiguus  (Figure  3)  than  L.  longispinosus  (Herbers  and 
Cunningham  1983);  a small  size  range  of  workers  may  have  pre- 
cluded task  specialization  by  size  for  L.  anihiguus. 

Both  species  displayed  considerable  among-colony  variation  with 
respect  to  behavior  frequency  and  time  budgets.  To  ascertain  the 
relative  importance  of  within-  and  between-species  variation,  cluster 
analyses  were  performed.  These  techniques  involve  calculating  sim- 
ilarity indices  for  all  possible  pairwise  comparisons.  Then  each  unit 
(i.e.  colony)  is  placed  in  a dendrogram  based  on  its  similarity  to 
every  other  unit.  If  behavior  data  reflect  phylogeny,  then  the  three 
L.  anihiguus  colonies  should  form  one  cluster  while  the  four  L. 
longispinosus  form  a second.  Moreover,  one  might  expect  colonies 
with  similar  numbers  of  queens  to  cluster  more  closely  to  each  other 
than  colonies  with  different  queen  numbers. 

The  simplest  comparisons  used  the  matching  coefficient,  or 
number  of  behaviors  shared  by  two  colonies  relative  to  the  total 
number  observed  over  all  (Cole  1980).  This  similarity  index  utilizes 
information  only  on  presence  or  absence  of  behavior  types  in  the 
ethogram,  thereby  ignoring  relative  frequency.  Analysis  of  matching 
coefficients  yielded  the  dendrogram  of  Figure  5.  This  simplest  clus- 
tering technique  produced  the  satisfying  results  that  L.  anihiguus 
colonies  were  more  closely  related  to  each  other  than  to  L.  longispi- 
nosus nests:  the  three  formed  a distinct  cluster.  Moveover,  queen- 
right  L.  anihiguus  colonies  were  more  similar  to  each  other  than  to 
the  queenless  nest;  this  result,  however,  was  simply  an  artifact  of  the 
presence  of  behaviors  directed  towards  queens  ( ATQ,  RQ,  ALQ)  in 
queenright  but  not  queenless  ethograms.  Even  so,  L.  anihiguus  col- 
onies did  cluster  as  expected.  However,  the  L.  longispinosus  nests 
did  not.  Two  (LI -A  and  Ll-B)  clustered  closer  to  L.  anihiguus  nests 


382 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


lOOn 


80- 


0-J 


Ll-B  La-C  La-B  La-A  Ll-A  Ll-D  Ll-C 


Figure  5.  Dendrogram  of  similarity  among  Lepiothorax  colonies  based  on  the 
simple  matching  coefficient. 


than  to  conspecific  nests  (Figure  5).  The  simple  matching  coefficient 
which  weighs  all  behaviors  equally,  therefore  produced  a dendro- 
gram that  gave  satisfactory  results  for  one  species  but  far  from 
pleasing  results  for  the  second.  That  is,  differences  among  L.  longi- 
spinosus  nests  were  stronger  than  differences  between  species,  based 
on  simple  matching  coefficients. 

A second  type  of  cluster  analysis  used  geometric  distance  between 
ethogram  frequencies  of  the  colonies.  This  technique  incorporated 
information  on  frequencies  of  different  behavior  types,  yielding 
results  more  biologically  meaningful  than  the  matching  coefficient 
(Cole  1980).  For  this  analysis,  rest  was  excluded.  A dendrogram  of 
the  seven  colonies  produced  from  ethogram  frequencies  is  shown  in 
Figure  6.  All  colonies  were  quite  similar  to  each  other  (minimum 
similarity  was  97.72  on  a scale  of  100)  because  proportion  data  were 
used.  Use  of  frequencies  changes  the  scale  but  not  relative  positions 
of  colonies  within  the  dendrogram.  Just  as  with  the  simple  matching 


1983] 


Herhers  — Social  Organization  in  Leptothorax 


383 


coefficient,  geometric  distance  between  colonies  failed  to  produce 
separate  species  clusters  (Figure  6).  Interestingly,  queenright  colo- 
nies of  L.  amhiguus  clustered,  as  did  monogynous  colonies  of  L. 
longispinosus.  However,  an  anomalous  cluster  was  comprised  of 
La-C  and  Ll-D,  thereby  reducing  the  significance  of  other  clusters 
in  the  dendrogram.  In  sum,  consideration  of  ethogram  frequencies 
produced  a dendrogram  for  which  within-species  variation  swamped 
between-species  variation. 

A final  dendrogram  was  produced  from  comparison  of  time 
budgets  over  all  colonies  (Figure  7),  based  again  on  geometric  dis- 
tance. This  analysis  was  more  discriminating  than  that  based  on 
ethograms  (minimum  similarity  = 83.17).  The  dendrogram  shows 
three  longispinosus  colonies  clustered  closely  and  three  amhiguus 
clustered  closely.  The  single  aberrant  entry  was  Ll-D,  a polygynous 


lOOn 


q: 

< 


if) 

Ld 

> 

!< 

cd 


99- 


98- 


97 


La-A  La-B  La-C  Ll-D  Ll-C  Ll-A  Ll-B 


Figure  6.  Dendrogram  of  similarity  derived  from  geometric  distance  based  on 
ethogram  frequencies. 


384 


[Vol.  85 


Psyche 


lOOn 


96- 


t: 

oc: 

< 

in 

Ld 

> 


92- 


88- 


84- 


80-* 


La-A  La-B  La-C  Ll-D  Ll-A  Ll-C  Ll-B 


Figure  7.  Dendrogram  of  similarity  derived  from  geometric  distance  based  on  time 
budget  frequencies. 

longispinosus  clustering  with  the  three  L.  amhiguus  colonies.  Con- 
sideration of  time  budget  data  gave  a reasonable  but  not  perfect  fit 
to  expectation. 

Of  the  three  dendrograms  produced,  the  best  fit  to  expectation 
derived  from  time  budget  data.  Even  this  best-fit  tree,  though,  con- 
tained an  anomaly.  By  no  statistical  means  could  I produce  a cluster 
diagram  that  accorded  perfectly  to  species  identity.  In  no  case  did 
the  two  species  separate  into  discrete  clusters.  Variation  among  col- 
onies within  a species  therefore  makes  separation  between  species 
tenuous.  Because  most  studies  report  data  from  a single  colony,  the 
utility  of  cross-species  comparisons  of  behavior  is  severely  limited. 
Moreover,  ethograms  themselves  appear  less  discriminating  than 
time  budgets  for  separating  out  variation  between  species.  It 
appears,  then,  that  standard  methods  of  reporting  social  organiza- 
tion (i.e.  ethogram  frequencies  from  a single  colony)  neglect  critical 
information  on  between-colony  variability  and  on  time  budgets. 


1983] 


Herbers  — Social  Organization  in  Leptothorax 


385 


Only  with  more  extensive  studies  of  within-species  variability  with 
respect  to  ethogram  and  time  budget  frequencies  can  valid  between- 
species  comparisons  be  drawn. 

Acknowledgments 

This  work  was  supported  by  NSF  grant  DEB82-2361  and  a grant 
from  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences. 

Rm  Ri  N(  I s 


Brandao.  C.  R.  F. 

1978.  Division  of  labor  within  the  worker  caste  of  Formica  perpHosa  Wheeler 
( Hymenoptera:Formicidae).  Psyche,  84;  229-237. 

Cari  IN.  N.  F. 

1981.  Pol\ morphism  and  division  of  labor  in  the  dacetine  ant  Orectognathus 
\r/-.v/ro/o/- (Hymenoptera:Formicidae).  Psyche,  88:  231-244. 

Coi  r.  B. 

1980.  Repertoire  convergence  in  two  mangrove  ants,  Zacryptocerus  various 
and  Camponoius  (Colohopsis)  sp.  Insectes  Sociaus,  27:  265-275. 

Coi  GAN,  P.,  ed. 

1978.  Quantiiaiive  Ethology.  Wiley-lnterscience.  New  York. 

Corn.  M.  L. 

1980.  Polymorphism  and  polyethism  in  the  neotropical  ant  Cephalotes  airatus 
(1.).  Insectes  Sociaux.  27:  29-33. 

FaGHN,  R.  and  R.  N.  GoI  OMAN. 

1977.  Behavioral  catalogue  analysis  methods.  Anim.  Behav.,  25:  261-274. 

Hi  RHI-RS,  J.  M. 

1982.  Queen  number  and  colony  ergonomics  in  Leptothorax  longispinosus. 
pp.  238-242  in;  M.D.  Breed,  C.D.  Michener,  and  H.E.  Evans,  eds.  The 
Biology  of  Soda!  Insects.  Westview  Press,  Boulder,  Colorado. 

HrRBFRS,  J.  M.  AND  M.  CUNNINGIIAM. 

1983.  Social  organization  in  Leptothorax  longispinosus  Mayr.  Anim.  Behav., 
31:  775-791. 

OsTi  R,  G.  AND  E.  O.  Wilson. 

1978.  Caste  and  Ecology  in  the  Social  Insects.  Princeton  Univ.  Press,  Prince- 
ton, New  Jersey. 

Tranifi.i.o,  j.  F.  a. 

1972.  Population  structure  and  social  organization  in  the  primitive  ant  Am- 
hlvopone  pallipes  (Hymenoptera:Formicidae).  Psyche,  89:  65-80. 

Wii  SON,  E.  O. 

1976a.  Behavioral  discretization  and  the  number  of  castes  in  an  ant  species. 
Behav.  Ecol.  Sociobiol.,  1:  141-154. 

1976b.  A social  ethogram  of  the  neotropical  arboreal  ant  Zacryptocerus  varians 
(Fr.  Smith)  Anim.  Behav.,  24:  354-363. 


386 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


1978.  Division  of  labor  in  lire  ants  based  on  physical  castes  ( Hymcnoptera: 
Formicidae^So/c/to/^.v/.s).  .1.  Kansas  Entomol.  Soc..  51;  615-636. 

1980.  Caste  and  division  of  labor  in  leaf-cutter  ants  ( Hymenoptera:Formici- 
ddc:Aiia).  1.  The  o\erall  pattern  in  A.  Behav.  Ecol.  Sociobiol.. 

7:  143-156. 

Wll  SON.  E.  O.  AND  R.  Facu  n. 

1974.  On  the  estimation  of  total  behavioral  repertoires  in  ants.  J.  N.Y. 
Entomol.  Soc..  82:  106-112. 


‘PROTEST’  SOUNDS  OF  A GRASSHOPPER; 
PREDATOR-DETERRENT  SIGNAL?* 


S\R\L  A.  Blondheim  and  Eeiezer  Frankenherg 
Zoology  Dept.,  Hebrew  University  of  Jerusalem 
Jerusalem,  Israel 

Introduction 

Some  animals  emit  sounds  when  grasped  or  handled.  Referred  to 
as  alarm,  protest,  distress  or  disturbance  signals — the  sounds 
themselves,  the  behavior  accompanying  their  emission  and  the 
mechanisms  responsible  for  their  production  have  been  described, 
analyzed  and  discussed  (Haskell  1974).  But  only  recently  have 
experimental  data  become  available  in  support  of  the  oft-stated 
hypothesis  that  these  sounds  may  startle  a predator  into  releasing  a 
noisy  morsel  (Bauer  1976;  Smith  and  Langley  1978;  Masters  1979; 
Buckler  et  al  1981 ). 

The  grasshopper  Pareuprepocneniis  syriaca  Giglio  Tos  (Acridi- 
dae)  when  grasped,  immediately  begins  to  chirp  (the  biology  and 
acoustic  behavior  of  this  grasshopper  will  be  described  separately). 
Though  there  are  individual  differences  in  intensity  and  quality  of 
the  sounds,  males  have  a greater  tendency  to  squeak  while  females 
tend  to  click.  Emission  of  the  sounds  is  easily  observed  to 
correspond  to  movements  of  the  mouthparts;  if  the  labrum  is  lifted, 
the  mandibles  can  be  seen  rubbing  against  one  another  to  the 
rhythm  of  the  chirps.  Immobilization  of  the  mouthparts  prevents 
sound  emission. 

It  had  been  observed  in  our  laboratory  that  on  casual  feeding  of 
this  grasshopper  to  representatives  of  several  lizard  families  (La- 
certidae,  Scincidae,  Gekkonidae)  the  grasshopper  was  captured, 
then  promptly  released.  A male  grasshopper  introduced  into  the 
cage  of  the  lizard  Lacerta  cianfordi  was  caught  head-first  and  held  in 
the  mouth  of  the  lizard  for  several  seconds,  after  which  the  lizard 
slowly  opened  its  mouth  and  the  grasshopper  fell  free.  Several  addi- 
tional grasshoppers  of  this  species  were  offered  to  two  Euhlepharis 
macularius,  a gecko  from  Pakistan  present  in  the  vivarium  at  the 


* Manuscript  received  by  the  editor  July  15.  19H3. 


387 


388 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


time.  They  grabbed,  then  released  the  insects.  Additional  observa- 
tions were  then  made  with  a microphone  in  the  cage  transmitting 
sounds  to  earphones  worn  by  the  investigator.  A skink,  Mahuya 
vittata  caught  and  then  released  a sound-producing  P.  syriaca  male; 
three  geckos,  P.  h.  guttatus  each  caught  and  promptly  released 
sound-producing  males  of  P.  syriaca.  These  rejected  grasshoppers 
were  removed  and  immediately  replaced  by  mute  grasshopper 
nymphs  of  L.  m.  niigratorioides,  equivalent  in  size  to  the  rejected  P. 
syriaca  males;  the  nymphs  were  caught  and  immediately  consumed, 
one  by  each  gecko.  These  preliminary  observations  raised  the  ques- 
tion: were  the  sounds  emitted  by  the  grasshoppers  a factor  in  their 
release?  The  following  experiments  were  designed  to  answer  this 
question. 

Materials  and  Methods 

Grasshoppers:  Adult  males  of  P.  syriaca  were  field  caught  in  the 
hills  of  Jerusalem  a few  days  prior  to  experiments  and  were  main- 
tained in  60  1 laboratory  cages  providing  fresh  plants,  light  and 
heat.  As  males  were  lifted  from  the  cage  for  assignment  to  an 
experiment,  the  thorax  was  squeezed  gently.  Of  48  males  squeezed, 
only  three  failed  to  produce  sound.  Half  the  sound-producing  males 
were  then  silenced  by  releasing  a drop  of  melted  paraffin  onto  the 
closed  mandibles;  when  it  hardened,  these  males  could  no  longer  emit 
sound,  though  they  hardly  differed  in  appearance  from  untreated 
males. 

Fourth  instar  nymphs  of  Locusta  migratoria  migratorioides  R & 
F maintained  in  the  gregarious  state  in  stock  cages  in  the  laboratory, 
served  as  additional  controls.  Their  size,  dark  color  and  small  wing 
buds  provided  a phenotypically  reasonable  facsimile  of  the  brachyp- 
terous  adult  male  of  P.  syriaca.  These  nymphs  did  not  produce 
sound  when  handled. 

Predators:  Ptyodactylus  hasselquistii  guttatus  von  Heyden  was 
selected  as  the  predator  for  the  series  of  experiments.  The  candidacy 
of  this  gecko  was  supported  by  the  following  credentials:  P.  h.  gutta- 
tus, a poikilotherm  like  P.  syriaca,  is  at  least  partially  sympatric 
with  it  and  shares  its  biotope;  it  is  an  opportunistic  insectivore;  like 
P.  syriaca,  it  emerges  from  its  retreat  in  rock  ledges  and  crevices  in 
warm  weather  and  has  been  known  to  feed  during  daylight  (Werner 
1965;  Perry  & Werner  198 1 );  juveniles  could  handle  a grasshopper 


1983]  Blondehim  & Frankenberg  — Sounds  of  Grasshopper  3S9 

the  size  of  the  P.  syriaca  male,  while  adults  could  handle  even  the 
large  female;  the  frequency  spectrum  of  the  sounds  of  P.  syriaca  falls 
within  the  hearing  range  of  P.  h.  guttatus  (Werner  1976);  and 
finally,  a laboratory  stock  of  this  gecko  was  available.  Though  wild- 
caught,  the  geckos  had  been  kept  in  captivity  in  the  vivarium  for 
months  to  years.  Though  the  memory  span  of  this  gecko  species  is 
not  known,  it  may  well  be  that  the  long  laboratory  incarceration 
had  dimmed  recollections  of  possible  previous  encounters  with  this 
grasshopper  and  its  ruse. 

Experimental  procedure:  A series  of  three  grasshoppers  was 
introduced  simultaneously  into  the  cage  of  a gecko  whose  habitual 
diet  of  fly  maggots  had  been  removed  at  least  a day  previous:  an 
untreated  P.  syriaca  male,  a silenced  P.  syriaca  male  and  a fourth 
instar  nymph  of  L.  m.  migratorioides.  The  insects  were  introduced 
at  noon,  prior  to  the  peak  activity  hours  of  the  gecko  (Frankenberg 
1979),  and  observations  were  made  every  half  hour  from  noon  to 
5:00  PM  and  from  8:00  AM  to  noon.  The  first  item  eaten  was 
assigned  the  number  1;  the  second  item,  2;  and  the  third,  3.  If  two 
grasshoppers  disappeared  between  any  two  readings,  both  were 
assigned  the  same  number.  In  the  few  instances  in  which  all  three 
grasshoppers  were  alive  and  apparently  unharmed  at  the  end  of  24 
hours,  it  was  assumed  that  the  gecko  was  not  hungry;  the  experi- 
ment was  not  included  in  tallying  the  results.  After  an  interval  of 
several  days,  the  gecko  was  used  again.  Silenced  P.  syriaca  were 
checked  at  the  end  of  the  experiment  to  ascertain  that  they  were 
indeed  still  unable  to  produce  sound. 

Results  and  Conclusions 

In  the  cages  of  the  26  geckos  tested,  no  untreated  P.  syriaca  was 
ever  the  first  to  disappear  and  69%  were  never  eaten  at  all.  The 
silenced  P.  syriaca  was  eaten  first  in  46%  and  the  L.  m.  migrato- 
rioides nymphs  in  78%  of  the  experiments  (Table  I and  Fig.  1).  A 
G-test  (Sokal  and  Rholf  1969)  was  carried  out  to  test  for  indepen- 
dence between  the  three  choices  of  prey  and  the  order  of  predation. 
It  was  found  significant  (G  = 49.9;  df  = 6,  p<  0.001).  A sign  test 
(Siegel  1956)  between  each  of  the  three  combinations  of  paired 
insects  for  all  the  26  instances  in  which  a grasshopper  was  eaten 
showed  that  silenced  P.  syriaca  were  eaten  before  untreated  ones  in 
18  experiments  (p^O.002),  L.  m.  migratorioides  were  eaten  before 


390 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


Table  I;  Order  of  predation*  by  the  gecko  P.  h.  f^uiiulaius.  on  a choice  of 
grasshoppers. 


serial 

number 

gecko 

normal 
P.  syriaca 
male 

silenced 
P.  syriaca 
male 

4th  instar 
nymph, 
L.m.ni. 

1 

0 

1 

1 

2 

0 

1 

1 

3 

0 

1 

1 

4 

3 

1 

2 

5 

3 

2 

1 

6 

2 

0 

1 

7 

0 

1 

0 

8 

0 

1 

1 

9 

2 

3 

I 

10 

3 

1 

2 

11 

0 

2 

1 

12 

2 

3 

1 

13 

0 

0 

1 

14 

0 

1 

0 

15 

3 

1 

I 

16 

0 

2 

1 

17 

0 

0 

1 

18 

0 

1 

0 

19 

3 

1 

2 

20 

0 

0 

1 

21 

0 

2 

1 

22 

0 

1 

1 

23 

0 

2 

1 

24 

0 

0 

1 

25 

0 

2 

1 

26 

0 

0 

1 

*The  numbers  1,  2,  and  3 represent  order  of  predation;  0 indicates  that  the 
grasshopper  was  alive  at  the  end  of  the  24  hr  test  period.  The  same  number  for  more 
than  1 grasshopper  indicates  that  they  were  consumed  between  the  same  two 
observation  periods. 

the  untreated  P.  syriaca  in  23  experiments  (p^  0.001)  and  before 
silenced  ones  in  14  experiments  (p  = n.s.).  It  is  therefore  concluded 
that  the  protest  sounds  produced  by  P.  syriaca  apparently  reduce 
predation  on  it  by  P.  h.  guttatus. 

Discussion 

To  a hungry  caged  gecko  offered  a choice  between  fly  maggots 
and  grasshoppers,  the  latter  are  invariably  preferred.  However,  it  is 


1983]  Blondehim  & Frankenberg  — Sounds  of  Grasshopper  391 

apparent  from  the  present  results  that  the  appetite  for  grasshoppers 
may  be  tempered  by  their  behavior.  In  the  present  case,  mandibu- 
lar sounds  emitted  by  P.  syriaca  appeared  to  interfere  with  preda- 
tion by  this  gecko. 

Because  of  its  confinement  in  the  cage  of  the  gecko  during  exper- 
iments, a grasshopper  which  had  chirped  its  way  to  freedom  was 
prevented  from  escaping  its  predator  as  it  might  in  the  wild.  P. 
syriaca,  though  it  cannot  fly,  is  an  excellent  jumper  and  under  nat- 
ural field  conditions  would  probably  have  jumped  far  and  hidden 
itself  well  before  the  predator  had  recovered  from  its  encounter. 

The  sound  itself  has  a wide  frequency  spectrum  such  as  that 
characterizing  alarm  calls  of  birds  (Marler  1957;  Morton  1977).  The 
utility  of  sounds  such  as  these  might  include  conspecific  warning, 
since  these  grasshoppers  occur  in  loose  aggregates.  However,  hold- 
ing a chirping  male  in  close  proximity  to  conspecifics,  or  playing  the 
recorded  sound  back  into  a cage  of  P.  syriaca  failed  to  produce  any 
discernible  reaction. 

It  was  observed  that  these  grasshoppers  are  often  seized  headfirst. 
It  is  suggested  that  the  hollow  bones  of  birds,  or  the  large  buccal 
cavity  of  lizards  may  act  as  a resonating  chamber,  enhancing  the 
intensity  of  the  insect’s  sounds  or  vibrations. 

For  the  few  grasshopper  species  known  to  produce^mandibular 
sounds  spontaneously  or  in  encounters  with  conspecifics,  an  intra- 
specific communicative  function  has  been  suggested:  {Paratylotropi- 
dia  hrunneri,  Alexander  1960;  Oedaleonotus  fuscipes,  Varley  1939; 
Calliptanius  italicus,  Faber  1949)  but  no  experiments  have  been 
reported  in  support  of  this  hypothesis.  Henry  (1942)  reports  that 
Mesamhria  duhia  emits  a shrill  creak  when  seized  and  investigation 
may  reveal  that  this  sound,  like  the  protest  sound  of  P.  syriaca 
studied  here,  may  play  a predator-deterrent  role. 

Whether  a remnant  of  an  intraspecific  communicative  cue  or  a 
language  of  predator  deterrence,  a signal  such  as  that  presented  here 
has  quite  probably  been  playing  a part  in  the  evolutionary  history  of 
the  struggle  for  survival  in  this  species. 

Acknowledgment: 

This  paper  is  intended  to  answer  the  question  of  Dr.  David 
Blondheim,  who  at  age  10  asked  his  mother  (SAB)  why  P.  syriaca 
made  those  strange  noises  with  its  mouth  when  you  caught  it. 
Thanks  are  extended  to  Dr.  N.  Ben-Eliahu  and  to  Profs.  R.  Galun, 


392 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


L.m.migratorioides 


P.  sy r iaca  silenced 


P.syriaca  normal 


order  of  predation 


Fig.  1 . Order  ol  predation  on  sound  produeing  and  sileneed  P.  syriaca  males  and 
mute  nymphs  of  /..  ni.  miyraiorioidc.s. 

l egend:  The  numbers  I,  2,  and  3 in  the  abseissa  represent  order  of  predation;  0 

indieates  that  the  grasshoppers  were  alive  at  the  end  of  the  24-hr.  test  period. 


1983]  Blondehim  & Frankenherg  — Sounds  of  Grasshopper  393 


Y.L.  Werner,  J.  Camhi,  S.  Friedman,  E.  Nevo  and  S.  H.  Blondheim 
for  helpful  comments  on  the  manuscript.  We  also  thank  Prof.  Y.L. 
Werner  for  making  the  inmates  of  the  vivarium  available  for  these 
experiments;  and  P.  Amitai  who  drew  the  figure.  Partial  support  to 
EF  by  the  Center  of  Absorption  in  Science  of  the  Ministry  of 
Absorption  is  acknowledged  with  thanks. 

Summary 

Mandibular  sounds  produced  by  the  grasshopper  Pareuprepoc- 
neniis  syriaca  Giglio  Tos,  when  seized,  appear  to  reduce  predation 
on  it  by  a probable  natural  predator,  Ptyodactylus  hasselquistii 
guttatus  von  Heyden,  an  insectivorous  gecko.  Sound-producing 
grasshoppers  which  had  been  silenced  by  treatment  in  the  labora- 
tory, untreated  sound-producing  grasshoppers,  and  silent  Locusta 
migratoria  migratorioides  nymphs  were  introduced  simultaneously 
to  the  geckos.  Survival  of  normal,  sound-producing  P.  syriaca  far 
surpassed  that  of  both  controls. 

BiHI  lOGRAFIlV 

Ai.kxandfr.  R.  D. 

I960.  Communicative  mandible-snapping  in  Acrididae.  Science  132:  152-3. 
Bauhr,  I. 

1976.  Experimente  zur  Frage  der  biologischen  Bedeutung  des  Stridulations- 
verhaltens  von  Kafern.  Z.  Tierpsychol.  42:  57  65. 

Biirni  i r.  E.  R.,  T.  B.  Wright  and  E.  D.  Brown 

1981.  On  the  functions  of  stridulation  by  the  Passalid  beetle  Odontotaenius 
(iisjuncms  (Coleoptera:Passalidae).  Animal  Behavior  29:  483-486. 

Fabhr,  a. 

1949.  Fine  Bischer  unbekannte  Art  der  l.auterzeugung  europaischer  Orthop- 
teren:  Mandibellaut  von  Callipianws  iialicus.  Z.  Naurforsch  46:  367-9. 
Frankknberg,  E. 

1979.  Influence  of  light  and  temperature  on  daily  activity  patterns  of  3 Israeli 
forms  of  Ptyodactylus  (Reptilia:  Gekkoninae).  .1.  Zool.  Lond.  185: 
21-30. 

EIaskfi  I , P.  T. 

1974.  Sound  Production  in  The  Physiology  of  Insecta,  Second  ed.  354-405. 
M.  Rockstein,  ed..  Academic  Press. 

Henry,  G.  M. 

1942.  Three  remarkable  stridulatory  mechanisms  in  Acrididae  (Orthop).  Proc. 
Roy.  Ent.  Soc.  Series  A 17:  59-62. 

Marler,  P. 

1957.  Specific  distinctiveness  in  the  communication  signals  of  birds.  Behaviour 
11:  13-39. 


394 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


Mastfrs.  W.  M. 

1979.  Insect  disturbance  stridulation:  its  defensive  role.  Behav.  Ecol.  Sociobiol. 
5;  187  200. 

Morton,  E.  S. 

1977.  On  the  occurrence  and  significance  of  motivation-  structural  rules  in 
some  bird  and  mammal  sounds.  Am.  Nat.  Ill:  855  869. 

Pkrrv.  G.  and  Y.  L.  Wfrm  r 

1981.  Food  of  Ptvodaciylus  hasselqiiistii  f^utiatus  (Reptilia:  Gekkonidae)  at 
two  locations  in  Israel  in  summer.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Israel  in  Isr.  J.  Zool. 
30;  98-9. 

Sifc.fi,,  S. 

1956.  Nonparametric  Statistics.  McGraw  Hill,  N.Y. 

Smith,  R.  E.  and  W.  M.  I.angi  i v 

1978.  Cicada  stress  sounds:  an  assay  of  its  effectiveness  as  a predator  defense 
mechanism.  Southwest  Nt.  23;  187  96. 

SOKAF,  R.  R.  AND  F.  J.  Rnoi  I 

1969.  Biometry.  Freeman,  San  Francisco. 

Wfrnfr,  Y.L. 

1965.  Uber  die  Israelischen  Geckos  der  Gattung  Piyodaci ylu.s  und  ihre 
Biologic.  Salamandra  1;  15  25. 

1976.  Optimal  temperatures  for  inner-ear  performance  in  gekkonid  lizards.  J. 
Exp.  Zool.  195:  319  352. 

Vari.fv,  G.  C. 

1939.  Unusual  methods  of  stridulation  in  a cicada  (Clidophleps  distanti 
(Van  D.))  and  a grasshopper  (Ocr/tf/co«o/M.s  /w.vc//?c.v  Scud.)  in  California. 
Proc.  R.  ent.  Soc.  Fond.  A 14;  97-100. 


AGE  POLYETHISM:  ITS  OCCURRENCE  IN  THE  ANT 
PH  El  DOLE  HORTEN  SIS. 

AND  SOME  GENERAL  CONSIDERATIONS. 

Bv  Prassede  Calabi',  James  F.  A.  Traniello'  % and  Michael  H. 

Werner'  - 


InTRODUC  TION 

A main  theme  of  eusociality  is  division  of  labor  (Wilson  1971, 
1975),  which  can  be  based  on  physiological  differences  (as  in  the 
case  of  the  reproductive  queen  and  sterile  workers),  morphological 
(size)  differences  among  workers,  or  age  differences  within  a physi- 
cal class.  In  social  insects  both  age  and  physical  classes  can  comprise 
castes,  that  is,  groups  of  individuals  which  perform  specialized  labor 
for  sustained  periods  of  time  (physical  castes:  Oster  and  Wilson, 
1978;  Wilson,  1980a, b;  Herbers,  1980;  age  castes:  Oster  and  Wilson, 
1978;  Porter  and  Jorgenson,  1981;  Mirenda  and  Vinson,  1981;  See- 
ley, 1982).  We  constructed  an  ethogram  for  the  Indo-Australian  ant 
Pheiclole  hortensis.  and  tested  the  general  hypothesis  of  division  of 
labor  in  the  worker  caste  by  seeking  to  answer  these  questions: 

1.  Is  there  division  of  labor  between  physical  castes? 

2.  Is  there  division  of  labor  among  age  classes  within  a physical 
caste? 

3.  And  if  there  is  age  polyethism,  is  it  continuous  or  discrete?  (See 
Wilson  1976a.) 

We  will  consider  and  discuss  each  question  separately,  and  then 
compare  our  results  with  those  from  other  studies  on  social  insects. 
In  particular  we  will  contrast  age  polyethism  in  Pheiclole  horteusis 
with  that  of  a New  World  Pheiclole  species,  P.  clentata. 

Materials  and  Methods 


Data  Collec  tion 

Three  colonies  of  Pheiclole  hortensis  were  collected  in  July  1979 
from  virgin  rainforest  at  Gilmale,  Sri  Lanka  by  Anula  Jayasuriya. 

'Department  of  Biology,  Boston  University.  Boston.  MA  02215 

-Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  Laboratories,  Harvard  University,  Cambridge. 

MA  02138 

Manuscript  received  hy  the  editor  August  H.  I9S3 


395 


396 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


The  ants  were  identified  by  E.  O.  Wilson,  and  voucher  specimens 
deposited  in  the  collection  at  the  Harvard  Museum  of  Comparative 
Zoology.  Colonies  thrived  and  produced  brood  in  artificial  nests 
made  of  glass  tubing  of  5 mm  diameter  (approximately  that  of  twigs 
in  which  wild  colonies  have  been  found  (Jayasuriya  1979),  and  fitted 
with  moist  cotton  plugs.  Colonies  were  maintained  at  26°C  while 
observations  and  experiments  were  carried  out. 

As  is  typical  of  this  genus,  P.  hortensis  has  a completely  dimor- 
phic worker  caste.  And,  as  is  true  for  many  ant  species  in  general, 
newly  eclosed  P.  hortensis  are  quite  light  in  color,  and  darken  as 
they  age.  Using  the  method  first  described  by  Wilson  (1976a),  we 
found  that  based  on  these  color  differences  and  the  degree  of  pig- 
mentation of  body  parts  each  physical  caste  could  reliably  be  sepa- 
rated into  five  color  or  age  classes  (see  Appendix  I).  Using  the  obvious 
size  and  color  differences,  ethogram  data  on  workers  of  different 
ages  was  compiled  from  24  hours  of  observation  on  one  colony  over 
a ten  week  period. 

The  nest  tube  and  surrounding  area  were  watched,  and  every 
observed  act  was  noted  along  with  the  age  class  and  physical  caste  of 
the  ant  performing  it.  During  the  24  hours  of  observation  3,689  acts 
of  25  behaviors  were  recorded  for  minor  workers,  and  256  acts  of  six 
behaviors  for  majors.  At  the  end  of  the  study  the  colony  consisted  of 
192  minors,  32  majors,  brood,  and  the  queen. 

Data  Analysis 

Completeness  of  the  behavioral  repertory  was  assessed  by  statisti- 
cal comparison  with  a lognormal  Poisson  distribution  (Bulmer 
1974,  Fagen  and  Goldman  1977). 

The  hypothesis  of  age-based  division  of  labor  was  tested  with  a 
standard  comparison  between  observed  performance  frequencies 
by  each  age  class  for  behaviors,  and  expected  frequencies  generated 
with  the  following  formula  (Altmann  and  Altmann  1977): 


(Bi)(nj) 


Ejj  = Expected  frequency  of  Behaviorj  by  age  classj 
Bj  = Observed  frequency  of  Behaviorj  by  all  age  classes 
n;  = Number  of  ants  in  age  classj 
N = Total  number  of  ants  in  all  age  classes  combined 


1983] 


Calahi,  TranieUo,  and  Werner  — Pheidole 


397 


We  excluded  from  analysis  behaviors  with  frequencies  < 1%  of  all 
behaviors  performed  by  that  physical  caste;  for  P.  hortensis  that 
gives  a possible  frequency  per  behavior  of  about  25,  or  five  occur- 
rences per  age  class,  under  the  null  hypothesis. 

Associations  between  age  class  and  behavior  were  assessed  by  a 
relative  performance  measure  (RPM).  We  calculated  the  probability 
that  ants  of  a particular  age  class  will  perform  a given  behavior,  and 
divided  those  ratios  by  the  highest  such  probability  for  that  behav- 
ior. Thus 

X = frequency  of  behaviorj  performance  by  ants  of  age  classj, 

y = frequency  of  all  behaviors  by  age  classj, 

z = highest  such  frequency  for  that  behaviorj,  and  RPM  = (x  ^ y) 

7 . 

Finally,  any  attempt  at  an  ergonomic  assessment  requires  that 
one  distinguish  between  task  and  non-task  behaviors.  We  use  the 
terms  as  follows.  “Behavior”  means  a logical  unit  like  grooming, 
made  up  of  one  or  more  physical  acts,  such  as  drawing  the  tibial 
comb  over  the  antennae.  “Task”  is  used  in  the  sense  of  Oster  and 
Wilson  (1978)  to  denote  a set  of  acts  which  achieve  some  purpose  of 
the  colony.  Thus  there  are  task  and  non-task  behaviors,  and  though 
all  tasks  are  behaviors,  not  all  behaviors  are  tasks. 

Results 

1.  Completeness  of  Repertory. 

The  repertory  of  each  physical  caste  separately  and  of  the  species  as 
a whole  was  judged  complete,  based  on  statistical  comparison  with  a 
lognormal  Poisson  distribution  (Bulmer  1974,  Fagen  and  Goldman 
1977).  For  minors,  the  observed  repertory  size  is  25  behaviors,  and 
the  estimated  size  is  26,  with  a 95%  confidence  interval  of  [23, 
29].  For  majors,  six  behaviors  were  observed,  and  six  estimated, 
with  a 95%  confidence  interval  of  [5,  7].  For  P.  hortensis  the 
observed  repertory  includes  31  behaviors,  with  33  estimated,  and  a 
95%  confidence  interval  of  [30,  36]. 

2.  Division  of  labor  by  physical  castes. 

Comparison  of  the  behavioral  repertories  of  the  two  physical 
castes  shows  that  there  is,  with  the  exception  of  trophallaxis,  no 
overlap  in  task  performance  (Table  1).  Of  the  tasks  carried  out. 


398 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


brood  care,  food  acquisition,  and  allogrooming  are  performed  by 
minors  and  defensive  tasks  by  majors.  Defense  by  minors  was  seen 
only  when  the  colony  was  experimentally  submitted  to  attack  by 
other  ant  species,  and  even  then  the  two  physical  castes  performed 
different  tasks:  minors  pinioned  foreign  ants,  making  it  easier  for 
majors  to  snip  them  up. 


Minor 

Major 

Selfgroom 

789  (.21) 

1 10  (.43) 

Allogroom  Minor 

136  (.04) 

0 

Allogroom  Major 

70  (.02) 

0 

Allogroom  Queen 

9 (.002) 

0 

Carry  Egg 

307  (.08) 

0 

Carry  Larva 

1235  (.33) 

0 

Carry  Pupa 

149  (.04) 

0 

Groom  Egg 

24  (.01) 

0 

Groom  Larva 

223  (.06) 

0 

Groom  Pupa 

225  (.06) 

0 

Assist  Larval  Eclosion 

1 14  (.03) 

0 

Assist  Pupal  Eclosion 

6 (.001) 

0 

Trophallaxis  w/ Larva 

25  (.01) 

0 

Trophallaxis  w/Minor 

48  (.01) 

8 (.03) 

Trophallaxis  w/ Major 

5 (.001) 

0 

Trophallaxis  w/Queen 

2 (.001) 

0 

Retrieve  Food 

186  (.05) 

0 

Forage 

22  (.01) 

0 

Eat  Brood/ Exuvia 

37  (.01) 

0 

Eat  Dead  Adult 

26  (.01) 

0 

Carry  Brood/ Exuvia 

46(.01) 

0 

Carry  Dead  Adult 

7 (.001) 

0 

Carry  Meconium 

1 

0 

Carry  Nest  Material 

1 - 

0 

Eat  Solid  Food  in  Nest 

4(.001) 

0 

Patrol  at  Food 

0 

52  (.20) 

Patrol  Arena 

0 

22  (.08) 

Guard 

0 

63  (.25) 

Totals 

3685  (1.00) 

255  (1.00) 

Table  I.  Ethogram  of  PheiJole  horlensis.  Observed  frequencies  are  followed  by 
values  in  parentheses  indicating  the  frequency  of  each  act  relative  to  the  total  number 
of  behaviors  performed  by  a physical  caste. 


1983] 


Calabi,  Traniello,  and  Werner  — Pheido/e 


399 


Both  castes  exchange  food  with  minors,  but  trophallaxis  is  rela- 
tively more  important  in  the  majors’  repertory.  Though  its  actual 
frequency  is  low,  it  constitutes  their  only  non-defense  task,  and  it 
comprises  5%  of  the  tasks  they  perform  versus  only  1%  for  minors. 
In  fact,  when  all  categories  of  trophallaxis  by  minors  are  combined 
(with  majors,  larvae,  and  the  queen  as  well  as  with  minors),  trophal- 
laxis still  comprises  only  2%  of  the  minors’  task  repertory.  This 
relative  frequency  of  the  behavior  by  majors  led  us  to  ask  whether 
majors  serve  as  a replete  or  “cask”  caste,  as  in  Caniponotus  fraxi- 
nicola  (Wilson  1974).  Pheidole  hortensis  majors  with  full  gasters 
show  a three-fold  weight  increase,  but  we  were  unable  to  perform 
the  critical  experiments  and  test  for  proportionate  weight  gain. 
However,  in  random  surveys  of  the  colony,  replete  majors  (those 
with  distended  gasters)  performed  virtually  none  of  the  behaviors 
typcial  of  majors  (Table  2).  During  experimentally  induced  attack 
(assault  with  sympatric  Tetramoriuni  spp.),  replete  majors  engaged 
in  defense  only  if  the  attack  was  severe  (many  ants)  or  extended  in 
time.  How  much  of  this  inactivity  by  “storage”  majors  is  due  to 
protecting  the  food  supply  and  how  much  to  relative  inability  to 
move  is  not  clear. 

Another  potential  set  of  caste  differences  relates  to  the  granivo- 
rous  habits  of  many  Pheidole  species  in  which  minors  harvest  and 
majors  mill  seeds.  In  an  attempt  to  observe  such  caste  differences  in 
P.  hortensis,  we  offered  grass,  vegetable,  and  bird  seeds  of  various 
sizes  and  fat  contents.  All  were  ignored  by  both  physical  castes. 

3.  Division  of  labor  by  age  classes  within  a physical  caste. 

To  answer  this  question,  we  tested  the  null  hypothesis  that  each 
age  class  should  perform  a given  behavior  in  proportion  to  the 
number  of  ants  in  that  age  class.  Thus,  in  a colony  with  three  age 


Patrol  at  Food 
Patrol  Arena 
Attack  Intruder 
Guard  Nest  Entrance 


“Replete”  Majors 
12 
0 
I 

0 


Non-“Repletes” 

66 

8 

18 

20 


Table  2.  Behavioral  differences  within  the  major  worker  caste  of  Pheidole 
hortensis.  The  numbers  of  individuals  observed  performing  various  acts  during 
random  surveys  of  the  colony  arc  presented. 


400 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


classes  comprising  30,  20,  and  50%  of  the  total  colony,  there  is  no 
age  polyethism  if  those  age  classes  perform  30,  20,  and  50% 
respectively  of  any  task.  The  data  show  that  the  age  classes  of  both 
physical  castes  do  not  perform  tasks  in  proportion  to  their  numbers 
(Table  3).  On  the  basis  of  X"  comparisons,  for  most  tasks  with 
adequate  sample  sizes  the  null  hypothesis  can  be  rejected  because 
there  are  significant  differences  between  the  observed  and  expected 
frequencies.  This  indicates  that  there  is  age-based  division  of  labor 
in  both  physical  castes  (Table  4).  Four  tasks  by  minors  (assist  ecol- 
sion,  allogroom  majors,  trophallaxis  with  minors,  and  carry  exu- 
viae) are  performed  without  apparent  age  bias,  and  eight  behaviors 
by  minors  and  one  by  majors  were  observed  too  rarely  to  permit 
assessment. 

Thus  of  behaviors  with  an  adequate  sample  size,  for  P.  hortensis 
minors  13  of  17,  and  for  majors  four  or  five,  behaviors  show  age- 
based  division  of  labor. 

4.  Continuous  versus  discrete  age  castes. 

Wilson  (1976a)  states  that  division  of  labor  is  discretized  if  there  is 
an  exclusive  association  between  (sets  oO  tasks  and  age  class(es)  and 
that  it  is  continuous  under  all  other  conditions  of  age  class/task 
association.  The  general  question  of  age  polyethism  has  two  parts. 
Given  that  some  tasks  are  performed  more  or  less  often  by  certain 
age  classes,  can  adjacent  age  classes  be  combined  because  they  show 
similar  performance  patterns?  And  second,  are  such  associations 
between  age  class(es)  and  tasks  exclusive?  To  test  for  associations, 
we  calculated  relative  performance  measures  (RPM)  for  each  age 
class  by  behavior.  This  descriptive  way  of  treating  the  data  controls 
for  variation  in  age  class  size  and  in  number  of  performances 
observed  per  age  class,  and  it  permits  comparison  between  fre- 
quently and  rarely  occurring  behaviors,  as  well  as  comparisons  of 
age  class  performances  within  and  between  behaviors. 

Figure  1 shows  that  there  are  no  consistent  similarities  between 
the  relative  performance  probabilities  for  any  pairs  of  adjacent  age 
classes.  This  implies  that  no  pair  of  age  classes  can  be  combined, 
and  that  these  age  classes  do  differ  behaviorally,  representing  real 
castes.  It  is  also  clear  that  the  associations  between  age  castes  and 
tasks  or  groups  of  tasks  are  not  exclusive:  the  age-based  division  of 
labor  is  continuous  rather  than  discretized  in  both  the  minor  and 


1983] 


Calabi,  Traniello,  and  Werner  — Pheidole 


401 


MINOR  WORKERS 
AGE  CLASS 

1(15) 

11(27) 

111(45) 

1V(24) 

V(81) 

ROW 

TOTAL 

192 

Selfgroom 

78 

159 

221 

95 

228 

781 

Allogroom  Minor 

10 

5 

38 

22 

61 

136 

Allogroom  Major 

5 

7 

25 

1 1 

22 

70 

Carry  Egg 

1 1 

121 

77 

30 

68 

307 

Carry  Larva 

20 

93 

470 

159 

493 

1235 

Carry  Pupa 

1 

18 

42 

24 

64 

149 

Groom  Egg 

5 

7 

6 

3 

3 

24 

Groom  Larva 

8 

28 

94 

38 

55 

223 

Groom  Pupa 

8 

57 

65 

23 

72 

225 

Assist  Eclosion 

10 

26 

23 

14 

41 

1 14 

Trophallaxis  w/  Larva 

1 

1 

15 

2 

6 

25 

Trophallaxis  w/  Minor 

1 

7 

19 

6 

15 

48 

Forage 

0 

0 

0 

2 

20 

22 

Retrieve  Food 

0 

2 

24 

39 

121 

186 

Eat  Brood /Exuvia 

0 

2 

22 

3 

10 

37 

Eat  Dead  Adult 

0 

1 

14 

2 

9 

26 

Carry  Exuvia 

0 

6 

13 

4 

23 

46 

COLUMN  TOTAL 

158 

540 

1 168 

472 

1311 

3654 

MAJOR  WORKERS 
AGE  Class 

1(5) 

11(15) 

111(5) 

1V(3) 

V(4) 

32 

Selfgroom 

13 

58 

30 

8 

1 

1 10 

Guard 

3 

4 

14 

20 

22 

63 

Patrol  at  Food 

0 

0 

2 

3 

47 

52 

Patrol  Arena 

0 

0 

0 

1 

21 

22 

COLUMN  TOTAL 

16 

62 

46 

32 

91 

247 

Table  3.  Observed  frequencies  with  which  each  age  class  (I  through  V)  performed 
various  acts.  Values  in  parentheses  indicate  the  number  of  individuals  in  each  age 
class. 


402 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


MINORS 

N 

X^ 

P 

Selfgroom 

781 

65.9 

** 

Allogroom  Minor 

136 

13.4 

.01 

Allogroom  Major 

70 

7.8 

NS 

Carry  Egg 

307 

178.7 

** 

Carry  l arva 

1235 

212.3 

** 

Carry  Pupa 

149 

13.1 

.02 

Groom  Egg 

24 

14.1 

.01 

Groom  l.arva 

223 

58.6 

** 

Groom  Pupa 

225 

34.8 

** 

Assist  Eclosion 

1 14 

7.9 

NS 

Trophallaxis  w Larva 

25 

18.8 

.001 

Trophallaxis  w Minor 

48 

8.7 

NS 

Forage 

186 

79.3 

** 

Retrieve  Food 

22 

22.5 

** 

Eat  Brood  Exuvia 

37 

27.9 

** 

Eat  Dead  Adult 

26 

15.0 

.01 

Carry  Exuvia 

47 

5.2 

NS 

MAJORS 

Selfgroom 

1 10 

23.7 

** 

Guard 

63 

13.3 

.01 

Patrol  at  Food 

52 

290.1 

** 

Patrol  Arena 

22 

138.8 

** 

Table  4.  X-  values  and  significance  levels  for  differences  between  observed 
and  expected  behavior  frequencies  for  the  five  age  classes  within  each  physical  caste. 
**  indicates  that  the  P values  were  so  small  they  do  not  appear  in  the  X-  table  and  are 
highly  significant.  NS,  no  significant  difference.  Only  behaviors  with  frequencies  ^ 
I9f  are  included.  N = total  number  of  acts  observed. 


1983] 


Calahi,  Traniello,  and  Werner  — Pheidole 


403 


A E 


B 


F 


C 


G 


D 


H 


N > > ^ A 


Figure  I.  Relative  performance  measures  (RPM)  of  various  beha\iors  in  the 
r.epertories  of  major  (MJI-MJ4)  and  minor  (A-Q)  workers  of  Pheidole  horiensis. 
Roman  numerals  I-V  correspond  to  w'orker  age  classes. 

Additional  details  in  Materials  and  Methods. 


RPM  RPM  RPM  RPM 


404 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


J N 


K 


0 


L 


P 


Figure  I . (Continued) 


1983] 


Calabi,  Traniello,  and  Werner  — Pheidole 


405 


Q 


r I f f I 

N > A ^ 


MJ-1 


MINORS 

A Groom  Egg 
B Selfgroom 
C Allogr.  Minor 
D Allogr.  Major 
E Assist  Eclosion 
F Carry  Egg 
G Groom  Pupa 
H Eat  Brood/Skin 
I Troph  w/  Larva 
J Troph  w/  Minor 
K Groom  Larva 
L Carry  Larva 
M Carry  Brd/Skin 
N Eat  Dead  Adult 
0 Carry  Pupa 
P Retrieve  Food 
Q Forage 

MAJORS 


MJ-l 

Selfgroom 

MJ-2 

Guard 

MJ-3 

Patrol  0 Food 

MJ-4 

Patrol  Arena 

MJ-2 


Pu 


A A 


V N 


MJ-3 


N 4s  A A 


V N 


MJ-4 


O-* 1 1 r 


N > A A 


Figure  I.  (Continued) 


406 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


major  physical  castes.  For  instance,  in  Figure  1 examine  the  minors’ 
behaviors  F,  G,  and  E,  and  the  series  H through  N.  The  relative 
performance  measures  for  tasks  F and  G are  highest  for  age  class  II, 
yet  age  classes  II  and  I have  similarly  high  RPM  for  task  E.  Or,  in 
the  second  case,  for  all  the  tasks  H through  N,  age  class  III  shows 
very  high  RPM,  but  the  task/age  class  association  is  not  exclusive. 
For  K,  M,  and  N at  least,  other,  but  not  necessarily  adjacent  age 
classes,  show  similarly  high  RPM. 

Discussion 

P.  hortensis  exhibits  both  physical  and  age  castes,  and  the  latter 
show  continuous  rather  than  discretized  polyethism.  We  will  com- 
pare these  results  with  results  from  other  species,  and  consider  some 
of  their  general  implications  for  the  study  of  age  polyethism. 

1.  Repertory  size  and  numerical  considerations. 

Both  repertory  size  and  the  proportion  of  rarely  occurring  behav- 
iors in  P.  hortensis  are  in  the  same  range  as  those  of  other  species. 
Numbers  of  behaviors  in  repertories  judged  complete  by  Fagen  and 
Goldman  analysis  are:  27  for  workers  of  monomorphic  Leptothorax 
species  (Wilson  and  Fagen  1974)  and  for  minor  workers  of 
Orectognathus  versicolor  (Carlin  1982),  and  28  each  for  minor 
Pheidole  dentaia  (Wilson  1976a),  Formica  perpilosa  (Brandao 
1979),  and  Camponotus  sericeiventris  (Busher  1982).  Extremes  may 
be  represented  by  minor  repertories  of  Solenopsis  geminata,  S. 
invicta,  and  Zacryptocerus  varians:  17,  20,  and  38,  respectively 
(Wilson,  1976b,  1978).  Repertories  for  majors  range  from  two 
{Solenopsis  geminata,  Wilson  1978)  to  24  {Orectognathus  versi- 
color, Carlin  1982);  for  the  dimorphic  Z.  varians  and  P.  dentata,  major 
repertories  are  1 1 and  nine  (Wilson  1976a  and  b).  Total  repertories 
for  all  these  species  range  from  20  to  40  behaviors. 

Given  the  similarity  in  repertory  size  for  minor  workers  of  both  P. 
hortensis  and  P.  dentata,  it  may  seem  odd  that  in  P.  hortensis 
considerably  fewer  behaviors  ( 1 3 vs  23)  are  performed  with  age  bias. 
The  difference  results  from  the  respective  criteria  used  to  reject 
rarely  occurring  behaviors  from  analysis.  Because  he  does  not  make 
statistical  comparisons,  Wilson  rejects  only  2 of  28  behaviors  on 
grounds  of  insufficient  data.  However,  when  the  cut-off  criterion 


1983] 


Calabi,  Traniello,  and  Werner  — Pheidole 


407 


used  for  P.  hortensis  is  applied  (rejected  behaviors  with  frequencies 
< 1%  of  those  performed  by  that  physical  caste)  the  number  of 
behaviors  rejected  for  P.  dentata  increases  from  two  to  seven  of  28 
(N=l,222;  Wilson  1976a).  Thus  the  appropriate  comparison  of  age- 
biased  behaviors  among  behaviors  with  frequencies  ^ 1%  shows  a 
similar  situation  for  the  two;  1 3 of  1 7 behaviors  for  P.  hortensis.  and 
15  of  19  for  P.  dentata.  Of  behaviors  performed  without  apparent 
age  bias,  allogroom  majors  and  trophallaxis  with  majors,  are  in 
common  to  the  two  species.  (In  general  ant  repertories  include  high 
proportions  of  infrequent  behaviors:  for  minors  10  of  28  {P.  dentata 
— Wilson  1976a),  27  of  38  {Zacryptocerus  varians — Wilson  1976b)  7 
of  28  [Formica  perpilosa — Brandao  1979),  14  of  27  [Orectognathus 
versicolor — Carlin  1982)  and  9 of  28  [Camponotus  sericeiventris — 
Busher  1982).  Although  some  castes  have  small  repertories  (majors 
of  P.  dentata  and  So/enopsis  geminata, — Wilson  1976a,  1978), 
many  other  castes  show  similar  proportions  of  infrequent  to  fre- 
quent behaviors  (Wilson  and  Fagen  1974,  Traniello  1978,  Brandao 
1979,  Carlin  1982). 

2.  Age-based  division  of  labor. 

It  is  a virtual  truism  that  among  social  insects  older  workers 
forage  and  have  little  or  nothing  to  do  with  brood  care.  Yet  in  P. 
hortensis  older  workers,  in  addition  to  performing  all  foraging  and 
food  retrieval  (P  and  Q,  Figure  1),  show  high  RPM  for  several 
brood-care  tasks  (K,  L,  M,  and  O).  We  suggest  that  these  represent 
labor  cohorts,  based  on  ant  experience  or  colony  need.  They  could 
arise  via  the  mechanism  of  task  fixation,  a feedback-based  task 
stabilizing  mechanism  documented  in  wasps  (Forsyth  1978)  and 
suggested  for  the  ant  Amhiyopone  pallipes  (Traniello  1978).  An 
individual  performs  some  task  (e.g.,  trophallaxis  with  larvae), 
receives  positive  feedback  (continually  finds  hungry  larvae),  and 
over  time  does  not  switch  to  other  tasks  because  the  positive 
feedback  does  not  cease.  The  susceptibility  of  individuals  to  task 
fixation  could  vary  so  that  even  in  a system  with  age-based  task- 
switching, task  fixation  might  override  age-based  behavioral 
change. 

Although  it  remains  to  be  demonstrated  whether  such  fixation 
occurs  in  P.  hortensis.  we  wish  to  point  out  one  possible  con- 
sequence of  task  fixation  and  the  resultant  caste  “atypical”  be- 


408 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


havior.  A colony  labor  profile  by  age  class  could  be  an  artifact  of 
previous  colony  needs  and  activities,  specifically  for  the  period 
previous  to  the  study  by  just  less  than  an  average  worker  life  span. 
For  instance,  suppose  that  a colony  engaged  in  high  brood 
production  several  weeks  previous  to  observations.  There  would 
have  been  both  need  and  opportunity  for  much  brood  care,  and  also 
opportunity  for  fixation  on  brood  tasks.  Further  imagine  that  the 
food  supply  then  dwindled  and  brood  production  decreased.  Some 
older  workers  are  fixated  on  and  keep  performing  brood  care  tasks, 
leaving  little  need  for  younger  workers  to  perform  this  task,  and 
therefore  little  opportunity  for  task  fixation.  At  the  time  of 
observation,  RPM  for  brood  care  would  show  older  castes 
performing  proportionately  more  brood  care.  Yet  it  may  be 
misleading  and  actually  incorrect  to  draw  the  conclusion  that  older 
castes  “typically”  perform  brood  care.  RPM  are  epiphenomena  of 
past  (and  current)  colony  labor  needs,  and  may  say  less  about  age 
castes  as  such  than  about  behavioral  flexibility  and  colony  require- 
ments. Therefore,  appropriate  conclusions  must  consider  this,  and 
include  at  least  a time  frame,  plus  consideration  of  colony  age,  size, 
and  circumstance. 

3.  Continuous  versus  discrete  castes;  roles 

By  definition,  discretization  of  age  castes  is  a direct  consequence 
of  roles  (a  group  of  tasks)  linked  by  high  transition  probabilities, 
and  exclusively  or  principally  performed  by  a particular  age  caste 
(Oster  and  Wilson  1978,  Wilson  1976a).  Our  results  for  P.  hortensis 
show  a continuous  mode  and,  therefore,  no  roles.  This  differs  from 
results  of  other  age  polyethism  studies.  Wilson  (1976a)  and  Seeley 
(1982)  find  behavioral  discretization  by  age,  and  roles.  Both  also 
argue  that  spatial  efficiency  is  its  basis,  with  each  role  (suite  of  tasks) 
involving  a set  of  physically  proximate  contingencies.  If  that  is  the 
case,  differences  among  the  species  and  especially  between  P. 
hortensis  and  P.  dentata,  could  account  for  the  results.  Colony  size 
in  P.  hortensis  is  a few  hundred,  in  comparison  with  up  to  a 
thousand  in  P.  dentata.  The  former  nests  in  twigs  or  small  nuts,  the 
latter  in  logs  often  with  underground  galleries.  Thus  for  P. 
hortensis,  spatial  efficiency  may  be  an  irrelevant  consideration. 

However,  other  more  basic  considerations  may  also  be  involved. 
Mirenda  and  Vinson  (1981)  elaborate  on  Wilson’s  (1976a)  use  of 


1983] 


Calahi,  Traniello,  and  Werner  — Pheidole 


409 


“caste”  and  “subcaste.”  Because  the  two  treat  their  data  differently, 
comparisons  are  difficult,  but  we  suggest  that  the  castes  and 
subcastes  of  Mirenda  and  Vinson  correspond  to  the  discrete  and 
continuous  modes  of  Wilson.  Mirenda  and  Vinson  consider  as 
subcastes  “(a)  groups  of  individuals  within  each  caste  whose 
behaviour  is  statistically  but  not  completely  differentiated  from 
other  such  groups  and  (b)  groups  intermediate  in  behaviour  between 
two  or  more  castes,  but  not  completely  distinct  from  any  caste” 
(1981,  p.  417).  Both  descriptions,  and  especially  the  latter,  seem  to 
fit  the  criteria  for  a continuous  caste  system — overlap  in  frequency 
distribution  of  age  classes  performing  various  tasks — rather  than 
the  discrete  system,  characterized  by  an  exclusive  association 
between  an  age  class  and  a group  of  tasks.  If  this  correspondence  is 
indeed  correct,  we  may  be  that  much  closer  to  a functional  under- 
standing of  labor  roles,  spatial  efficiency,  caste,  and  how  task  per- 
formance of  individual  ants  sum  to  performance  of  whole  castes.  It 
is  also  noteworthy  that  although  Mirenda  and  Vinson  do  not 
address  the  question  of  spatial  efficiency  as  such,  their  results  show 
a strong  correspondence  between  ant  age,  location,  and  “career,” 
their  “role”  analogue. 

Clearly  there  is  age-based  division  of  labor  in  Pheidole  hortensis. 
It  does  not  seem  to  follow  traditional  role  patterns,  nor  is  it  obvious 
which  pattern  it  does  follow.  Therefore,  we  suggest  two  factors 
which  must  be  considered  for  P.  hortensis  in  particular,  and  in 
studies  of  age  polyethism  in  general:  “atypical”  behavior  due  to 
labor  cohorts,  and  role  performance.  Both  have  been  documented 
for  physical  castes  (Oster  and  Wilson  1978);  one  for  age  castes 
(Oster  and  Wilson  1978,  Mirenda  and  Vinson  1981,  herein).  Because 
of  these  specializations,  we  suggest  that  mean  behavioral  perfor- 
mances by  age  classes  may  not  be  sufficiently  fine-grained  for 
detailed  ergonomic  analysis,  and  that  the  study  of  behavioral  spe- 
cialization and  its  ergonomic  consequences  requires  bouts  of  con- 
tinuous observation  of  individually  marked  animals  throughout 
their  lives. 


Summary 

We  present  evidence  for  and  describe  age-based  division  of  labor 
in  the  Indo-Australian  ant  Pheidole  hortensis.  Both  the  minor  and 
major  physical  castes  exhibit  age  polyethism,  and  in  both  castes  age 


410 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


polyethism  is  continuous  rather  than  discretized.  There  is  virtually 
no  overlap  between  the  sets  of  tasks  performed  by  the  two  physical 
castes.  These  findings  differ  in  several  respects  from  those  reported 
in  two  other  studies  of  age  polyethism  (in  the  New  World  P.  dentata 
and  in  Apis  mellifera),  and  raise  some  interesting  questions  about 
labor  roles  in  social  insects. 

Acknowledgements 

Thanks  to  L.  Calabi  for  invaluable  discussion  of,  and  help  with, 
data  analyses;  to  T.  D.  Seeley  for  a preprint  of  his  paper  and 
enlightening  discussion  of  his  methods;  to  S.  D.  Porter  for  a critical 
reading;  to  D.  S.  Gladstein  for  technical  assistance  with  estimating 
repertory  completeness;  and  to  W.  R.  Tschinkel  for  pointing  out  an 
important  reference. 


Refhrhnchs 

Al  TMANN,  S.  A.  AND  J.  AI.TMANN 

1977.  On  the  analysis  of  rates  of  behavior.  Anim.  Behav.  25:  364-372. 
BrandAo,  C.  D. 

1979.  Division  of  labor  within  the  worker  caste  of  Formica  perpilosa  Wheeler. 
(Hymenoptera:Formicidae).  Psyche  85:  229-237. 

Bt  I.MFR.  M.  G. 

1974.  On  fitting  the  Poisson  lognormal  distribution  to  species-abundance  data. 
Biometrics  30:  101-1  10. 

Bt  SUFR,  C. 

1982.  Polymorphism  and  division  of  labor  in  Camponotus  sericeiventris. 
Honors  Thesis,  B.A.,  Boston  University. 

Cari.in,  N.  F. 

1982.  Polymorphism  and  division  of  labor  in  the  Dacetine  ant  Orectognathus 
v’en/Vo/or  (Hymenoptera:Formicidae).  Psyche  88:  231-244. 

Fagfn,  R.  M.  and  R.  N.  Goldman 

1977.  Behavioural  catalogue  analysis  methods.  Anim.  Behav.  25:  261-274. 
Forsyth,  A.  B. 

1978.  Behavioral  Ecology  of  Polygynous  Social  Wasps.  Ph.D.  Thesis,  Harvard 
University. 

Hfrhfrs,  J.  M. 

1980.  On  caste  ratios  in  ant  colonies:  population  responses  to  changing  envi- 
ronments. Evol.  34(3):  575-583. 

Javaslria,  a.  K. 

1980.  The  behavior  and  ecology  of  Aneureius  simoni  Emery.  Honors  Thesis, 
B.A.  Harvard  University 


1983] 


Calahi,  Traniello,  and  Werner  — Pheidole 


411 


Mirknda,  J.  T.  and  S.  B.  Vinson. 

1981.  Division  of  labor  and  specification  of  castes  in  the  red  imported  fire  ant 
So/cnop.sis  invicia  Buren.  Anim.  Behav.  29:  410-420. 

OSTl  R.  G.  F.  AND  E.  O.  Wll  SON. 

1978.  CaMc  and  Ecology  in  ihe  Social  Insects.  Princeton  University  Press, 
Princeton,  N.J. 

PoRTI  R,  S.  D.  AND  C.  D.  JoRGHNSf  N. 

1981.  Foragers  of  the  harvester  ant,  Pogonomynne.x  owylieei:  a disposable 
caste?  Behav.  Ecol.  Sociobiol.  9;  247-256. 

Sin  I V,  T.  D. 

1982.  Adaptive  significance  of  the  age  polyethism  schedule  in  honeybee  colo- 
nies. Behav.  Ecol.  Sociobiol.  II:  287-293. 

Tranifi  I (),  J.  F.  A. 

1978.  Caste  in  a primitive  ant:  absence  of  age  polyethism  in  Anihlyopone. 
Science  202:  770-772. 

Wll  SON,  E.  O. 

1971.  The  Insect  Societies.  Belknap  Press  of  Harvard  University  Cambridge, 
MA. 

1974.  The  soldier  ant  Camponotns  (Colohopsis)  fra.xinicola  as  a trophic  caste. 
Psyche  M 182-188. 

1975.  Sociohiology:  The  New  Synthesis.  Belknap  Press  of  Harvard  University. 
1976a.  Behavioral  discretization  and  the  number  of  castes  in  an  ant  species. 

Behav.  Ecol.  Sociobiol.  1:  141-154 

1976b.  A social  ethogram  of  the  neotropical  arboreal  ant  Zacryptocerus  varians 
(Fr.  Smith).  Anim.  Behav.  24:  354-363 

1978.  Division  of  labor  in  fire  ants  based  on  physical  castes  ( Hymenoptera: 
Formicidae:5'o/c/?D/M/.v).  ,1.  Kansas  Entom.  Soc.  51:  615-636 
1980a.  Caste  and  division  of  labor  in  leaf-cutter  ants  ( Hymenoptera:Formici- 
d'de.Atta).  1.  The  overall  pattern  in  A.  se.xdens.  Behav.  Ecol.  Sociobiol. 
7:  143-156. 

1980b.  Caste  and  division  of  labor  in  leaf-cutter  ants  ( Hymenoptera:Formici- 
dae:/l//r7).  11.  The  ergonomic  optimization  of  leaf  cutting.  Behav.  Ecol. 
Sociobiol.  7:  157-165. 

Wll  . SON,  E.  O.  AND  R.  M.  Faghn. 

1974.  On  the  estimation  of  total  behavioral  repertories  in  ants.  N.  Y.  Entomol. 
Soc.  82:  106-112. 


Appendix  I 

Hue  and  degree  of  pigmentation  for  the  color  (age)  classes  of  the  two  physical 
castes  of  P.  hortensis. 

Minors. 

Class  /-White-yellow:  head  and  thorax,  pale  white/ light  grey;  gaster,  light 
grey;  petiole  and  femur,  pale  white/ light  yellow;  tibia,  grey. 


412 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


Class  //—light  yellow:  head  and  thorax,  light  yellow  with  amber  outlines,  espe- 
cially dark  amber  edging  the  mandibles;  gaster,  medium  grey;  petiole,  dark  yel- 
low with  amber  outlines;  femur,  light  yellow/ brown;  tibia,  grey. 

Class  III — yellow-grey:  head  and  thorax,  dark  yellow,  head  with  grey  in  occipi- 
tal region;  gaster,  dark  grey;  petiole,  yellow;  femur,  dark  yellow/ brown;  tibia, 
grey. 

Class  IV — amber:  head  and  even  mandibles,  solid  amber;  thorax,  amber  with 
some  brown;  gaster,  dark  grey/ black;  petiole,  amber  with  brown  outlines; 
femur,  brown;  tibia,  grey. 

Class  V — amber-grey:  head,  dark  amber  with  brown  streaks  through  occipital 
region;  thorax,  solid  amber;  gaster,  black/dark  grey;  petiole,  amber/brown; 
femur,  brown;  tibia,  grey. 

Majors 

Class  / — white-yellow:  head,  pale  white;  thorax  and  petiole,  pale  white/ light 
yellow;  gaster,  light  grey. 

Class  // — yellow:  head  and  thorax,  yellow;  petiole,  light  brown/ amber. 

Class  III — amber:  head,  dark  amber;  thorax,  dark  yellow;  gaster,  dark  grey; 
petiole,  light  brown/amber. 

Class  IV — medium  brown:  head,  dark  brown  with  lighter  tinges;  thorax,  amber; 
gaster,  dark  grey;  petiole,  dark  brown. 

Class  V — dark  brown:  head  and  gaster,  dark,  dark  brown/ black;  thorax  and 
petiole,  dark  brown. 


DAILY  RHYTHMS  IN  SOCIAL  ACTIVITIES 
OF  THE  HARVESTER  ANT,  POGONOMYRMEX  BA  DIGS* 


By  Deborah  M.  Gordon 
Department  of  Zoology, 

Duke  University, 

Durham,  N.C.  27706 

Daily  cycles  in  behavior  are  well  known  throughout  the  animal 
kingdom.  There  is  some  evidence  that  the  activities  of  ant  colonies 
are  temporally  organized  so  that,  at  a given  time  of  day,  a certain  set 
of  tasks  is  done.  This  study  explores  that  possibility  by  examining 
temporal  patterns  in  the  social  behavior  of  the  harvester  ant, 
Pogonomyrmex  hadius.  Such  patterns  should  be  distinguished  from 
circadian  rhythms  to  which  conform  endogenous,  physiological 
events  exhibited  by  individual  animals  (e.g.  McCluskey  1958  and 
1965).  The  present  study  is  concerned  with  daily  rhythms  in  social 
activities  performed  by  groups  of  ants.  Two  questions  are  ad- 
dressed: 1)  Are  certain  tasks  performed  at  characteristic  times  of 
day?  2)  How  do  activity  rhythms  vary  among  different  colonies? 

There  have  been  many  studies  of  daily  temporal  patterns  in  the 
overall  activity  levels  of  ant  colonies,  measured  as  the  numbers  of 
ants  entering  or  leaving  the  nest  (Levieux  and  Diomande  1978a, 
Hunt  1974,  Hansen  1978,  Van  Pelt  1966),  or  the  numbers  of  ants  in 
certain  areas  for  specified  durations  (Janzen  1967,  Levieux  and 
Diomande  1978b,  Levieux  1979a  and  1979b,  Golley  and  Gentry 
1964).  Temporal  patterns  of  overall  activity  level  are  well  docu- 
mented for  several  Pogonomyrmex  species  (Holldobler  1970  and 
1976a,  Whitford  and  Ettershank  1975,  Whitford  et  aL  1976).  Some 
authors  have  described  temporal  patterns  of  selected  social  activities 
of  various  ant  species  (Moglich  and  Alpert  1979,  Janzen  1967, 
Levieux  and  Diomande  1978a  and  1978b),  including  Pogonomyr- 
mex (Willard  and  Crowell  1965,  Holldobler  1976b).  But,  except  for 
Holldobler’s  (1976b)  study  of  mating  activity,  the  cited  work  pre- 
sents no  systematic  data  on  temporal  patterns  in  behavior  other 
than  entering  and  leaving  the  nest.  In  some  recent  field  studies  of 


* Manuscript  received  by  the  editor  November  21,  1983 


413 


414 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


Pogonomvrniex  behavior,  I found  activity  rhythms  of  various  col- 
ony tasks  (Gordon  1983b  and  1983c). 

P.  hadius  has  received  much  less  attention  than  other  Pogono- 
myrmex  species,  perhaps  because  it  is  geographically  isolated  from 
them.  Nevertheless,  the  scanty  literature  on  P.  badius  behavior  con- 
tains some  descriptive  reports  that  suggest  the  existence  of  activity 
rhythms  in  this  species  as  well  (Van  Pelt  1966,  Hangartner  et  al. 
1970).  The  present  study  was  made  in  the  laboratory.  In  this  way, 
activity  rhythms  could  be  investigated  more  systematically  than 
would  be  possible  in  a field  study. 

Methods 

Four  queenright  colonies  (colonies  1, 2,  3,  and  4),  each  containing 
300-600  workers,  were  observed  for  30  days  from  March  1,  1983 
through  April  2,  1983.  Colonies  were  kept  in  open,  soil-filled  terra- 
ria, and  fed  Bhaktar-Whitcomb  (1970)  diet  or  chopped  mealworms. 
The  study  colonies  had  all  been  kept  in  the  laboratory  for  about  one 
year.  They  were  chosen  for  the  study  because  they  had  been  consist- 
ently active  and  healthy  since  being  brought  into  the  laboratory. 
The  laboratory  temperature  was  maintained  at  27°  C (±1°). 

Observations  of  each  colony  were  made  5 times  daily,  once  in 
each  of  five  100-minute  time  periods,  as  follows:  Time  period  1 
(TPl),  9:50-11:30;  TP2,  11:30-13:20;  TP3,  13:20-14:50;  TP4, 
14:50-16:30;  TP5,  16:30-18: 10,  and  usually  in  the  middle  of  the  time 
period  at  the  following  five  times;  10:40,  12:20,  14:00,  15:40  and 
17:20.  Overhead  fluorescent  lights  in  the  laboratory  were  on  from 
7:30  to  23:00.  A lamp  with  a 60  watt  bulb  was  placed  from  30  to  50 
cm  above  each  colony  as  a heat  source.  These  lamps  were  illumi- 
nated daily  from  1 1:30  until  16:30.  Thus,  during  the  first  and  last 
observations,  room  lights  but  not  individual  lamps  were  on;  during 
the  2nd-4th  tjrfie  periods,  individual  lamps  were  on  as  well.  Temper- 
atures on  the  terraria  surfaces,  both  under  the  individual  lamps  and 
at  other  points  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  tanks,  were  measured 
with  a thermistor  (Yellow  Springs  Instrument  Co.  #408).  Tempera- 
ture measurements  were  made  in  the  terraria  of  the  four  study 
colonies  and  also  in  those  of  four  other  colonies  maintained  in  an 
identical  manner.  The  colonies  were  fed  every  other  day  imme- 
diately after  the  12:20  observation. 


1983] 


Gordon  — Pogonomyrmex  badius 


415 


All  behavior  observed  taking  place  outside  the  nest  was  classified 
as  one  of  five  activities:  Foraging,  Nest  Maintenance,  Patrolling, 
Midden  Work,  and  Convening  (Table  1).  For  each  nest,  observa- 
tions noted  the  numbers  of  ants  in  each  of  the  five  activities.  The 
sum  of  the  five  numbers  is  the  total  number  of  ants  observed  outside 
the  nest.  A total  of  600  observations  were  made  on  the  four  colonies. 

The  data  were  analysed  by  profile  analysis  (Timm  1975)  to  deter- 
mine whether  the  numbers  of  ants  engaged  in  particular  activities 
depend  significantly  on  both  activity  and  time  of  day.  Since  the 
times  of  foraging  corresponded  so  obviously  to  the  time  the  ants 
were  fed,  foraging  was  not  considered  in  the  analysis. 

Profile  analysis  is  a series  of  3 multivariate  analyses  of  variance 
(manova),  described  in  detail  below.  Factors  considered  were  col- 
ony and  date  as  main  effects.  The  hypothesis  that  the  intercept  was 
significantly  greater  than  zero  was  also  considered  as  a main  effect. 
Date  was  considered  to  be  a random  effect.  Each  analysis  was  made 
using  the  data  from  all  4 colonies,  then  repeated  for  each  colony 
separately.  Data  were  log-transformed  to  ensure  that  ratios,  not 
numbers  of  ants,  were  used  in  the  analysis,  making  it  possible  to 
compare  colonies  of  different  sizes. 

Results 

The  first  multivariate  analysis  of  variance  tested  for  significant 
differences  in  overall  activity  among  time  periods.  For  each  day  of 
observation  of  a given  colony,  a new  variable  was  created  for  each 
time  period  by  adding  the  (log-transformed)  numbers  of  ants  doing 
nest  maintenance,  midden  work,  convening  and  patrolling.  Four 
differences  between  time  periods  were  used  as  observation  variables 
(Table  2,  top). 

The  results  (Table  2)  show  that  colonies  are  significantly  more 
active  in  TP2  than  in  TPl,  in  TP3  than  in  TP4,  and  in  TP4  than  in 
TP5.  The  overall  activity  level  of  the  colony  has  a peak  in  the  middle 
of  the  day. 

The  next  manova  tested  for  significant  differences  in  the  numbers 
of  ants  engaged  in  each  activity,  summed  over  all  time  periods. 
A new  variable  was  created  by  adding,  over  all  five  time  periods 
for  each  day  of  observation  of  a particular  colony,  the  (log- 
transformed)  number  of  ants  doing  each  activity.  Three  differences 


Table  1.  Classification  of  activities  of  exterior  workers  of  P.  hadius  in  laboratory  colonies 


416 


Psyche 


§ I 


O C 
^ es 

• E DC 
■a  c Dfc 
C c 

c/3  H CL 


c 

o aJ 
-o  o 
- .5 


r:  E 

3 3 
CL 

C/5  t 

c 


3 -O 

C oXj 
C 

C41 

Oi) 


<u 

u ttc 


^ X 

S 5 

T3  O 


Dft 

C (U 

w -a 
a c 
^ 3 

"O 
C (U 
•-  ^ 

E ^ 

1i 

— -O 
O 

M "5 

lU  > 

-o  -o 
c c 

3 3 
O O 

1_  L. 

rt  efl 


05  05 


T3 

C 

05 

c/3 

C « 
O DO 

II 

•O  CL 


C lU 

L»  -o 
. ~o  ^ 
c -O  ^ 

•3  E ^ 
."E  c IF 
goo 

DO  ^ ^ 

3 .E  .E 

— TD  >. 

•U  2 3 

OC  C/3  U 


o DO 
05  C 

OJ  • — 

00  3 

1 £ 

o 

o i= 

DO  ^ 

d.  d 

3 3 

O O 


T3  -3 
C C 
05  05 


< od  U 


< OQ  < OQ 


< CQ  U 


< oa  U 


[Vol.  85 


With  a group  milling  around  slowly  under  the  lamp,  sometimes  inspecting  others  of  the 
group  with  antennae. 


1983] 


Gordon  — Pogonomyrmex  badius 


417 


between  activities  were  used  as  observation  variables  (Table  2, 
middle).  The  results  (Figure  1 for  foraging,  and  Table  2 for  the  other 
activities)  show  that  the  activities  may  be  ranked  as  follows,  accord- 
ing to  the  numbers  of  ants  engaged  in  each  one:  Midden  work  > 
patrolling  > convening  > nest  maintenance  > foraging. 

Figure  1 shows  the  activity  rhythms  of  each  of  the  four  study 
colonies.  The  third  manova  tested  whether  some  pairs  of  activities 
are  performed  by  significantly  different  numbers  of  ants  when  the 
activities  are  compared  at  particular  times  (Table  2,  bottom). 
Significant  differences  mean  that  the  rate  at  which  the  colony 
invests  workers  in  a particular  task  depends  both  on  the  task  and  on 
the  time  of  day.  The  results  (Table  2)  may  be  best  understood  by 
inspecting  Figure  1 . For  example,  keeping  in  mind  that  the  data  are 
log-transformed,  activity-time  period  difference  number  4 (Table  2) 
can  be  stated  as  follows:  The  ratio  of  number  of  ants  doing  midden 
work  to  number  convening  in  time  period  1 is  significantly  greater 
than  the  same  ratio  in  time  period  3.  In  other  words,  from  TPl  to 
TP3  convening  increases  faster,  or  has  a steeper  slope,  than  does 
midden  work.  This  difference  is  especially  clear  in  the  graph  for 
colony  4. 

The  overall  results  in  Table  2 lead  to  the  following  conclusions 
about  slope  differences  in  Figure  1:  Convening  rises  to  a peak  in 
TP2,  increasing  more  rapidly  than  midden  work,  then  declines  more 
rapidly  than  either  midden  work  or  patrolling.  In  general,  patrolling 
declines  throughout  the  day  while  nest  maintenance  increases.  The 
fact  that  activity-time  period  differences  7,  8,  and  9 are  not  signifi- 
cant indicates  that  all  4 activities  change  at  about  the  same  rate  from 
TP3  to  TP4. 

The  colony  main  effect  was  significant  (p  > 0.05)  for  time  period 
differences  1,  2,  and  4,  for  activity  differences  1,  2,  and  3,  and  for 
activity-time  period  differences  1,  4,  5,  6,  and  10.  The  date  main 
effect  was  significant  for  time  period  difference  3,  activity  difference 
3,  and  activity-time  period  differences  3,  7,  8,  and  1 1. 

Mean  temperatures  of  the  terraria  surfaces  are  shown  in  Figure  2, 
as  a function  of  the  time  of  day. 

Discussion 

The  behavior  of  a colony  clearly  is  temporally  patterned.  It  has 
frequently  been  suggested  that,  in  harvester  ants,  overall  activity 


418 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


Table  2.  Results  of  profile  analysis. 

Results  of  test  for  differences  in  activity  level  by  time  period  are  shown  at  the  top 
of  the  table;  for  test  for  differences  in  number  of  ants  in  each  activity,  middle  of  the 
table;  for  test  for  activity-time  period  differences  (parallelism  test),  bottom  of  the 
table.  Data  are  log-transformed.  Symbols  used  are  p > 0.01;  *,  p > 0.05;  #, 
marginal  significance.  TP  = time  period;  MW  = midden  work;  CN  = Convening;  PT 
= patrolling;  NM  = nest  maintenance. 

Source:  Overall 


Intercept  as  main  effect 
(DF=  29) 


(All  4 colonies) 


P 

Mean 

I 

Difference 

TPl  - TP2 

346.4** 

-1.24 

TP2  - TP3 

3.9 

-0.07 

TP3  — TP4 

17.8** 

0.19 

TP4  - TP5 

41 1.5** 

1.19 

Midden  Work  — Convening 

206.6** 

1.43 

Convening  — Patrolling 

175.8** 

-1.37 

Patrolling  — Nest  Maintenance 

256.9** 

2.55 

1. 

TPl, MW  - TP1,CN  - 

TP5,MW+  TP5,CN 

8.6** 

-0.19 

2. 

TPl.CN  -TPLPT  — 

TP5,CN  +TP5,PT 

9.5** 

0.17 

3. 

TP1,PT  -TPLNM- 

TP5,PT  +TP5,NM 

48.1** 

0.25 

4. 

TP1,MW  - TP1,CN  - 

TP3,MW+  TP3,CN 

115.4** 

0.59 

5. 

TP1,CN  -TPLPT  - 

TP3,CN  +TP3,PT 

132.9** 

-0.60 

6. 

TP1,PT  -TPLNM- 

TP3,PT  +TP3,NM 

13.5 

0.11 

7. 

TP3,MW  - TP3,CN  - 

TP4,MW+  TP4,PT 

2.9 

-0.06 

8. 

TP3,CN  - TP3,PT  — 

TP4,CN  +TP4,PT 

0.5 

0.03 

9. 

TP3,PT  TP3,NM  — 

TP4,PT  +TP4,NM 

5.7* 

0.06 

10. 

TP4,MW  - TP4,CN  - 

TP2,MW+TP2,CN 

51.9** 

0.21 

11. 

TP4,CN  — TP4,PT  — 

TP2,CN  +TP2,PT 

28.6** 

-0.21 

12. 

TP4,PT  TP4,NM  - 

TP2,PT  +TP2,NM 

10.5** 

-0.12 

13. 

TP4,MW  - TP4,NM  — 

TP2,MW+  TP2,NM 

11.2** 

-0.12 

14. 

TP3,PT  — TP3,NM  — 

TP5.pt  +TP5.NM 

26.9** 

0.14 

15. 

TP2,PT  - TP2,NM  - 

TP5.pt  +TP5.NM 

32.9** 

0.19 

level  (sometimes  called  foraging  activity)  is  related  to  temperature 
(Rogers  1974,  Whitford  and  Ettershank  1975,  Bernstein  1979).  My 
results  support  this  suggestion.  During  TP2  through  TP4,  when  the 
individual  lamps  were  on  and  the  soil  temperatures  were  highest 
(Figure  2),  colonies  were  significantly  more  active  than  they  were 
during  time  periods  1 and  5.  Temperatures  in  the  field  often  become 
so  high  that  ants  are  inactive  from  midday  until  early  evening.  In  the 


1983] 


Gordon  — Pogonomyrmex  badius 


419 


Table  2.  (continued). 


By  Colony 

18  14  16 


13 


F 

Mean 

Difference 

F 

Mean 

Differen 

203.8** 

-1.65 

106.9** 

-1.1 

0.3 

0.04 

7.9** 

0.15 

6.1** 

0.18 

13.5** 

0.27 

422.9** 

2.05 

68.8** 

0.89 

152.9** 

2.07 

86.6** 

1.55 

1 17.9** 

-1.74 

17.9** 

-0.69 

75.1** 

1.86 

152.7** 

2.02 

18.1** 

-0.49 

1.1 

-0.14 

12.9** 

0.39 

1.6 

0.16 

22.7** 

0.31 

29.1** 

0.36 

40.9** 

0.63 

1 1.6** 

0.35 

40.3** 

-0.63 

15.9** 

-0.36 

1.3 

0.05 

19.8** 

0.26 

1.7 

0.20 

1.8 

-0.07 

0.5 

0.05 

0.04 

0.01 

3.5 

0.08 

2.0 

0.06 

13.9** 

0.23 

51.9** 

0.25 

13.4** 

-0.24 

20.8** 

-0.18 

1.6 

-0.08 

16.9** 

-0.22 

2.4 

-0.10 

12.1** 

-0.15 

23.9** 

0.26 

3.3 

0.10 

14.6** 

0.26 

17.9** 

0.26 

F 

Mean 

Difference 

F 

Mean 

Difference 

65.2** 

-0.96 

1 13.7** 

-1.22 

49.3** 

-0.44 

0.2 

-0.04 

8.1** 

0.19 

4.1# 

0.16 

42.8** 

0.73 

89.3** 

1.13 

25.5** 

0.89 

67.1** 

1.22 

60.5** 

-1.52 

101.8** 

-1.51 

717.5** 

3.05 

152.4** 

3.28 

1.2 

-0.09 

0.04 

-0.03 

0.1 

0.02 

0.9 

0.10 

13.3** 

0.18 

2.4 

0.14 

10.6** 

0.27 

1 14.1** 

1.10 

23.1** 

-0.39 

121.5** 

- 1 .03 

3.8 

0.10 

0.3 

0.04 

3.2 

-0.07 

0.3 

-0.04 

0.3 

0.02 

0.4 

0.04 

0.3 

0.02 

2.1 

0.09 

46.1** 

0.29 

2.2 

0.09 

22.3** 

-0.21 

10.5** 

-0.21 

4.7* 

-0.15 

0.4 

-0.05 

1.2 

-0.07 

3.5 

-0.16 

4.1# 

0.08 

2.2 

0.10 

12.1** 

0.21 

0.7 

0.05 

laboratory  conditions  of  the  present  study,  temperatures  never 
became  that  high.  Time  of  food  availability  has  also  been  suggested 
as  a factor  regulating  activity  rhythms  of  foraging  ants  (Hansen 
1978,  Hunt  1974,  Levieux  1979a  and  1979b,  Levieux  and  Diomande 
1978a  and  1978b),  and,  in  fact,  all  four  study  colonies  foraged  pri- 
marily at  the  time  of  peak  food  availability. 

However,  fluctuations  of  temperature  and  of  food  availability 
may  not  account  completely  for  the  activity  rhythms  observed  here. 
For  example,  the  results  show  that  rates  of  change  in  the  numbers  of 
ants  in  each  activity  vary  with  the  time  of  day.  This  means  that  ants 
doing  different  tasks  respond  differently  to  environmental  cues  such 


420 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


Figure  I.  Daily  activity  rhythms. 

The  mean  numbers  of  ants  engaged  in  each  activity  are  plotted  as  a function  of 
time  of  day.  Times  shown  are  the  usual  observation  times.  Error  bars  show  standard 
error  of  the  mean.  No  error  bar  is  present  when  the  size  of  the  error  bar  was  smaller 
than  that  of  the  symbol  for  a point  in  the  graph. 


as  temperature  and  food  availability.  In  P.  badius,  the  five  activities 
described  here  are  performed  by  four  distinct  groups  of  ants  (mid- 
den work  and  patrolling  are  done  by  the  same  individuals)  (Gordon 
1983d).  Whether  there  are  intrinsic  physiological  rhythms  causing 
these  different  groups  to  be  active  outside  the  nest  in  different 
numbers,  depending  on  time  of  day,  is  a question  still  to  be 
explored. 

Temporal  patterns  in  overall  activity  level  are  known  to  exist  in 
many  species  of  ants.  Further  research  on  such  species  may  reveal 
more  detailed  patterns  of  particular  activities.  Cognizance  of  such 
patterns  is  relevant  to  the  design  of  further  behavioral  experiments. 


1983] 


Gordon  — Pogonomyrmex  badius 


421 


TIME  PERIOD 

Figure  2. 

Mean  temperature  on  the  soil  surface,  both  directly  under  the  lamp  and  on  the 
opposite  side  of  the  tank,  plotted  as  a function  of  the  times  of  measurement. 


because  results  may  be  affected  by  the  times  of  day  at  which  data  are 
collected  (e.g.,  Gordon  1983d  and  1983b). 

The  results  show  that,  though  colonies  are  similar  to  one  another, 
distinct  colonies  have  distinct  activity  rhythms  (Figure  1).  Thus, 
intercolony  variation  should  also  be  taken  into  account  when 
designing  experiments.  The  main  point  of  this  study,  then,  is  not 
that  the  activity  rhythms  of  P.  badius  are  those  shown  in  Figure  1, 
but  that  each  colony  exhibits  some  temporal  pattern  of  activities.  In 
every  colony,  certain  tasks  are  undertaken  at  characteristic  times. 
Clearly,  we  need  to  consider  temporal  patterns  when  we  endeavor  to 
understand  the  social  organization  of  the  ant  colony. 


422 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


Acknowledgements 

1 am  grateful  to  R.  Shaw  and  D.  S.  Burdick  for  statistical  advice, 
to  T.  Williams  for  valuable  discussions,  to  B.  Holldobler  for  com- 
ments on  the  manuscript,  and  to  J.  Gregg  and  R.  Palmer  for  help 
with  all  stages  of  the  project. 


Rkphrenchs 

Bernstein,  R.  A. 

1979.  Schedules  of  foraging  activity  in  species  of  ants.  J.  Anim.  Ecol.  48: 
921-930. 

Buaktar,  a.  W.  and  W.  Whitcomb. 

1970.  Artificial  diet  for  rearing  various  species  of  ants.  Fla.  Entomol.  53(4): 
229  232. 

Goli  Ev,  F.  B.  AND  J.  B.  Gentry. 

1964.  Bioenergetics  of  the  southern  harvester  ant,  Pogonomyrmex  hadius. 
Ecol.  45:  217-225. 

Gordon,  D.  M. 

1983a.  The  dependence  of  necrophoric  response  to  oleic  acid  on  social  context 
in  the  harvester  ant,  Pogonomyrmex  hadius.  J.  Chem.  Ecol.  9(1): 
105  111. 

1983b.  The  relation  of  recruitment  rate  to  activity  rhythms  in  the  harvester  ant, 
Pogonomyrmex  harhafus  (F.  Smith).  J.  Kans.  Ent.  Soc.  56(3):  277-285. 
1983c.  Species-specific  patterns  in  the  social  activities  of  harvester  ant  colonies 
(Pogonomyrmex).  Insectes  Sociaux.  In  press. 

1983d.  The  organization  of  role  behavior  in  colonies  of  the  harvester  ant,  Pogo- 
nomyrmex hadius.  In  preparation. 

Hangartner,  W.,  j.  M.  Reichson,  and  E.  O.  Wilson. 

1970.  Orientation  to  nest  material  by  the  ant  Pogonomyrmex  hadius.  Anim. 
Behav.  18(2):  331-334. 

Hansen,  S.  R. 

1978.  Resource  utilisation  and  coexistence  of  three  species  of  Pogonomyrmex 
ants  in  an  upper  Sonoran  grassland  community.  Oecologia  35:  109- 1 17. 
HOlldohler,  B. 

1970.  Steatoda  fulva  (Theridiidae),  a spider  that  feeds  on  harvester  ants. 
Psyche,  77:  202-208. 

1976a.  Recruitment  behavior,  home  range  orientation,  and  territoriality  in  har- 
vester ants.  Pogonomyrmex.  Behav.  Ecol.  Sociobiol.  1:  3-44. 

1976b.  The  behavioral  ecology  of  mating  in  harvester  ants  (Pogonomyrme.x). 
Behav.  Ecol.  Sociobiol.  1(4):  405-423. 

Hi  nt,  J.  H. 

1974.  Temporal  activity  patterns  in  two  competing  ant  species.  Psyche,  81: 
237  242. 


1983] 


Gordon  — Pogonomyrmex  hadius 


423 


Jan/fn.  D.  H. 

1967.  Interaction  of  the  bull’s  horn  acacia  {Acacia  cornigera  1..)  with  an  ant 
inhabitant  {Pseudomyrmex  fenuginea  F.  Smith)  in  eastern  Mexico. 
Univ.  Kansas  Sci.  Bull.  47(6):  315  558. 

Lfvifi  X.  J. 

1979a.  La  nutrition  des  fourmis  granivores.  III.  Cycle  d’activite  et  regime 
alimentaire  en  saison  des  pluies  de  Bracfu poncra  senaarensis  fluctuations 
saisonieres.  Insectes  Sociaux  26(3):  232-239. 

1979b.  La  nutrition  des  fourmis  granivores.  IV.  Cycle  d’activite  et  regime 
alimentaire  de  Messor  galla  et  de  Messor  (=Craiomyrmex)  regalis. 
en  saison  des  pluies  fluctuations  annuelles.  Insectes  Sociaux  26(4): 
279  294. 

Lfvifi  x.J.  andT.  Dkimandf. 

1978a.  l,a  nutrition  des  fourmis  granivores.  1.  Cycle  d’activite  et  regime 
alimentaire  de  Messor  galla  et  de  Messor  (=Craloniyrmex)  regalis. 
Insectes  Sociaux  25(2):  127  139. 

1978b.  La  nutrition  des  fourmis  granivores.  II.  Cycle  d’activite  et  regime 
alimentaire  de  Brachyponera  senaarensis  (Mayr).  Insectes  Sociaux  25(3): 
187-196. 

M(  Cl  l SKFV,  E. 

1958.  Daily  rhythms  in  male  harvester  and  argentine  ants.  Science  128: 
536  537. 

1965.  Circadian  rhythms  in  male  ants  of  five  diverse  species.  Science  150: 
1037  1039. 

MOGI  I(  H,  M.  AND  G.  D.  Al  PFRT. 

1979.  Stone-dropping  by  Conomynna  hicolor  a new  technique  of  interfer- 
ence competition.  Behav.  Ecol.  Sociobiol.  6:  105-1  13. 

Rogfrs,  L.  E. 

1974.  Foraging  activity  of  the  western  harvester  ant  in  the  shortgrass  plains 
ecosystem.  Env.  Entomol.  3(3):  420  424. 

Timm,  N.  H. 

1975.  Multivariate  analysis.  Monterey,  CA:  Brooks/Cole  Publishing  Co. 

Van  Pfi  t,  A.  F. 

1966.  Activity  and  density  of  old-field  ants  of  the  Savannah  River  Plant,  South 
Carolina.  J.  Elisha  Mitchell  Soc.,  May:  35  43. 

WllITFORD,  W.  G.  AND  G.  EtTFRSMANK. 

1975.  Factors  affecting  foraging  activity  in  Chihuahuan  desert  harvester  ants. 
Env.  Entomol.  4(5):  689-696. 

Whitford,  W.  G.,  P.  Johnson,  and  J.  Ramirfz. 

1976.  Comparative  ecology  of  the  harvester  ants  Pogonomyrniex  harhatus  ( F. 
Smith)  and  Pogonomyrniex  rugosus  (Emery).  Insectes  Sociaux  23(2): 
112-132. 

Wil  l ARD,  J.  AND  H.  CrOWI  I I . 

1965.  Biological  activities  of  the  harvester  ant,  Pogonomyrniex  owyheei,  in 
central  Oregon.  J.  Econ.  Entomol.  58:  484  489. 


BEHAVIOR  OF  THE  SLAVE-MAKING  ANT, 

HA  RPA  GOXENVS  A MERIC  AN  VS  (EMERY), 

AND  ITS  HOST  SPECIES  UNDER  “SEMINATURAL” 
LABORATORY  CONDITIONS 
(HYMENOPTERA:  FORMICIDAE)' 

By  Thomas  M.  Alloway 

AND 

Maria  Guadalupe  Del  Rio  Pesado 
Erindale  College 
University  of  Toronto 
Mississauga,  Ontario  L5L  1C6 
Canada 

Introduction 

Slave-making  ants  are  social  parasites  that  raid  the  nests  of  host- 
species  colonies,  capture  brood,  and  transport  it  back  to  the  parasite 
colony.  There,  host-species  workers  eclosing  from  captured  brood 
become  “slaves”  which  perform  all  the  usual  worker-ant  functions  in 
the  slave-maker  colony  (see  review  by  Buschinger  et  ai  1980). 

Harpagoxenus  aniericanus  (Emery)  is  an  obligatory  slave-making 
parasite  which  forms  mixed  colonies  with  workers  of  three  Lepto- 
thorax  host  species:  L.  amhiguus  Emery,  L.  curvispinosus  Mayr, 
and  L.  longispinosus  Roger.  Young  H.  aniericanus  queens  found 
colonies  by  entering  host-species  nests,  killing  or  driving  off  the 
adults,  and  inducing  the  host-species  workers  which  subsequently 
mature  from  worker  pupae  in  the  nest  to  rear  a brood  of  slave- 
maker  workers  (Wesson  1939).  These  parasite  workers  then  aug- 
ment the  slave  worker  force  by  raiding  other  host-species  nests. 

Wesson  (1939)  and  Alloway  (1979)  observed  H.  aniericanus  slave 
raids  in  the  laboratory  by  placing  populous  H.  aniericanus  nests  in 


'This  research  was  supported  by  a grant  from  the  Natural  Sciences  and  Engineering 
Research  Council  (Canada)  to  the  first  author  and  by  a scholarship  from  CON  ACYT 
(Consejo  Nacional  de  Ciencia  y Tecnologia,  Mexico)  to  the  second  author.  The 
authors  would  like  to  thank  Victor  Chudin  for  his  assistance  in  collecting  the  data 
and  Robin  Stuart,  David  Gibo,  and  James  Beckwith  for  their  constructive  comments 
on  the  manuscript. 

Manuscript  received  hy  the  editor  September  30.  1983. 


425 


426 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


experimental  arenas  containing  an  arbitrarily  selected  host-species 
target  nest.  Under  these  circumstances,  H.  americanus  raids  begin 
when  one  or  more  slave-maker  workers  leave  the  parasite  nest  to 
explore  the  arena.  Whenever  such  a “scout”  discovers  the  entrance 
to  the  target  nest,  it  returns  to  its  own  nest  and  recruits  a raiding 
party.  After  dispersing  the  adult  residents  of  the  target  nest,  the 
raiders  carry  the  captured  brood  back  to  the  slave-maker  nest 
(Alloway  1979). 

Recently,  it  was  discovered  that  H.  americanus,  L.  amhiguus,  L. 
longispinosus  and  probably  L.  curvispinosus  form  facultatively 
polydomous  colonies  (Alloway  ef  al.  1982;  Del  Rio  Pesado  & Allo- 
way 1983).  Colonies  of  the  three  host  species  are  also  facultatively 
polygynous  (Alloway  c/ 1982).  However,  H.  americanus  co\on\ts 
apparently  never  contain  more  than  one  inseminated  egg-laying 
queen  (Buschinger  & Alloway  1977). 

In  the  present  paper,  we  augment  previous  findings  by  presenting 
behavioral  observations  of  H.  americanus  and  its  slaves  interacting 
with  ants  from  other  H.  americanus  colonies  and  from  unenslaved 
host-species  colonies.  These  observations  supplement  previous  find- 
ings for  three  reasons: 

1.  The  interactions  observed  were  among  ants  from  colonies  col- 
lected adjacent  to  one  another  in  nature. 

2.  The  ants  were  observed  for  several  weeks. 

3.  Ants  from  small  and  “weak”,  as  well  as  populous  and  “strong”, 
H.  americanus  and  host-species  colonies  were  observed. 

Materials  and  Methods 

Nests  of  H.  americanus,  L.  amhiguus,  and  L.  longispinosus  were 
collected  on  the  Erindale  Campus  of  the  University  of  Toronto,  in 
Mississauga,  Ontario.  Since  we  wanted  to  observe  the  behavior  of 
ants  from  parasite  nests  occurring  close  together  in  nature,  we 
looked  for  places  where  there  were  at  least  two  H.  americanus  nests 
within  less  than  2 m of  each  other.  Whenever  such  a spot  was  found, 
we  laid  out  a 2 m by  2 m quadrant  centering  on  the  parasite  nests 
and  then  collected,  numbered,  and  mapped  the  location  of  all  H. 
americanus  and  host-species  nests  in  the  quadrant.  Altogether,  19 
quandrants  were  collected;  but  two  pairs  of  adjacent  quadrants  were 
combined  to  permit  observation  of  large  groups  of  H.  americanus 


1983] 


Alloway  & Del  Rio  Pesado  — Harpagoxenus 


427 


nests.  See  Del  Rio  Pesado  (1983)  for  a complete  demographic  des- 
cription of  the  colonies  studied. 

In  the  laboratory,  the  ants  were  removed  from  their  natural  nests, 
established  in  artificial  nests  (Alloway  1979),  and  censused.  Then 
they  were  transported  to  a naturally  lighted,  unairconditioned 
room,  where  the  field  maps  were  used  to  reconstruct  among  the 
artificial  nests  the  same  spatial  relations  as  had  existed  among  the 
natural  nests.  In  addition  to  these  “natural”  quadrants,  we  also 
observed  one  control  quadrant  containing  two  H.  americanus  nests 
from  different  collection  sites.  In  some  cases,  individual  ants  were 
marked.  See  Del  Rio  Pesado  and  Alloway  (1983)  for  a detailed 
description  of  these  procedures. 

Ad  libitum  behavioral  observations  were  made  8 h a day,  5 days  a 
week  during  June,  July,  and  August.  Five  quadrants  were  observed 
in  1980;  and  14  quadrants  were  observed  in  1981.  An  assistant  was 
employed  during  1981  to  permit  more  detailed  behavioral  ob- 
servations. 


Results 


Raiding 

The  slave-makers  raided  or  attempted  to  raid  the  nests  of  ad  jacent 
colonies.  Most  raided  nests  belonged  to  unparasitized  L.  amhiguus 
and  L.  longispinosus  colonies.  However,  in  the  control  quadrant 
and  in  the  two  “natural”  quadrants  containing  more  than  one  H. 
americanus  colony,  the  slave-makers  from  one  colony  raided  nests 
belonging  to  another  parasite  colony. 

Alloway  (1979)  observed  that  the  raiding  behavior  of  H.  america- 
nus is  not  highly  stereotyped  even  when  ants  from  a single  parasite 
nest  are  interacting  with  ants  from  a single  target  nest.  In  the  present 
study  in  which  the  slave-makers  were  often  interacting  with  ants 
from  several  naturally  adjacent  colonies,  the  results  were  so  com- 
plex and  variable  that  their  complete  presentation  requires  a separ- 
ate description  of  the  events  in  each  quadrant.  See  Del  Rio  Pesado 
(1983)  for  such  an  account.  Here  we  summarize  those  observations. 

Much  of  the  behavioral  variability  could  be  attributed  to  demo- 
graphic variability.  One  demographic  factor  was  the  number  of 
nests  in  each  quadrant.  The  initial  number  of  slave-maker  nests  in 
different  quadrants  ranged  from  2 to  6,  while  the  initial  number  of 


428 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


host-species  nests  ranged  from  0 to  17.  This  variablity  in  nest  density 
is  probably  correlated  with  small-scale  differences  in  the  availability 
and  suitability  of  natural  nest  sites.  In  addition,  the  history  of  slav- 
ery in  a particular  spot  might  affect  nest  density,  since  H.  american- 
us  colonies  may  destroy  or  drive  away  adjacent  host-species 
colonies. 

Another  kind  of  demographic  variability  involved  the  number  of 
nests  occupied  by  single  colonies.  Some  H.  americanus  and  some 
host-species  colonies  were  initially  polydomous.  In  the  laboratory, 
some  initially  polydomous  colonies  moved  into  a single  nest 
(became  monodomous)  before  any  significant  interactions  with 
members  of  other  colonies  occurred;  but  others  remained  polydom- 
ous during  behavioral  interactions  with  ants  from  other  colonies 
(Del  Rio  Pesado  & Alloway  1983).  To  raid  host-species  nests  suc- 
cessfully, H.  americanus  colonies  must  deploy  raiding  parties  con- 
taining several  H.  americanus  workers.  In  successful  polydomous 
H.  americanus  colonies,  the  slaves  made  this  possible  by  carrying  all 
or  almost  all  the  parasite  workers  to  a single  nest  before  raiding 
began.  While  so  doing,  the  slaves  sometimes  (but  not  always)  moved 
the  entire  H.  americanus  colony  into  one  nest.  In  other  polydomous 
slave-maker  colonies  where  the  slaves  failed  to  assemble  the  parasite 
workers  in  this  way,  many  slave-makers  were  killed  during  uncoor- 
dinated attacks  on  target  nests. 

A third  kind  of  demographic  variability  involved  differing  degrees 
of  maturity  among  slave-maker  colonies.  When  collected,  some  of 
our  H.  americanus  colonies  were  incipient  {i.e.  initially  contained 
only  an  H.  americanus  queen,  some  slaves,  and  a brood),  while 
others  already  possessed  slave-maker  workers.  Wesson  (1939),  study- 
ing ants  from  the  east-central  United  States,  found  that  H.  ameri- 
canus began  to  raid  only  after  the  overwintered  H.  americanus 
brood  had  matured.  In  contrast,  overwintered  parasite  workers  in 
our  colonies  from  southern  Ontario  began  to  raid  before  all  their 
overwintered  brood  had  matured.  As  young  H.  americanus  workers 
eclosed,  they  augmented  the  raiding  forces  of  mature  colonies  and 
initiated  raiding  in  incipient  colonies.  Thus,  mature  colonies  could 
start  raiding  earlier  and  had  the  potential  to  raid  longer  than  incip- 
ient colonies.  In  both  incipient  and  mature  colonies,  first-year  H. 
americanus  workers  were  involved  in  all  phases  of  raiding  {i.e. 
scouting,  attacking  target  nests,  and  transporting  captured  brood). 


1983] 


Allow  ay  & Del  Rio  Pesado  — Harpagoxenus 


429 


In  this  last  respect,  H.  americanus  apparently  differs  from  the  Euro- 
pean H.  suhlaevis  (Nylander),  in  which  slave-makers  in  mature  col- 
onies do  not  begin  to  scout  until  their  second  year  (Buschinger  et  a/. 
1980).  We  also  observed  an  apparent  effect  of  experience  on  scout- 
ing. On  their  first  forays  in  the  spring  or  after  eclosion,  scouts 
ventured  only  a short  distance  from  their  nest.  The  distance  trav- 
elled became  greater  as  the  number  of  forays  increased. 

Alloway  ( 1 979)  observed  that  H.  americanus  workers  could  scout 
either  singly  or  in  small  groups.  In  the  present  study,  only  individual 
scouting  was  observed.  Alloway  (1979)  also  observed  that,  whenever 
a lone  scout  discovered  the  entrance  to  a target  nest,  it  would  return 
to  its  own  nest  and  recruit  a raiding  party.  However,  in  the  present 
study,  lone  scouts  sometimes  attacked  target  nests  by  themselves. 
Nevertheless,  lone  H.  americanus  workers  rarely,  if  ever,  captured 
any  brood.  Invasion  of  a target  nest  by  a single  slave-maker  excited 
the  target-colony  workers  and  often  caused  them  to  attack  the 
intruder.  Some  lone  intruders  were  killed. 

The  success  of  raider  recruitment  was  highly  variable.  Upon 
entering  its  nest,  a scout  that  had  discovered  the  entrance  to  a target 
nest  was  immediately  surrounded  by  a cluster  of  slave-makers  and 
slaves.  Shortly  thereafter,  the  scout  would  make  its  way  back  to  the 
nest  entrance  and  leave.  That  the  slave-maker  was  now  almost  cer- 
tainly laying  down  a pheromone  trail  was  indicated  by  the  fact  that 
it  conspicuously  dragged  its  gaster  along  the  substrate  while  being 
closely  followed  by  a column  of  other  slave-makers  and/or  slaves. 
All  scouts  that  had  located  target  nests  excited  their  nestmates;  and 
most  initiated  processions.  The  variable  success  of  raider  recruit- 
ment seemed  to  depend  on  the  “steadiness”  of  the  recruiter’s  move- 
ment and  orientation  while  leading  the  procession.  Successful 
recruiters  moved  steadily  forward  without  making  any  abrupt  turns. 
Less  successful  recruiters  stopped  for  prolonged  periods  and 
changed  direction  abruptly.  Such  hesitation  caused  nestmates  to 
leave  the  procession;  and  badly  disoriented  scouts  lost  all  their  fol- 
lowers. Some  initially  unsuccessful  individuals  later  relocated  the 
target  nest  and  went  back  to  their  nest  to  try  again. 

The  arrival  of  a raiding  party  containing  several  H.  americanus 
workers  and  (often)  a number  of  slaves  always  caused  “alarm”  in  the 
target  nest.  Workers  and  queens  would  snatch  up  larvae  and  pupae 
and  make  frenzied  efforts  to  leave  the  nest.  Whenever  they  found  a 


430 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


place  where  they  could  safely  deposit  any  brood  with  which  they 
had  escaped,  the  workers  returned  to  the  invaded  nest  and  carried 
off  more  brood.  The  slave-makers  countered  all  these  efforts  by 
guarding  the  nest  entrance  (Alloway  1979)  and  by  charging  and 
snapping  at  target-nest  workers. 

Alloway  (1979)  observed  that  target-nest  workers  always  fled  with 
whatever  brood  they  might  manage  to  carry  almost  immediately 
after  the  arrival  of  a raiding  party.  In  these  circumstances,  the  slave- 
makers  did  not  use  their  large,  specialized  mandibles  against  the 
residents  of  target  nests.  In  the  present  study,  a broader  range  of 
target-nest  resistance  and  slave-maker  aggression  were  observed. 
The  workers  in  some  target  nests  fled  very  shortly  after  the  raiders 
arrived;  and,  in  these  cases,  the  slave-makers  injured  very  few,  if 
any,  target-nest  residents.  However,  in  other  target  nests,  the 
workers  bit  and  stung  the  invaders.  The  slave-makers  crushed  such 
resistance  by  employing  their  large  mandibles  to  dismember  their 
adversaries.  Slaves  in  raiding  parties  also  attacked  target-colony 
workers,  but  it  was  apparent  that  the  success  of  the  always  outnum- 
bered raiders  depended  mainly  upon  the  activities  of  the  slave- 
makers. 

After  all  the  adults  had  been  killed  or  driven  from  the  target  nest, 
the  raiders  transported  the  captured  brood  to  the  slave-maker  nest. 
Most  brood  was  carried  by  slave-makers,  although  slaves  sometimes 
carried  one  or  two  larvae  or  pupae.  Brood  transport  generally  lasted 
only  a few  hours,  after  which  the  raiding  party  vacated  the  target 
nest.  Only  one  H.  americanus  colony  manifested  the  phenomenon 
reported  by  Wesson  (1939)  of  raiders  requiring  2 or  3 days  to  com- 
plete brood  transport.  After  the  raiding  party  had  abandoned  the 
target  nest,  its  previous  inhabitants  often  returned. 

Other  Behavior 

Our  observations  confirm  that  Leptothorax  slaves  do  most  of  the 
work  in  H.  americanus  colonies.  The  slaves  forage  for  food,  feed 
and  groom  the  parasite  adults  and  brood,  and  defend  the  area 
around  H.  americanus  colonies  by  attacking  foraging  workers  from 
neighboring  Leptothorax  colonies  whenever  they  are  encountered 
near  an  H.  americanus  nest.  The  slave-makers  do  none  of  these 
things  on  a regular  basis.  Indeed,  the  parasites  appear  never  to  leave 
their  nests  except  to  scout  {i.e.  to  “look  for”  target  nests).  Since 
scouting  slave-makers  invariably  return  to  the  same  nest  from  which 
they  departed,  the  parasites  are  even  dependent  on  their  slaves  to 


I9K3]  Alloway  & Del  Rio  Pesado  — Harpagoxenus  431 

move  them  from  nest  to  nest  in  polydomous  colonies.  Nevertheless, 
H.  aniericanus  workers  possess  certain  vestiges  of  non-parasitic 
behavior.  Inside  their  nest,  H.  aniericanus  workers  routinely  groom 
one  another,  periodically  share  regurgitated  food  with  other  slave- 
makers  and  slaves,  and  occasionally  engage  in  what  appears  to  be 
brood  care.  Parasite  workers  may  even  eat  if  they  encounter  food 
while  scouting.  On  such  occasions,  one  can  infer  that  the  slave- 
maker  is  scouting  (and  not  foraging)  from  the  fact  that,  after  eating, 
it  continues  to  “look  for”  a target  nest,  instead  of  returning  directly 
to  its  own  nest,  regurgitating  to  nestmates,  and  recruiting  them  to 
the  food  source.  H.  aniericanus  workers  never  recruit  or  follow 
nestmates  except  in  the  context  of  slave  raids. 

Although  Leptothorax  slaves  generally  look  after  the  slave- 
makers,  we  observed  many  instances  of  slave  aggression  against 
slave-makers.  In  9 slave-maker  colonies,  we  saw  slaves  biting  and 
dragging  H.  aniericanus  workers  out  of  slave-maker  nests.  A few  H. 
aniericanus  workers  lost  parts  of  appendages  as  a result  of  these 
attacks.  However,  we  never  saw  a slave-maker  attack  a slave;  and 
we  never  witnessed  anything  resembling  a generalized  “slave  revolt”. 
Individual  H.  aniericanus  workers  were  attacked  by  individual 
slaves.  The  same  slave  which  attacked  one  slave-maker  would  feed 
and  groom  another;  and  any  slave-maker  that  was  attacked  by  one 
slave  was  cared  for  by  others. 

A somewhat  different  kind  of  slave  aggresssion  was  seen  in  one  of 
our  incipient  H.  aniericanus  colonies.  When  collected,  this  colony 
possessed  a single  nest  containing  an  H.  aniericanus  queen,  17  L. 
longispinosus  workers,  and  a brood.  Throughout  the  course  of  our 
observations,  the  slaves  fed  and  groomed  the  parasite  queen  and 
tended  her  brood  through  the  pupal  instar.  However,  the  slaves 
killed  all  eclosing  H.  aniericanus  workers.  Similar  events  have  been 
observed  in  other  incipient  H.  aniericanus  colonies  (R.  J.  Stuart, 
personal  communication). 

As  we  have  noted,  slaves  ordinarily  defend  the  area  surrounding 
H.  aniericanus  nests  against  incursions  by  unenslaved  Leptothorax 
workers.  Similarly,  unenslaved  leptothorax  workers  defend  areas 
around  their  nests  against  incursions  by  Leptothorax  slaves.  These 
phenomena,  together  with  the  fact  that  both  enslaved  and  unen- 
slaved Leptothorax  workers  fight  for  their  respective  colonies  during 
slave  raids,  indicate  that  enslaved  and  unenslaved  Leptothorax 
workers  generally  recognize  one  another  as  belonging  to  different 


432 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


colonies.  However,  these  behavioral  barriers  between  colonies  are 
sometimes  imperfect  in  the  case  of  incipient  slave-maker  colonies. 
For  example,  let  us  consider  the  situation  in  Quadrant  3. 

When  collected,  this  quadrant  contained  two  incipient  H.  ameri- 
canus  colonies,  each  of  which  was  located  near  an  apparently 
unparasitized  L.  hngispinosus  nest.  In  both  cases,  some  of  the 
slaves  entered  the  nearest  L.  hngispinosus  nest  without  being 
attacked;  and,  reciprocally,  some  of  the  seemingly  unenslaved  L. 
hngispinosus  workers  entered  the  H.  americanus  nest  with  impu- 
nity. On  one  occasion,  a slave  picked  up  the  H.  americanus  queen  in 
one  of  the  parasite  nests  and  carried  her  to  the  nearest  L.  hngispino- 
sus nest.  The  arrival  of  the  parasite  female  caused  all  the  adults  in 
that  nest  to  flee.  Later  the  same  day,  a slave  carried  the  H.  america- 
nus queen  back  to  the  nest  from  which  she  had  come.  Then,  over  a 
12-day  period,  many  of  the  workers  which  had  originally  fled  moved 
in  and  began  to  live  peacefully  with  the  H.  americanus  queen  in  her 
nest. 

Equally  interesting  events  involved  the  other  incipient  parasite 
colony  in  the  same  quadrant.  A slave  which  could  peacefully  enter 
the  nearest  L.  hngispinosus  nest  began  to  carry  brood  and  workers 
from  that  nest  into  the  //.  americanus  nest.  Some  of  the  in-coming 
L.  hngispinosus  workers  were  accepted  immediately  by  the  other 
slaves,  while  others  were  initially  attacked.  However,  after  15  days, 
all  the  workers  from  the  unparasitized  nest  were  living  peacefully 
with  the  H.  americanus  queen.  A few  days  later,  several  L.  hngispi- 
nosus workers  killed  the  L.  hngispinosus  queen  which  had  been 
living  in  the  unparasitized  nest. 

Discussion 

Both  Wesson  (1939)  and  Alloway  (1979)  produced  slave  raids  by 
selecting  target  nests  and  placing  them  in  arenas  with  relatively 
populous,  single-nest  H.  americanus  colonies.  The  present  study 
was  the  first  in  which  a broader  sample  of  H.  americanus  colonies 
has  been  observed  and  the  first  in  which  H.  americanus  colonies 
have  been  observed  interacting  with  other  colonies  near  which  the 
slave-makers  had  been  living  in  nature.  These  procedural  differences 
probably  account  for  the  discrepencies  between  the  behavioral 
events  observed  here  and  those  described  by  Alloway  (1979).  Sim- 
ilar procedural  differences,  combined  with  possible  regional  differ- 


1983] 


Allow  ay  & Del  Rio  Pesado  — Harpagoxenus 


433 


ences  between  populations,  may  account  for  differences  between  the 
present  results  and  those  of  Wesson  (1939). 

A number  of  our  observations  pertain  to  limits  on  the  success  of 
slave-raiding  in  polydomous  parasite  colonies.  Individual  H.  ameri- 
canus  workers  can  rarely  capture  brood  and  are  sometimes  killed  by 
target-colony  workers.  Yet,  groups  of  4 or  5 H.  americanus  workers 
can  successfully  raid  almost  any  target  nest.  Thus,  H.  americanus 
colonies  need  to  deploy  their  raiders  in  raiding  parties  containing 
several  parasite  workers.  However,  polydomy  sometimes  prevents 
such  deployment.  The  slave-makers  rely  on  their  slaves  to  carry 
them  from  nest  to  nest  in  polydomous  colonies;  and  the  slaves  often 
fail  to  assemble  the  slave-makers  in  a single  nest  from  which  success- 
ful raids  could  be  mounted.  As  a consequence,  some  polydomous  H. 
americanus  colonies  fail  to  organize  raiding  parties  containing 
enough  slave-makers  to  capture  brood  from  neighboring  host- 
species  colonies. 

This  difficulty  encountered  by  H.  americanus  colonies  living  in 
more  than  one  nest  has  led  us  to  question  the  adaptive  value  of 
polydomy  in  the  slave-maker  population  studied.  Both  the  Lepto- 
thorax  host  species  enslaved  by  H.  americanus  in  the  Toronto 
region  form  facultatively  polydomous  colonies  (Alloway  et  al. 
1982).  Thus,  if  enslaved  host-species  workers  behave  like  unenslaved 
conspecifics,  slaves  should  tend  to  provide  a polydomous  colony 
structure  for  the  parasites.  Perhaps,  some  H.  americanus  colonies 
are  polydomous  because  of  this  behavioral  propensity  of  their  slaves 
and  despite  the  fact  that  polydomy  is  detrimental  to  efficient 
raiding. 

In  addition,  polydomy  may  account  for  some  of  the  overt  aggres- 
sion observed  in  the  present  study.  By  extension,  polydomy  might 
partly  explain  the  similar  forms  of  slave  aggression  manifested  by 
Leptothorax  slaves  living  in  L.  duloticus  colonies  (Wilson  1975). 

Let  us  imagine  that  a slave-maker  colony  divides,  with  some  of 
the  parasites  and  slaves  remaining  in  the  original  nest,  while  others 
move  to  another  nest.  Let  us  further  suppose  that  the  slave-makers 
in  the  two  nest  raid  independently.  In  such  a situation,  young  slaves 
maturing  from  captured  brood  in  each  nest  might  learn  to  recognize 
as  nestmates  only  those  particular  slave-makers  with  which  they 
were  living.  If  the  ants  from  the  two  nests  later  reunited,  then  the  old 
slaves  might  accept  all  the  slave-makers,  while  the  young  slaves 


434 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


accepted  only  familiar  individuals.  This  scenario  could  explain  our 
observations  of  slaves  biting  and  dragging  slave-makers  out  of  nests. 
The  aggression  observed  was  always  an  individual  matter.  Some 
slaves  accepted  all  the  slave-makers,  while  other  slaves  accepted 
certain  slave-makers  and  attacked  others. 

A somewhat  similar  hypothesis  might  account  for  the  imperfect 
behavioral  boundaries  between  some  incipient  H.  americanus  colo- 
nies and  nearby  unparasitized  nests.  An  H.  americanus  queen  founds 
a new  colony  by  entering  a host-species  nest,  killing  or  driving  off 
the  adults,  and  capturing  worker  pupae  that  subsequently  mature  to 
become  her  first  slaves  (Wesson  1939;  Sturtevant  1927).  If  a parasite 
queen  founded  a colony  in  one  nest  of  a polydomous  Leptothorax 
colony,  it  would  not  be  surprising  if  some  of  the  parasite’s  first 
slaves  were  acceptable  in  other  nests  of  the  same  colony.  Similarly, 
“free”  workers  from  that  colony  might  be  acceptable  in  the  slave- 
maker  nest.  However,  this  hypothesis  cannot  explain  how,  under 
these  circumstances,  a parasitized  nest  could  unidirectionally  siphon 
brood  and  workers  from  an  unparasitized  nest  or  how  an  H. 
americanus  queen  could  become  more  attractive  than  a Leptothorax 
queen.  Yet,  H.  americanus  queens  and  the  queens  of  many  other 
socially  parasitic  species  somehow  usurp  the  place  of  host-species 
queens  (Wilson  1971).  How  parasite  queens  accomplish  this  feat 
remains  an  important  subject  for  future  research. 

Polydomy  also  cannot  account  for  the  case  where  slaves  cared  for 
an  H.  americanus  queen  and  her  brood  but  killed  all  eclosing  H. 
americanus  workers.  Explaining  this  phenomenon  would  require 
understanding  the  mechanisms  of  nestmate  recognition  in  these  spe- 
cies; and  these  mechanisms  are  incompletely  understood.  However, 
studies  in  progress  (R.J.  Stuart,  personal  communication)  indicate 
that  apparent  “mistakes”  in  nestmate  recognition  are  possible  in 
these  host  species  and  that//,  americanus  may  exploit  these  possibil- 
ities. When  slaves  work  for  a parasite  queen,  they  may  be  mistak- 
enly identifying  her  as  a nestmate.  When  the  same  slaves  destroy  the 
parasite’s  offspring,  they  may  be  correctly  identifying  them  as  aliens. 

Gladstone  (1981)  discussed  various  theoretical  reasons  why  slave 
workers  should  not  “revolt”  against  slave-makers.  However,  our 
observations  of  H.  americanus  colonies  and  Wilson’s  (1975)  obser- 
vations of  Leptothorax  du/oticus  colonies  show  that  individual 
slaves  sometimes  manifest  what  might  be  interpreted  as  “rebellious 
behavior”.  If  our  inferences  about  polydomy  are  correct,  whole 


1983] 


Allow  ay  & Del  Rio  Pesado  — Harpagoxenus 


435 


slave  worker  forces  may  even  organize  slave-maker  colonies  in  a 
way  which  produces  inefficient  raiding.  Nevertheless,  we  doubt  that 
any  of  these  behavioral  phenomena  are  manifestations  of  evolved 
host-species  defenses  against  slave-makers.  We  suppose  that  the 
behavior  of  host-species  workers  has  evolved  to  maximize  the 
reproductive  potential  of  host-species  queens.  Slave-maker  popula- 
tions are  so  sparse  that  only  a small  proportion  of  host-species 
colonies  are  ever  raided.  Thus,  slavery  seems  unlikely  to  exert  signif- 
icant selection  pressure  on  host-species  populations;  and  we  believe 
that  the  facultative  polydomy  and  polygyny  found  in  these  host- 
species  are  adaptations  to  conditions  in  host-species  (not  parasite) 
colonies. 

In  these  host  species,  polygyny  involves  the  acceptance  of  newly 
mated  young  queens  in  existing  colonies.  Simultaneously,  poly- 
domy involves  a more  or  less  continual  exchange  of  workers, 
queens,  and  brood  among  nests;  and  such  commerce  requires 
workers  in  one  nest  to  accept  workers,  queens,  and  brood  from 
other  nests  of  the  same  colony  (Alloway  et  al.  1982).  An  incidental 
effect  of  these  characterstics  of  host-species  colonies  is  to  produce  a 
worker  caste  which  is  vulnerable  to  enslavement.  Of  course,  a 
second  effect  of  polydomy  is  to  produce  a worker  caste  which  tends 
to  organize  multiple-nest  colonies;  and  life  in  multiple  nests  may  be 
disadvantageous  to  slave-makers.  In  other  words,  Harpagoxenus 
americanus  parasitizes  the  labor  of  workers  which  possess  a “mixed 
bag”  of  behavioral  characteristics.  Some  of  these  characteristics 
may  facilitate  enslavement,  while  others  may  produce  inefficient 
slave-maker  colonies.  However,  the  assertion  that  host-species 
workers  have  evolved  to  be  inefficient  slaves  seems  only  a little  more 
likely  than  the  assertion  that  they  have  evolved  to  be  slaves  at  all. 

Summary 

Colonies  of  the  slave-making  ant,  Harpagoxenus  amerieanus 
(Emery),  and  two  of  its  host  species  {Leptothorax  anihiguus  Emery 
and  L.  lohgispinosus  Roger)  were  observed  under  “seminatural” 
conditions,  in  which  the  ants  lived  in  artificial  nests  arranged  to 
reconstruct  the  spatial  relationships  among  their  natural  nests. 
Some  of  the  slave-maker  and  host-species  colonies  were  polydom- 
ous..  In  some  polydomous  slave-maker  colonies,  the  slaves  carried 
all  the  H.  amerieanus  workers  into  one  nest  before  the  onset  of 
raiding.  When  thus  assembled,  the  slave-makers  efficiently  captured 


436 


Psyche 


[Vol.  85 


brood  from  nearby  host-species  colonies.  In  other  polydomous  col- 
onies where  the  slave-makers  remained  in  more  than  one  nest,  the 
parasites  conducted  unco-ordinated  raids  and  incurred  many  casu- 
alties. Several  kinds  of  slave  aggression  against  the  slave-makers  are 
described.  However,  slaves  ‘’peacefully”  augmented  the  slave  worker 
forces  of  some  incipient  H.  americanus  colonies. 

References 


Allow  AY,  T.  M. 

1979.  Raiding  behaviour  of  two  species  of  slave-making  ants,  Harpagoxenus 
americanus  (Emery)  and  Leptothorax  duloticus  Wesson.  Animal  Behav- 
iour 27:  202-210. 

Alloway,  T.  M.,  a Bu.schinger,  M.  Talbot,  R.  Stuart,  & C.  Thomas. 

1982.  Polygyny  and  polydomy  in  three  North  American  species  of  the  ant 
genus  Leptothorax  Mayer  (Hymenoptera:  Formicidae).  Psyche  89: 
249-274. 

Buschinger,  a.,  & T.  M.  Alloway. 

1977.  Population  structure  and  polymorphism  in  the  slave-making  ant  Harpa- 
goxenus americanus  (Emery).  Psyche  83:  233-242. 

Buschinger,  A.,  W.  Ehrhardt,  and  U.  Winter. 

1980.  The  organization  of  slave-raids  in  dulotic  ants;  A comparative  study 
(Hymenoptera;  Formicidae).  Zeithschrift  fur  Tierpsychologie  53: 
245-264. 

Del  Rio  Pesado,  M.  G.. 

1983.  Polydomy  in  the  slave-making  ant,  Harpagoxenus  americanus  (Emery) 
(Hymenoptera;  Formicidae).  M.Sc.  Thesis,  University  of  Toronto. 

Del  Rio  Pesado,  M.  G.  & T.  M.  Alloway. 

1983.  Polydomy  in  the  slave-making  ant,  Harpagoxenus  americanus  (Emery) 
(Hymenoptera;  Formicidae).  Psyche  90:  151-162. 

Gladstone,  D.  E. 

1981.  Why  there  are  no  ant  slave  rebellions.  American  Naturalist  117:  779-781. 

Sturtevant,  a.  H. 

1927.  The  social  parasitism  of  the  ant  Harpagoxenus  americanus.  Psyche  34: 
1-9. 

Wesson,  L.  G.,  Jr. 

1939.  Contribution  to  the  natural  history  of  Harpagoxenus  americanus  Emery 
(Hymenoptera;  Formicidae).  Transactions  of  the  American  Entomolgi- 
ca!  Society  65:  97-122. 

Wilson,  E.  O. 

1971.  The  Insect  Societies.  (Cambridge,  Mass.,;  Belknap  Press  of  Harvard 
University  Press,  x + 548  pp.) 

1975.  Leptothorax  duloticus  and  the  beginnings  of  slavery  in  ants.  Evolution 
29:  108-119. 


PSYCHE 

INDEX  TO  VOLUME  90,  1983 

INDEX  TO  AUTHORS 

Alloway,  Thomas  M.  and  Maria  Guadalupe  Del  Rio  Pesado.  Behavior  of  the 
Slave-Making  Ant,  Harpagoxenus  americanus  (Emery)  and  Its  Host  Species 
under  “Seminatural”  Laboratory  Conditions.  425 

Alloway,  Thomas  M.  See  Del  Rio  Pesado,  M.G. 

Betz,  B.  W.  The  Biology  of  Trichadenotecnum  alexanderae  Sommerman  (Psocop- 
tera:  Psocidae).  III.  Analysis  of  Mating  Behavior.  97 

Blondheim,  Syril  A.  and  Eliezer  Frankenherg.  ‘Protest’  Sounds  of  a Grasshopper: 
Predator-Deterrent  Signal?  387 

Brow  n,  William  L,  Jr.  See  Willey,  Robert  B. 

Burnham,  Laurie.  Studies  on  Upper  Carboniferous  insects:  1.  The  Geraridae 
(Order  Protorthoptera).  1 

Buschinger,  Alfred  and  Andre  Francoeur.  The  Guest  Ant,  Symmyrmica  chamher- 
lini.  Rediscovered  near  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah  (Hymenoptera,  Formicidae).  297 

Buschinger,  Alfred,  Ursula  Winter,  and  Walter  Faber.  The  Biology  of  Myrmoxen- 
us  gordiagini  Ruzsky,  a Slave-Making  Ant.  335 

Calabi,  Prassede,  James  F.A.  Traniello,  and  Michael  H.  Werner.  Age  Polyethism: 
Its  Occurrence  in  the  Ant,  Pheidole  hortensis,  and  Some  General  Con- 
siderations. 395 

Carpenter,  Frank  M.  The  Structure  and  Relationships  of  Eubleptus  danielsi 
(Palaeodictyoptera).  81 

Carpenter,  Frank  M.  Dedication:  Philip  J.  Darlington,  Jr.  333 

Chandler,  Donald  S.  Larvae  of  Wrack  Coleoptera  in  the  families  Corylophidae, 
Rhizophagidae,  and  Lathridiidae.  287 

Conner,  Jeffrey,  and  Thomas  Eisner.  Capture  of  Bombardier  Beetles  by  Ant-Lion 
Larvae.  175 

Del  Rio  Pesado,  Maria  Guadalupe  and  Thomas  M.  Alloway.  Polydomy  in  the 
Slave-Making  Ant,  Harpagoxenus  americanus  (Emery).  1 5 1 

Del  Rio  Pesado,  Maria  Guadalupe.  See  Alloway,  Thomas  M. 

Douglas,  Matthew  M.  Defense  of  Bracken  Fern  by  Arthropods  Attracted  to  Axil- 
lary Nectaries.  313 

Eisner,  Thomas.  See  Conner,  Jeffrey. 

Eisner,  Thomas.  See  Nowicki,  Steven. 

Faber,  Walt  her.  See  Buschinger,  Alfred. 


439 


Frolich,  D.R.  and  F.D.  Parker.  Nest  Building  Behavior  and  Development  of  the 
Sunflower  Leafcutter  Bee:  Eumegachile  (Sayapis)  pugnata  (Say).  193 

Frankenherg,  Eliexer.  See  Blondheim,  Syril  A. 

Gordon,  Deborah  M.  Daily  Rhythms  in  Social  Activities  of  the  Harvester  Ant, 
Pogonomyrmex  hadius.  4 1 3 

Haskins,  Caryl  P.  and  Edna  F.  Haskins.  Situation  and  Location-Specific  Factors 
in  the  Compatibility  Response  in  Rhytidoponera  mefallica  (Hymenoptera: 
Formicinae:  Ponerinae).  163 

Haskins,  Edna  F.  See  Haskins,  Caryl  P. 

Henry,  Charles  S.  Temperature  Induced  Changes  in  the  Calls  of  the  Green  Lace- 
wing, Chrysoperla  plorabunda.  343 

Herbers,  Joan  M.  Social  Organization  in  Leptothorax  Ants:  Within-  and  Between- 
Species  Patterns.  361 

Johnson,  Leslie  K.  Reproductive  Behavior  of  Claeoderes  bivittata  (Coleoptera: 
Brentidae).  135 

Kwait,  Ellen  C.  and  Howard  Topoff.  Emigration  Raids  by  Slave-Making  Ants:  a 
Rapid  Transit  System  for  Colony  Relocation.  307 

Messina,  Frank  J.  See  Root,  Richard  B. 

Nowicki,  Steven  and  Thomas  Eisner.  Predatory  Behavior  of  Bombardier  Beetles  by 
a Tabanid  Fly  Larva.  1 19 

Orgren,  M.C.  Ferreira.  See  Strassman,  J.E. 

Parker,  F.D.  See  Frolich,  D.R. 

Rissing,  Steven  W.  Natural  History  of  the  Workerless  Inquiline  Ant,  Pogonomyr- 
mex colei  (Uymenopieva,  Formicidae).  321 

Root,  Richard  B.  and  Frank  J.  Messina.  Defensive  Adaptations  of  a Case-Bearing 
Beetle,  Exema  canadensis  (Coleoptera:  Chrysomelidae).  67 

Ross,  Kenneth  G.  and  P.  Kirk  Visscher.  Reproductive  Plasticity  in  Yellowjacket 
Wasps:  a Polygynous,  Perennial  Colony  of  Vespula  maculifrons.  179. 

Shapiro,  Arthur  M.  Testing  Visual  Recognition  in  Precis  (Lepidoptera:  Nymphali- 
dae)  using  a Cold-Shock  Phenocopy.  59 

Shelly.  Todd  E.  Prey  Selection  by  the  Neotropical  Spider,  Alpaida  tuonado,  with 
Notes  on  Web-Site  Tenacity.  123 

Strassman,  J.E.  and  M.C.  Ferreira  Orgren.  Nest  Architecture  and  Brood  Devel- 
opment Times  in  the  Paper  Wasp,  Polistes  exclamans  (Hymenoptera:  Vespi- 
dae).  237 

Topoff,  Howard.  See  Kwait,  Ellen  C. 

Traniello,  James  F.A.  See  Calabi,  Prassede. 

Visscher,  P.  Kirk.  See  Ross,  Kenneth  G. 


440 


Werner.  Floyd  D.  Anthicidae  of  the  Greater  Antilles  and  a New  Species  from 
Venezuela  (Coleoptera).  211 

Werner,  Michael  H.  See  Calabi,  Prassede. 

Willey,  Robert  B.  and  William  L.  Brown,  Jr.  New  Species  of  the  Ant  Genus 
(Hymenoptera;  Formicidae;  Ponerinae) 

Winter,  Ursula.  See  Buschinger,  Alfred. 


INDEX  TO  SUBJECTS 

All  new  genera,  new  species  and  new  names  are  printed  in  capitai  type 

Age  polyethism  in  Pheidole,  395  Case-bearing  beetle,  Exema  canadensis. 


A Ipaido  tuonabo,  1 23 
Anepitedius,  44 
Ant-lion  larvae,  175 
Anthicidae  of  Greater  Antilles,  21 1 
Anthicus  antii  i forum,  218 
Anthicus  Bi  ackwei  DERI,  219 
Anthicus  dari  ingtoni,  224 
Anthicus  hispanioi  af,  224 
Anthicus  macgillavryi,  226 
Anthicus  margaritae,  219 
Anthicus  soledad,  224 
Anthicus  subtilis,  222 
Anthicus  russoi,  230 

Arthropods  attracted  to  axillary  necta- 
ries, 313 

Athymodictya,  84 

Behavior  of  Harpagoxenus  americanus, 
425 

Biology  of  Myrmoxenus  gordiagini.  335 

Biology  of  Trichadenotecnum  alexande- 
rae,  97 

Bombardier  beetles,  119,  175 
Brachinus,  1 1 9 

Capture  of  bombardier  beetles  by  ant- 
lion  larvae,  175 


67 

Claeoderes  bivittata,  1 35 
Corticaria  valida,  293 

Daily  rhythms  in  social  activities  of  Po- 
gonomyrmex,  413 

Dedication:  P.J.  Darlington,  Jr.,  333 

Defense  of  bracken  fern  by  arthropods, 
313 

Defensive  adaptations  and  natural  ene- 
mies of  Exema,  67 

Emigration  raids  by  slave-making  ants, 
307 

Eubleptus,  81 
Eumegachile  pugnata,  193 
Genentomum,  36 
Geraridae,  1 
Gerarulus,  42 
Gerarus,  12 
Green  lacewing,  343 

Guest  ant,  Symmyrmica  chamberlini, 
297 

Harpagoxenus  americanus,  1 5 1 
Larvae  of  wrack  Coleoptera,  287 
Leptothorax,  social  organization,  361 

Mating  behavior  of  Trichadenotecnum, 
97 


441 


Myopias  c hapmani,  264 
Myopias  158 

Myopias  dfh  a.  281 
Myopias  nrNSFS  i ic  iA,  268 
Myopias  gioas,  251 
Myopias  ,mi  ivora,  254 
Myopias  i obosa,  211 
Myopias  mfdia.  257 
Myopias  NOPS.  279 
Myopias  RUI  HAF,  274 
Myopias  tasnianiensis,  270 
Myopias  tenuis,  270 
Myrmo.xenus  yorciiayini,  335 
Naeekoniia,  40 

Natural  history  of  the  workerless  inqui- 
line  ant,  Poyononiyrmex  colei,  321 

Nest  architecture  and  brood  devel- 
opment times  in  Polistes  exelanians, 
237 

Nest-building  behavior  and  devel- 
opment of  Eumegaehile,  193 

New  species  of  the  ant  genus  Myopias, 
249 

Onhoperus  seutellaris,  288 
Pareuprepocneniis  syriaea,  387 
Pheidole  honensis,  395 
Pogononiynnex,  413 
Pogonomyrmex  colei,  321 
Pogonomyrniex  anierieanus,  425 
Polistes  exelanians,  237 

Polydomy  in  Harpagoxenus  anieriean- 
us, 151 


Polyergus  lucidus,  307 
Polygynous  colony  of  Vespula,  1 79 
Precis,  59 

Predatory  capture  of  bombardier  bee- 
tles, 1 19 

Prey  selection  by  Alpaida  tuonaho,  123 
Progenentomum,  39 
‘Protest’  sounds  of  a grasshopper,  387 
Protorthoptera,  1 

Reproductive  behavior  of  Claeoderes  hi- 
vittata,  135 

Reproductive  plasticity  in  yellowjacket 
wasps,  179 

Rhytidoponera  metallica,  1 63 

Slave-making  ants,  425,  451 

Social  organization  in  Leptothorax,  361 

Structure  and  relationships  of  Euhlep- 
tus,  81 

Studies  on  North  American  Carbonifer- 
ous insects.  7 

Studies  on  Upper  Carboniferous  insects, 
81 

Symmyrmica  chamherlini,  297 
Tahanus  punctifer,  119 

Temperature-induced  changes  in  the  calls 
of  Chrysoperla,  343 

Testing  visual  species  recognition  in 
Precis,  59 

Trichadenoteenum,  biology,  97 
Upper  Carboniferous  insects,  1,81 
Vespula  macuUfrons,  1 79 
Visual  species  recognition  in  Precis,  59 


442 


CAMBRIDGE  ENTOMOLOGICAL  CLUB 

A regular  meeting  of  the  Club  is  held  on  the  second  Tuesday 
of  each  month  October  through  May  at  7:30  p.m.  in  Room  154, 
Biological  Laboratories,  Divinity  Avenue,  Cambridge.  Entomolo- 
gists visiting  the  vicinity  are  cordially  invited  to  attend. 


BACK  VOLUMES  OF  PSYCHE 

Requests  for  information  about  back  volumes  of  Psyche  should 
be  sent  directly  to  the  editor. 


F.  M.  Carpenter 
Editorial  Office,  Psyche 
16  Divinity  Avenue 
Cambridge,  Mass.  02138 


FOR  SALE 


Reprints  of  articles  by  W.  M.  Wheeler 

The  Cambridge  Entomological  Club  has  for  sale  numerous  reprints 
of  Dr.  Wheeler’s  articles  that  were  filed  in  his  office  at  Harvard 
University  at  the  time  of  his  death  in  1937.  Included  are  about 
12,700  individual  reprints  of  250  publications.  The  cost  of  the 
reprints  has  been  set  at  5c  a page,  including  postage;  for  orders 
under  $5  there  will  be  an  additional  handling  charge  of  50c.  A list  of 
the  reprints  is  available  for  $1.00  from  the  W.  M.  Wheeler  Reprint 
Committee,  Cambridge  Entomological  Club,  16  Divinity  Avenue, 
Cambridge,  Mass.  02138.  Checks  should  be  made  payable  to  the 
Cambridge  Entomological  Club. 


FOR  SALE 

Republication  of  Frederick  Valentine  Melsheimer’s  1806  “A  Catalogue  of  Insects  of 
Pennsylvania”,  the  first  separate  work  devoted  to  American  insects.  The  facsimile 
lists  more  than  1300  species  of  Coleoptera  (other  orders  were  not  completed),  and 
includes  a short  biography  of  Melshcimer.  Price:  U.S..  $5.00  (overseas,  airmail 
S6.50).  Checks  payable  to  Entomological  Society  of  Pennsylvania,  c o Entomology 
Dept..  Pennsylvania  State  University.  University  Park.  PA  16802.  U.S.A. 


.m. 


.m,, 


■ 

V-IJ 


' y ■ 


■ « 

rt  ■'  i 


y-i 


mt.- 


■-y. 


t 


V 


r 


I 


_ , — o 

^ -j  z — 

RAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUTION  NOliniliSNI  NVINOSHilWS  S3ldVd 

r 4 ro  ~ DO  9 


00 
?0 

> •’! 

i-^4|JK^/  — 

inillSNI  NVINOSHillAIS  S3  I W Vd  8 n~L  I B R AR  I ES^SMITHSONIAN "INSTITU" 
Z CO  Z CO  z V 

~ / ^''1  i 

i NSSiocJ^?'  I i I N^^/  t 

RAR  I Es‘”sMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOlifUliSNI  NVINOSHilWs‘”s3  I a Vil 

(O  <o  ~ CO 


iruiiSNi  NviNOSHims  SBidVdan  libraries  Smithsonian  institu 

“ V Z r-  Z ^ 

m 2 m y^'21^  2 m ><r  0 


RARIES  SMITHS0N!AN“'lNSTITUT10N‘^N0liniliSNI~NVIN0SHiltMS  S3ldVi] 

CO  Z \ CO  Z CO 

§ ~ 2 

X o Mf X 


2 '“'  5>  ' 2 5> ' 

ifUllSNI^NVIN0SHilWS^S3  I d Vd  8 IT^LI  B RAR  I ES^SMITHSONIAN  INSTITU' 

CO  :=  CO  z; 


v'' 

-J  V?- 

o i:  o x^osv^j 

z ■'  J z _J  2 

RARIES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOliniliSNI  NVINOSHil^S  S3ldVi 

^ X ^ “ /^^\  i " ° ' 

3 (.  J^  ? If  jl  ? 

//\  fc  A. 


m 

lifUliSNI  NVINOSHilWS  S3  I a Va  3 n~L  I B R AR  I Es'^SMITHSONIAN  INSTITU 
2 to  z V ^ z 

< s ^ „.  s I 


I \l  U \ 


NviNUbHJLmb  lidkmkic.^  bivmiibum/\iN  mdiiiuii 

“ CO  = CO 


R ARIES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOliniliSNI  NVINOSHillNS  S3ldVyi 
z z r-  _ . z 


__  m 

inillSNI  NVINOSHillMS  S3  1 HVd  8 n”u  B RAR  I ES^^SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUT 
z w z w 2 


° (fi  1^)  - i - 

2 ^ > xiiulisjjx  :§ 

R AR  I ES^^SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOliniliSNI  NVINOSHillMs‘^S3  I d VB  1 

CO  5 CO  ^ V ^ 

^ tJj  ^ UJ 


CO 


O — N^uixs^  O 

iniliSNl"^NVIN0SHilHS^S3  I bVa  a n"’u  B RAR  I es^smithsonian“’institut 

r~  V z f“  Z «” 


m <'  ^ rn  Xi^osvi^  ^ m x^osv^ 

CO  — CO  _ CO 

RARIES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOliniliSNI  NVlNOSHillNS  S3ldVd 
^ — z r ^ ^ 


iniliSNl  NVIN0SHilWs"’s3  I avaa  H^LI  B RAR  I ES^SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUT 

“ CO  ~ CO  “ 

tr\  aJ>*v  C*J 


, , ^ 1/ 

C>y  ~ rrt  Z] 

Z ' j J z 

RARIES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NOliniliSNI  NVINOSHillMS  S3ldVd 

d ^ ^ ^ .V  21 

O . ™ O ><^v)v?Vv  _ V/  O 

= ^ = (sf 

• § ^ 


CO 


CO 


m w m 

iniliSNI  NVINOSHillNS  S3  I d Vd  0 n“”L I B R AR  I ES  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUT 

Z CO  z ,...•  CO  z 


J D A D I CC  QMITUQHMIAM 


I 
CO 
O 

z 

CO  * Z CO 

MQTiTiiTinN  MniiniiiQMi  Mvmn?:w I ILMQ  <^’^iMVd